/f / y'u^H^^-'^^ /y^;c ZOE ALICE EASTWOOD, Editor. VOLUME in. 18 9 2 LIBRARY NEW Yi(kK botaf*ical San Francisco, California 1^ CONTENTS. Pa.;e. Forms of Trees as Determined by Climatic Influences: Gustav Eisen i Catalogue of Land and Fresh- Water Mollusca of Lower California; J. G. Cooper 12 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, II: J. W. Congdon 25 Notes on Liliacea;, II: Carl Purdy 43 Note on Helix yatesii CooY>er\ Henry Hemphill 45 Notes on the Cicindelidae Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 47 Additions to the Catalogue of San Francisco Plants: Katherine Brandegee 49 Note on a Californian Loligo: Henry He.mphill 51 A New Astragalus: Sereno Watson 52 The Loco Weeds: Alice Eastwood....! 53 Sereno Watson 59 Connecting Forms among Polyporoid Fungi: Lucien M Underwood 91 Geese Which Occur in California: L. Belding 96 Notes on the Tenebrionid:e Observed in .San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell 102 A Rocky Mountain Botanical Tramp: F. D. Kelsey 108 Insects Infeciing Yucca Blooms: C. H. Tyler Townsend 113 Bird Notes from Alameda County: F. O. Johnson 115 Zonotrichia albicollis m CaXiiorxns.: L. Belding 117 Notes on .S'r/«;7^r Peale: F.Stephens iiS Some of the Methods and Implements by Which the Pacific Coast In- dians Obtain Game: L. Belding 120 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, III: J. W. Congdon 125 Discovery of a New Grove of Sequoia gigantea: William W. Price 132 Tuba: Edward Pal.mer , 133 A Check List of the Water Birds of California: Walter E. Bryant... 135 Additions to the Birds of the Gray's Harbor Region, Washington: Sam Hi' bear d. Jr. 140 On the Natural History of the Farallon Islands: J. W. Blankinship and Charles A. Keeler 144 The Nomenclature of Plants: Katherine Brandegee 166 A Note on Nomenclature: Ali'honse De Candolle 172 Balanoglossus as one of the Generalized Types in Zoology: William E. Ritter 187 Relics from an Indian Burying Ground: L. Belding 00 iv Contents. [zoe Page. Recent Additions to the North American Land Mammal Fauna: Walter E. Bryant 201 Distribution of the Flora of the Cape Region of Baja California: T. S. Brandegee 223 Food of the Grouse and Mountain Quail of Central California. L. Belding 232 On a Leaf-Miner of Populus Fremonti: C. H. Tvl,er Townsend 234 Notes on the Butterflies of Yosemite Valley: Edwin C. Van Dvke 237 A New Rumfordia from Lower California: T. S. Branuegee 241 A New Epilobium: T. S. BrandegeE 242 Habits and Nesting of Palmer's Thrasher: Herbert Brown 243 Notes on some Species of the Genus CEnothera: Alice Eastwood... 248 Notes on .Some Californian Cistelidae V. E. Blaisdell 252 Letter from M. Alphonsk De Candolle 253 Two Mexican Species of Ceroplastes:C. H. Tvler Townsend 255 A Supposed New Feather .Structure: Charles A. Keelkr 257 On. Numenius borealis '\\\ Q'aX\{oxx\\?^: L. Belding 257 Nomenclature of Plants: Katherine Brandegee 25S Correction to Additions to True's List 261 Insects of Catalina Island: F. A. Se.vvev 262 List of Members of California Zoological Club 277 Notes 280 Contributions to Western Botany: Marcis E. |ones . . . 283 The Occurrence of the Puma in Southern New Mexico: C. H. Tvler Townsend 309 Notes on Fertilization: Alice J. Merritt 311 Biological Notes on /%a/«(9/>^/'/fl' w/VifWj^.- F. E. Blaisdell . 312 Mariposa County as a Botanical District, IV: L W. Congdon. . 314 Otters: Sam Hubbard, Jr 325 The Effect of Climate upon Pacific Coast Birds: L. Belding . . 331 A New Jumping Spider: John L. Curtis 332 Histeridie Observed in San Diego County: F. E. Blaisdell . . 337 Nomenclature: J. W. Conc.don 339 Some Notes on .^zolla: Douglas Houghton Campbell . . 340 Concerning the Flora of Sonora: T. S. Brandegee . . . 344 Mamillaria Notesteinii: F. N. Notestein . ... 349 Animals of Some West Coast Shells: Henry Hemphill . . 350 Notes on Californian Plants, W: S B. Parish .... 352 A Trip through Southeastern Utah: Alice Eastwood . . . 354 General Bird Notes 361 Miscellany 373 News 37^*^ VOL. III.] Contents. V REVIEWS. Wallace: Human Progress, Past and Future, 59. Chapman: Preliminary Study of the Crackles of Subgenus Quiscalus, 63. Allen: North American Species of Genus Colaptes, 65. Merriam: Geographic Distribution of Life in North America, 66. Cheney: Wood Notes vVild, 67. American Nat- uralist: 67,364. Ibis: 68. Schiitt: Kalifornischer Collembola, 68. Kuntze Revisio Generum Piantarum, 69. Vasey: Monograph of the Grasses, 73. Grafzu Solms-Laubach: Fossil Botany, 75. Newell: Outlines of Les ons in Botany, 78. Holzinger: lA^xWAX^oi Asclepias Stenophylla2iX\Aaceratesauricu- /ata,79. Romanes: Darwin and after Darwin, 174. Osborn: Contemporary Evolution of Man, 177. Difficulties in the Heredity Theory, 178. Re- visio des Calanides d'eau douce, 179. Palmer: New Generic Name for Bering Sea Fur Seal, 179. Merriam: New Prairie Dog, 179. Auk: 63. 179 270,364. Ridgway: Humming Birds, 180. Thomson: Outlines of Zoology, 181. Journal of JNIorphology, 182. Psyche: 184. .Seeley: Nature of the Shoulder Girdle and Clavicular Arch in Sauropterygia, 184. Nathorst: Occurrence of Fossil Glacial Plants, 264. Krasser: Rhetic Flora of Persia, 265. Engelhardt: Cretaceous Plants from Sa.xony. 266. Bartholin: Jurassic Plants from Denmark, 266. Third Annual Report of the Missouri Botanic Garden, 267. Ellis & Everhart: North American Pyrenomycetes, 268. Contributions from the U. S. Herbarium, 268, 370. Bendire: Life Histories of N. A. Birds, 270. Rice: .Scientific Memoirs of the M.-dical Officers of the Army of India, 271. Merriam: Occurrence of Cooper's Lemming Mouse, 364. Beddard: Gordiodrilus, 265. F].\pedition a la gruta de Cacahuamilpa, 365. Evermann: A New Sucker, 366. Brendel Flora Peoriana, 366. Davis: Development of the Frond of Champia par- viila, 366. Brandegee: Additions to the F"lora of the Cape Region of Baja California, 366. Erythasa, 366. Contributions from the Botanical Labora- tory of the University of Pennsylvania, 369. Meehan: Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants, 369. Davidson: List of Plants of Los Angeles County, 370. Suksdorf: Flora Washingtonensis, 370. Smith: Check List of the Plants of Kansas, 371 . PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences 79, 185, 272, 371 California Botanical Club 81, 185, 274, 373 California Zoological Club 84, 186, 275, 373 CONTRIBUTORS. Balding, 1 96, 117, 120,200, 232, 257,331 Blaisdell, F. E 47, 102, 252, 312, 337 Blankinship,J. W i44 Brandegee, Katharine 49, 166, 258 VI Contents. [zoe Brandegee, T. S 223, 241, 242, 344 Brown, Herbert 243 Brjant, Walter E 135, 201 Campbell, Douglas H 340 Congdon, J. W 25, 125, 314, 339 Cooper, J. G 12 Curtis, John L 332 De Candolle, Alphonse. 172, 253 Eastwood, Alice 53, 248, 354 Eisen, Gustav i Hemphill, Henry 45, 51, 350 Hubbard, Sam.Jr 140, 325 Johnson, F. 0 115 Jones, Marcus E 283 Keeler, Charles A t 5 1 , 257 Kelsey, F. D 108 Merritt, Alice J 311 Notestein, F. N 349 Palmer, Edward 133 Parish, S. B 352 Price, William W 132 Purdy, Carl 43 Ritter, William F 187 Seavey , F. A 262 Stephens, F iiS Townsend.C. H. Tyler 113, 234, 255. 309 Underwood, Lucien M 91 Van Dyke, Ed win C 237 Watson, Sereno 52 LIST OF PLATES. XVIII. California Guillemot. XIX. Farallon Cormorant. XX. Pigeon Guillemot. XXI. Farallon Cormorant, Baird's Cormorant, Tufted Puffin, Pigeon (iuiilemot, Cassin's Auklet. XXII. Balanoglossus. XXIII. Rumfqrdia connata. XXI \'. Epilobium nivium. Errata Vol. III. Page 52, for "Ammostrephes" read "Ommastrephes." 203, first genus, place second bracket after Richardson. 204, No. II, for "Dona Ana County', New Mexico," substitute "Texas " 206, third line, for "James's Bay, Hudson's Bay," read "James Bay, Hudson Bay." 206, No. 12, for "macrohabdotes," read "macrorhabdotes." 206, No. 15, for "Valley of the Sacramento River," read "Foothills of the Sierra Nevada." 208, No. 28, omit "Northwestern New Mexico." 213, No. 82, for "nebracensis," read "nebrascensis." 220, No. 165, for "Sorrex," read "Sorex." 223, eighteenth line, for "Dobson, Mon. Insectivora," etc., read "Dob- son, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser., xviii, 1886, 124-125." 261, seventh line from bottom, for "Am. Rept." read "Ann. Rept." 261, second line from bottom, for "Forsteri," read "fosteri." 279, fifth line, for "Berkeley," read "Los Angeles." 279, twenty-filth line, for "William M. Price," read "William W. Price." 117, in title, for "albicolis," read "albicoUis." ZOB A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Vol. III. APRIL, 1892. No. i. FORMS OF TREES AS DETERMINED BY CLIMATIC INFLUENCES. BY GUSTAV EISEN. A traveler from the Arctics or from the high wooded mountains, in any district of the world, cannot but be impressed by the differ ent forms which trees and shrubs assume in the respective regions. Nowhere is this difference in form more striking than between the trees inhabiting the pine region of Sierra Nevada and those which grow on the lower plains in the interior valleys. We have so constantly been accustomed to take things as they ■are, without inquiring into the causes why they are so, that it seems to us quite natural that the forms of trees of the high mountains should be different from those of the lowlands and valleys. Still this difference is so great and so very apparent that the causes which operate in making up these different forms must be very great and very important ones. In the high Sierras, for instance, in that region below the snow line, where the pines and spruces dominate, we find that almost every shrub and every tree resembles the other in a general way. The trees are tall and erect, with a central undivided trunk from which the branches slope down towards the ground. The shrubs, again, are low and depressed, spreading out horizontally, form- ing dishlike masses, hugging the ground instead of seeking the sky. A few thousand feet further down in the region where the evergreen pines and spruces have ceased, the trees as well as the shrubs begin to assume a different aspect. The trees in this region are not so erect, their branches are less sloping, their crowns extend further, the trunks are often branching; there is, in fact, a decided difference in their general form. The shrubs, again, are more erect and bushy, forming often dense masses, which show little or no tendency to flatten out. 2 Forms of Trees. [zoe If we again follow the vegetation further down to the plains, the change in form is yet more pronounced. The trees are here as a rule branched close to the ground, their crowns are wider and spread- ing, the branches drooping and often sweeping the ground. The general form, which in the higher Sierras was that of an elongated pyramid, has here changed and become globular. We may call these respectively, the spruce form, and the oak form. In the higher mountains we rarely meet with the oak form, at least not in ever- green trees, and on the plains the spruce form is equally rare. There are some exceptions to this rule, but they are few and in no way interfere with the theory which I will here set forth and en- deavor to prove. Before we dwell upon the causes which have been and yet are operating in creating and maintaining these char- acteristic forms of trees, it is necessary to first consider those causes which combine in affecting a change in the form of trees generally. Nearly every visitor to the wind-beaten and open seashore has noticed the characteristic forms of trees and shrubs growing there. The shrubs spread close to the ground, the trees lean towards the interior, their crowns spread out horizontally and their branches are thorny and knotty and continually bent. Such a sight is common everywhere in exposed places. In sheltered localities inland these same varieties grow upright, their crowns become less horizontal, the branches less twisted, and the same shrubs, which on the sea shore hug the soil, grow here straight and send out slender branches. Even to the least observant the force that operates here and causes the trees and shrubs to so change their shapes is the wind. When we see such trees and shrubs painted on a canvas, we know at once that the landscape is a wind-beaten one, and that the vegetation is struggling against a force which is trying to destroy its foothold. But while the wind is especially active on the seashore in chang- ing the natural or perhaps the original form of the trees and shrubs, it is similarly effective to a lesser degree in any locality at all ex- posed to winds. The interior plains, the cliffs on the sides of the desert, the high mountain peaks, the elevated plateaus, the table mountains, the slopes of the more sheltered sides of islands, in fact everywhere may the power of the wind be perceived. The effects of the wind may be temporary or permanent; tem- porary, if the plant regains its original form and outward appearance when removed from the windy region to a sheltered one. This is by VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. 3 far the most common effect and especially refers to shrubs. Many in.stances may be cited, but I will only mention one. Baccharis pibi- laris, which grows everywhere oivthe coast around San Francisco, clings typically to the soil and sandhills where exposed to the wind, while on the north side of Tamalpais, where the shelter is perfect and even in the oak scrub of Golden Gate Park, it assumes an erect form. So different is the outward appearance between these two forms, that the former has been described as a distinct species, B. consanguinea. Similarly on nearly all our high mountain tops we meet with scrub- pines growing in the crevices and clinging to the rocks like real coverlets of verdure. But the same species may be found further down in the elevated valleys growing erect with sloping branches and undivided trunks. Such instances are common. I may, how- ever, here especially recall the dwarf and scrubby Pi7ius 7nonticola growing in the canons on the slope of Mount Dana, while further down splendid specimens are crowding the sheltered meadows. As an instance, again, where the effects of the wind have been partly permanent we may point to the Monterey pine ( Pimis in- signis) and to the Monterey cypress ( Cupressiis macrocarpa). Ma- ture specimens of these varieties assume always horizontal crowns, even when growing inland, and only during their earlier growth do they show a tendency to grow erect like most species of pines or coniferous trees generally. We may presume that if the evolution of a species is accompanied by this continued wind force, the latter will to a great degree mould the outward form of the species. If again the evolution of a species takes place under various condi- tions of wind and calm, the form of the species will be variable ac- cording to exposure. The effect of the wind while apparent everywhere and while found in every climate and in every country is, however, not the most powerful agent in shaping the forms of trees and shrubs. The snow which part of the year covers vast territories, often to a depth of thirty or more feet, has a great influence upon the forms of all plants which are exposed to it for a longer or shorter time. As the effects of the snow depend chiefly upon the resistance to pressure, it will be seen that evergreen and deciduous trees must be imequally affected. The foliage of the evergreens offers much more resistance to the snow than do the bare limbs of trees and shrubs 4 Forms, of Trees. [zoe which durine the whiter season are void of leaves. In some horti- cultural districts, where snow but seldom falls, and where accord- ingly such trees as olives, oranges and lemons are cultivated suc- cessfully, an occasional fall of snow may do and has in many in- stances done considerable harm. We know that when the snow lodges on the evergreen and upright limbs of orange trees, these limbs become so heavy that they break down, more or less ruining the trees. On such occasions the growers hurry through their orchards shaking off the snow before it begins to melt and become heavy, thus freeing the limbs of the trees from the burden that would injure them. The cause of the mischief is thus not alone to be found in the snow, but also in the upright shape of the limbs and trunks of the trees. Those limbs which point upwards do not yield readily under the pressure of the snow, and trunks which are repeatedly forked, will, if the pressure is heavy enough, split lengthwise. In case the trees in question had possessed downward sloping limbs and an upright, undivided or standard trunk, the effect of the snow pressure would have been less dangerous; the Ijmbs would have yielded to their snow burden, which^when melt- ing, would have slipped off, leaving the limbs free, and the undivided trunks would not have split, and the trees would have escaped with- out injury. If such snowfalls were frequent and regular, only sucii varieties could be cultivated as were possessed of downward slop- ing limbs and upright trunks. All trees shaped otherwise would gradually be ruined and their cultivation become impossible. These last remarks refer only, or at least principally, to evergreen trees. If the orange trees, which we gave as an example, instead of being evergreens were deciduous, that is, presenting only bare limbs ia the winter, like peaches, apricots and pears, the pressure of the snow would not have injured them, at least not by breaking their limbs and splitting their trunks, and their cultivation would not necessarily have been abandoned. If we consider a forest, instead of a horticultural district, we will find that the conditions are there very much the same. The yearly snowfall, if only heavy enough, tends to break down and destroy all wild evergreen trees, which do not possess a form suitable to resist the heavy snow mantle. Trees, which would thus suffer would be all evergreen trees with spread- ing crowns, such as live oaks, laurels, madroiia, certain pines, such as Monterey pine, digger pine ( Pimis Sabmia7ia) , Italian pine ( Pinus. VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. 5 Pinaster), Lebanon cedar, and the hundreds, if not thousands, of other evergreen trees which inhabit regions below the regular snow line. Nature thus eliminates from snow-visited forests all evergreen trees which are not suited to resist the pressure of the snow. On the contrary, the snowfall makes it possible for all those trees to live and survive which, through their outward form, are able to easily- shed the accumulated snow. As regards deciduous trees, no such upright trunks and sloping branches are necessary, as the bare limbs do not accumulate the snow, nor suffer under pressure. If the above is true, the forests of snow-visited districts will be found to consist of only such varieties of trees as possess the requisite form, that is, evergreen trees with upright, undivided trunks and down- ward sloping branches, as well as of deciduous trees of various not especially characteristic forms. Upon examination this will also be found to be the case. A visit to the high pine forests of Sierra Nevada shows us just such forests. Nowhere is the snowfall heavier and nowhere is the characteristic form of the evergreen trees more pronounced. This is also the case in all other show- visited regions where forests are at all able to exist. Where the snowfall is the heaviest and lasts the longest, all evergreen trees, at least during a certain period of their life, possess the required pyramidal form. Evergreen trees of any other form would in their struggle for existeace have little or no chance to compete with better equipped neighbors. It follows, also, that the less the snowfall the less characteristic will prove the pyramidal form in all evergreen species, while lower down the mountains on the warmer slopes the pyramidal form may be ex- pected to be entirely absent. To refer to our nearest high mountains, the Sierra Nevada, we find thus on the snow-belt such trees as Abies Douglasii, Picea ama- bilis, Pimis Lambertiana, Libocedrus decurrens. Sequoia gigantea, etc. All these show in a characteristic way the pyramidal form, the snow-shedding branches and the undivided trunk. We find in this region no large live oaks, nor any large evergreen trees of globular or goblet shape. But in the region immediately below the, heavy snow belt, the characteristic pyramidal shape is entirely absent. The forms of the evergreen trees are here evidently regulated by other agencies. In this region we meet with several evergreen 6 Forms of Trees. [zoe oaks with lafge crowns, spreading- branches and repeatedly divided trunks. The pines also, like P. Sabiniayia, are characterised by their forked trunks, their upright limbs, and by their g-eneral re- semblance to deciduous trees. As regards shrubs of all kinds, they are hardly less influenced by snowfall. In the snow-visited forests at least, the evergreen shrubs show a low depressed form, sometimes spreading out like dishes on the ground. Other species, again, like the manzanitas, possess repeatedly zig-zag bent limbs especially adapted to resist the pressure of snow and wind. Such zig-zag form is also possessed by the branches of trees, greatly assisting them to resist outside pressure of any kind. Thus while the lower or central branches of most of the pines in the snow region slope downwards, the upper limbs, which are naturally less exposed to snow pressure, assume a horizontal position, but are compensated by being repeatedly bent and furnished with heavy knees. Such limbs are generally seen in the various species of pines, such as Lamberiiana^contorta, yeffreyi, ?i\so in Sequoia giganiea, etc., while they are almost absent in the spruces and firs, the sloping elastic limbs of which continue to the tops. SUNLIGHT AND HEAT. Another important agency in shaping the forms of trees is the direct sunlight and heat. As the force of the direct rays of the sun is different in different places, it follows that their effect upon trees and shrubs must vary with the locality, as well as with the ph}'- siological structure and nature of the plants. Various other agencies, such as the moisture in the air, the force of the wind, the rainfall, dews and fogs, combine with the sunlight and heat, either in decreas- ing or increasing the effects. It is especially in warm and dry regions where the heat and light are all powerful in modifying and directing the development of the form of a tree or shrub. An ex- cess of heat and light is nearly always hurtful and may even be so injurious as to kill the trees, or make them unfit for the region. It is especially the horticulturist that notes these effects of heat and light. In tender plants the effects are more pronounced and prin- cipally of two kinds. The direct rays of the sun injure the stem or trunk on the southwest side, or on the side on which the greatest force of the sun rays are concentrated during or shortly after mid- day. The tender bark and cambium are scorched, dry up and pre- VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. 7 vent the sap from circulating. In course of time injurious insects, such as borers of various kinds, find their way through crevices, and parasites gradually destroy the trees. Trees which are thus es- pecially tender are, among cultivated trees, apples and pears, and among wild trees, weeping willows, poplars, young oaks, maples, etc. A tree when once injured seldom recovers if left to itself, but dies or at least becomes sickly. In order to counteract this fatal force of excessive light and heat combined, the horticulturist en- courages lower limbs and foliage, prunes his trees low, or otherwise shades the exposed parts. Nature works very much in the same way. Young trees growing in heated regions are covered with lower limbs thickly set with foliage, or develop large weeping tops or crowns with drooping branches, which shelter the tender stems as effectually as if they were covered with an umbrella. That such a shade is absolutely necessary can be clearly demonstrated. There is, for instance, no more tender tree than our common weeping willow, a native of the hot region of Asia Minor. This tree flour- ishes even in our warmest regions under proper conditions of moisture, as long as its natural form is not interfered with. But let anyone prune back its limbs and cause the direct rays of the hot sun to strike its trunk, and the tree will soon become diseased and die. The dying of weeping willows is common all over the warmer parts of this state, and is everywhere to be principally ascribed to the cutting away of limbs and to the entrance of heat and direct light. The excessive heat and light has also a bad eftect upon the ground in places where rain or other moisture is scarce. The sun dries out the soil and makes it too dry for the trees and plants. To counter- act this heat, nature causes lower limbs to spread out as close to the ground as possible, or furnishes the tree with large dense and rounded crowns which cover the soil with shade and prevent the moisture in the immediate vicinity of the trunk and roots from dry- ing out. Nature furnishes also other remedies, such as peculiar position of the leaves, tough and hardy bark, gray and light colors of leaves and stems, hairs or cells especially constructed to withstand evaporation or heat. While the snow especially affects evergreens, the heat and light affect evergreens and deciduous trees almost alike. 8 Forms of Trees. [zoe In the tropics the intense heat develops another tree form, the um- brella form. In this region the heat is always accompanied by moist- ure, and is thus never excessive or dangerous for trees which naturally seek the light. The moisture and heat combined produce a most vigorous and dense vegetation, the very opposite to what is found in the arid zones. The effort ot the tree is therefore concentrated in its endeavor to reach the light and to push out from the dense shade nearer the ground. The most vigorous growing trees in this region send up straight and undivided trunks to a level with the top of the dense undergrowth, branch at this level and form immense umbrella-like crowns above less vigorous trees. This umbrella- form gives to the tropical landscape a distinct and characteristic ap- pearance. A tendency to assume such an umbrella-form can also be recognized among those trees of the temperate zone, which grow in moist places, such as river bottoms, canons and other sheltered localities — trees in fact, which delight in moisture. But nowhere is the form so pronounced as in the tropics, where it is common with all large species of the denser forests. The uplands of the tropics, where the rainfall is less and where heat and drying winds are more powerful, and where accordingly the vegetation is less dense, the umbrella form is rare, or where it exists is caused by other agencies. The origin of the tropical umbrella form is therefore not exactly identical with that of the umbrella form assumed by most pines in such districts as the Mediterranean or the gulf region of the United States, and to a certain extent also by a few more northern pines. This umbrella form is caused by the fallingoff of the lower branches, which never possess the strength of the upper limbs. The um- brella form, however, greatly favors their struggle against wind and heat. In these drier places in the tropical districts the umbrella form gives place to the globular form, the conditions there being quite similar to what they are in the drier regions further north. Ob- serve, for instance, the form of the ceiba ( Bombax Ceiba), which inhabits dryer localities in the Central American tropics. This tree is almost globular in shape, in order that its branches may give necessary shelter to the trunk, and to keep away the reflected heat. An effort to change the form of this tree by pruning results fatally, as the branches become sun scalded and a prey to borers which VOL. III.] Partus of Trees. 9 e\'entually destroy the tree. In crossing Central America I was especially impressed by these different tree forms, characteristic of different regions. Along the lowlands of the Pacific Coast up to 2,000 to 3,000 feet, the characteristic form of the various strong growing trees was the umbrella form. Above 3,000, and from that altitude towards the interior in the dry and warm district the globu- lar form predominates. As we ascend the interior highlands in the vicinity of Coban the climate suddenly changes and becomes very moist. With this change comes also a change in the form of the trees which here assume the regular umbrella form. The same climate continues uninterrupted to the Atlantic Coast, and the district is characterized throughout by the predominating umbrella form. All trees require more protection when young, and this explains why 3'oung trees are shaped differently from older trees. Thus the form of a young specimen of the common blue gum ( Eticalypttts) is well known. While young the tree is pyramidal and the slop- ing branches are covered by horizontally extended leaves. No form can be more adapted to withstand heavy winds. As the tree grows older, the stem stronger, and the roots penetrate deeper, this original form is not required , any more, and the tree assumes a semi umbrella-like crown. If we consider the principal forms of trees in their connection with influences of wind, snow, rain, sunshine and heat, we find that the various forms may be grouped principally under the following heads: A. The upright form, with a central undivided trunk and with downward sloping branches. This form is possessed by most conifers inhabiting snow-visited regions. The downward slope of the branches facilitates the shedding of the snow, while the undivided trunk offers less resistance to heavy loads of snow. Forked or branched trunks would split or break. This form may be either necessary to the species, as when the latter is confined to snow-visited districts (example Picea amabilis), or it may be inherited and continue as a characteristic of the species which grows in a warmer climate, but w-hich evidently had been evolved from a species which once inhabited colder regions. Ex- ample: the redwood (Sequoia sempervirens), Lawson cypress ( Cu- pressus Lawsoniana), and many other evergreen trees inhabiting lo Forms of Trees. [zoe the moist, snowless climate of the Pacific Coast north of San Fran- cisco. B. The upright form with erect or horizontal branches. The upright trunk in this form must be considered as inherited from an- cestors where it was a necessity. Later on the sloping branches gradually assumed a horizontal position. Example: most species of cypress, yew, juniper, etc., of a more southern origin. It is interesting to note the form of Cedrus Deodara or Himalaya cedar. This tree, growing in regions of Himalaya where heavy snowfalls are not unfrequent, possesses while young characteristically down- ward sloping branches. Cednis Libani, Lebanon cedar, which is only a form of C. Deodara, possesses no such sloping branches, but horizontal branches, evidently developed in a climate where the absence of heavy snow has made the downward slope of the branches unnecessary. Most species of juniper possess erect branches, as would be expected in a genus which finds its most con- genial home and greatest development in the warmer regions of the Mediterranean where snow is almost unknown. One species ( yiuiiperiis communis), however, which is common in Northern Europe, is distinguished by a very different form from the southern species, being dwarfed, prostrate, and repeatedly branched. But that this form of the European juniper is not the natural one, can be seen by the fact that whenever this species is transferred to snowless localities it at once assumes the upright -form, growing as straight and slender as a southern cypress. Similarly we find this upright form possessed by all specimens of this juniper which grow in close proximity to smelting works, where the heat is strong enough to melt the snow. The different appearance oi this juniper in such localities is really most startling. Pines which inhabit snow-visited regions are as a rule very up- right, with downward sloping branches, while the southern pines, both in Europe and North America, as well as in Central America and Mexico, have branches which either spread horizontally or which stand erect. Compare, for instance, /*. Lambcrtia7ia2>.nA P. Cembra, which inhabit snow-visited regions, with such species as Aleppo pine (P. Halapensis), P. maritima, P. insigiiis, and P. Sabiniana. Judging by the forms of most species of pines it would seem as if this genus is more of a southern origin, than for instance the various genera of firs and spruces, which through their ver}-^ characteristic VOL. III.] Forms of Trees. ir undivided stems and sloping branches indicate their origin in the snowy regions in the north. C. The globular form. This form is possessed by trees in warm and dry regions or localities. The object of the form is to protect the tree from sun and heat, and to preserve the moisture in the soil around the root. Example: the live-oak, the wild California wal- nut, the Texas umbrella, and the tropical ceiba, or Bombax tree. The mesquite of the Mojave desert belongs to this form. D. The umbrella form. This form is principally found in moist tropical climates. The object of the form is to give to the tree as much sun and heat as possible, which can again only be had at a certain altitude above the tops of the dwarfer vegetation. Example: various papilionaceous trees, as well as most varieties of trees in the tropical lowlands of both continents. In connection with this, I will call attention to the form of the bases of the trunks and of the surface roots in trees growing in moist places, especially in the tropics. The trunks branch out above the soil and form peculiar horizontally compressed roots, sometimes five to six feet high, but only a few inches thick. Such surface roots are found in most tropical trees, as well as in many swamp trees; for instance, the swamp cedar of the Mississippi delta. The object is to steady the tree when floods or excessive rains soften the ground; round roots would then offer much less resistance. I have here merely tried to outline the principal forms of trees and their trunks and branches, and have endeavored to state the causes which have been at work in moulding them. There are, however, many other agencies which assist in forming the shape of trees. Such are the elasticity of the wood, which would make the pyramidal shape of the tree less necessary; hairiness of the leaves, which tends to counteract sun and dryness; a tough and thick bark, which would also render sun and heat less injurious — all these must be taken in consideration when we study the forms of trees. CATALOGUE OF THE LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA OF LOWER CALIFORNIA. BY J. G. COOPER. In an article published in the Proceedings of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, second series, vol. iii, April, 1891, I stated that only three species of land shells had yet been found to inhabit the region on both sides of the boundary-line near lat. 32° 30', while twenty-one were peculiar to the southern half of the peninsula. I overlooked an incomplete list by Mr. C R. Orcutt in the " West American Scientist," ii, 61, July, 1886, adding five northern species, which he had traced southward to (or near) lat. 31°. They were identified by Mr. Binney. He and Mr. H. Hemphill, also found three new species on both sides of the line, and added much to the known distribution of others. (See Binney 's 3d Supplement to Terr. MoUusks, 1890, pp. 205, 219, 221 ; also the4th Suppl., 1892, and the " Nautilus " for 1890-91.) To furnish a basis for future reference, and to point out some facts needing investigation, I have compiled this catalogue of all the species known from the peninsula and adjacent islands. To simplify the list I omit the sub-generic names, many of which are !)adly founded, thus using the nomenclature nearly as given by Binney in the " Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America," (Washington, 1869). That is the latest work giving a full account of the shells of the l^eninsula, and in the twenty-one years since its issue nineteen land species have been added, eleven or twelve fresh-water, and one marine pulmonate species, doubling the number then known. Probably no other country has had so many errors made in the localities given for its land-shells, and I therefore give every refer- ence accessible, chiefly from Carpenter's " MoUusca of Western North America," 1856 and 1864, explaining the causes of errors as far as possible. The geographical range of each species, as far as known, is given in the proper places. The great variability in external characters observed in all west- coast land and fresh-water mollusca is strongly marked in those of the peninsula, and will doubtless lead to reduction in number of species. I have indicated some of these where most striking, but Lower Californian Shells. i o at the same time I am in favor of retaining many others as sub- species or varieties. Those who have seen Mr. Hemphill's recent Catalogue of N. Amer. Shells, etc., will understand how the multi- plication of names may be carried to excess, and I therefore men- tion only those that are best defined. Many more local forms must be collected before they can be properly defined. It will be observed on measuring the peninsula as mapped by the U. S. Coast Survey, that on account of its position, oblique to the meridians, it is much longer than would appear by a calcula- tion from latitudes, the difference being 120 statute miles, and total length 820 miles. The distances apart will thus be greater than the degrees of latitude indicate, by nearly fifteen miles in every hundred, in the long axis of the peninsula. I refer to this because I have found it necessary to give the lati- tudes of localities on account of the frequent repetition of names, in places at various distances apart. By referring to Mr. Brande- gee's map, we find that towns, old missions, ranches and water- holes (camping places), may each have the same name though far apart, and that bays, points and islands add to the confusion. Thus they can only be distinguished by giving the latitude as near as possible, those on the coast only being exact. Such errors of local- ities are mentioned as to fourteen out of forty-eight species men- tioned in this article. There are several explanations of the confusion of localities on the peninsula, and most of it comes from the too frequent use of the names of the saints. This would not be so bad, if the surnames distinguishing them had been retained, as first given by mission- aries, but being cumbersome they have been gradually dropped in most cases, though retained where very necessary, as with San Jose del Cabo. In other cases the same names are repeated in the three separate states of the peninsula, as they are in many of the United States, but sometimes three in one state as with the San Juans. Many Indian and other names are also repeated, probably from the ignorance of those naming them. The name of nearly every saint in the calendar is repeated two or three times in those 820 miles. Carpenter states that Xantus sent shells to Washington from So- corro Island, and other localities, mixed with those of Cape St. Lucas. On account of the marked differences in the groups of species 14 Lozver Californian Shells. [zoe inhabiting the mountains, the salt water, and the desert region near the Colorado River, I have divided the list into three parts. The last has not before been included in lists of species belonging to Lower California. Though the desert species do not extend into the peninsula itself below lat. 31° 30', they have been known for thirty-six years to be found along the Colorado River and its back- water overflow, called " New River," which discharges fifteen miles south of the boundary. Until recently most of them were supposed to be extinct species. In this catalogue I have used the alphabetical order for conven- ience of reference, and quoted authorities chronologically in refer- ences to localities, etc. Those given in quotation marks have not been confirmed or corrected. Most authors before 1850 confused Upper with Lower California. Collectors' names are given in italics to indicate that they were at the places mentioned, while those quoting them are usually marked by names in brackets. The species thus far collected on the peninsula and islands near by have been all of considerable size, and no attempt seems to have been made to find the very small species, except in the part north of lat. 31", from whence five are known (Nos. 26, 30, 31, 32, 33). Though the more arid regions may not produce them, the moist seashores, damp canons, and mountain summits, will no doubt still furnish novelties to a careful searcher, many of good size, as shown by Gabb's success in the mountains near the east coast. A. Species of the Mountain Regions. 1. Binneya notabilis J. G. Cooper, 1863. Santa Barbara Ls- land, Cal, lat. 33° 30' (types). West coast of Mexico f" Xaiitho- nyx " Crosse & Fischer). Guadalupe Island, over 100 miles south- west of San Quintin Bay, near lat. 29°, Palmer, Bryant, San Ouin- tin. Lower Cal., lat. 30° 24', Orctdt. 2. BuLiMULUS ARTEMISIA W. G. Binucy, 1861. " Promontory of Cape St. Lucas, lat. 22° 52', one specimen, Xaritus. B. californicus Reeve, 1848, is not confirmed as from the penin- sula, but is believed by late authors to be from the main land. 3. B. EXCELSUS Gould, 1853. "California," Maj. Rich, La Paz, lat. 24^ 10', later, in Carpenter's work; also found there by L. Belding. VOL. III.] Lower Calif or nian Shells. 15 4. B. GABBi Crosse & Fischer, 1872. Locality unknown, and only one specimen known, which has characters between those of B. pallidior and B. proteus. These two allied forms are not re- ])orted from any one locality except Cape St. Lucas, therefore a hybrid theory cannot now be proved. It may prove a variety, if B. vegetus Gould, which is also intermediate, is not a good species. 5. B. INSCENDENS W. G. B., iSqi. " Cape St. Lucas and 450 miles up west coast" (Cedros Is. lat. 28° 02' not confirmed), Xan- tus. Var. BRYANTi J. G. C, 1891. San Jose del Cabo, lat. 23° 24', to La Paz, lat. 24^ 12'. The east coast form, more developed. 6. B. PALLIDIOR Sowerby, 1833. "Chili," Cuming {?{€\^q.x). "West coast of peninsula for 350 miles north (to Ballenas Bay, lat. 26° 45', not confirmed), Xanius. La Paz, Maj. Rich. San Juan, east coast, lat. 26° 20', Lt. Greene, type of B. vegeius Gould, 1853. Near San Jose del Cabo to La Paz, Bryant. " San Diego " (Car- penter), not confirmed. Perhaps imported from Chili into gardens with roots, and has since died out northward. No other collectors seem to have found any Bidimuli on west coast north of lat. 25°. Mr. Binney mentions several species carried about with roots of banana, etc., from one country to another, and this may account for the introduction of this and B. proieiis on to the peninsula. 7. B, PILULA W. G. B., 1861. Todos Santos, lat. 23^ 25', to Margarita Island, lat. 24^^ 20', Xanius. San Jose del Cabo, Bryant. 8. B. PROTEUS Broderip, 1832. "Peru and Chili," Cumijigf, (Pfeiffer). "Cape St. Lucas," Xaiitus. Northern Peru, Orton, (Binney). Perhaps another importation as with B. pallidior. The question of their importation as food is yet undecided. 9. B. SPIRIFER Gabb., 1867. Near La Paz, lat. 24^ 10', to San Borgia near lat. 28*^ 40', among rocks, in the mountams near east coast, Gabb. San Borgia is a little west of the middle line in cross- ing the peninsula, and thus the most northern and western locality for Bulimuli as yet well authenticated. It is about 450 miles from the cape, and may possibly have furnished Xantus with northern specimens, which could be mistaken for B. pallidior. With such an extensive range near the east coast it is strange that nobody had found it before. Gabb's figure is more like B. pallidior than Bin- ney's. 1 6 Lower Californian Shells. [zoE 10. B. SUFFLATUS Gould, 1 853. La Paz, lat. 24" 10', MaJ. Rich, Gabb. San Jose del Cabo, Bryant. The large, east coast form of B. pilula.{l) Not found by Xantus, nor on west coast. Bry- ant also found a few pale brown ones, besides the usual white; both colors in living- shells. 11. B. XANTUSi W. G. B., 1861. " Promontory of Cape St. Lucas," four specimens, Xanitis. The three species reported from the Cape, but not since detected, and two others which Xantus stated to extend so far up the west coast, but not confirmed, were perhaps considered by him as varieties of one or more of the other species. The possibility that he obtained some from Socorro Is- land, or from the Mexican coast, where he also collected, is to be considered. 12. Cylindrella irregulare Gabb, 1867. Central range of mountains near east coast, around Muleje, lat. 26° 50', Gabb. 13. C. taylori Pfeiffer, 1861. (C. 7iewcombiana) Gabb, 1867. Same locality as the last, Gabb. Original locality of Pfeifi'er's type unknown. 14. Helix areolata " Sowerby MS." (Pfeiffer, 1845). California I//?ids, " near Columbia River " (Pfeiffer). This confu- sion can only be explained by mixing of labels, as Pfeiffer seems to have received these shells from the British Museum for descrip- tion, with the MS. names. "Margarita Bay, lat. 24° 20'. The only land shell received from the bay," (Pease). Cedros Island, lat. 24° 02'', Veatch, a very large form described as H. veatchii, New- comb. These, with H. levis and pandorcs, form a closely allied group. In 1867 Mr. W. M. Gabb made a geological exploration of the peninsula for a land company, under J. Ross Browne, traveling the whole length and crossing it ten times. In his report to Mr. Browne, dated San Francisco, 1869 (published in J. R. Browne's Report on Mining Regions), he mentions finding immense numbers of this species, sometimes whitening the ground with bleached shells, and extending from Salada, lat. 24° 15', to San Tomas, lat. 31° 35', on west coast. He mentions none of the allied forms, and thus appears to consider them varieties. (See notes on them). Dr. Veatch in same report states that the var. veatchii was the only land shell he found on Cedros Island, and on the peninsula east of it. VOL. III.] Lozver California Shells. 17 Unfortunately Gabb nowhere records any notes on other species, except eight, as quoted in this paper. 15. H. DURANTI Newcomb, 1864 (var. ccslata Mazyck). Santa Barbara Island, J. G. C. (types). Northern race from Healdsburg, 38° 38', Calif., to Sta. Barbara, Hemphill. The var. thence south to San Tomas, lat. 31° 35", Yates, Hemphill. 16. H. KELLETTil, Forbes, 1850. "California," (Santa Bar- bara),? Kellett. "San Juan del Fuaco," (Forbes). This San Juan having been proved to be neither the Straits of De Fuca, nor San Juan Capistrano, southern California, lat. 33° 30' (northern limit of this .shell), is usually considered as the port on the east coast, lat. 26° 20', visited by Lt. Greene, who did not find this shell there (neither did Gabb). Forbes states that this and H. pandorce were obtained on the west coast, probably between " San Diego and Magdalena Bay," lat. 24° 32'. (Carpenter, Rept. on Moll, of West Amer., 1856, p. 239.) Yet it has been generally confounded with the Straits of Juan de Fuca (an explorer, who made no claim to be a saint). Kellett & Wood also surveyed in those straits, and there are botli a bay and an island named San Juan there. But none is given on late maps along the west coast of the peninsula, though two " San Juans " are put down as on the gulf shore, one distinguished as a bay, about lat. 26° 20', the other at a point of land in lat. 28° 25', and a third one, a camp station, near lat. 28°, twenty miles inland, all visited by W. M. Gabb. There is also a San Juanico on west coast, lat. 26° 12', where Gabb collected marine shells (only ?) as given in a catalogue printed in the Proc. Cal. Acad, Sci., series i, vol. v, 1875. Even this was confounded by Stearns with San Juan Bay, and it is left uncertain at which place the marine shells were collected, though Gabb in the report before mentioned, states that he collected some at San Juanico, one of the places at which he crossed the peninsula. The well-known Spanish custom of distinguishing the patron saint of a locality by a surname taken from some local incident, leads to the inference that the one above named was so entitled from either the word fuco (seaweed) orfuego (fire), in either case mis-spelled by Forbes. Then the fact that the two land shells are only known to exist together between lats. 29° 30' and 30°, the most arid and rocky region on the west coast, suggests that a landing was made 1 8 Lozvcr California?! Shells. ■ [zoe in that region near some ranch which has since been abandoned (Hke many others), or was never mapped down. The type figured by Forbes was smaller and higher-colored than any variety of the species now known from its more northern range, of which ten or more have been named by Hemphill and others. Its lost station may be one of the small islands. The blunders of authors that were made before 1873 as to this locality are amusing, and it was not until then that explorations had proved that the two species named must have come from the peninsula, together with the two allied forms, while positive locations are only now ascertained. "Central America" given by Reeve is about as bad an error as Straits of Juan de Fuca. (N. B.— J. R. Browne states that this is a real family name, but the San Juan has it del meaning ''ofthe.") 17. H. LEVIS Pfeiffer, 1845. " California," Hi?ids. El Rosario, lat. 29° 50', Orc7itL "Columbia River" is another blunder of Pfeiffer 's (see H. areolata k Varieties indicate that this form may intergrade with that and /f. pandorce. It seems limited in range be- tween the two forms named. 18. H. NEWBERRYANA W. G. B. , 1858. San Pedro, Cal, lat. 33° 40', Yates (fossil only?). San Diego, Newberry, lat. 32^ 40'. South to Ensenada, lat. 31° 51', Oraitt. 19. H. PANDORA Forbes, 1850. "Santa Barbara as per box label " (Carpenter). "San Juan del Fuaco, Kellett and Wood" (Forbes). "Margarita Island, lat. 24° 20' " (Newcomb, Binney). San Quintin. lat. 30° 24', Orcidt, the only positive location yet ob- tained, but is reported from further north. Forbes' locality is explained under H. Kellettii, but it is not identified for either species lately. The next is probably correct, but conflicts .with Pease's statement about H. areolata. It seems probable that he, as well as Ciabb, considered this form, like the small form of areolata, merely one of the varieties of that species. H. damascenus Gould, 1856, from " Desert east of California, Dr. Frick'' (Newcomb), but not confirmed from north of the boundary, was probably from near San Tomas, and is considered a variety of pandorcs. As to varia- tions in this group compare the figures already published. W. G. Binney gives copies of the original types in Terr. Moll, of the U. S., vol. Iv; in Land and Fresh Water Shells he figures quite differ- ent varieties of all these species, and Tryon in the Monograph, VOL. III.] LoTver Californian Shells. lo Amer. Jour, of Conchology, vol. ii, gives two others, all these in- tergrading. 20. H. ROWELLii Newcomb, 1865. "Arizona" Dr. Frick. This has lately been confirmed by specimens obtained near Phoenix (Pilsbry). A variety from near Mulej6, lat. 26^ 52', was described as a new species, ' ' H. lohrii ' ' Gabb. An intermediate locality has been recently discovered by Dr. S. Bowers in San Gorgonio Pass, near lat. 33° 40", at the east base of the San Jacinto Mountains, eight miles south of Indio Station, and about the level of the former lake (or sea), among granitic rocks. There is a limestone bed a little higher up near which they may be found living. Like all found, so far, except Gabb's var. Lohrii, they were dead shells, but retained the band, which was faded out in Newcomb's type, as described by him. For'this reason, doubtless, their identity was not recognized by Gabb at first, and Dr. Yates also added a synonym or variety in describing Dr. Bow- ers'shell, as " i/. carpenieri var. Indioensis'' in Nautilus, vol. iv, p. 63, 1890. It is also reported with some doubt from " Guade- lupe Island, Dr. Palmer" (Binney), who got only young shells, while Bryant found only H. carpenteri, but in perfect condition. 21. H. (rufocincta?) FACTA Newcomb, 1864. Santa Barbara Island, lat. 33° 30', and San Nicolas Island J. G. C. (types), the large forms from Catalina Island, lat. 33° 20' " Guadelupe Island, lat. 29° " Palmer, Dunn. Some of these are subangled and um- bilicate. Through H. gabbi Newc, and some fossil forms, all are closely connected. 22. H. STEARNSIANA Gabb, 1867. El Rosario, lat. 29° 55', to San Tomas, lat. 31° 35', Gabb, on west slope only. Coronado Is- land, lat. 32° 25', Hemphill. Near San Diego, Orcult. A connect- ing link between the typical H. kelleilii and those northward, con- sidered varieties of that species. Mr. Gabb's most southern local- ity seems to fix the southward range definitely. 23. H. TRASKii Newcomb, 1861, and var. carpenteri Newc, 1 861. Los Angeles, lat. 34°, (type) Trask, to Point Conception, lat. 34° 25', Yates, and San Diego, lat. 32° 40',/ 6^. C. The variety from Tulare Valley, lat. 36°, (type), to Coronados Island, Dunn, lat. 32° 25', and Guadelupe Island, Bryant, lat. 29°. The " H. remondii'^ Gabb (not Tryon, 1863), scarcely differs 20 Lower Californian Shells. [zoe from H. carpenieri, and extends from Trinidad, lat. 28° 45', on west coast, to Muleje, lat. 26° 52, on east, also "Guaymas, So- nora, Mex.," Gabb. The Mexican form is, however, different, and is Tryon's type, while the peninsula shells are probably all carpen- teri. 24. H. TUDICULATA Binney, 1843. Not far south of the bound- ary line, Omitt. North to lat. 37", in Sierra Nevada. " Petaluma, California," Sthnpson, (Gould) is an error in identification. 25. H. (VANCOUVERENSIS Lea, 1839), var. sportella Gould, 1846. Near the boundary line, Orcutt. Those found near San Diego seem to me as near the typical Oregon shell of Lea. H. vellicata Forbes " Panama," seems externally very similar, and is united with it by Binney. Not being confirmed from Panama, it forms another proof of the errors in localities due to Kellett and Wood. Mr. Hemphill has lately described the smaller form found south to Ensenada as var. iransfuga. 26. Limax HEMPHiLLi W. G. B., 1890. San Diego Mountains to San Tomas, lat. 31° 35', Hemphill (and to lat. 31°? Orctitt). This is the species mentioned by me in the Proc. Gal. Acad. Sci., 2dser., I, p. 13, 1887, at bottom, as perhaps L. agresiis Linn. In the "4th Supplement to 5th vol. Terr. Moll.," January, 1892, Mr. Binney now states that this species is found from British Columbia to Lower California, having been confounded, in some cases, with L. ca7npestris. An extreme southern form has also been named var. piciiis by Cockerell. Ayiadeniis cockerilli Hemphill, another slug allied to the northern Ariolimax, discovered on the San Diego Mountains just north of the boundary, may extend southward. 27. LiMNOPHYSA HUMiLis Say, 1822. Ensenada, lat. ■^\ 51', Orcuti. Also found in nearly all the United States (and Europe?). 28. Physa gabbi Tryon, 1863. Found near middle of west coast of peninsula, Bryant, thence north throughout southern half of California. By many called a var. of P. heterostropha Say, 1817. 29. P. diaphana Tryon, 1865. In brook at San Jos6 del Cabo, Bryant. Has same range northward. P. elata Gould, described as from " Lower California, Maj. Rich," was doubtless from Mazatlan only, as given in Carpenter's^Catal. The same applies to P. aurantia Carpenter. VOL. III.] Lower Calif ornian Shells. 21 "/*. heterostroplia Say," 1817, is said by Stearns to be from " Hot Springs, Lower California, Orcutt^ 30. Pupa calamitosa Pilsbry, 1889. San Tomas. lat. 31° 35', Hemphill. (To lat. 31*"? and San Diego, Orcutt. Two species are mentioned by Orcutt without specific names, probably this and P. hemphilli.) 31. P. CHORDATA Pfeiffer, 1856. Sinaloa, Mex., near lat. aG""? (type). San Quintin Bay, lat. 30^24', "on salt marsh," Orcutt'. In habits is a link towards Melampus and Pedipes. From ability to bear salt, it can inhabit the driest zone. "/*. orcutti Pilsbry," named by Orcutt, in the West Amer. Sci- entist, October, 1891. p. 270. is probably a synonym oi P. chordata, as I find no other notice of such a species. 32. P. HEMPHILLI Sterki, 1890. San Diego to San Tomas, Hemphill. 33. P. OVATA Say, 1822. Across the continent in nearly every State. San Diego south to lat. 31°, Orcutt. 34. Rhodea californica Pfeiffer, 1846. "Monterey, Cali- fornia," (Pfeiffer), certainly an error. Bogota, New Grenada, T: Bland. , Subsp. RAMENTOSA J. G. Cooper, 1 89 1. Mountains north of San Jose del Cabo, one dead shell in a cave, Bryant. It may prove tp be now extinct. 35. SucciNEA OREGONENSis Lea, 1841. Oregon, (types) and south to lat. 31*^, Orcutt. Also Vancouver Island, G. W. Taylor. 36. Veronicella olivacea Stearns, 1871. Nicaragua, west slope, McNeil (types). Lower California, Hemphill. " Lobitos Creek, California, lat. 36° 52'," Stearns. This locality has been re- cently searched for them in vain by Raymond (1891). This fresh-water slug leads to the salt-water pulmonate Onchidellas> etc. , which I merely catalogue, as nothing new is to be said of themi referring to Binney's work for further information, they being be- yond the scope of this article. I add also three non-puhnonates that belong to a genus sometimes inhabiting fresh or brackish water in estuaries. " ■ " Zonites die^^oensis" Hemphill, 1892, a minute Helicoid, irom Cuyamaca Mountains, at 4,500 feet altitude, east of San Diegnd 130 along the 115th meridian (which are nearly at right angles), the third side at foot of the mountains being about 150 miles long, and ending near lat. 31*^, thus embracing about 4,550 square miles. A large part of this 24 Lower Californian Shells. [zoe is a barren saline plain. The mountains west of it are less barren, and must contain some of the species reported from the region westward, near the ocean. No. 20 probably exists there also, as it extends into California, Arizona, and on the peninsula. (See notes on it.) In reviewing this catalogue we find the terrestrial species to be thirty-two, of which fourteen are found on both sides of the bound- ary line. The fresh-water species are but eleven (or twelve count- ing No. 37), and all but this and perhaps 36 cross the boundary. Thus there remain, not found northward, eighteen land species* and one or two fresh-water. Those also found on the east side of the gulf, or further south, are four or five land and four fresh- water. The total number given, including marine, is fifty-three, of which fourteen are considered peculiar to the peninsula, and two are reported as Chilian also (in- cluded in those more southern). Of the peculiar forms eight are Bulimoid, and four Helicoid. The derivation of these, peculiar to the peninsula, will in future be an interesting subject for investiga- tion. In referring to Lower California as "the Peninsula" it is most correct to include in it only the regions south of the mouth of the Colorado River, about lat. 31° 30', which excludes the Desert spe- cies and also Nos. 15, 18, 24, 25, 26, 27, as their range is now known. The local distribution of the species depends on latitude, altitude and exposure to the gulf on the east, or the ocean on the west. The gulf having heated water and tropical marine mollusca, besides having its shore protected from the ocean winds by high mountains, shows the greatest number of tropical species on land, the same species sometimes extending four or five degrees of latitude farther north than on the west coast. It is doubtful if any but Helicoid species are found on the west coast north of lat, 25°, while those of the east coast are mostly Bulimoid. Nos. 20 and 23 are the most southern of the former on east side, at lat. 26° 52', about 280 miles north of Cape St. Lucas. Very much yet remains to be learned regarding distribution of the species. The most remarkable instance of peculiar distribution is that of the three or four species inhabiting Guadelupe Island, on which we might expect a much larger number to occur, judging from most VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 25 other islands, especially those nearer the coast northward, except Cedros Island, which furnishes but one, while Coronados Islands have two, and the Santa Barbara group two to seven each, of which nearly all are absent from the main land. Guadelupe, 100 miles off shore, and volcanic, has been stocked by chance importations from the latter group (No. 21), the peninsula (i, 23, 20?), and the last three are the only species said to be common to the peninsula and the main land of Mexico. The relation of these facts to the dis- tribution of the species, may be perhaps explained by the small shells most easily adhering to birds roosting on the ground. MARIPOSA COUNTY AS A BOTANICAL DISTRICT. II. BY J. w. congdon; In mentioning in the former article the shrubs forming the bulk of ^the chaparral of the wooded foothills, the Christmas Berry ( Hetero- nieles arbutifolia) was accidentally omitted. Its abundant and beautiful bunches of red berries are very noticeable, in the winter, on nearly all our hillsides. In discussing the herbaceous vegetation of Ihis zone, it has seemed to me, that instead of giving a mere enumeration of peculiar or in- teresting plants, there would be some real scientific value in a somewhat detailed comparison of its flora with the flora of the cor- responding portion of the Coast region. I include under the latter designation the territory between the Coast line and the western edge of the San Joaquin plain, with the Bay of Monterey for its southern and Mendocino County for its northern boundary. Perhaps the most interesting and significant result of such a com- parison is the great number of common species found in these tracts separated from each other by the wide expanse of the San Joaquin plain, here of an average width of at least forty-five miles. This intervening plain has a vegetation of its own, consisting of the most common Californian types, mingled with a few peculiar forms limited to that region, and it therefore constitutes with its western boundary of the interior Coast Range a real interruption of the continuous distribution of the great majority of these common species. 26 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe In the annexed list of species common to these two districts, introduced plants are indicated by putting the specific name in italics. P, denotes that the plant is also found on the San Joaquin plain; C, denotes that it extends up into the Coniferous zone; and S, that it reaches the Subalpine region/-^ Clematis ligusticifolia Nutt. C. lasiantha Nutt. Thalictrum polycarpum Wats. C. Ranunculus aquatilis L. P. Californicus Benth. C. hebecarpus H. & A. P. Aquilegia truncata F. & M. C. Delphinium hesperium Gray. C. variegatum T. & G. P. Berberis repens Lindl. C. Platystemon Californicus Benth. P. , Platystigma Californicum Benth. & Hook. Meconopsis heterophylla Benth. P. Eschscholtzia Californica Cham. P. Dendromecon rigidum Benth. C. Dicentra chrysantha?, H. & A. Cardamine oligosperma Nutt. Arabis perfoliata Lam. Erysimum asperum DC. C. S. Sisymbrium offi,ci7iale Scop. P. canescens Nutt. C. Barbarea vulgaris R. Br. (Clearly native.) Tropidocarpum gracile Hook. P. Capsella Bursa-pastoris Moench. C. P. Lepidium nitidum Nutt. C. P. Thysanocarpus curvipes Hook. P. laciniatus Nutt. pusillus Hook. Helianthemum scoparium Nutt. Chemisal. Silene Gallica L. P. 'Nearly all the localities and habitats given in these articles are derived from the personal observations and knowledge of the writer. When the fact is other- wise, the authority relied upon will be given. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 27 Silene Californica Durand. C. Stellaria media L. P. C. nitens Nutt. P. Arenaria Douglasii T. & G. Californica Brewer. Calandrinia Menziesii Hook. P. C. Claytonia perfoliata Don. P. C. exigua T. & G. Montia fontana L. Hypericum concinnum Benth. (Abundant with chemisal.) anagalloides C. & S. C. S. Malva borealis Wallman. P. C. Sidalcea malvaefiora Gray. C. humilis Gray. P.' Geranium Carolinianum L. C. Erodium cicutarium. L'Her. P. C. moschaium L'Her. P. Boirys Bertolini. (Becoming very abundant. ) Limnanthes alba Hartweg. P. Oxalis corniculaia L. P. Rhamnus crocea Nutt. Californica Esch. var. tomentella Wats. Ceanothus sorediatus H. & A. Chemisal. divaricatus Nutt. C. cuneatus Nutt. C. Vitis Californica Benth. P. ^sculus Californica Nutt. C. Acer macrophyllum Pursh. C. Rhus diversiloba T. & G. C. aromatica Ait. var. trilobata Gray. Lupinus Chamissonis Esch. C. rivularis Dougl. C. albicaulis Dougl. C. S. nanus Dougl. P. C. micranthus Dougl. P. C. var. bicolor Wats. C. leptophyllus Benth. 28 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe Lupinus densiflorus Benth. P. C. Trifolium Macraei H. & A. P. gracilentum T. & G. ciliatum Nutt. C. involucratum, Willd. P. C. tridentatum Lindl. P. C. pauciflorum Nutt. C. S. microcephalum Pursh. depauperatum Desv. Melilotus parviflora Desf. P. Medicago sativa L. P. denticulata Willd. P. C. Hosackia gracilis Benth. strigosa Nutt. P. parviflora Benth. Purshiana Benth. P. C. subpinnata T. & G. P. brachycarpa Benth. P. glabra Torr. Psoralea orbicularis Lindl. C. macrostachya DC. C. Vicia Americana Muhl. and vars. C. Prunus subcordata Benth. C. S. demissa Walp. C. S. Nuttallia cerasiformis T. & G. Rubus ursinus C. & S. C. Potentilla glandulosa Lindl. C. Horkelia Californica C. & S. Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A. Alchemilla arvensis Scop. P. Rosa Californica C. & S. C. Heteromeles arbutifolia Brewer. Saxifraga integrifolia Hook. C. S. .1 Tellima heterophylla H. & A. (Mostly form with entire petals.) affinis Boland. Heuchera micrantha Dougl. C. Ribes Menziesii Pursh. C. Cotyledon farinosa Benth. & Hook. C. Lythrum alatum Pursh. var. linearifolium Gray. C. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 29 Zauschneria Californica Presl. C. S. Epilobiun coloratum Muhl. van occidentale Wats. C. S. paniculatum Nutt. C. CEnothera biennis L. var. grandiflora Lindl. graciliflora H. & A. P. dentata Cav. C. Godetia lepida Lindl. and vars. C. S. viminea Spach. Clarkia elegans Dougl. Boisduvalia densiflora Wats. P. C. Mentzelia laevicaulis T. & C. Megarrhiza Californica Torr. P. ? Mollugo verticillata L. P. Bowlesia lobata Ruiz & Pav. Eryngium petiolatum Hook. var. armatum Wats. Sanicula Menziesii H. & A. bipinnatifida Dougl. P. Carum Gairdneri Benth. & Hook. C. S. OEnanthe Calilornica Wats. C. Peucedanum utriculatum Nutt. P. • macrocarpum Nutt. dasycarpuni T. & G. Daucus pusillus Michx. P. Aralia Californica Wats. C. Sambucus glauca Nutt. C. Symphoricarpus racemosus Michx. C. Lonicera hispidula Dougl. Cephalanthus occidentalis L. P. Galium Aparine L. Valerianella (Plectritis) congesta Lindl. C. Californica Gray. Brickellia Californica Gray. Gutierrezia Euthamiae T. & G. Grindelia robusta Nutt. var. rigida Wats. P. Lessingia Germanorum Cham. leptoclada Gray. C. Solidago occidentalis Nutt. P. Californica Nutt. C. Aster Chamissonis Gray. C. "50 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe o Erigeron foliosus Nutt. van stenophyllus Gray. C. Philadelphicus L. C. S. Canadensis L. P. C. Bigelovia arborescens Gray. (Chemisal.) Micropus Californicus F. & M. P. Psilocarphus tenellus Nutt. P. C. Stylocline gnaphalioides Nutt. Filago Californica Nutt. Anaphalis margaritacea B. & H. Gnaphalium decurrens Ives. C. Sprengelii H. &A. niicrocephalum Nutt. C. palustre Nutt. P. C. Xanthium strumarium L. P. spinosian L. P. C. Wyethia helenioides Nutt. Helianthella Californica Gray. C. Helianthus annuus L. P. petiolaris Nutt. P. C. Californicus DC. .C. Leptosyne Stillmani Gray. Madia elegans Don. P. C. sativa Molina var. typica. C. var. racemosa. C. var. dissitiflora. C. filipes Gray. P. C. Hemizonia Fitchii Gray. pungens T. & G. (Waif.) P. multiglandulosa Gray. P. C. var. villosa. C. Lagophylla ramosissima Nutt. Layiagaillardioides H. & A. C Achyrachaena mollis Schauer. Bseria gracilis Gray. P. uliginosa Gray. P. Eriophyllum confertitlorum Gray. C. caespitosum Dougl. C. S. Alpine. Rigiopappusleptocladus Gray. P. Achillea millefolium L. C. S. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 31 Anthemis Cotula. C. P. Matricaria discoidea DC. P. Artemisia Ludoviciana Nutt. C. S. dracunculoides Pursh. C. Senecio vulgaris L. P. Douglasii DC. P. C. aronicoides DC. C. S. Cnicus Californicus Gray ? C. S. Centaurca solstiiialis L. P. Melitensis L. P. Microseris aphantocarpha Gray. P. Bigelovii Gray. P. linearifolia Gray. C. Stephanomeria paniculata Nutt. Rafinesquia Californica Nutt. Hypochaeris glabra L. Troximon grandiflorum Gray. C. heterophyllum Greene. P. Hieracium albiflorum Hook. Sonchus asper Vill. P. Arctostaphylos tomentosa Dougl. C. pungens HBK. C. S. Dodecatheon Meadia L. C. S. Alp. Fraxinus Oregana Nutt. dipetala H. & A. Apocynum cannabinum L. Asclepias Mexicana Cav. (fascicularis Decaisn). P. C. vestita H. & A. P. Collomia gracilis Dougl. P. C. Gilia pusilla Benth. var. Californica Gray. P. C. dichotoma Benth. micrantha Steud. androsacea Steud. tenella Benth. P. cotulaefolia Steud. C. intertexta Steud. C. achilleaefolia Benth. P. C. tricolor Benth. P. inconspicua Dougl. C. 32 Botany of Mariposa. [zok Nemophila aurita Lindl. maculata Benth. P. insignis Dougl. P. C. Menziesii H. & A. P. parviflora Dougl. P. C. S. Phacelia circinata Jacq. f. C. S. tanacetifolia Benth. P. Emmenanthe penduliflora Benth. Eriodictyon glutinosum Benth. Heliotropium Curassavicum L. P. Amsinckia spectabihs F. & M. P. C. Y. intermedia F. & M. P. Krynitzkia CaHfornica Gray. P. C. oxycarya Gray. P. C. Plagiobothrys rufescens F. & M. P. canescens Benth. P. C. Pectocarya Hnearis DC. P. Convolvulus luteolus Gray. occidentalis Gray. Cuscuta Californica Choisy. P. C. subinclusa Dur. & Hilg. C. Solanum nigrum L. P. umbelliferum Esch. Nicotiana Bigelovii Wats. P. glauca Graham. Scrophularia Californica Cham. C. Collinsia bicolor Benth. parviflora Dougl. P. C. Penstemon breviflorus Lindl. Mimulus Douglasii Gray. P. glutinosus Wendl. cardinalis Dougl. C. luteus L. P. C. pilosus Watson. C. P. Veronica peregrina L. P. Castilleia foliolosa H. & A. (Chemisal.) parviflora Bong. C. Orthocarpus attenuatus Gray. P. purpurascens Benth. P. vol.. III.] Botany of Mariposa. Orthocarpus erianthus Benth. P. Cordylanthus filifolius Nutt. C. pilosus Gray. C. Pedicularis densiflora Benth. Aphyllon fasciculatum Gray. C. Californicum Gray. Monardella villosa Benth. Pogogyne Douglasii Benth. P. C. serpylloides Gray. P. Sphacele calycina Benth. Salvia Columbarise Benth. Scutellaria angustifolia Benth. tuberosa Benth. Marrubium vulgarc L. P. C. Stachys albens Gray. C. Trichostema lanceolatum Benth. P. Plantago major L. P. C. lanccolaia L. C. Patagonica Jacq. P. C. Rumex salicifolius Weinm P. crispiis L. P. C. conglomeraiiLS Murr. C. Aceiosella L. P. C. Polygonum ereduni L. P. C. avicidare L. P. C. nodosum Pers. Persicaria L. P. C. Convolvidus L. C. Eriogonum nudum Dougl. C. S. virgatum Benth. P. C. vimineum Dougl. P. C. S. Lastarricea Chilensis Remy. P. Pterostegia drymarioides F. & M. P. C. Amarantus retroflexits L. P. C. panicidatiis L. C. albusl^. P. C. blitoides Wats. Chenopodium album L. P. C. murale L. P. C. 34 Botany of Mariposa. | zok Chenopodium leptophyllum Nutt. P. Botrys L. P. C. anibrosioides L. P. C. Umbellularia Californica Nutt. C. Urtica holosericea Nutt. P. C. nrens L. P. Eremocarpus setigerus Benth. P. C. Euphorbia serpyllifolia Pers. P. leptocera Engelm. C. Callitriche verna L. P. C. Alnus rhombifoHa Nutt. C. Salix nigra Marsh. P. C. longifolia Muhl. P. C. laevigata Bebb. P. lasiolepis Benth. P. C. Popukis Fremontii Wats. P. Ouercus lobata Nee. C. Douglasii H. & A. chrysolepis L. C. Kelloggii Newberry. C. Phoradendron flavescens Nutt. Juniperus Cahfornica Carr. Pinus Sabiniana Dougl. Sisyrinchium belhuii Wats. Alhum attenuifoHum Kell. Brodisea capitata Benth. P. C. S. laxa Wats. C. ixioides Wats. C. lactea Wats. Chlorogakmi pomeridianuni Kunth. C. Fritillaria biflora LindL lanceolata Pursh, var. floribunda Benth. atropurpurea Nutt. C. Calochortus albus Dougl. luteus Dougl. venustus Benth. C. S. Lemna minor. Zannichellia palustris L. Potamogeton pauciflorus Pursh. VOL. III.] Botany of JMariposa. 35 Luzula coniosa Meyer. C S. Juncus Leseurii Boland. P. effusus L. C. . biifoniiis L. P. C. tenuis Willd. Carex marcida Boott. C. S. glomerata Thunb. angustata Boott. C. Panicum sanguinale L. P. C. dichotomum L. C. crus-galli L. P. V\{[&\\vl\ prateyise L. P. Polypogon Monspcliensis Desf. P. C. littoralis Smith. P. C. Agrostis alba L. P. C. S. Native. S. scabra Willd. C. S. Gastridium australe Beauv. P. C. Stipa setigera Presl. C. eminens Cav. viridula Trin. C. A vena fatua L. P. C. Aira danthonoides Trin. C. S. Holcus lanatus L. P. C. Melica imperfecta Trin. C. var. refracta Thurb. bulbosa Geyer. C. Atropis tenuifolia Wats. C. Poa annua L. P. C. Poa pratensis L. P. Native. C. & S. trivialis L. C. Apparently native. Festuca Myiirtis L. P. C. microstachys Nutt. P. C. Bromus maxvmis Desf. P. C. }-iibens L. P. C. secalimis L. P. C. racemosiis L. P. C. Ceratochloa tinioloides Beauv. P. Lepturus Bolanderi Thurb. Hordeum nodoszini L. C. 36 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe Hordeum viurimim L. P. C. Elymus condensatus Presl. C. Sibiricus L. C. S. Sitanion Schult. P. C. Polypodium vulgare L. C. S. Gymnogramme triangularis Kaulf. C. S. Pellcta andromedaefolia Fee. C. Ornithopus Hook. C. Pteris aquilina L. C. Woodwardia radicans Sni. C. Aspidium rigidum Sm. C. S. munitum Kaulf. C. Cystopteris fragilis Bernhardi. C. S. Selaginella rupestris Spreng. C. S. AzoUa Caroliniana Willd. P. This list shows that out of 318 native species common to this dis- trict and the coast, as above defined, only 105, or about one-third, are found in the intervening plain. It is possible, but not probable, that a more thorough exploration of the plains would add something to the number of the species found there, but could hardly produce any serious change in the ratio. On the other hand, out of the 66 naturalized plants enumerated, 59 are pretty certainly found on the plains, showing that the)- have accompanied the successive waves of immigration which first swept over the foothills in the search for gold, but have now largely flowed back upon the plains, seeking the agricultural treasures of the soil. A further examination of the same list shows how rapidly the plants of the plains and lower foothills disappear as we ascend into mountains. Of the 105 plants of the plains found in this zone, only 37 reach the coniferous belt and only three the subalpine district. Probably there are really only two of these, as Achillea rnillefolhwi is pretty certainly naturalized on the plains, having been introduced with grass seed. Out of the 213 remaining species 115 extend into the coniferous belt, of which 27 reach the subalpine region. Two of these, Dodecatheon Meadia and Eriophyllimi cczspitosuiii, attain the alpine summits in some of their varieties which, however, may yet be specifically distinguished from the lower forms. Coming now to the species really characteristic of or limited to VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 37 the foothills, which are found in this zone, so far as they are known to me, they will be found in the next list, which follows the same rule as the former one, except that items of supposed interest in regard to rare or new species are more freely introduced. Isopyrum occidentale H. & A. Shaded hillsides. Mariposa. Delphinium decorum F. & M., var. patens Gray. Same local- ities. C. Arabis arcuata Gray. Face of cliffs. Mariposa. Hite's Cove. C. Streptanthus barbatus Wats.? Sepals not bearded. Rocky places. Mariposa. Agua Fria. polygaloides Gray. Rocky sidehills. Mariposa. Nasturtium palustre DC. Banks Lower Merced. Lepidium Menziesii DC. The common species here. Thysanocarpus radians Benth. Hornitos. Viola aurea Kell. The only yellow violet proper here. C. S. chrysantha Hook. This beautiful representative of the tricolor type is not rare in open grassy places in March. Folygala Californica Nutt. Rocky cliffs. Merced River. Hypericum Scouleri Hook. Stream banks. C. Sidalcea Hartwegi Gray. Thickets and open grounds. Fremontia Californica Torr. Chaparral- covered hillsides. May. C. Linum micranthum Gray. Rocky places. Trifolium bifidum Gray. Differs from T. graciie?itutn in its strict- ly upright growth. Open woods. Hosackia stipularis Benth. Chemisal. Agua Fria. grandiflora Benth. Shaded spots. Mariposa. April and May. Hosackia argophylla Gray. Cliffs. Hite's Cove. Astragalus Congdoni Wats. Chemisal. Hite's Cove. Lathyrus sulphureus Wats. Thickets and stream banks. Com- mon. C. Cercis occidentalis Torr. Rocky places. A white variety oc- curs. March and April. Cercocarpus parviflorus Nutt. Frequent. March. Calycanthus occidentalis W. & A. Rocky beds of streams. Hite's Cove, etc. C. 38 Botany of Marifosa. [zoe Saxifraga Parry i Gray. Rocky banks of Merced River and vi- cinity of Benton Mills. This is an interesting link be- tween our flora and that of the extreme southwestern coast of the State. Philadelphus Lewisii Pursh. Rocky banks oi streams. Fre- quent. Ribes leptanthum Gray. Rocky places, descending almost to the plains. December to March. Sedum obtusatum Gray. Rocks. Not rare. C. pumilum Benth. Rocks near Hornitos and Mormon Bar. March and April. Epilobium minutum Lindl. Wooded places. Common. Godetia. A form classed by Watson as a var. of cpilobioides, but clearly different. Thickets. Common. C. epilobioides Wats. Rocky places. Not rare, biloba Wats. North hillsides. Mariposa. Boisduvalia Torreyi Wats. Stream beds. Mariposa. Frequent. Heterogaura Californica Rothr. Shady rocky places. Fre- quent. C. Datisca glomerata B. & H. Banks of streams. Frequent. Mentzelia dispersa Wats. Shady hillsides. Mariposa. Occa- sional. Lindleyi T. & G. Cliffs. Hite's Cove. March. Cucurbita perennis Gray. Occasional. Perhaps introduced near the plains. Sanicula bipinnata H. & A. Rocky places. Common. tuberosa Torr. Shady hillsides. March and April. Deweya Hartwegi Gray. Cliffs. Hite's Cove, Benton Mills, etc. April. Osmorrhiza brachypoda Torr. Woods. Common. C. Podosciadium Californicum Gray. Rocky beds of streams. White's Gulch. May. Peucedanum caruifolium T. & G. Rocky places. Common. Ferula dissoluta Wats. Rocky places. Mariposa, Agua Fria, etc. April. Caucalis microcarpa H. cS: A. Dry rocky places. Common. Cornus glabrata Torr. Banks of streams. Scarce. Galium Bolanderi Gray. Thickets. Everywhere. C. Pentachaeta exilis Gray, var. discoidea Gray. Open grassy places. March and April. VOL. III.] Botany of Marifosa. 39 Lessingia nana Gray. Open grassy ground. Mariposa. August and September. Corethrogyne filaginifolia Nutt, var. tomentella Gray. Kite's Cove. October and later. Stylocline filaginea Gray. Benton Mills. April. Evax caulescens Gray. Clayey ground. Common. Balsamorrhiza Bolanderi Gray. Dry summits of chaparral -cov- ered hills. Bear Valley Mt., etc. April. Wyethia, related to W. angustifolia, and referred to under that species in Bot. Cal. Dry woods. C. Hemizonella Durandi Gray. Dry ground. Benton Mills, etc. C. Hemizonia virgata Gray. Is the tar weed, here, covering all the open grounds in August and September. Wrightii Gray. Adventive from below, especially near the plains, mollis Gray. Open grounds. Most common near and in the coniferous belt. C. truncata Gray. Rocky sidehills. Mariposa. Lagophylla glandulosa Gray. Open clayey grounds and road- sides. Mariposa and vicinity. May to December, filipes Gray. Rocky beds of streams. Gaudalupe mount- ain, etc. May — July. Layia Fremontii Gray. Open grassy places towards the plains. March. Baeria debilis Greene. Shade of chaparral bushes. Lewis'. April. Chtenactis glabriuscula DC. Clayey soils. Frequent. Helenium Bigelovii Gray. Rocky beds of rivers. Benton Mills and above. C. S. Troximon retrorsum Gray. Shaded hillsides. Mariposa, and more common in the zone above. C. S. Nemacladus ramosissimus Nutt. Rocky soils, nearly the same range as the last. C. Githopsis specularioides Nutt. Wooded hillsides. Common. Heterocodon rariflorum Nutt. Rocky and wet places. Not rare. Arctostaphylos glauca Lindl. Mariposa. More common here than A. pimgens, which grows principally higher up. Gomphocarpus tomentosus Gray. Rocky hillsides. Benton Mills, etc. cordifolius Benth. Open thickets. Common. 40 Botany of Mariposa. [zoe Asclepias speciosa Torr. Open grounds. A rather showy spe- cies. More common in the next zone. Stockton, etc. C. Erythnea venusta Gray. Water courses. Frequent. More abundant in the zone above. C. GiUa Bolanderi Gray. Open clayey grounds. Mariposa, etc. Scarce, filicaulis Torr. Dry hillsides. Mt. Bullion, etc. Not com- mon. Ellisia membranacea Benth. Open rocky places near the plains. Phacelia humilis T. & G. Rocky shaded places. Mariposa and above. C. S. hispida Gray. Rocks. Agua Fria, etc. March, phyllomanica Gray (or bipinnatifida). Shaded rocks. Mariposa, etc. Plagiobothrys tenellus Gray. Moist grounds. Frequent. C. Torreyanus Gray. Same localities. C. muriculatus. Wooded hillsides. C. barbigerus Gray. Open shady places. Darrah Road, etc. C. sparsiflorus Greene. Rocky banks of streams. Mormon Bar. Echinospermum Greenei Gra}'. Open grassy places. Mariposa. Cynoglossum laeve Gray. Moist hillsides. April. Pectocarya pusilla Gray. Clayey soils near Mariposa. April. Datura meteloides DC. Stream beds. Probably introduced from below. Verbascum Thapsus L. This common eastern weed is fast be- coming too frequent in Mariposa county. C. Antirrhinum leptaleum Gray. Open and especiallv cultivated grounds. Mariposa and above. C. Breweri Gray. Occasional on hillsides, near Mariposa. Collinsia tinctoria Hartg. Wooded hillsides and stream banks. Mariposa and above. C. Penstemon heterophyllus Lindl. Open grounds, Mariposa, etc. azureus Benth. Higher up. Probably a form of the last. C. Mimulus nanus Hook. & Arn. Wooded hillsides. Mariposa and above. C. VOL. III.] Botany of Mariposa. 41 Mimulus Congdoni Robinson. Shade of buckthorn clumps. Mari- posa and \icinity. March. Torreyi Gray. Wooded hillsides and wet grounds. Mar- iposa and above. C. S. Bolanderi Gray. Open clayey soils. Hite's Cove. Mar- iposa and above. C. gracilipes Robinson. Rich rocky soils. Mormon Bar and above. April. Pulsiferce Gray. Moist grounds. Bootjack Ranch. More common above. C. S. inconspicuus Gray. Wooded hillsides. Mariposa and above. C. Palmeri Gray. Banks of streams. Rare near Mariposa. Occasional above. C. floribundus Dougl. Rocky beds of streams, etc. Very frequent. C. S. Orthocarpus Bidvvelliae Gray. Open spots in chaparral. Darrah Road. spec, imdcscribed. Mariposa and above. Rocky hillsides. March. Cordylanthus tenuis Gray. Clayey soils. Darrah Road. Pycnanthemum Californicum Torr. Banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. Monardella lanceolata Gray. Open uncultivated grounds. Mar- iposa and above. C. candicans Benth. Occasional in open spaces in the chap- arral. Mariposa, etc. Scutellaria Bolanderi Gray. Banks of streams. Mariposa, and more common above. C. Trichostema oblongum Benth. Beds of streams. Mariposa Creek, etc. Eriogonum stellatum Benth. Rocky places. Josephine Mine. More common above. C. & S. hirtiflorum Gray. Open clayey soils. Hite's Cove. Mar- iposa, etc. Chorizanthe membranacea Benth. Rocky places. Hite's Cove. Agua Fria, etc. Hesperocnide tenella Torr. Shaded rocks. Mormon Bar, etc. April. 42 Botany of Marifosa. [zoe Euphorbia ocellata D. cS: H. Open clayey soils. Mariposa and below, dictyosperma P. & M. Open hillsides. Mariposa, etc. Ouercus Wislizeni ADC. Dry wooded hillsides, almost every- where below the evergreen belt. Asarum Hartwegi Wats. Rocky places. Mariposa, etc. April. Arceuthobium occidental Engelm.? Everywhere on Pinus Sab- iuiana. C. Pinus ponderosa Dougl. Begins liere but reaches its grandest development in the zone above. C. S. Allium hyalinum Curran. Rocky places. Mariposa, etc. April. Two weeks earlier than the a.ssociated A. aitejiuifolhtvi Kell. Brodiffia grandiflora Sm. Open grounds. Mariposa, etc. Fre- quent. May to June. Stropholiron Californicum Torr. Climbing over the bushes ev- erywhere from Mariposa, etc., above. The leaves die early. C. Fritillaria atropurpurea Nutt. Shaded hillsides and deep woods. Mariposa and above. C. Erythronium Hartwegi Wats. Shaded hillsides, principally near Mariposa. April. This is the most appropriate " Mar- iposa Lily." Odontostomum Hartwegi Torr. Rocky beds of streams. Agua Fria. April and May. Juncus Congdoni Wats. Bed of the Chowchilla, etc. April and May. Cyperus aristulatus Roth. Beds of streams. Chowchilla and above. C. Agrostis virescens HBK. Rocky banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. Cinna macroura Kunth. Rock)' banks of streams. Mariposa and vicinity. Triticum caninum L. Rocky banks of streams. Mariposa and above. C. The 124 species above named illustrate the same fact as the for- mer list, that the species change rapidly as we approach the mount- ains. Out of the whole number only 44 enter the coniferous belt, and ol these only nine reach the subalpine region. Out of the 508 VOL. III.] Notes oil Liliacece. 43 species enumerated in these two lists as constituting the flora of the v^ooded foothills. 440, or 87 per cent, nearly, are plants apparently native in the district, and about 13 per cent, are pretty certainly in- troduced, though some of these are native further south. Of the 440 native species 318, or a little over 72 per cent., belong also to the coast region, though only 105, or 24 per cent., occur in the inter- vening San Joaquin plain; while of the 122 native plants which be- gin to grow here, 78, or nearly 18 per cent., of the whole number are, in this county at least, limited to this zone. NOTES ON LILIACE.4£. II. BY CARL PURDY. Every observing botanist recognizes the extent to which plants are influenced by surroundmgs. Climate, soil, exposures and moist- ure are factors which greatly effect the appearance 'of a plant, not only in a general way but also sometimes structurally. In no country are there greater variations in natural surroundings than in California, and our flowers reflect their surroundings. It is indeed wonderful how different a species, which can be proved to be the same, will appear in different places. So different indeed that such forms are frequently given different botanical names and treated as distinct species. On the other hand it is not infrequent that careful botanists attribute to accidental circumstances a differ- ence which really marks a variety or species. Between the extreme of considering each accidental variation a variety or species, and the other extreme of merging two distinct species under the idea that the variation is inconstant and accidental, lies a mean very dif- ficult to obtain, and it is not surprising that so luany errors have been made and obtained a stronghold in botanical works. I suppose that no class of plants are more susceptible to the in- fluence of surroundings than the Liliacea-. I tried for years to satisfy myself as to whether species were distinct or not, bv com- parison of specimens and observations of the plants in their native homes, but I w-as forced to the conclusion that the only way to settle the matter w-as by cultivating them side by side, thus eliminating all variations due to soil and climate. This, rather than field work, is my present line of study, and carefully followed out will be, I feel sure, productive of valuable scientific results. 44 Azotes oil Liliaccce. In this work 1 find two obstacles. The tirst is the dititiculty of securing' the bulbs. Of course the larger number can be ob- tained, but many species are only to be had by journeys to out of the way localities. It may be years before some can be secured. The cultivation of these bulbs is by no means a simple matter. It re- quires care and close study of conditions. I am pleased to say that I am now able to grow most species quite satisfactorily. The problems to be solved are many. In Lilium, twelve or more species have been described from this coast. It is likely that culti- vation will show the number of varieties to be much greater. In Calochortus, the field of work is large. There is much confusion here. I have no doubt but that several species will, in cultivation, prove to be identical. Here, as often elsewhere, the question arises as to what degree of variation justifies the formation of a species or \ariety, and how much greater the variation should be for one than the other. I should like to see this question discussed. In the genus Calochortus it is peculiarly pertinent; since several so called varieties are as well defined as others called species, for in- stance, Calochortus vemcshis, C. lideiis, and C. lutciis var. oadaius and var. citrinus, following Botany of California, as to names. C. luteus. however, is a clearlv defined species as to habit, gland, etc., and so is C. veujislns, the latter much finer and larger in flower, more varied in markings and color. No one having seen either C. Inieus, with its small flower, single color and peculiar gland, or C. ve7iusius, with its markings and brilliancy, would hesitate to identify either anywhere. Now, C. liiicus var. ocidahis and var. citrimis have the gland of C. hiteics and that is all. In all other details their habit is that of C. veims/iis. While C. luteiis var. oadatus and var. citrimis meet each other and cross in an interminable number of forms, I have never seen any tendency to cross with C. Iidciis. In fact, I have found the latter the least variable of species. In a field the flowers are alike, and those from far distant localities are identical. Is it not straining a point to refer two very distinct forms to a species that is invariable ? To suppose them to have varied from C. voiustus is still more of an improbability, since there are structural differ- , ences. I think they form a distinct species instead of varieties, and possibly two species. In the genus Erythronium, botanists are still at sea, and all along tlie line of Liliacese there are interesting points to be solved. NOTE ON HELIX YATESII Cooper. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. There seems to be an erroneous impression prevailing among our conchologists in regard to the habits of this interesting httle mol- kisk that needs to be corrected. The fact that the five dead speci- mens— two perfect and three imperfect ones — from which Dr. Cooper drew his descriptions of the shell and his genus Ammonitella, were found in the cave at Cave City, Calaveias County, California, has led some of the writers on our West Coast shells to regard this mollusk as a rare, isolated cave dweller, that prefers the shadow and gloom of caverns in which to pass its existence, rather than the light of the outside world. This, however, is a mistake which any intel- ligent or close observing collector can easily determine by a visit to the cave, and a short ramble over the hills in its vicinity. Several years ago I visited Calaveras County for the purpose of collecting this and the other shells of that region, and to my surprise I found this little mollusk near Murphy's, seven miles away from the cave, ^estivating under stones on north hillsides, while numbers of dead shells lay bleaching in the sunshine, where they had fallen in the struggle for life. Around the entrance and on the slopes of the hill in which the cave is situated, and also on the adjacent hills, it occurred plentiful- ly, and it is not a rare shell in these localities. On entering the cave I found but few specimens inside. Most of these I took from the crevices in the rocks on each side of the entrance within the cave, a few only being found on the floor, and none beyond a distance of fifty feet from the entrance, although I searched closely for this and other species with the aid of a good light. When fairly within the cave, and looking towards the entrance, I could see the daylight through the crevices between the rocks on each side of the opening through which we entered, which at once revealed to me the mystery of the presence of this mollusk within this cool and shady retreat. To those acquainted with the habits of land snails it will be readily seen how these creatures, in seeking safe and convenient places in which to hibernate and pass the long, dry and hot sum- mer season and cold winter months, would naturally crawl into 46 Helix Tatesii. [zoe these ci'evices between the shelving ledges, and finding them moist and cool, would continue their explorations until they entered the chambers of the cave; and thus having easy ingress and egress, they have no doubt continued their visits for many years, on the approach of the dry season, while some, perhaps, never leave the cave. The fact that there are so few specimens found within the cave, and so many outside and miles away, aestivating under stones, is sufficient evidence that the presence of this mollusk within the cave is simply accidental, and that it is not its natural habitat. In his remarks upon this shell. Dr. Cooper calls attention to its resemblance to Planorbis and Ammonite, its relations to H.f poly- gyrella and Gastrodonta, and its afifinity to Macrocyclis, with all of which I agree, and which goes to show very plainly, I think, that nature does not represent any particular genus by the shell. If she indulges in such freaks as genera at all, she determines that matter by modifications of the structure of the animal, and not by the object formed or moulded by the animal itself; and this little shell, compounded of several so-called genera as it seems to be, is a good illustration of this fact. In support of this I can do no better than repeat Dr. Cooper's own words: " It w^ould have been supposed to be a Planorbis if found near water and if the streams in that country had not been thoroughly searched by many collectors. It resembles Planorbis in the inverted spire and in the partial enclosure of each whorl in the next larger, so that the spire shows only a small portion of the whole shell. "The consequent vertical narrowing of the aperture, and, in- deed, of the whole interior, is also found in some species of Plan- orbis, but not in any American Helicoid. Indeed, it is inconsistent with the character 6f ' Helix,' as defined by Lamarck, and this shell could not, therefore, be embraced in that most comprehensive genus. The resemblance to an Ammonite is conspicuous in a lat- eral view. It probably belongs to Helicellidae, notwithstanding its thickened labrum, which we find also in H. ? polygyrella and G. interna, and some other species. Though toothless, it is apparently nearly allied to the former, in which the spire is fiat and of 7 to 8 whorls. It also shows affinity to Macrocyclis in the oblique flat- tening of the outer whorls and its strong deflection near the mouth." ^'OL. III.] Observations on Cicindelidce. 47 No stronger argument could be advanced to show how utterly valueless the shell is for the purpose of determining genera. Had this shell been accidentally washed into the creek below and found dead in the water as it was found in the cave, neither Dr. Cooper nor any other naturalist would have hesitated a moment to have described it as a Planorbis, which it closely resembles. Even with the animal known, the authorities do not agree on its genera, or its position in our system of classification. Mr. Tryon recognized Dr. Cooper's genus Ammonitella, but Mr. Binney, Mr. R. E. C. Stearns and Mr. Pilsbry, equally as good authority, refer the shell to Gonostoma. Mr. Binney, than whom there is no better authority on these animals, says of Gonostoma: "Animal, as in Patula." Now, if the animal is a Patula, should we not place this shell with or near the genus Patula, instead of separating it as we do now ? I do not write this in a spirit of criticism, but to draw attention to what I believe to be an error in our system of classification of these creatures, and which seems to me to be inconsistent with nature and the philosophy she teaches. NOTES ON THE CICINDELID.E OBSERVED IN SAN DIEGO COUNTY, CAL. BY F. E. BLAISDELL. Omus. It is doubtful if any species of Omus occurs south of the 35th parallel. At Port Harford, San Luis Obispo County, I have taken what is probably O. lecontei, and I consider that locality the southern limit of distribution of the genus. Cicindela latisionata Lee. Plentiful from May to October, on the ocean beach and alkaline flats; not found about inland streams and ponds. Cicindela tenuicinda Schaupp. In company with the preceding- form, with which it is identical. The creation of the present sub- species is ostensibly based upon the elytral markings. In laiisignata there is an excessive increase in the white; while in temdcincta there there is a close approach to the typical pattern as exhibited by vul- garis ' ' the central pattern from which all forms observed in our Cicindeke have been derived, either by a progressive spreading of the white, or its gradual absorption and fragmentation." — -Horn. 4<^ Observations on Cici)idclidie. [zoe From the above propositions, it is to be argued that latisignata has been evolved from tejiuicincta, the latter being naturally and logically the fundamental species, the former only so by the ar- bitrary laws governing the priority of nomenclature. Latisignata may be regarded as an incipient species in progress of divergence from a more normal type, and will in all probability in the course of time become isolated and perpetuated. At the present time the two forms are to be considered as ident- ical. Any collector of these insects cannot fail to note the following- facts while in the field: 1. That the two forms under consideration form the extremes of a series, in which the intermediate types of elvtral variation are ex- ceedingly abundant and exhaustive. 2. That the normal tenuicinda in numbers considerably exceed the broad-banded form, the latter being comparatively scarce. 3. That all of these forms are intimately associated. 4. That eight-tenths of the couples taken in coitu will represent a cJ* or 6 of one of the extremes, with the opposite sex an inter- mediate. From the above can be seen that they interbreed entensively, in- habit the same geographical region, and exist under the same en- vironment and climatic conditions. If any one of the forms inhabited a more or less distinct geo- graphical district, so that it would be possible to admit of different climatic influences and environment, without constant interbreeding, the idea of races could be sustained. Correctly and philosophically speaking, Cicindcla tcmiicincta is a fundamental species, with a strong tendency towards \ariation. Cicindela obliquata Kirby. Occurs upon the borders of the Big Laguna, in Temecula Vallev. Cicindela vibex Horn. Ocean beach, near Oceanside. Cicindela guttifera 'L^c. According to Schaupp's " Synopsis of the Cicindelidce," this is the form that occurs throughout the county, about all the inland streams and ponds, as well as upon the ocean beach. In i2-guttata the elytral markings are broken into spots. Specimens oi gnttifera taken in Arizona are quite green. This color begins to be perceptible in the specimens collected in the central portion of the county, becoming deeper as we approach the desert region and Colorado valley. VOL. III.] Plants of San Francisco. 49 Cicindela hirticollis Say. Very abundant from June to October; varies in size without perceptible variation in elytral markings; oc- curs on ocean beach and alkaline flats; not inclined to inhabit the borders of inland fresh-water pools. Cicindela sigmoidea Lee. A very abundant species, actually swarming on the bay beach during June and July. Attracted in considerable numbers by the electric light. Ciciyidela gabbii Horn. Occurs in August on alkaline flats. Very desirable and not abundant. Cicindela hcBmorrhagica Lee. Occurs throughout the county. Formerly abundant about San Diego Bay, but has retreated before the advance of civilization, and at the present time is exceedingly rare. Cicindela pacifica Schaupp. Occurs at Del Mar in August and September. From the sea-shore it extends up Penasquitos Creek for the distance of fourteen miles to Poway (elevation 700 feet). Have not observed it at other inland points. ADDITIONS TO THE CATALOGUE OF SAN FRANCISCO PLANTS. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. 6(2;. Ranunculus Bloomeri Gray. Bot. Cal. ii, 426. In wet adobe soil on the northern slopes and near the base of a high hill in South San Francisco. April — May. 31a. Lepidiion bipin7iatiJidumT>es\. ]o\\v. Bot. iii, 165. Com- mon about roadsides and paths, South San Francisco. April — July. 47 a. Stellaria littoralis Torr. Pac R. Rep. iv, 69. Blufls above the sea at Land's End Station near Point Lobos. April — May. ' ' Shore- Chickweed. ' ' 62a. Hypericum Scouleri Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am. i, iii. Lake View. April — ^July. Ulex EnropcBus L.— " Gorse," " Furze," " Whin." This plant, native of Europe, has escaped and covers many acres near the county line, between Visitacion Valley and Ocean View. On the 50 Plants of San Franciico. bare stony hills it is low and decumbent, but in the ravines and sheltered spots it reaches 6-8 feet. 1 14 a. HosACKiA STRiGOSA Nutt. T. & G. Fl. i, 326. Along- the railway, Point Lobos. April — May. 142 a. Tellima affinis (Gray. Proc. Am. Acad, vi, 534). The most common species in our limits. March — May. 153 a. Callitriche sepulta Wats. Proc. Am. Acad, xiv, 298. Surface of mud about pools, Presidio. April — May. EcHiNOCYSTis Marah Wats. This species was supposed to be extinct within our limits, but it still persists in the gorse thickets near Visitacion Valley. Apiastrum angustifolium Nutt. T. & G. Fl. i, 644. Point Lobos, South San Francisco, Visitacion Valley. April — May. 204 a. Galium Californicum H. & A. Bot. Beech. 349. South San Francisco, Visitacion Valley. April — ^June. 255 a. Layia calliglossa var. oligoch^ta Gray. Fields at the upper end of Visitacion Valley. April. 285 a. Cnicus arvensis (L. spec. 1149.) About the base of Tel- egraph Hill. May— October. " Canada Thistle. " The spread of this plant is to be dreaded; though apt to be less troublesome in our dry climate than in the eastern states, it will be difficult to eradicate from irrigated fields and borders of ditches. Centunculus minimus L. spec. 169. Cliffs between Lobos Creek and Fort Point, and very abuncrant about the Presidio in com- pany with Microcala qiiadrangrdaris. April. 328 a;. Nemophila parviflora Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii, 275. Common in rocky bushy places. March — May, 329 a. Nemophila aurita Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1601. Near the northern base of a high hill in South San Francisco. April — May. 334 «. Phacelia Douglasii (Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. xvii, 276). Near Lake Merced. April — May. 370 a. Orthocarpus attenuatus Gray. Pac. R. Rep. iv, 121. Potrero. April. 372 a. Orthocarpus faucibarbatus Gray. Pac. R. Rep. iv, 121. Presidio, Potrero, Visitacion Valley. April. ? Equisetum arvense L. Marshy banks and ditch sides. Visi- tacion Valley. NOTE ON A CALIFORNIAN LOLIGO. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. In the July (1891) number of the Nautilus, in an article under the heading "Edible Shell Notes," Mr. R. E. C.Stearns mentions a "Ten-armed Cephalopod " which he had seen offered as an article of food in the San Francisco markets. Recently, while passing through the San Francisco and Oakland markets, I found a form of a loligo lying on the stalls of the fish dealers, which they offered at twenty-five cents per pound, and which I think is the "Ten-armed Cephalopod" referred to by Mr. Stearns. Dr. Cooper informs me he had observed a shoal of loligo at Monterey, some years ago, but having no net he was unable to secure a specimen. These that we find here in the markets now are said, by the fish dealers, to be taken in nets outside the Heads by the Chinese fishermen. The body and arms of my largest specimen measures about ten inches, the two longest arms being about three inches longer. The arms are not webbed, but each of the eight short ones have two rows of suckers their entire length, while the two other arms have a small patch of small suckers towards their tips. It took nine indi- viduals of those I purchased from the fish dealer to weigh a pound, so we may say they weigh about two ounces each. In cleaning for cooking they will lose about half their weight, and each one will then furnish about one ounce of flesh. In preparing them for cooking, after having removed the outer skin, pen, head, arms and entrails, they should be carefully washed, and fried in plenty of hot butter or fat, and seasoned to the taste. Those which I had prepared and cooked were a little tough, though quite palatable, being nicely flavored, but they never will take the place of the delicious oysters and clams that have inspired poets to sing their praises. In the form of its body and the coloring, as well as in the form ol the pen, it closely resembles Loligo Galii D'Orbigny, but as I have no other material with which to compare it, and no description of that form, I cannot say definitely whether it is that species or not. This form makes an interessing addition to our west coast Cepha- lopods, and if upon further study I should conclude it to be new I propose to call it Loligo Stearnsii. 52 A New Astragalus. The following is a list of all the Cephalopods known to our coast, from San Diego to Alaska: Argonauta argo L. Octopus punctatus Gabb. Ammostrephes Ayresii Gabb. Ammostrephes giganteus Gabb. Onychoteuthis fusiformis Gabb. A NEW ASTRAGALUS. BY SERENO WATSON. Astragalus grallator n. sp. Perennial, the decumbent stems nearly two feet long, g-labrous or nearly so: stipules distinct, acuminate-deltoid; leaves finely appressed-pubescent or glabrate, about 3 inches long; the narrowly oblong leaflets (about 20) 5 to 10 lines long: racemes loose, erect on peduncles exceeding the leaves; pedicels very slender, erect, 3 or 4 lines long: flowers small (3 lines long), pale rose-color or white; calyx-teeth narrow, shorter than the narrowly campanulate tube: pod (immature) 3 lines long, ascending upon a stipe nearly equalling the calyx, thin-coriaceous, nearly glabrous, transversely rugose, straight, i-celled, at first com- pressed, becoming somewhat obcompressed-turgid, roundish dor- sally and the ventral suture prominent. — At Steamboat Springs, Routt County, Colorado. Peculiar in its unusually long, slender pedicels, etc. In some respects it resembles species of the Homalobi section, but it is more nearly related to the Bistdcati, though the pod is not at all furrowed on the ventral side. [The above Astragalus was found at Steamboat Springs in July, 1891, by the writer and sent to Dr. Watson for identification. It grew on the banks of a small stream in adobe soil, and has the odor of carrion peculiar to the Astragali that are found in similar localities. The flowers are white, but turn light pink in drying. It was a single plant, large and with many stems, and grew where As- tragahis Haydenianus was very abundant. It was referred to in The Additions to the Flora of Colorada, Zoe, vol. ii, No. 3, as A. Grayi. The manuscript was found by Mr. B. L. Robinson among Dr. Watson's papers and kindly sent to Zoe for publication. Alice Eastwood.] THE LOCO WEEDS. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. Considering how much the loco weed has been the subject of dis- cussions, experiments and even laws, it is surprising how little is really known about its identity, its properties and its effects. A survey of what has been done by chemists and other scientists seems only to increase the confusion. They disagree upon most impor- tant points, some asserting its poisonous character and proving it by experiments while others seem to be as positive that loco poison is a superstition of the farmer and stockman. When a botanist tries to learn from the people of different local- ities which plant they regard as loco, he finds that each district has its own loco weed, and he is soon at sea amid the genera and species of Leguminosae and also of other orders of plants. However, they all firmly believe that such a weed exists and they positively know that it destroys their cattle and horses. They will generally tell the inquirer that loco means crazy, and that when a horse becomes lo- coed he takes every little irrigating ditch for a river and every ant hill for a mountain. The object of this paper is not to clear the mystery by an account of original experiments or by the elaboration of new theories. To briefly set forth what has been learned, so as to form a basis for ob- servation and research, is all that will be attempted. Until recently, botanists have recognized only Astragalus mollis- simus and Oxytropis Laniberti as loco weeds ; but now Astragalus Mortoni, Crotalaria sagittalis, Hosackia Purshiana, Sophora sericea, Oxytropis dejlexa, O. multiflorus, Malvastrtim cocci?ieum and Cory- dalis aurea var. occidentalism are all under the ban. F. W. Ander- son, in an article in the Botanical Gazette for July, i88g, adds Leu- cocrinum montamim, Fritillaria pudica and Zygadenus elegayis. The first is common around Denver in the early spring, and is generally considered harmless to stock beyond tainting the milk of the cows that feed upon it before the grass comes. Professor L. E. Sayre of the Department ot Pharmacy of the Kansas State University, made a chemical examination of the leaves of a loco plant, which he failed to name, and his report was publish- ed in the Druggists' Bulletin, May, 1889. The results were unsat- isfactory, some slight evidences of a toxic alkaloid being discovered. 54 Loco Weeds. [zoe Dr. Isaac Ott, in the American Journal of Pharmacy, tells of his ex- periments on frogs and other lower animals with an alkaloid which he obtained from Astragalus mollissimus. He formulates its action as follows: " i. It decreases the irritability of the motor nerves. 2. It greatly affects the sensatory ganglia of the central nervous sys- tem, preventing them from receiving impressions. 3. It has a spinal tetanic action. 4. It kills mainly by arrest of the heart. 5. It increases the salivary secretion. 6. It has a stupefying action on the brain. 7. It reduces the cardiac force and frequency. 8. It temporarily increases arterial tension and finally decreases it. g. It greatly dilates the pupil of the eye." Professor Sayre tried the effect of a concentrated solution of this drug upon himself, com- mencing with a small amount but increasing to a dose of an ounce every three hours. He perceived no effects except a slight stimu- lation of the stomach and circulation. During the summer of 1887 and 1888 he traveled through Indian Territory, Kansas, Colorado and New Mexico, inspecting the herds, but did not find a single an- imal having the symptoms commonly ascribed to the locoed. Pro- fessor Sayre is strongly of the opinion that the effects attributed to loco must come from some other cause. Dr. Mary Gage Day, in an article in the New York Medical Journal, describing a series of experiments carried on for a year and a half, arrives at a different conclusion. She made a decoction of roots, stems and leaves, and daily gave sixty or seventy cubic cen- timeters to a half-grown vigorous kitten while plenty of milk and other food was also supplied. She thus describes the results: "The kitten became less active, the coat grew rough, appetite for ordina- ry food diminished and fondness for the loco increased, diarrhoea came on and retching and vomiting occasional!}' occurred. The expression became peculiar and characteristic. Emaciation and the above symptoms progressively increased until the eighteenth day, when periods of convulsive excitement supervened. At times the convulsions were tetanic in character; frothing at the mouth and throwing the head backwards as in opisthotonos were marked. At other times the kitten would stand on its hind legs and strike the air with its fore paws, then fall backward and throw itself from side to side. These periods of excitement were followed by perfect quiet, the only apparent sign of life being the respiratory move- ments. After a short interval of quiet the convulsive movements VOL. III.] Loco Weeds. 55 would recur. These alternate periods of excitement and quiet last- ed thirty-six hours, when the posterior extremities became paralyzed and the kitten died about two hours afterwards. There was no ap- parent loss of consciousness before death. The post-mortem exam- ination revealed the presence of ulcers in the stomach and duode- num. The heart was in diastole; brain and myelon appeared nor- mal. As might be expected from the emaciation the entire body was anaemic." She tried the same experiment on a vigorous full-grown cat with the same results. Two strong young cats were confined and treated exactly the same, except that one was given a decoction of loco daily. The latter became diseased while the other remained healthy. The cats acquired a decided liking for the new drink and would beg for it as for milk. To discover its effects upon an herbivorous an- imal she tried feeding fresh loco to ayoung jackrabbit that had been captured. After refusing the weed for a short time it began to rel- ish it and eat it as eagerly as grass. In about ten days the rabbit was found dead with its head thrown back and stomach ruptured. She thinks that the plant is more poisonous in the fall and winter, after the seeds have ripened. The plants used in her experiments were Astragalus inollissimus and Oxytropis Lamberii. These are her final conclusions: "I. That there is some poison in loco weed which may cause the illness, and, if sufficient quantity is taken, the death of an animal. II. This poison is contained in the decoction obtained from the plants, and by systematically feeding it to healthy cats cases of loco disease may be produced. III. Taste far the green loco weed may be experimentally produced in the jackrabbit (an animal indigenous to Kansas). IV. From the large quantity of the plant or decoction required to produce the disease, the poison must be weak, or, if strong, it must be in a very small amount." Dr. Day's conclusions are certainly the more convincing, for her experiments were kept up for some time; while in the other cases but few doses were given. Her methods, too, were more in accord- ance with the manner in which an animal on the range would be- come poisoned. In 1882, 1883 and 1884 a fatal disease prevailed among the horses along the Missouri valley in Iowa, Nebraska and Dakota. Dr. M. Stalker, State Veterinarian of Iowa, discovered it to be due to Cro- talaria sagittalis. The symptoms were similar to those produced 56 Loco Weeds. [zoe by the loco weeds, and upon looking for some plant allied to Astra- galus or Oxytropis, he found the Crotalaria in great abundance. He had a large quantity of the green plant collected and tried to feed it to a young horse. The animal refused it, and finally he in- troduced a strong decoction into the stomach by means of a stom- ach pump. The horse exhibited all the symptoms of the poisoned animals, but recovered after a few hours. The next day he was given half as much as on the first day, and the animal died in an hour and a half He procured another horse and gave it daily the infusion from a quart of the pods. The animal, after showing the characteristic symptoms, died on the thirteenth day. Dr. F. B. Power and J. Cambier of the University of Wisconsin, made various chemical tests upon the Crotalaria and concluded that it contained a toxic alkaloid in small amounts. The Crotala- ria caused great losses, amounting to thousands of dollars' worth of stock on some farms. The disease was marked by the emaciation so characteristic of the loco poisoning. Some animals became vio- lently crazy, breaking through fences; but others exhibited stupor or coma, falling asleep while eating, and sometimes standing for a week sleeping most of the time with the head against some abject. Of course, the subject of loco is more generally discussed in those states where stock-raising is one of the chief pursuits. Great losses have occurred in Colorado, particularly in the southern part. Mr. Ed. Farr, a prominent cattleman of Walsenburg, Huerfano county. Col., claims that, on an average, three hundred head of cattle are killed from loco in that county every year. Mr. E. C. Van Diest of San Luis, Costillo county. Col., writes as follows: " Fully twenty- five per cent, of the losses on cattle and horses in this section are due to loco weed. Its poisonous qualities seem to have the great- est effect from November to May. It is tempting to stock in the winter, when the grass is more or less covered with snow and its leaves surmount the snow; and also in the spring, when the grass is beginning to sprout and it is already of considerable size and con- spicuous from its fresh verdure. The poison of the weed aftlscts the nervous system, first clouding the brain and then paralyzing to a certain extent all muscular action until the animal finally dies in a state of stupor and seemingly of starvation. It begins by walking in a circle, which gradually narrows until the animal falls and expires. Though no well-fed animal will touch it, one that has happened VOL. III.] Loco Weeds. 57 to eat the weed once or twice prefers it to grass, can no longer be fattened and becomes stupid and insensible to blows. Some victims indicate the spread of the disease by a sort of trembling, others be- come unmanageable and really crazy. The weed has no effect what- ever on hogs; on sheep its effects are slight; horses seem most readily poisoned and cattle next." The losses attributed to loco poisoning were so serious in Colora- do that the legislature of 188 1 passed a law to this effect: A premium of one and a half cents per pound was to be paid out of the state treasury on all loco or poison weed dug during the months of May, June and July. Each weed must be dug up not less than three inches below the surface of the ground and was to be thoroughly dry when weighed. The person who dug the weed was to produce it before the clerk of the county where it was obtained and swear that it was loco. The clerk was then to weigh the weed, burn it and give the owner a certificate setting forth in words the number of pounds of the weed, the name of the person, and that he had proved the digging up of the weed and was entitled to the premi- um. Upon presentation of this certificate to the county treasurer he was to be paid from the state treasury or he might pay his taxes in loco. Considering the great number of species of Astragalus which abound in that region, so closely resembling each other that trained botanists find it difficult to surely and readily identify them, the im- possibility of the ordinary county clerk accomplishing this task will be comprehended. He certainly could not examine every weed to see that the root was of the required length nor could he always be positive that every plant in the tons that were brought to him was the true loco or poison weed. How could he know when the plant was dry that it had been dug up only during the indicated months? Loco lands soon became very profitable, since a ton of loco was worth thirty dollars while the best upland hay brought only half that amount. Judging from the reports of expenditure on premi- ums, the supposed loco must have been brought in by the wagon load. The Mexicans were accused of planting it and caring for it assiduously. It would not be necessary to plant it, since if the roots were left in the ground, a new crop would at once begin to flourish ; for loco is like alfalfa and comes up afresh whenever it is mown. Either in spite of the law or because of it the loco steadily increased 58 Loco Weeds. and soon threatened to bankrupt the state. Mr. Henry W. Selover of Denver, who carefully collected the facts concerning the law and its effects, gives the following table to show the result upon the rev- enue of the state: Counties. Gener'l Revenue from 1881 to 'S4, inclusive. $24,632 73 1 18,342 65 11,540 35 16,758 98 , 23,768 94 j 71,086 66 30,741 96 : 16,946 08 41,344 37 24,989 92 81,142 09 18,221 84 1 Loco Certificates issued 'Si to '84, inclusive. Amount short. Chaffee $1,892 63 18 55 28,403 69 21,017 44 ' 15 00 1 17,671 02 1,588 68 41,748 89 14,063 12 1,595 42 4,399 24 21,142 28 Conejos Costillo $16,863 34 4,258 46 Custer. . Elbert El Paso Fremont Huerfano .... 24,802 81 Las Animas Park Pueblo Saguache 2,920 44 Total $379,516 57 $153,555 96 The law was luckily repealed in 1885, before it had swallowed the entire state revenue. The history of this legislation is a most notable instance of the inefficiency of bounty laws. The destruc- tion of pests can and ought to be left to those most directly con- cerned. Indeed, to foster rather than destroy seems the general tendency of all bounty laws. It seems strange, with agricultural experiment stations throughout the country, that the loco question does not become settled. Much of the confusion doubtless arises from the great similarity existing among the species of Astragalus and Oxytropis. The poison, too, may not be inherent in the plant, but due to a fungus or an insect. This view would perhaps explain its prevalence during some years and in certain regions and also the constantly increasing number of new loco weeds. For much that this paper contains I am indebted to the Rocky Mountain Druggist, which republished the articles from which I have quoted. SERENO WATSON. Dr. Sereno Watson, after the death of Dr. Gray the foremost botanist of America, died at_Cambridge, March 9, 1892, in the 66th year of age. The many and important works which he has contributed to the knowledge of American Botany will form his best and most endur- ing monument. RECENT LITERATURE. Human Progress, Past and Fntiire. By Alfred Russel Wal- lace. Arena, January, 1892, pp. 145-159. An attempt is being- made at the present day by the followers of Prof. Weismann to ap- ply the Neo-Darwinian theories to all departments of scientific in- vestigation. The natural impression has existed among many sci- entists that an acceptance of these views would lead to a very pes- simistic outlook for man's future, but Mr. A. R. Wallace in the article under consideration takes the opposite stand. He points out the two significations of the term progress, which may mean either advance in material civilization, which he believes is cumulative and continuing at the present day, or advance in the mental and moral nature of man, which he thinks may be at a standstill. He con- tends, as many others have done, that the great works of antiquity have not been surpassed at the present day. Thus he says: " The earliest known architectural work, the great pyramid of Egypt, in the mathematical accuracy of its form and dimensions, in its precise orientation, and in the perfect workmanship shown by its internal structure, indicates an amount of astronomical, mathematical and mechanical knowledge, and an amount of experience and practical skill, which could only have been attained at that early period of man's history by the exertion of mental ability in no way inferior to that of our best modern engineers. In purely intellectual achieve- ments the Vedas of ancient India, the Iliad of Homer, the Book of Job and the writings of Plato, will rank with the noblest works ot modern authors." More than this, Mr. Wallace thinks that the high-water mark of intellectual activity has sunk rather than risen 6o Recent Literature. [zoe during the past two centuries, although the mean level may have risen. He seems to look upon human progress as advancing along one direct line, and from this point of view it might indeed seem that the high-water mark had not advanced. There is, however, another aspect of the subject. It is customary to represent the progress of life by the analogy of a tree; why not, then, look upon human progress as taking place in the same manner? According to this view the civilizations of Egypt, of India and of Greece repre- sent the terminal buds of their respective shoots. Modern civiliza- tion started afresh from the trunk of the tree, and may indeed not yet have grown much above the tips of the old growth of Egypt or Greece; yet there can be no doubt that the new growth is a larger limb and has infinitely greater prospects of future progress. Mr. Wallace then proceeds to consider the factors which have been operative in the past and those which may be expected to ex- ert an influence on the future advance or deterioration of mankind. He shows how the warfare of tribe with tribe has destroyed the weaker, while the greater vital energy of higher races frequently causes the extinction of the lower. Still more powerful than this warfare of one tribe with another is the survival of the fittest among the individuals of a single tribe. "On the w^hole," says the writer, " we cannot doubt that the prudent, the sober, the healthy and the virtuous live longer lives than the reckless, the drunkards, the un- healthy and the vicious; and also that the former, on the average, leave more descendants than the latter." He asserts that this pro- cess ot elimination will raise the mean level, but very properly adds that " it can have little or no tendency to develop higher types in each successive age; and this agrees with the undoubted fact that the great men who appeared at the dawn of history and at the cul- minating epochs of the various ancient civilizations were not. on the whole, inferior to those of our own age." (p. 149.) This is, how- ever, a very remarkable passage for Mr. Wallace to pen, for he has here virtually given up his customary Neo-Darwinian stand. If the process of natural selection or elimination cannot develop higher types of man by the selection and accumulation of already existing variations, how indeed can natural selection produce higher types of animals, as Mr. Wallace claims, by the selection of fortuitous varia- tions? But he forsakes this position in another place. How-, in- deed, can the passage just quoted be made to harmonize with the VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 6i following-: " When this average rise has been brought about there must result a corresponding rise in the high-water mark of human- ity; in other words, the great men of that era will be as much above those of the last two thousand years as the average man will have risen above the average of that period. For those fortunate com- binations of germs which, on the theory we are discussing, have brought into existence the great men of our day, will have a far higher average of material to work with, and we may reasonably expect the most distinguished among the poets and philosophers of the future will decidedly surpass the Homers and Shakespeares, the Newtons, the Gcethes and the Humboldts of our age." (p. 158.) In no possible way can these two passages be reconciled. He hrst asserts that natural selection has raised the mean level of hu- manity but cannot raise the high-water mark, and follows this by another passage in which he says that the elevation of the mean level will furnish a higher class of material for germ -combinations to work upon in the origination of a higher type of genius. Mr. Wallace briefly discusses the theory of the isolation of the germ-plasm, which carries with it the non-inheritance of acquired characters. Education, according to this view, cannot have any direct effect upon human progress. The writer argues that if edu- cational influences could be transmitted it would be reasonable to expect that there would be a progressive improvement in the fami- lies ol men of genius from generation to generation. He cites a con- siderable number of notable instances where this was not the case, however. Thus he says: ^ * * " we find that Dollond, the in- ventor of the achromatic telescope, was a working silk weaver, and a wholly self-taught optician; Faraday was the son of a blacksmith, and apprenticed to a bookbinder at the age of thirteen; Sir Christo- pher Wren, the son of a clergyman and educated at Oxford, was a a self-taught architect, yet he designed and executed St. Paul's Cathedral, which will certainly rank among the finest modern build- ings of the world," etc. All of which may be perfectly true, but one is tempted to stop before completing the list and ask Mr. Wal- lace if he has forgotten the fact that all these men had mothers. Genius is a very unstable commodity and once the nice adjustment of mental traits by which it was brought about is disturbed by the introduction of a new element the whole organization is apt to be upset. Mr. Wallace might have continued with an enumeration of the sons of men of genius who have been worthless or insane. 62 Recent Literature. [zoe The writer combats the view that the non - inlieritance of educa- tional culture is a bar to future progress. He goes even further and considers that it is a positive boon to humanity that such cult- ure cannot be inherited. In order to do this he is obliged to take a most uncompromisingly pessimistic view of the present. "If it is thought," he says, " that this non-inheritance of the results of ed- ucation and training is prejudicial to human progress, we must remember that, on the other hand, it also prevents the continuous degradation of humanity by the inheritance of those vicious prac- tices and degrading habits which the deplorable conditions of our modern social system undoubtedly foster in the bulk of mankind. Throughout all trade and commerce lying and deceit abound to such an extent that it has come to be considered essential to suc- cess. No dealer ever tells the exact truth about the goods he ad- vertises or offers for sale, and the grossly absurd misrepresentations of material and quality we everywhere meet with have, from their very commonness, ceased to shock us. Now, it is -surely a great blessing if we can believe that this widespread system of fraud and falsehood does not produce any inherited deterioration in the next generation." There are many who would disagree with Mr. Wal- lace as to the universality of evil at the present day. Surely there is much less of evil now than in even comparatively recent past his- torical times. But even granting all that he requires of us, there must, according to his own views, be a time in the future when good will preponderate, at which time it will be as great a disadvantage that acquired virtue cannot be inherited as it now is an advantage that acquired vice cannot be. Yet another objection. According to the writer's views, the evil which he deplores in the present must be innate and due to the inherent properties of the germs, in which event it must be as easily transmitted, or indeed far more easily, than could an acquired character. This evil in man's nature which he sees may in fact be fostered by pernicious social institutions, but it must exist before it can be fostered, and if acquired characters cannot be inherited it must be inherent in the organism. It may be of interest to inquire what Mr. Wallace considers to be the real factors of future progress. There are two such factors, he says. " The one is that process of elimination already referred to, by which vice, violence and recklessness so often bring about the earl)^ destruction of those addicted to them. The other, and by far VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 63 the more important for the future, is that mode of selection which will inevitably come into action through the ever -increasing free- dom, joined with the higher education of woman." This second must indeed be a factor of great importance, it would seem, although by no means the only one. Selection of the best existing cannot alone produce anything better than the best. C. A. K. The Atck for January, 1892, contains nothing of special interest to the Pacific Coast. The supplement containing the address by the president, Mr. D. G. Elliot, on The Inheritance of Acquired Char- acters, is a timely and interesting discussion of this vital problem in biology, and deserves a careful reading. The closing words of the address are especially worthy of consideration by our American ornithologists. " The subject I have discussed offers a new field for ornithologists to explore: one of a higher plane, and permitting a wider vision than many of those they are accustomed to tread. I submit it to my younger colleagues, who have time and opportuni- ties before them, as of infinitely more importance than the discovery and naming of new forms, which is by no means the beginning and end of ornithology, but rather, if I may so term it, the ABC of the science; and then, by their contributions towards the elucidation of my theme, they will benefit not only those who are devoted to our own branch, but also scientific men throughout the world." His arguments would have had more weight if they had not been stated from so obviously a partisan standpoint. Some of the instances which he gives in proof of the inheritance of acquired characters may be equally well explained in other ways, and hence are not conclusive. c. a. k. A Preliminary Study of t/ie Grackles of the Subgenus Qiiiscalus. By Frank M. Chapman. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., iv, 1-20. The subgenus Ouiscalus has always been known as a puzzling group of birds, but the real complexity of the inter-relationship of the dif- ferent forms was probably not fully realized before the appearance of Mr. Chapman's comprehensive review. Although 845 specimens were examined, this material was found insufficient to complete the study of the group. Certain questions of vital importance are, how- ever, apparently settled. The three forms, Ouisca/us czneus, Q. quiscula, and Q. quiscula aglcEus, are carefully described, and in a summary a brief diagnosis of each form is given, including 6/\. Recent Literature. [zoe each of the three phases of quiscula. The variations of each form are then carefully followed throughout their breeding range, and the general conclusions as to relationship stated. The two most important conclusions are that — " In the Alleghanies of Pennsylva- nia, in the Hudson Valley from Sing Sing to Troy, in eastern Long Island, in Connecticut, and in Massachusetts as far north as Cam- bridge, quiscula and czneus completely intergrade " ; and that — " This intergradation is in every instance accomplished through phase No. 3 of quiscula^ Mr. Chapman then argues very reasonably that qidscula is a dis- tinct species, and not a race of ceneus. If this be not the case, he asks why ceneus should remain so perfectly constant over an im- mense area and then change into three different forms. It is, at least, impossible to see any environmental influence which could have produced such a modification as this, and the matter accord- ingly becomes inexplicable upon any theory except hybridity. Although Mr. Chapman has established by his careful investiga- tion at least the great probability that hybridization is the rule among the grackles, he is hardly justified in extending this to other species. Thus he says: " Nor do I see any good reason why we should refuse to admit hybridization as a factor in the evolution of what we term species. * * * Difference in habit under what must necessarily be similar conditions will ever be an effectual bar- rier against the indiscriminate mixing of even closely - allied birds. But when two species whose natural economy, song, nidification, etc., are the same, and which agree in structural details and differ only in coloration, inhabit contiguous regions, is it unnatural that they should at first occasionally, and in the end regularly, inter- breed ? The evidence in proof of such intergradation is gradually accumulating, and in the future I think we shall be forced to recog- nize hybridization, not only as a means which unites known forms, but which also gives rise to new ones." The writer has apparently overlooked, in the above passage, the possibility of physiological selection interposing a barrier to hybrid- ization, even when the two species appear to be structurally iden- tical. If the theory of physiological selection is to have any valid- ity whatsoever, it is necessary to assume that such cases of habitual hybridization as are occasionally recorded, are exceptional and ab- normal. To be sure, it may be objected that this is arguing from VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 65 theory to fact, but then a good and useful theory should not be too lightly discarded. c. A. K. The North American Species of the Genus Colaptes, considered -with Special Refererice to the Relationships of C. aurattis and C. cafer. By J. A. Allen. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., iv, 21-44. In the present paper Mr. Allen has undertaken a most careful and thorough investigation of the remarkable intergradation existing be- tween Colaptes aiiratus and C. cafer. His report is based upon the examination of 785 specimens of the genus from North Amer- ica and the West Indies, representing all the known species and varieties inhabiting this region. The relationship of the two species under consideration is first discussed, and the characteristics and distribution of the various races given. More detailed atten- tion is then devoted to the intermediate birds, the conclusions ar- rived at with regard to them being stated as follows: "The facts elicited in the present investigation tend strongly to confirm Baird's startling hypothesis of hybridization on a grand scale between Colaptes auratics and C cafer, to account for the occurrence of birds presenting ever-varying combinations of the characters of the two species over the Plateau and Great Basin regions of the continent. None of the other hypotheses thus far advanced so fully, or, in fact, to any great extent, meet with the requirements of the case. In no instance do we meet with stages or methods of geographical variation at all comparable with what is seen in the case of C aura- tus and C. cafer. The transition between geographic forms, how- ever diverse, is gradual and symmetrical, affecting all parts of the plumage equally and simultaneously, and is obviously correlated with changes in the physical surroundings; also, the differences between the most extreme forms are merely differences of degree. In the case of Colaptes, the essential differences between auratus and cafer a.ve radical; they are, in fact, contrasting characters, and the intergradation is irregular, with all sorts of a symmetrical combi- nations of the characters of the two forms, and no correlation be- tween their intergradation and the conditions of environment." Mr. Allen has, in fact, practically demonstrated the habitual hy- bridization of these two species, as Mr. Chapman has just succeeded in doing for the grackles. The bearing of this demonstration upon the infertility of crosses and the relation of color to sterility, as dis- cussed by Wallace in " Darwinism," is very important, placing the 66 Recent Literature. [zoe subject in a somewhat new light. The facts do not seem to bear out Mr. Chapman's suggestion, however, that hybridization may be a means of originating new species, for, in the present instance, the tendency seems to be rather to merge two existing species into one. C. A. K. The Geographic Distribution of Life in North America, with special reference to the Mammalia. By C. Hart Merriam, M. D. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. VII, pp. 1-64. Fauna No. 3 of the Department of Agriculture was an epoch-making work in the literature of the geographical distribution of animals in America. Dr. Merriam, in the present work, has amplified and systematised the ideas which were there first enunciated. With the unequalled facilities at his command in the shape of probably the largest and most discriminatingly collected series of mammals that has ever been made from the same extent of territory, he is in a better position than any of his predecessors to draw conclusions with regard to the distribution of life in North America. The paper commences with a historical synopsis of the faunal and floral divisions proposed for North America by various writers. Each division is considered separately, with a chronological table of the work of different writers upon it. The different life regions are then discussed with reference to the mammals inhabiting each. Considerable space is devoted to the causes controlling distribution and in combating certain of Wallace's views. Dr. Merriam is especially pronounced in asserting the importance of temperature in directly affecting the distribution of animals, and his answer to Wal- lace with regard to the change in mammalian forms from the north southward is very forcibly put. The general drift of his paper is, that life zones are largely climatic, and consequently extend in belts more or less parallel to the equator rather than in a north and south direction, as claimed by Wallace. In closing, he says: " Wallace, in writing of the principles on which zoological regions should be formed, expresses the opinion that 'convenience, intelligibility and custom should largely guide us.' But I quite agree with America's most distinguished and philosophic writer on distribution. Dr. J. A. Allen, that in marking off the life regions and subregions of the earth, truth should not be sacrificed to convenience; and I see no reason why a homogeneous circumpolar fauna of great geographic extent should be split up into primary re- VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 67 gions possessing comparatively few peculiar types, simply because a water separation happens to exist in the present geologic period; nor is it evident why one of the resulting feeble divisions should be granted higher rank than a region of much less geographic extent comprising several times as many types." C. A. K. Wood Notes Wild. Notations of Bird Music, by Simeon Pease Cheney. Collected and arranged with appendix, notes, biblio- graphy, and general index, by John Vance Cheney. It has been the fashion of scientific ornithologists to pass over the songs of birds as something unworthy of their serious attention, contenting them- selves with occasional vague phrases descriptive of bird notes intro- duced in their lighter writings. The cause of this is not that bird songs are of no scientific importance, but that it is almost impossible to record them in a manner sufficiently accurate to reduce their study to a science. There is no reason why the phonograph might not be brought into use for this purpose; but in the absence of any such investigalions as this, the work of Mr. Cheney cannot fail to prove a great benefit to this much neglected corner of science. It remains for future investigators to verify the accuracy of his musical notations; but in view of the fact that he was primarily a musician, and at the same time an accurate and painstaking observer and an enthusiastic admirer of birds, there is every probability that his in- terpretations are in the main correct. As a foundation for the future study of bird notes, the' value of this work cannot be overestimated. The typical songs and many of the variations and call notes of all the more common Eastern birds are recorded in musical scale with text descriptions and amplifica- tions. Much of this music has been published in the magazines, but Mr. John Vance Cheney has done more than make a collection of his father's work in the present work. Over half the book is devoted to an appendix, in which are incorporated all the most important descriptions and notations of bird music which have been published by other writers, with much other matter bearing more or less directly on the question under consideration. A very full bibliography of the subject closes the work. C. A. K. The American Naturalist. October, 1891. — Notes on the Hearts of Certain Mammals: By Ida H. Hyde. Brief notes on points of 68 Recent Literature. [zoe interest regarding the hearts of sheep, cat, man, monkey, panther, raccoon, hyena, dog, deer, calf, horse, donkey and rabbit. November, 1891. — Language and Max Miiller: S. V. Clevenger, M. D. A criticism of Miiller's attitude with regard to the evolu- tion of language. The writer says: "Throughout Max Miiller's writings he is handicapped by his exaggeration of the importance of his particular line of research, carried on as an isolated study. Could he but have a fair knowledge of associated sciences, such as that of anthropology, anatomy, physiology and zoology, the value of his work would be greatly increased, and his inferences would undergo radical changes." On the Quantity and Dynamics of An- imal Tissues: J. Lawton Williams. Recent Progress in the Dis- covery of the Phylogeny of Man: Editorial. The discovery of skulls verifying the supposition that a race of people inhabited Europe with skulls similar to that of the Neanderthal man, is noted. Also, of two nearly complete skeletons, of which they say: '' Tak- ing it altogether, the Canstatter race answers the expectations founded on theory as to what an ancestral type of man ought to be." Professor Cope also finds confirmation for his theory that the anthropoid apes and man were descended from the anthropoid lemur Anaptomorphus, without passing the intervention of the old world monkeys. c. A. K. The Ibis, for January, 1892, contains among articles of general ornithological interest, a list of the birds of Heligoland as recorded by Herr Giitke, by Henry Seebohm; Some further Notes on the Periods occupied by Birds in the Incubation of their Eggs, by William Evans, F. R. S. E. ; and the fourth part of the Rev. James Sibree, Jr. 's, paper, On the Birds of Madagascar and their Connec- tion with Native Folk-lore, Proverbs and Superstitions, c. A. k. Harald Schott, of the University of Upsala, Sweden, has published: Beilrdge zur Kenntniss Kalifornisciier Collevibola, mit 4 tafeln in Bihang Till K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 17, Afd. iv, No. 8. Collembola are minute Thysanurae, or wingless insects, which live under leaves and stones, and propel themselves by jumping. The work is a very interesting one, as very little is known about these small animals in any part of the world. The material was collected in California by Dr. Gustav Eisen, and forwarded to the author for VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 69 description. The following species are described, five of which are new: Sminthti7-us Eisenii, n. sp.; .5". luteus Ltibbock; S.niger Lub- bock; S. plicatus, n. sp.; Papirius maculosus, n. sp. ; Tomocerus sp. ; Entomobrya nivalis L. ; E. nmltifasciata Tullb. ; E. marginata Tullb.; Sira purpurea, n. sp.; Drepayiura calif ornica, n. s^.; Or- chesclla rufescens Lubbock; Isotoma vi?'idis Bourl; / pahish-is Miil- ler; Achorutes armatus {^\co\zX); A. vialic2is TuWh.; Xenyllamari- tima Tullb.; Liprira iyiermis Tullb.; or, in all, about 18 species. The paper is handsomely illustrated. G. E. Revisio ge?ierum plantarum vasculariuni omnium, atque cellular- ium, muliarum, secundum leges noynenclaturce internationales, cum. enicmeratione plajitarum i?i itinere mundi colleciarum. Mil Erlau- terimgen von Dr. Otto Kuntze. This book is likely to serve a most useful purpose — it shows to what extent zeal without discretion may carry a reformer, and inci- dentally may make clear to a few American botanists, ardent makers of synonyms, their inability to cope in such matters with those who are able at any time to consult the great libraries of Europe. Dr. Kuntze, in his journey round the world, collected a few thousand species, and in working them out to his satisfaction, changes about thirty thousand names. The means by which he arrives at this result is the rather radical one of taking for his point of depart- ure an earlier work of Linnaeus than the one generally adopted. Another method of changing genera which he uses with consid- erable effect is the substitution of older sectional, for more recent generic names. This though the logical outcome of the practice of some American botanists in the matter of varietal names is as re- pugnant to common sense as a claim of priority founded on the distribution of named sets. The license, which the author allows himself, ot modifying (cor- recting as he terms it) generic names, is not likely to meet with acceptance. The principle of priority will appear to most per- sons to be as absolutely overthrown by substituting Cumaruna, Catutsjeron, etc., for Coumarouna, Katoutsjeroe, etc., as by making entirely new names. The principle is the same, the violation differs only in degree, and the inconvenience resulting from the alterations in indexing is the same. A considerable number of his generic changes will probably be concurred in, though not in the scrambling manner in which they 70 Recent Literature. [zoe are launched by the author; but his wholesale transference of the species of a thousand genera, many of them of great extent, can only be considered an instance of colossal vanity, which will go far to con- vince botanists of the value of the zoological rule. It is impossible to assign any other reason than the gratification of personal vanity to the author's addition of "OK." to all the species of such genera as Astragalus, Selaginella, Lepiota, Corticium, etc., the value ot which species he could not possibly know. It is an amusing 'cir- cumstance that in America the abbreviation with which his pages is so plentifully besprinkled is a slang expression in common use, said to have had its origin in indorsements on papers submitted to an eminent politician, who was as lawless in orthography as our author has proved himself in botany. When questioned as to its meaning, he explained that it meant "Oil Korect." It IS to be hoped that in giving new names to his genera he did not act from a malicious desire to render the recipients of his favor ridiculous. Such names as " Bakeropteris," " Bisbceckelera," " Biscogniauxia," " Brittonamra," "Cookeina." " Durandeeldea," " Greeneina," " Henribaillonia," " Jacksonago," " Jamesbrittenia,' " Peckifungus," " Radlkoferotonia," " Sirhookera," " Sirmuel- lera," " Smithiantha," may look well to his eyes and sound agree- ably in his ears, but his taste is likely to be unique. Among the numerous changes which, if adopted, would affect our Cahfornian plants, may be mentioned Buda, which the author adopts instead of Tissa, because the latter remained longer a " nomen nu- dum;" but with a degree of inconsistency for which one would have hardly looked, he shortly after adopts Meadia instead of Dodeca- theon, transferring all the "species" (of whose value he is necessa- rily absolutely ignorant) to a genus which remained "naked" till his day — that he might attach " OK." to the species. Agoseris, which he accepts in place of Troximon, is in similar case according to Mr. Greene the devoted discipleof Rafinesque,for all the species are claimed by Mr. Greene in " Pittonia, " which of course he could not do if there were a type species. Dr. Kuntze neverthe- less, having apparently kept the scope and intention of his work entirely secret, renames the species under the same date as Mr. Greene, but of course attaches "OK." to all of them. A similar muddle results from the equally inexcusable renaming of Legumin- ous species by Dr. Taubert in Bot. Centralblatt, September, 1881. VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 71 We have therefore in these cases and probably many others, two sets of synonyms, the priority of which will be extremely difficult to prove should it ever be necessary to do so. Navarretia, which has priority over Gilia, has also the refreshing novelty of a type species; for the number of genera in which all the species are credited to "OK." becomes monotonous. As to the changes involved by calling Lepidium, Nasturtium; lonidium, Cal- ceolaria; Gouania, Lupulus; Phlox, Armeria; Cortinarius, Gomphus ; etc., we fear the author's life will not be long enough to see them made. The changes in nomenclature are not confined to phanerogamic botany, but cover the whole range of the vegetable kingdom, and wholesale changes are made quite as coolly in fungi, the genera of which are notoriously in a transition state, as in the more settled orders. It is to be feared that Cryptogamic botanists will consider the author guilty not only of folly but of impertinence as well. As the author has done little in studying the values of genera, the changes in specific names are comparatively i&^N. He shows a tendency to reduce genera, and though there is a sufficient field for the exercise of such a spirit, it may be doubted whether he has se- lected the most promising examples. He argues at length and with considerable feeling against the changing of specific names, and most botanists will agree with him ; but he might have gone much further and shown how improper and unnecessary it is to change them at all, except in monographs of families — ^else why the third name attached to species ? In the work of botanists who accept the zoological rule, and they are numerous and increasing, the cited name furnishes a means of distinguishing the species until the monographer can deal with them. Mr. Hems- ley, for instance, in listing the Mexican species of Dalea,* evidently recognizing the fact that he was unable to judge of the validity of the species with the material at hand enumerates — 20. Dalea elata Hook. & Arn. 21. Dalea elaia Mart. & Gal., and the future monographer of the Leguminosae will be able to dis- tinguish them and decide on their merits just as well as if one of them had been afflicted with the name galeottiamra. Biol. Cent. -Am. i, 239. 72 Recent Literature. [ zoe The sooner any botanist of our day divests himself of the idea that he is likely to live to see a settled nomenclature, or that the rest of the botanical world will allow some fifth-rate authority to attach his name to the work of all the great men who have preceded him, the sooner we shall be able to argue out generic questions without lugging all the species in by the ears, and so adding immensely to our syn- onymy. The reason for such extensive changes without study of the species, can only be the belief of an author that his judgment will finally settle the nomenclature, and the fact that these wholesale transferences are made almost entirely by those who attach the last combiner's name furnishes the strongest proof of the motive. Whatever fault may be found with Bentham and Hooker for their work in "Genera Plantarum " they must be commended for their modesty, for on the line followed out by Dr. Kuntze they might have attached B. & H. to an immense number of species, with no greater trouble than that involved in the employment of an ad- ditional copyist. It should not be forgotten by botanists in haste to settle nomen- clature, that there are two questions hanging over systematic biology of such importance as to cast Dr. Kuntze' s modest contribution to synonymy entirely into shade. The first of these is homonymy as between zoology and botany, a ques- tion which can only be settled by agreement between the great body of zoologists and botanists. The second, the limits of genera, we may all help to solve. About species there is often a consider- able divergence of honest opinion, which time and better knowl- edge will be apt to reconcile, but genera should be more easily settled. It ought to be possible to make to some extent rules as to what should and what should not be taken into consideration, espe- cially as long as genera are to a great extent matters of convenience. Undoubtedly the tendency is to make them more strictly natural, and great modifications are likely to result particularly in such fami- lies as Compositae, Caryophyllaceae, Acanthaceae, etc., in which they are now extremely artificial. A little logic injected into systematic botany might enable us, for instance, to see that if its various sec- tions can be properly included in the genus Ouercus, there can be no sufficient reason for holding Castanopsis distinct from Castanea or Carya from Juglans. The theory that the limits of genera and VOL. Ill,] Recent Literature. 73 species can best be determined by a kind of individual '' insight" without any rule whatever, has had a long trial and the heteroge- neous results are hardly encouraging. lK. B. Monograph of the Grasses of the United States and British Amer- ica. By Dr. George Vasey, Botanist, Department of Agriculture. Pamphlet, 8vo pp. vi, 89, xiv. — This is No. i, of vol. iii, of the " Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium," and is " pub- lished by the authority of the Secretary of Agriculture." This part closes with the family Agrostideae. The author states that for several years he has had in contempla- tion the work here presented. Every one knows of the great wealth of material — necessary for the preparation of such a work — con- tained in the National Herbarium. Collections of grasses from all parts of North America have been coming to this herbarium for a long time past, and these additions have been especially frequent in recent years. Liberally supplied with books and assistants, and otherwise very generously supported by our National Government, the Botanist of the Department has had unrivalled facilities for the production of the present "Monograph." The work before us comes far from meeting our expectations. It is entirely lacking in that clear, precise and systematic presentation of facts which stamp the work of the true scientist; and instead of being a " Monograph," it is very largely a compilation — a bringing together of scattered descriptions, some of which are quoted and duly credited, some quoted "with a little alteration" (mangled, would better express it), and some quoted without any recognition of the source whatever; and these last form no inconsiderable por- tion of the whole. This frequent quotation of descriptions pub- lished by various authors renders the whole thing incongruous, not only in the relative length and character of the descriptions given, but in the terminology. If the original descriptions of the species had been copied instead of those published by later authors, and a proper system of references adopted, the value of the work would have been increased. Setaria viridis and S. glaiica, on p. 38 of the " Monograph," do not appear to possess very marked distinguishing characters. Stipa Stiilmani, o\\ p. 51, is rendered as follows: "6". Stillmani Bolander. (Bot. Cal. ii. p. 287)." Then follows Dr. Thurber's de- scription of this species, word for word, excepting that the floret is 74 Receiit Literature. [zoe said to possess a " white, hairy callus," instead of a " white- hairy callus," as Thurber wrote it, and there is nothing to indicate that it is not all original. One would naturally infer from the above, how- ever, that Bolander published this grass in the Botany of California, which was in fact not the case. The description of Stipa leucotricha, on p. 53, is but a translation of that given by Trinius and Ruprecht in their joint work usually cited " Stipaceae," not " Gram. Agrost. ," as appears in the work before us. On p. 55 Stipa Richardsoiiii Link is described and there is given the reference in parenthesis, "(Gray's Manual, 6th ed., p. 641)." This amounts to a statement by the author that he is describing the same plant as that described by Gray in the 6th ed. of the Manual, but he states below that his description applies to the ' ' large form which Prof. Macoun called var. major, and is perhaps specifically distinct from the form which is found on Lake Superior " (where on the lake is not specified) " and eastward." We all know that it is this eastern form which is " perhaps specifically distinct" from the other, that is described in the Manual. Did Smith describe Polypogoii littoralis in the Botany of Cali- fornia ? We might very justly presume so from the way the name and description stand on p. 57. And why is it that quotation marks enclose the descriptions of Polypogon Monspeliensis and P. littoralis, and not that of P. maritimiis ? Is it because there were no speci- mens of these plants in the National Herbarium that the mono- graphic character of the work was thus marred by scissors and paste ? The descriptions of Sporobolus compressits and S. serotiyius are taken entire from Gray's Manual, and one might be led into the error that the last named species was first described by Gray in the 6th edition of the Manual. On p. 80, there seems to be some confusion as to Calamagrostis dubia. It is described as a species, and also presented as a var. of C. Cajiadensis. There is nothing in the descriptions indicating the differential characters of allied species, and rarely are there any comparisons drawn. Carefully describing one organ or a part in one species and saying nothing about this in the next in sequence is far too com- mon a feature in existing descriptions of our plants, and leads the student into a world of tribulation. A close attention to this point VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 75 in the preparation of monographs would, we think, somewhat re- duce the number of our species, especially in Gramineae. In this connection we might call to notice the descriptions of Alopecunis Howellii and Alopecunis Macoimii, in the present work (pp. 87 and 88). The assistance afforded by the translation of " The True Grasses" in the preparation of the analytical tables is acknowledged in the Introduction, and thanks are returned to Prof. Hackel for the priv- ilege of using this work, although the translation is an American production and copyrighted by the publishers. There are a number of "slips" which might trouble or confuse the student. We are told on the first page that the floral organs, the palet, the lodicules and the floral glume, " constitute a spike- let." Qnly the first glume in the Andropogoneae is said to be " more indurated than the inner ones." Over Oryza, on p. 4, the empty glumes are described as " awnless, the flowering glume and palet much compressed laterally." These characters are supposed to enable us to distinguish Oryza from Leersia, which follows, and which has "flowering glumes awnless;" we are not told whether the glumes are compressed or not. In the tribe Oryze^e, the empty glumes are said to be " two or none, very seldom numerous." Hackel says " empty glume two or more, very seldom numerous." In most of our species of this tribe the empty glumes are wanting. The grain in Sporobolus (p. 5) is characterized as "loosely enclosed or naked." On the same page the flowers of Epicampes are said to be " large" and " not awned." In this first part some twenty species are described for the first time, and a {^\< of these are characterized as new. We hope that greater care will be exercised in the preparation of the second part, which the author hopes to publish " within a few months." In the Introduction, criticisms are invited, and we only regret that a work so excellent in its object should be so open to criticism. If through what has here been said, the character of part 2 reaches a higher plane, we shall only be too glad to publish the fact. F. Lamson Scribner. Fossil Botany: Beiiig ati Iiitroductioti to PalcEOphytology from t/ie Standpoijit of the Botanist. By H. Graf zu Solms-Laubach, Pro- fessor of Botany in the University of Strasburg. Atdhorized Eng- lish Translation. By Henry E. F. Garnsey, M. A. Among re- 76 Recent Literature. [zoe cent botanical works it would be hard to find one which is more welcome to the student than the one before us. The original was published in Germany, in 1887; and now we have an admirable English translation issuing from the Clarendon press, to which we owe so many excellent translations of standard German botanical works. The literature of palaeophytology is so scattered as to be practi- cally inaccessible to the general botanist; and, moreover, a great part of it is the work of men who are not botanists at all, the result of whose works is an appalling mass of fragmentary and often ut- terly unreliable material. Count Solms not only has won a high reputation as a palaeophytologist but has also done excellent work in other departments of botany, and, as a thoroughly trained bota- nist, is eminently fitted for the task he has so admirably performed in the volume before us. To him we owe a careful resume of what has been done up to the time of publication of his book, and a thor- ough sifting of the material thus brought together. He is extreme- ly cautious in his judgments, and often suspends judgment entirely; but where he makes a positive statement one is sure that it is based upon adequate evidence. As the result of this careful examination, many forms, usually accepted by pateophytologists, are thrown, aside as resting upon imperfect evidence, and, in consequence, one's ideas of the nature of many of the fossil forms are materially changed. An introduction of some thirty pages deals largely with the con- ditions under which plant remains have been preserved in a fossil state, and includes an able discussion of the formation of peat and coal beds. The Thallophytes and Bryophytes are disposed of in a single chapter, and the rest of the book is devoted to a considera- tion of the lower vascular plants — ^ Pteridophytes and Gymno- sperms. The Conifene are treated first for reasons thus given by the author: " In departing from the customary arrangement =^ * * we have been influenced chiefly by practical considerations, for the adoption of this order will facilitate the discussion of the many doubtful forms which belong to one or the other of these classes, but which it will be best to consider in connection with similar groups of the Archegoniatae. " A chapter is devoted to the group, and the author seems to think that there is not sufficient evidence to warrant the assumption that conifers of the modern types existed VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 77 anterior to the Mesozoic The remains occurring in older forma- tions, and usually attributed to this class, are either too imperfect to permit of certain classification, or may better be referred to other groups. Of living genera Araucaria is certainly known as far back as the Jurassic, and Sequoia as the Cretaceous; Ginkgo is still older. A special chapter is devoted to the Cycads and Medullosae, and another to the remarkable entirely extinct group of the Cordaiteae. To the latter, which are separated entirely from the Coniferae, are referred many of the remains of fossil wood which have usually been supposed to belong to the Coniferae. The most interesting point in connection with them is the discovery of flowers, both male and fe- male, in a sufficiently perfect state of preservation to give a very lair idea of their structure, which differed materially from that of any living gymnosperms. The pollen grains are preserved with re- markable perfectness, even showing a group of cells within which is assumed to be a sort of rudimentary prothallium like that in the pollen of other gymnosperms, but much more highly developed. These points seem to warrant the separation of the Cordaiteae as a class, co-ordinate with the Cycads and Conifers. The chapter on the ferns is especially interesting and suggestive. While a considerable number of ferns have been found with well preserved fructification, all of these in the formations below the Me- sozoic, that can be positively determined, show affinities with the Marattiace^e and, perhaps, with the Ophioglossese. This fact is es- pecially significant, as it entirely reverses the ordinarily accepted arrangement of the leptosporangiate and eusporangiate ferns. The former — i. e., those ferns in which the sporangia are of strictly epi- dermal origin — are usually regarded as the simpler forms from which the Eusporangiatae, or those forms with massive sporangia, like the Marattiaceae and Ophioglosseae, have been derived. As the Leptosporangiatae have firm sporangia that ought to have been preserved in a fossil state, it is difficult to account for their ab- sence from the coal measures and earlier formations, if they really existed when these were forming. It seems probable that they are really later, more specialized forms, derived secondarily from the more primitive Eusporangiatae. This view accords, too, with the evidences of embryology, and simplifies very much the problem of the origin of the phanerogams. The remains of hydropterides are very scanty, and only a few remains from the tertiary are beyond dispute. 78 Recent Literature. [zoe Lack of space forbids our dwelling upon the very full account of the characteristic groups of the Calamarieae, Lepidodendroideae, Si- gillaricce and Sphenophylleae. The first, which are usually supposed to show unquestionably near relationship to Equisetum, are shown to be much more imperfectly understood than was supposed, but for the details of the discussion the reader must be referred to the work in question. It is rather unfortunate that the angiosperms are not treated, as it would be extremely interesting to hear the author's views upon the origin of the group, as well as to have the data upon which to work for one's self. The translation of the book and the typography are alike admira- ble, but it is a pity that it was not revised up to date, as several im- portant works have appeared since the original was written. By a curious oversight this lack of revision was carried even to the title- page, where we are informed that the author is professor at Gottin- gen, although he succeeded De Bary at Strasburg more than three years ago. D. H. c. Outlmes of Lessons in Botany for the use of Teachers, and Moth- ers Studying with their Children. By Jane H. Newell. Part II. Flower and Fruit. The author of this little volume is an enthusi- astic teacher, imbued with the spirit of modern science. The chil- dren are to study the plants themselves, so as to become original observers and thinkers instead of the " intellectual parasites " that so generally disgrace our schools. They are to be led to draw the parts of the flower, etc., united and separated, and in different sec- tions. The correct botanical terms are to be learned as the neces- sity arises for their use. One of the most valuable features of the work consists of numerous suggestions for investigation into the habits of plants, particularly concerning the fertilization of flowers. Even quite little children may discover treasures of knowledge in this almost unexplored field. The study will become interesting and inspiring with such an incentive to patient, careful observation. That the plants studied are chiefly those of New England, would make no difference to anyone but a rote teacher. It is the method illustrated by these studies that gives the book its great value as an aid to the teacher who is striving for the true education of pupils. A. E. VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 79 The Identity of Asdepias steiiophyUa arid Acerates auriculata. John M. Holzinger. Bot. Gaz., Apr., 124. Mr. Holzinger hav- ing made careful study of the various forms of those plants, consid- ers them mere variations of the same species, and unites them under the oldest available specific vva.Vl\q, Asdepias auriculata {Y.wo^XYd.y Studies of this kind are of much more importance than dozens of barely distinguishable " new species." K. B. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences. February i, i8g2. Presi- dent Harkness in the chair. The Librarian reported 153 additions to the library. Charles A. Keeler read a paper on " Heredity in its Relation to the Inheritance of Acquired Characters." February 75, 18^2. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from Charles A. Keeler, H. Abbott, Herbert Brown, E. D. Flint, Miss Louise A. Littleton, Geo. B. Badger, Charles N. Comstock, Charles Hubbard, T. B. Sanders, George W. Dunn, William G. Blunt, Walter E. Bryant. The Librarian reported 160 additions to the library. Dr. Gustav Eisen read a paper entitled: "The Evolution of the Forms of Trees as Produced by Climatic Influences." MarcJi 7, i8g2. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from W. S. Bliss, Gus- tav Eisen, T. B. Sanders. Letters were read announcing ""the donation to the herbarium of a collection of Greenland plants by John H. Redfield, and of a pack- age of specimens of Sphagna of the northeastern United States, by Edwin Faxon, and a vote of thanks was tendered to each of those gentlemen. Charles A. Keeler read a paper entitled: " Is Natural Selection Creative?" Dr. Harkness exhibited specimens of the Cynips which is now so abundant in Golden Gate Park, also of the galls from which they are emerging, and made some remarks on their life-history. 8o Proceedings of Societies. [zoe April ^, i8()2. President Harkness in the chair. The President announced the death of Sereno Watson, honorary member, and of William A. Aldrich, resident member. The Librarian reported 222 additions to the library. Dr. Harkness made some remarks concerning his observation on the life-history of the Cynips infesting the oaks, and discussed the probability of the one attacking the buds being an alternate genera- tion of the one forming the woody galls. F. Gutzkovv spoke on certain improvements in his process for parting silver bullion, which he explained to the Academy about a year ago. He stated that it has now been introduced successfully into practice, for instance, at the large refining works of the Con- solidated Kansas City Smelting Company. Among the novel modi- fications of the process the most important is the melting of the crystals of pure sulphate of silver, which are separated in the course of the process with five per cent, of charcoal in the crucible. They are thereby, at a very low temperature, converted into metallic silver, which melts and is poured into bars. Carbonic and sulphurous gases are generated and escape without giving any inconvenience : Ag2 SO4 H- C = Ag2 -1- CO2 + SO2 Charles A. Keeler made a few remarks bearing on the question: " What constitutes a species ?" April 18, i8g2. President Harkness in the chair. Miss Alice Eastwood and William L. Watts were elected resident members. The following communication was read: San Francisco. April 18, 1892. Secretary, California Academy of Scie7ices: Dear Sir — The proprietors of Zoe have the honor to offer for acceptance of the Academy 50 copies each of volumes I and H of that journal, to be distributed to the principal societies of the world which are in correspondence with the Academy, in grateful acknowl- edgment of favors granted to the California Zoological Club and the California Botanical Club. Respectfully, H. W. Harkness, T. S. Brandegee, Katharine Brandegee. VOL. TIT.] Prorrcd/ii^'^ of Socicfics. 8i The President then introduced Mr. Edward Muybridge, who de- Hvered a lecture on "The Science of Animal Locomotion," with lantern illustration of consecutive phases of animal movements and syntethical reproductions by the zoopraxiscope. Calii-oi^xia Botanical Clutl February 2j, i8g2. The Vice- President, Mrs. M. W. Kincaid, in the chair. Brofessor Douglas H. Campbell delivered a lecture on the Origin of Flowering Plants. The lecturer stated that the ancestral forms of all the higher plants are to be sought among- the tresh-water algcc. Prom these were probably developed forms like the simplest of the existing liverworts, and from these the higher forms, Bryo- phytes, Pteridophytes and Spermaphytes were later derived. The structure of the simpler liverworts was briefly sketched and the development and fertilization of the archegonium and the sub- sequent development of the sporogonium described. Attention was called to the motile spermatozoids, and the necessit}' of w^ater in fertilization, as indications of the aquatic nature of the ancestors of these forms. Special attention was called to Riccia and Anthoceros as the most primitive in some respects of the liverworts, and the latter was especially spoken of as representing a form like that from which the higher plants have probably come. The forms were next taken up, and after showing how the pro- thallium represents the liverwort thallus, and the fern itself the sporo- gonium, attention was called to the gradual reduction of the sexual prothallium and the increasing development of the sporophyte in the higher forms. It was then shown how this was accompanied by the development of heterospery in several groups, resulting finally in one case, at least, in the production of seed-bearing plants. Flowers are only groups of special spore-producing leaves, with more or less accessory leaves in the more specialized ones. The simpler flowers are comparable to the spore-bearing leaves oi an Osmunda, for example, or a spike of Equisetum. In the heteros- perous Pteridophytes spores of two kinds were developed, and these in the flowering plants aie the pollen-spoi^es and the embryo- sac. The ovule and anther are simply special forms of sporangia. In conclusion the influence of two groups of animals — viz., birds and insects — upon the further evolution of flowering plants were 82 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe spoken of. These have played an important part in the evolution of these forms as the development of edible fruits and brilliant flow- ers has undoubtedly been brought about mainly through their agency. As soon as the distribution of seeds and the pollination of flowers became dependent upon these, sharp competition was set up to at- tract these visitors, and the result we see in the amazing variety of forms now upon the earth. March 5, i8g2. Annual Meeting. The Vice-President, Mrs. M. W. Kincaid, in the chair. The annual reports of the Secretary and Treasurer were read and ordered filed. The following oflicers were elected for the ensuing year: President — Douglas H. Campbell. Vice-President — Mrs. S. W. Dennis. Secretary — Frank H. Vaslit. Treasurer — Miss A. M. Manning. Librarian — Mrs. S. W. Burtchaell. Curator— Miss Edith B. Falkenau. Councilors — Mrs. L. D. Emerson, Miss C. H. Hittell, C. C. Riedy. March 2/}., i8g2. J. M. Hutchings in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Volney Rattan, Miss Kate Hodgkinson, Dr. C. B. Brigham, James Denman, Miss Bertha E. Stringer, Miss Lotta Bean, Miss K. E. Cole, Mrs. L. H. Sharp, Miss Jessie Smith, Mrs. M. F. McRoberts, Theodor Michaelis, Dr. Joseph Pescia, Prof W. M. Searb3\ Mrs. Katharine Bandegee read a paper on the Fertilization ot Flowering Plants. The speaker gave a brief outline ot the reproductive processes, as far as understood, of Phanerogamic and Cryptogamic plants, and showed that the latter approached much nearer the animal kingdom by their motile spermatozoids and necessity of fluid me- dia. The fertilization of flowering plants is brought about by means of the winds, by the visits of insects and by the mechanism of the flowers themselves. The first two agencies, especially the second, had, the speaker thought, been unduly credited at the expense of the third. Dioecious and monoecious flowers were necessarily de- pendent upon the first two agencies, but in the great mass of an- nual plants, nearly all having hermaphrodite flowers', and so many of VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 8'' o them being' in possession of a more or less elaborate mechanism whereby the pollen was brought in contact with the stigma of the same flower, it was logical to suppose that this mechanism was of some service. Attention was called particularly to the Onagraceae, in many of which the flowers, even those with large and showy corollas were fully fertilized, while the bud was still firmly closed. Numerous instances were given of adaptations for self-fertilization. Hybrids produced by the crossing of two distinct species rarely persisted in nature, and had not been enough studied. Closely re- lated plants were often much more difficult to cross than more dis- tant ones, the explanation is of course a purely mechanical one, to be sought for in the tissues of the respective plants. In one of the plants here shown, QLyiothera ovaia, which is invariably fertilized in the closed bud, the calyx-tube is from three to six inches in length, and the length of pollen-tube necessary to reach the ovules is an obvious factor in their fertilization. The consistency of the tissues of the stigma has also to be considered. The term " cross-fertilization " has been very loosely applied in botany. Many use it indiscrimately to signify the crossing of the flowers in the same plant equally with the crossing of plants diverg- ent for many generations. The first use is a misnomer for each plant if not an individual in the sense in which we ordinarily use in speaking of animals, is but a compound entity springing from a single germ. In the fertilization of flowers by insects, the speaker said that ob- servers preoccupied with the idea that "self-fertilization is injurious or destructive" had overlooked the importance of thrips, aphis and minute larvae, which often cover the stigma with the pollen of the same flower. The speaker was assisted by Mr. C. C. Riedy in showing under the microscope peculiar forms of pollen and the emission and en- trance of pollen-tubes. April 26, i8g2. Miss Eastwood in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Miss Kate Howell, E. P. Lynch, Mrs. E. W. Caswell, Miss Ottilie Schiicking, Joseph Nordman, Miss Belle Ryan, Miss Edith Fassett, Miss Florence Lane, Miss Emily G. Britton, Mrs. Rowena C. Gray, Luther Bur- bank, J. Preuss, Mrs. A. B. Rice, Miss Agnes Regan, Miss Nettie Wade, Miss K. T. Callahan, A. L. Mann, B. L. Robinson. 84 Proceedino-s of Societies. [zoE Miss Alice Eastwood read a paper on Loco Weeds. C. C. Riedy, assisted by W. E. Loy and L. M. Kino-, gave a demonstration of the lower cryptogams under the microscope, ten instruments being used. California Zoological Club. Jaimary t6, i8g2. The meet- ing was opened with a brief address by Dr. D. S. Jordon, following which a proposed constitution was read by the secretary pro tem. and adopted by the club. The following officers were then elected for the ensuing term: President — Dr. David S. Jordan. Vice-President — Walter E. Bryant. Secretary — Charles A. Keeler. Treasurer — Frank H. Vaslit. Curator — F. O. Johnson. Councilors — ^J. J. Rivers, W. E. Ritter, Dr. O. P. Jenkins, Miss Louise Bunnell. January ^o, i8g2. President Jordan in the chair. John Comstock, Professor of Entomology of Cornell and Stan- ford Universities, entertained the Club with a most instructive lec- ture on the subject of methods of scientific work, as illustrated in particular by a study of the methods of classification of insects. The speaker called attention to the great influence which the doc- trine of evolution had had upon the methods of viewing scientific questions. Before the time of Darwin science had busied herself solely with the classification of species, but at the present time the great aim of scientific research is to trace the history of the changes and modifications in form and structure of parts — to study the func- tion of organs. If our knowledge of all the groups of organisms was complete it would be a comparativ^ely simple matter to establish relationships, but the record is at best a fragmentary one, so our most satisfactory method is to trace each organ or part through all the stages of its evolution, and try to understand its use, rather than to attempt to Ibllovv the transformations of the species as a whole. Prof. Com- stock then proceeded to illustrate this method of work by his in- vestigations in the classification of butterflies and moths. He drew attention to the fact that in these insects the wings are covered with fine scales arranged in regular rows like tiled roofing. What can VOL. III.] Proceed? nos of Societies. 85 this minute powder tell us of the history of butterflies and moths? An examination of various species discloses the fact that there is considerable diversity both in the structure and distribution of the scales. Among some species the scales are in the form of slightly flattened hairs, irregularly scattered over the surface of the wings. Between this type and the most specialized form of scale every grada- tion can be traced; and it is found, moreover, that in species in which the structure of the wings, antennse and other parts discloses a lowly organization the irregularly disposed hairy form of scale is present. Furthermore, it is found that the specialization of the scale varies upon different parts of the wing. In order to understand the use of these scales it is necessary to know something of the structure of the wing. The wing of the dragon-fly is cut up by a net work of intersecting veins, but in butterflies and moths the veins are fewer in number and cross-vein- ing is rare. In the dragon-fly the mesh work of veins strengthens the wing, while in the butterflies and moths the scales perform this function. The more flat and regularly disposed the scales are, the greater will be their strength. Accordingly any variation in the direction of a flattened scale will be preserved by natural selection. It is to be expected, moreover, that the greatest change will occur in the region of greatest strain. It is found that this is indeed the case, lor the scales are more flattened on the front than on the hind wing, and at the tip more than at the base. As an additional strength- ener, ridges have been developed along the scale. Incidentally, these ridges have also been productive of a great variety of iri- descent colors, by the interference of light. As soon as these color effects began to manifest themselves, sexual selection would be in- troduced as a factor in the modification of scales. Having followed out one line of development it is necessary to correlate this with the evolution of other parts. The classification of insects is based largely upon the structure of the wings. In lower forms the wings are broad and far apart, while higher forms are dis- tinguished by having them closer together and more compact. In order to give still greater strength to the stroke of the wings a bristle or clump of bristles known as a frenulum, is developed near the base of the upper edge of the secondary wing. When consisting of a bundle of bristles each one is a hollow tube, but when formed of but one bristle it is composed of a number of tubes joined to- 86 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe gether. It thus becomes apparent that the latter is a higher struc- ture than the former, being composed of a bundle of bristles united into a single spine. Very frequently the female will have the frenu- lum in the form of a bundle when the male has but a single bristle. The reason of this is obvious, for the male is called upon to make greater use of its wings in flying in search of the female, and thus requires a more perfect structure. Sometimes the base of the hind wing is extended up in the form of a shoulder binding the two wings together, and thus replacing the frenulum. In the silkworm moth there is a lobe at the base of the wing and a mere rudiment of a frenulum; even in the male this frenulum consists of a bundle of hairs, such as is present in the female of most species. It is an interesting fact that degeneration seems to directly retrace its steps of progress, as indicated by the above example. One moth, Hepialis, which is in some respects rather lowly organized, was found to have neither frenulum nor lobe. In place of these a sort of loop or thumb was found upon the front wing which Prof Comstock has termed the jugum. This jugum occurs also in Micropieryx, in which genus an elaborate ar- rangement exists to receive it. The speaker concluded from the above facts that the Lepidoptera had developed along two distinct lines distinguished by the style ot organ used in binding the wings together, and he accordingly pro- poses the division of the order into two suborders, the JiigatcB and the FrenatcB. From all this it may be learned that a true sys- tem of classification must be based upon a study of the uses of parts. February 27, i8g2. Dr. Jordan in the chair. After the reading of the minutes Dr. H. W. Harkness was called to the chair, while the president addressed the club on The History of the Zoological Explorations of the Pacific Coast. The lecturer was chiefly confined to a historical review of the work which has been done on the fishes of the coast. The sub- stance of the talk was as follows: The first person associated with the study of the fishes of the coast was the German naturalist Steller, who was sent by the, Rus- sian Government in 1731 to study the animals of Alaska. Notable among his discoveries was the great arctic sea-cow (Rytina stelleri), a skeleton of which is now owned by the Academy of Sciences. VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 87 He published an account of the salmon of Alaska, describing five species in all, under Russian names. These five species still stand, and nothing new has since been added to our knowledge of the salmon of the coast. He also studied the trout and his conclusions have proved in general correct. Indeed, there has not since that time been a stronger man on this coast, and every ichthyologist must do honor to the ability of a man who was able to follow out all the complicated species of salmon and trout, before the time of Linnaeus. Walbaum, a compiler of natural history, affixed scientific names to these salmon and trout in a work published in 1792, and his name is accordingly cited as authority for the species which Steller dis- covered and described. Another naturalist in the employment ot the Russian Govern- ment, named Pallas, printed in 181 1 an account of his explorations in the same country that Steller had visited, but his work was ap- parently not very highly appreciated at the time, for it was not dis- tributed until twenty years later. Pallas' trip across Siberia was notable for the discovery of the mastodon in the ice. His work was carefully done, consisting largely in authenticating by repetition the work of Steller, although he also discovered many new species in Alaska. The above period may be considered as constituting the prehis- toric epoch in the history of Pacific Coast explorations. In the second stage may be mentioned the work of Gairdner and Kittlitz. About the year 1830 Dr. Gairdner, a physician living in Astoria, collected many fish, especially salmon and trout, which he sent to Sir John Richardson to be described in his classic Fauna Boreali Americana. At about the same time an unknown German named Kittlitz recorded a single new species of fish. In 1849 the modern history of California began, and with the host of emigrants that flocked to the Pacific Coast came a number ot men interested in natural history. In the year 1852 a number ot papers appeared on science, the most extensive and spirited writing being done by Dr. W. O. Ayres. His papers, as was customary at the time, were first presented to the California Academy of Sciences, appearing on the following morning in the Daily Placer Times. These papers have since been reprinted in the regular Pro- ceedings of the Academy. Dr. Ayres described a considerable number of new species of fish from the coast in a very creditable 88 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe manner, but the severe criticisms of Dr. T. A. Gill eventual])'- drove him out of the work. Dr. W. P. Gibbons, of Alameda, about the year 1854, became interested in the most unique feature of the ichthyology of the Pacific — viviparous fish. Some twenty species of viviparous surf fish are known fi^om the Pacific Coast of America, and with the exception o' two others found in Japan, form a unique group. Dr. Gibbons de- scribed all the species he knew, but at about the same time Prof. Louis Agassiz received specimens which he also described. Much difficulty and confusion has thus resulted in regard to the priority of names, although in the majority of instances it has been determ- ined that Agassiz had priority of date. Agassiz also published the first descriptions of many species of fish from Washington and Oregon, although he never visited the coast himself Dr. Charles Girard, who was connected with the .Smithsonian In- stitution, also described a number of the viviparous fish, which served to increase still further the difficultv of establishing priority of names. Allusion was next made 10 the work of Dr. J. G. Cooper, who was present at the meeting. Dr. Cooper began work in 1S56, on the fishes collected on the Geological Survey, mostly from the southern part of the State, and much of the early investigations in that region were due to him. He described, among other things, the most vicious of the sting-rays from the harbor of San Diego, naming it after a young boy who had the honor of being the first person known to be stung by it. The Pacific Railrord survey was finished early in the fifties, and the fishes were described by Dr. Charles Girard, a pupil of Agassiz. Despite his unusually good facilities in the way of specimens and books, he did no really good work. He described a vast majority of the fishes of the coast, but in a very wooden way which proved a great set-back to the study of ichthyology. Girard indeed did all a man could do to make it difficult to determine the trout. Andrew Garet was at the Academy at about this time, but he did no work on the fish of this coast excepting the description of one new species from Mexico. He contributed some valuable additions to our knowledge of the fishes of the Sandwich Islands, however. George Suckley, a surgeon in the War Department, was stationed in Washington and Oregon, and supplemented the work of Girard VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 89 on the fishes of that district. He succeeded in carrying the confiision to an extreme, making as many as three genera from a single species of salmon, founded on differences of age and sex. Dr. Theo. N. Gill, who has been connected with the Smithsonian Institution for the past thirty years, has published descriptions of many fish that have been sent him, although he has never made any collections on the coast personally. Being the most learned student of fish in America, he has occupied a unique position as a critic, and is undoubtedly the best scientific critic the world has produced. In 1865 Alexander Agassiz wrote a work on the viviparous fish of the coast, settling most of the disputes in regard to priority of names. This closes the period of the discovery of California fish. The pres- ence of the viviparous surf-fish and the viviparous rock-cods, and the other general outlines of the coast fish, were by this time gen- erally known, although but little attention had been paid to the species inhabiting the deep seas. In the present period Prof. Cope has described a number of new species, mostly from Alaska. Dr. Steindachner, a brilliant German scientist, found a number of new species. He investigated the salmon question to some extent but gave it up as a hopeless task and published nothing on the subject. Most of the fish which he de- scribed were from Southern California and Mexico, his work being for the most part very accurate and his figures unparalleled for the fineness of their execution. In 1879, a versatile Englishman, an editor, engineer, poet and naturalist, was at work in the Academy. He described a number of new species and made a critical study of the flounders of the coast. " In 1880," said the speaker, "it was my good fortune to be sent by the United States Fish Commission to make a survey of the fishes of the coast, abundant facilities of every sort being provided." Sev- enty-five new species were discovered and the salmon question was settled, practically as it had been left by Steller. Prof Gilbert, who was his clerk and assistant, has since become very prominent as an ichthyologist. He has spent two years at work on the Albatross, making many important contributions to our knowledge of the deep sea fishes of the Pacific. Dr. T. H. Bean visited Alaska in 1880, and reached the same conclusions regarding the trout of Alaska that the speaker had drawn from his studies of the California fish. Mr. E. W. Nelson 90 Proceedings of Societies. also made a good many observations upon fish while stationed in Alaska. In San Diego Miss Rosa Smith worked on fish, and has the honor of being the first woman to describe any new species. Dr. Eigenmann carried on work at San Diego and San Francisco, and accomplished considerable on the study of the fish of these places. For the last three years the United States Fish Commission Steamer Albatross has been at work on deep sea soundings and dredgings, Mr. C. H. Townsend being the naturalist of the vessel during all this time. The results of these dredgings have been of great importance, about three hundred new species having been discovered, many of them very startling and impossible forms. The whole fauna of the abyssal deeps is very strange and peculiar. The fish are soft- bodied and have either very large eyes to enable them to catch the faint glimmerings of light which may reach them, or else are entirely blind. Many species are provided with curious phosphorescent lanterns to enable them the better to find their way about. Practically nothing was known of these remarkable fish before the work of the Albatross brought them to light. Occasion- ally one would be found washed ashore after a storm, or in the stomach of some larger shore fish, but by far the large proportion of them were totally unheard of. March 26, i8g2. Mr. J. J. Rivers in the chair. Mr. Wm. E. Ritter delivered an address giving an historical account of the development of Tornaria, and of Balanoglossus from Tornaria. The affinities of Tornaria to the larva of Echi- nodermata and of Balanoglossus to Amphioxus were pointed out. One of the chief purposes of the paper was to call the attention of the members of the club to the possibility of finding Tornaria upon this coast, and the speaker described the indications of its presence. It is found upon silty beaches between tides buried in sand or mud, and may always be recognized by the peculiar pyramidal coil of the cast which is thrown out. ZOB A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Vol. III. JULY, 1892. No. 2. CONNECTING FORMS AMONG POLYPOROID FUNGI. BY LUCIEN MARCUS UNDERWOOD. Read before the Indiana Academy of Science December, 1891. As a prelude to this preliminary paper on the generic limits of the Polyporei, we wish to call attention to some of the anomalies in the pronunciation of the plural oi fungus. The novice, innocent of classical erudition, usually essays it zs, fungi ; the classically minded man brings it out as foon-gee, while a growing tendency, fathered at Harvard, fostered at Cornell, and by them distributed far and wide \s fmige. This last is (i) a hybrid and (2), a mon- strosity, and should be relegated to the department of teratology. Clearly two forms are allowable. If with our classical friends we believe that some novelty must be instilled into a dying tongue, then the melodious {}) foo7igee may be used. But since English is des- tined to take the place formerly held by Latin as the universal lan- guage of science, we deem it more logical as well as involving more common sense to say fungi. The oldest genus of this family is Boletus established by Dillenius in 1719^ In this genus Linnaeus included all the "Pore-fungi" known to him, passing over Polyporus established by Micheli in i729\ Haller established Merulius in I768\ and Bulliard added Fistulina in 1781^ When Persoon gave his systematic survey of the fungi in I8oI^ three genera were recognized. Of these he es- tablished D?edalea and adopted Meruhus (under which he placed Cantharellus, Adans. as a sub-genus), and Boletus (under which he iCat. Giss. 188. ■'Nova Plantarum Genera, 129. ^ Helv. em. 150. * Champ. I, 314. ^ Synopsis Methodica Fungorum. 92 Polyporoid Fungi. [zoe included as sub-genera Fistulina, Polyporus and Poria). Fries in 1821^ recognized five genera: Merulius, Daedalea, Polyporus, Boletus and Fistulina; in 1836" he added Trametes, Cyclomyces, Hexa- gonia, Favolusand Porothelium, and retains essentially the same ar- rangement in his Opus Maximus in 1874^ Berkley separated Strobilomyces from Boletus in i86o\ and Kalchbrenner set apart Boletinus in 1873^; in this he has been followed by Peck/ who has made a special study of the American forms. Later writers have been more profuse in establishing genera. Peck" established My- riadaporus, which is based on an apparently monstrous growth; Karsten in iS8i^ from a study of the flora of Finland alone estab- lished eighteen new genera; Schroeter in 1888^, while adopting only a i&v' ■;? y'-:-'^ Wf % ^' PIGEON GUILLEMOT PLATE XXI. ksa^l FARALLON CORMORANT BAIRD 'S CORMORANT .^^w^*^^^""^ w PIGEON GUILLEMOT \ CASSINS AUKLET C.A.K.Del.et.Sc. ZOB A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL. Vol. III. OCTOBER, 1892. No. 3. BALANOGLOSSUS AS ONE OF THE GENERALIZED TYPES IN ZOOLOGY.* With Plate xxii. BY WILLIAM E. RITTER. During the summer of 1890, it was my good fortune to be able to spend the vacation studying in Alexander Agassiz's Marine Laboratory at Newport, R. I. While there I became greatly in- terested in Balanoglossus and its larva, and collected considerable material for its study, and the original drawings here presented were made at that time. I take this opportunity to call the attention of our Pacific Coast zoologists to this remarkable animal more particularly than the zo- ological text-books and the special papers treating of it would be likely to do, the desire being to hasten the bringing of the creature to light if it exist on these shores. At the same time, however, I will add a few observations and reflections of my own, that may not be altogether without interest to those who have made a detailed study of the animal. Since Kowalevski^ published the results of his investigations on the development of the simple Ascidians in 1866, and there pointed out their relationship to the Vertebrates, no animal has been brought into court that has given such weighty testimony against the reality of a definite and hard fixed line sepa- rating Vertebrates from Invertebrates, such as was supposed by the older zoologists, as has this same wormlike Balanoglossus. The credit of having first recognized the true nature of the animal * Modified from a paper read before the California Zoological Club, San Fran- cisco, March 26, 1892. 'A. Kowalevski, Entwickelungsgeschichte der einfachen Ascidien. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci., St. P., viie ser. T. x, No. 15, 1866. 1 88 Balanoglossiis. [zoe belongs to Mr. William Bateson/ a young English morphologist, who studied the structure and development of an American species found on our Atlantic coast; though it is an interesting fact that the distinguished Russian already mentioned was the first to study in detail the structure of the adult, he having published the results of his investigations on this subject in the same year that his classical Ascidian paper, mentioned above, appeared. We will give a short account of the structure, development, and habits of the animal, and also consider briefly its claims to the right of being raised from the ranks of the " lowly worm " to a place among the nobler Chordata, which promotion was proposed by Mr. Bateson, and has been adopted by several more recent writers. By the aid of Figs, i and 2 we may be able to get a fairly good idea of the appearance and anatomy of the adult animal. The original figure, here copied from Korschelt & Heider,-' was made by Alex- ander Agassiz and represents the Atlantic coast species, B. Kowal- evskii. The creature is divided into three very distinct regions: the proboscis, pro.; the collar, col., and the abdomen, abd., which is again composed of a pharyngeal or respiratory portion, and an abdomen proper or digestive portion. The proboscis is a firm muscular organ, cylindrical or somewhat conical in shape, but varying considerably both in form and length in different species; in most species it is, however, proportionally shorter than in the one here represented. The proboscis is joined to the collar by a short peduncle. In its normal condition the collar is nearly cylindrical in shape, and, as with the proboscis,^ there is nothing either in form, surface marking, or color, to readily distinguish the dorsal from the ventral side. The mouth is ven- trally situated, but its position at the anterior end of the collar at the point of attachment of the peduncle to this latter is so effectually shut in by a sort of rim-like projection on the anterior edge of the collar that it is scarcely visible, particularly when the parts are in a state of contraction. ■^\Vm. Bateson. The Early Stages in the Development of Balanoglossus (sp. incert). Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., Vol. xxiv, Apr., 1884. Also: Continued Account of the Later Stages in the Development of Balanoglossus Kowalevskii, and of the Morphology of the Enteropneusta, ibid Vol. xxvi, p. 511, 1886. Also: The Ancestry of the Chordata, ibid Vol. xxvi, p. 535, 1886. ^ E. Korschelt und K. Heider, Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Entwicklungs- geschichte der wirbellosen Thiere, erstes Heft, Jena, 1890. VOL. III.] Balanoglossus. 189 The abdomen is several times longer than the other two parts combined and is very distensible. It is soft and frail and one rarely sees it whole, so easily does it break as the animal is being extracted from its tube in the soft mud or sand in which it lives. The surface of this region is much less regular than that of the other two parts previously described, it being, particularly in its an- terior, pharnygeal portion, somewhat quadrilateral with irregular transverse folds affecting particularly the dorsal angles. As seen by the figure the gills, gi., are arranged in a double series on the dorsal side of the animal, each series, as seen from the surface, being composed of a large number of crescentic openings. The sexual orifices are also found in this region, but are very minute, s. or. The three portions of the animal differ from one another in color. The proboscis is a uniform very light yellow, the collar is also yellow but of a considerably more pronounced shade. The abdomen is of a brownish tint marked with darker spots, and for a portion of its length has a greenish shade from the presence of the liver within showing through the body wall. In size the crea- ture may reach a length of eight inches in some of the larger species. It will be noticed from this description that the animal is entirely without paired appendages, either for locomotion, prehension, or sensation. Its only organ of movement is its proboscis. The animal is entirely marine, so far as known, and is confined to shallow water near shore, and as already said, lives buried in mud or sand. The species found on the New England coast can be col- lected at low tide only, when the earth in which it lives is uncovered. It is usually found about a foot or two below the surface, and one readily determines where to dig for it by the very characteristic spirally coiled cast of sand and mud at the opening of its tube that has been ejected by the animal within. As it is in the creature's role as a candidate for a place among the chordata that it has become chiefly distinguished in recent years, the attention that we here give to its anatomy may profitably be from the standpoint of a comparison with the fundamental chordate structure. In this way the points of agreement may be brought out with emphasis, and at the same time the points of disagreement may be made equally emphatic. Bateson, who, as already said, was the first to carry out this com- parison in detail, points out three primary and four secondary par- 190 Balanoglossus. [zoe ticulars in which its structure and development resemble the typi- cal chordate. These are as follows: Of the first class, (i) the posi- tion and origin of the central nervous system; (2) the possession of anotochord; (3) the possession, method of origin and arrange- ment of gill-slits. Of the second class, (i) the origin of the meso- blast — the middle germ layer; (2) the asymmetry of the anterior parts; (3) the opercular fold; (4) the excretory funnels opening into the atrial cavity. It must serve our present purpose to con- sider the three primary features here enumerated; the secondary ones must be passed by with some general statements, merely. All vertebrates are characterized by the possession, at least in embryonic life, of a notochord arising from the dorsal portion of the primitive digestive tract, and extending parallel with the long axis of the animal; by the possession of a cerebro-spinal nerve axis that arises from the ectoderm of the dorsal portion of the embryo, and extends parallel with the notochord along its dorsal side; by the possession of paired respiratory organs that arise from the anterior portion of the digestive tube and communicate with the external world, either through the mouth or independently of it; and by the possession of a large median dorsal blood vessel situated between the digestive tract and the notochord, in which the blood flow from before backward. To all these fundamental features Balanoglossus certainly presents some remarkable resemblances. The nerve cord arises from the dorsal portion of the ectoderm of the embryo by a process that is quite similar to that by which the same structure arises in many of the fishes, as the lamprey and the bony fishes. However, cer- tain important differences must not be disregarded. In all vertebrates the posterior end of the medullary plate — the nerve cord in its early stage — terminates at the blastopore, while in Balanoglossus, it does not extend so far back; in fact the portion of it that seems most nearly to resemble the vertebrate cord is ap- parently confined to the collar, while the anus is situated at the ex- treme posterior end of the animal. Furthermore it seems quite doubtful if the canal, or space that finally appears in the cord of Balanoglossus, is in any sense morphologically comparable to the vertebrate neural canal. Again, it is to be observed that in all vertebrates, even including Amphioxus, the nerve cord is encased in a connective-tissue or VOL. III.] Balanoglossus. 191 cartilaginous sheath, which is directly continous with a corresponding sheath surrounding the notochord, while in Balanoglossus no such sheath is found, the nerve cord and notochord not only not being in close relation, but the dorsal blood vessel is situated between them. However, so far as the absence of the sheath is concerned, the difficulty is hardly a weighty one since we must suppose, both from developmental evidence and on a priori grounds, that the earliest vertebrate ancestors were without such a sheath. But the situation of the dorsal blood vessel as described is not so easily ex- plained away, though Dr. Morgan* has suggested that the dorsal aorta ol vertebrates is another vessel entirely. His suggestion would seem to imply that in vertebrates the dorsal aorta has arisen since the vertebrate phylum branched off from the common ances- tral form, and that the dorsal vessel corresponding to the one now found in Balanoglossus has disappeared. This conjecture may re- ceive support from the fact that the heart of Balanoglossus is situated in the proboscis, and hence cannot certainly have any relation to the vertebrate heart. In this connection it seems to me worth while to refer to the lymph canals described by Lankester^ within the notochordal sheath, one on the dorsal side and one on the ventral side, in Am- phioxus. And the same author speaks of the great difficulty in distinguishing blood vessels from lymph vessels in this animal. It would be rash to maintain a homology between the lymph canal in the dorsal portion of the Amphioxus notochord and the dorsal blood vessel of Balanoglossus, yet no harm can come from a cautious sug- gestion of such a possibility. The notochord of Balanoglossus originates from the dorsal wall of the digestiv^e tube as it does in vertebrates, and in later stages ot development resembles the vertebrate notochord in its histological structure considerably, thus satisfying two of the important criteria of homologous structures. But, in all vertebrates, without excep- tion, the notochord arises from nearly or quite the entire length of the embryonic digestive tube, while in Balanoglossus it arises as an evagination from near the anterior end and grows out anteriorly ^ T. H. Morgan. Growth and Metamorphosis of Tornaria, Journ. of Morphology, Vol. V, p. 407, 1892. ^ E. Ray Lankester. Contributions to the knowledge of Amphioxus lanceola- tus, Yarrell, Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., Vol. xxix, p. 365, 1889. 192 Balanoglossits. [zoe in the form of a pouch extenduig through the peduncle somewhat into the base of the proboscis. Its connection with the digestive tube never becomes severed as it does in all vertebrates. It appears to me that it is in the "branchial basket" and the parts immediately associated with it that we find the most convinc- ing evidence of genetic relationship between Balanoglossus and ver- tebrates. In this particular greater similarity exists between Bala- noglossus and Amphioxus, than between the Cyclostome fishes and higher fishes. And the resemblance is the more convincing because of the complexity of structure— the large number of points pre- sented for comparison in the two cases. A detailed description and comparison of all these points is quite out of the question in the present connection. I may mention some of them, however, and refer those who may desire to examine the subject more carefully to the papers of Agassiz,® Spengel," Bateson,^ Lankester,® Morgan,^" Willey," and others. These are: the method of origin of the primary gill slits in the two cases, and the way in which these are each divided into two in later life by the so-called tongue bars; the very large and somewhat variable number of gill slits, as com- pared with all vertebrates, and the fact that the number in- creases till a late period in the developmental history of the ani- mal; the similarity of the chitinoid bars that serve as a framework for the gill slits in the two cases; the beginning, so to speak, in Balanoglossus, of what would correspond, both in origin and in morphological relations, were the development carried further, to the atrium of Amphioxus; and finally, but by no means least in possible significance, the collar funnels in Balanoglossus comparable to the atrio-coelomic funnels in Amphioxus. These latter structures * Alexander Agassiz. The History of Balanoglossus and Tornaria. Mem. Amer. Acad. Arts and Sci., Vol. ix, 1867. 'J. W. Spengel. Ueber den IJau und der Entwicklung des Balanoglossus. Amtl. Ber. der 50 Vers, deutsche Naturf. u. Aertze in Miinchen, 1S77. Also: Zur Anatomic des Balanoglossus. Mittheil. aus der Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. V, 1884. «1. c. «1. c. 101. c. ^^ Arthur Willey. Later Larval Development of Amphioxus, Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci., Vol. xxxii, 1892. VOL. III.] Balanoglossiis. 193 are probably in no wise connected, functionally, with the branchial apparatus (certainly not in Balanoglossus); but since structurally they are, and since we have no sure knowledge of what their function is, we may well enumerate them along with the structures in immediate connection with the branchial apparatus. Now, having spoken briefly of the parts in the organization of Balanoglossus that do present strong resemblances to the corre- sponding parts in Amphioxus, we must turn our attention to those which do not. The proboscis, which is so characteristic of the animal, not only cannot be compared with any structure in vertebrates, but the or- gans which it contains, viz.: the " proboscis gland," the heart, and the pore by which its cavity communicates with the exterior, are wholly unrepresented in any vertebrate. Likewise none of the portions of the abdomen lying behind the gill region can hardly be compared with anything found in vertebrates. The structure of the body walls in the two animals is totally dif- ferent. In Balanoglossus it is derived largely from the ectoderm, the muscular portion derived from the mesoderm being compara- tively weak and small, showing nothing of the muscle plates so well developed in Amphioxus. Still it must be admitted that this con- spicuous difference is rather secondary than fundamental since the origin of the mesoblastic pouches presents considerable resemblance in the two cases. On the whole, then, it seems to me that by a careful weighing of all the evidence now at hand we are compelled to place this animal in our classification nearer the vertebrates than to any other group of animals (its comparison in several points with a remarkable creature brought from the depths of the ocean by the Challenger dredgings appears to be well founded. Unfortunately, however, all our knowledge of this animal rests upon the adult structure of a single species only and of a few individuals, even, of this one). Strongly beUving in the affinities of the larva of Balanoglossus with the Echinoderm larva, Metschnikoff,^- in 18S1, attempted to fol- low out the logical consequences of this belief and to reduce the struc- ture of the adult Echinoderm and Balanoglossus to a common fundamental type. The basal feature for this comparison is the ^■' E. Metschnikoff. Ueber die systematische Stellung von Balanoglossus, Zool. Anz., Bd. iv, 1881. 194 Balanoglossus. [zok water system in the two groups, the proboscis of Balanoglossus being supposed to represent a single ambulacral tentacle of an Echino- derm. This is certainly a most ingenious speculation and one that must be admitted to be not wholly without plausibility, especially as regards this particular structure. The resemblance in other points of structure is very obscure, and it should be remembered that similarity between groups in several fundamental points of structure increases the probability of homology between these structures — and so of genetic relationship between the animals pos- sessing them — many times beyond the number of points of resem- blance. For example, we can see no a pr-iori reason, either physiological or morphological, why a water system should not ex- ist in correlation with several styles of animal organization. Con- sequently, when we find an animal possessing it that in other re- spects resembles other animals that possess it very obscurely if at all, the probability that the system is homologous in the two instances is not very great, it seems to me; at any rate there is great room for the possibility of analogy merely, i. e., that the structure has had an independent origin in the two cases. When, how- ever, there is an essential agreement in several points of organiza- tion, as we have seen to be the case between Balanoglossus and vertebrates, the probabilities of mere analogy or independent origin are many times less. Developmentally Balanoglossus presents some most interesting chapters in phyologenitic history — interesting both on account of the parts of them that we can understand, and of those that we cannot, as yet satisfactorily interpret. One of the most strikingly interesting things in this history is that the different species do not tell the same story, that they do not all present the same ped- igree, and this is true, notwithstanding the fact that they are all so closely related that no one has ever pretended to claim more than specific differences between them. So far as is known all the species excepting one pass through a very distinct and quite prolonged larval stage. This one — an American form — develops without any larval stage. The larva was discovered by the distinguished German zoologist, Johannes Miiller,^^ in 1848. He was at this time studying the em- '^ Johannes Milller. Ueber die Larven und die Metamorphose der Echinodermen, Zweite AbhandUing, Abhandl. d. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin, Juli, 184S. VOL. III.] Balanoglossus. 195 bryology of Echinoderms, and among the larvse of the various groups of these animals that he collected with his tow net in the Mediterranean Sea was this which he named Tornaria from the fact that it constantly rotates about its long axis as it progresses through the water. He thought it was probably the larva of some Echino- derm and finally, after studying as many stages as he was ever able to find, decided it to be a Holothurian. Afterward several zoologists collected and described the same larva and were deceived as its original discoverer had been till finally, in 1869, Metschnikoff, " a Russian zoologist, was fortunate enough to see the Tornaria so far transformed into the Balanoglossus as to be able to recognize its true nature. The adult Balanoglossus had been well known for a long time. But although it was now soon established beyond a doubt that Tornaria is the larva of Balanoglossus and not of an Echinoderm its close resemblance to the larva of the latter, particu- larly to Auricularia, the larva of the Holothurian, was recognized by all who studied it. And I may here add that the advance of knowl- edge of both the Echinoderm larva and of Tornaria, even to the present moment, has only served to increase the belief in the minds of many morphologists that there is an actual genetic relationship between the two forms. Figures 4, 5, 6 and 7 represent the Tornaria in several stages of its development. Figure 7 represents as early a stage as has ever been seen, the larvse having always been captured after they have escaped from the eg^ and betaken themselves to their free swim- ming life. They are very transparent and at this stage very small, the specimen here figured being between .2 and .3 of a millimeter in length — barely large enough to be visible to the unaided eye, excepting it be accustomed to seeking such objects. From its extreme transparency the internal organs can be easily seen in the living animal. On the surface are several thickened bands bearing cilia. In the smallest larvae the course of these bands is comparatively simple, as is shown in Fig. 'j, c. b.' Were the opposite side of the larva to be seen, two more bands would be found in corresponding positions. '■* E. Metschnikoff. Untersuchungen iiber die Metamorphose einiger Seethiere. I. Ueber Tornaria. Zeit?chr. f. Wiss. ZooL, Bd. xx, 1870. 196 Balanoglossus. [zoe The four all unite at the apex of the anterior end of the larva, a. p.; and since the two short ones are continuous at their other ends by a cross-band in front of the mouth as are also the two longer ones by a similar band behind the mouth, the whole four form in reality a single band at this stage. At a lit- tle older stage these bands become much more complicated by being separated at the apex, and by taking on several loops in their course. The details of this need not be entered into, but a general idea of it can be gathered from Fig. 6, c. b. Moreover, an entirely new band appears, also cihated, the cilia here being considerably longer than those of the other bands. This one passes around the anal end of the larva in the form of a girdle, and this form it never changes as long as it exists, viz. : throughout the larval life, Figs. 5 and 6, c. c. b. At the apex of the larva, at the point to which the longi- tudinal bands converge, is found a thickened spot in the ectoderm, supposed to be nervous; and in the center of this is a pair of pig- mented eye-spots, a. p. and e. s. of the figures. At the stage represented by Fig. 7, the only internal organs are the digestive tube consisting of an oesophagus, ce., a stomach, s., and a short intestine, /., the mouth being placed at ;«., and the anus at a, at the posterior end of the body; and the very small beginning of the "water vascular system," as it was originally called from its supposed identity with that organ in the Echinoderm larva. This is a single sac placed on the dorsal surface of the oesophagus, probably, however, not connected with it, even at this early stage. Its cavity communicates with the exterior by a tube, c. /., the pore of which is on the dorsal side of the larva slightly to the left of the median line, d. p. A thread-like muscle band passes down from the apical plate to the sac 7mi. Without attempting to follow the steps of development, we may pass to the condition that is presented by a larva just previous to its transformation into the Balanoglossus. Such a stage is shown by Fig. 4. The new organs that have appeared in addition to those already described are the so-called proboscis glands,/), b., the meso- blastic pouches, in. p. [Fig. 5], the heart, h. , and three pairs of gills, ^. The exact origin of the proboscis gland — or vesicle as it is sometimes called — is not known, neither is its function known, though in the adult animal it is thought by some to be an excretory organ, while others have called it an accessory gill. VOL. III.] Balaiioglossiis. 197 The mesoblastic pouches have arisen as two pah'ed evaginations from the lateral walls of the digestive tract. These four pouches be- come entirely severed from their original connection, and form large thin walled, entirely closed bags. They become so large in fact that each pair almost entirely surrounds the digestive tube, their inner walls being in contact with this latter while their outer walls are in contact with the inner surface of the ectoderm. In short, they form the real body cavity, or coelom. The heart is a peculiar structure. It is said to arise as a space, merely, between the water vesicle and the proboscis gland. The walls of these two latter organs become closely pressed against each other, the contact being interrupted in a small area only, and this is the heart which becomes filled with a fluid in which there are no cellular elements. This makes the walls of the heart to consist of parts of the walls of two other organs, and this means that if each of these has a function of its own the tissue of the heart has a triple office, viz.: the portion forming a part of the wall of the water vesicle functions in that capacity; the portion belonging to the proboscis gland performs its office there, and finally the two parts together perform the functions of a heart. The organ can be very distinctly seen in the living larva when placed on its side and flattened down somewhat with a com- pressor (Fig. 4 is drawn from such a preparation). The walls are very distinct, and the contractions constant and regular. It should be pointed out, however, that the contractions are of quite a differ- ent character from what is seen in the hearts of most other animals. It does not consist either in a uniform, simultaneous contraction of the entire wall, as one sees take place, for instance, in the spherical vascular organs on the sides of certain marine leeches; or of a wave of contraction passing from one end to the other, the contraction affecting the entire circumference at each successive point passed over by the wave, as takes place in peristaltic movement, or as is seen in the heart of Ascidians, for example. But one- half of the wall does not contract at all, while in the other half a sharp fold sink deep into the cavity of the organ and travels across it, the edge of the fold not extending across, however, to the opposite wall. The gills have arisen as paired pouches from the dorsal wall of the oesophagus, the anterior pair appearing first and the others in succession behind them. They do not fuse with the ectoderm and 198 Balanoglo&sus. ( zoe break through to communicate with the outside world as in the adult animal, till a later period, after the metamorphosis has begun. While these new organs have been developing the old ones have been increasing in size and form. The water vesicle has elongated lengthwise of the animal; its walls have thickened in some regions, and as seen in Fig. 4, at X, a pair of horn-like processes now ex- tend downward and a little backward, straddling the oesophagus. I would call particular attention to these because they have been seen and figured by Fewkes,'^ but their existence has been denied by Morgan.'*' The changes that take place during the metamorphosis can here be touched upon only in the briefest way. The Tornaria loses its transparency, largely; gives up its free swimming career and settles down to the bottom of the vessel in which it is contained; its cilia disappear, and with them the thickened bands on which they are situated; the whole larva elongates, the anterior portion to become the proboscis, and the region behind the circular band of cilia to be- come the abdomen. The gills, which in the Tornaria are far for- ward, are brought to the position in which they are found in the adult, viz. : behind the collar, by the drawing backward of the stomach and oesophagus during the transformation. Figure 3 represents a young Balanoglossus about as far advanced as has yet been obtained by keeping them in confinement. The transforma- tion to this stage takes place quite rapidly when once it sets in, but beyond this it seems to proceed very slowly. In fact, in the artificial conditions of the aquarium the little animal seems determined not to develop much further. As already said, in the species the development of which was studied by Mr. Bateson, there is no Tornaria stage. It is in this species only that the method of cleavage and formation of the blastula and gastrula are known. In these early stages the pro- cesses are very similar to those which take place in Amphioxus and the Tunicates. The very interesting question at once arises — it being remembered that the adults of all species are so nearly alike as to have never '^J. W. Fewkes. On the Development of Certain Worm Larvx. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoo!., Harvard University, Vol. xi, 1883. 16 1. c. VOL. III.] Balanoglossus. 199 raised a doubt that all belong- to one genus — which is the more primitive way ol development, directly without the larval stage, or through the larva? Did the first Balanoglossus reach its developmental goal by the long, indirect tornaria road, and did a more modern one, imbued with the rapid transit idea, cut across lots leav- ing the ancient roundabout way? Or did the older forms go across while the younger ones have taken to the longer road? No one has discussed this question at any length, and I am n.ot going to un- dertake it at present. In fact without a knowledge of the first stages of development of the Tornaria, it would probably be impossible to arrive at any very satisfactory conclusion on the subject. It is sug- gested by Korschelt & Heider^' that the direct development is the more primitive, their reason for this conclusion being found in the fact that the mouth and anus do not form in this larva till a comparatively late stage — a condition which would seem to be in- compatible with a free swimming of larva. There are, however, some quite serious difficulties in the way of this suggestion, one of which is that the circumanal ciliated band appears very early in the directly developing species, while it forms" quite late in the Tornaria. Eor the solution of this question, as well as of several others, it is of the utmost importance that we fill up the gap that now exists in our knowledge of the earliest embryonic stages of Tornaria; and to this end the more species we have access to, the better become our chances of being able to do this. It is quite probable that somewhere on our great extent of sand and mud beach a represen- tative of the genus will be found. Explanation of the Figures of Plate xxii. Fig. 1. Balanoglossus kowalevskii . (After A. Agassiz, from Korschelt and Heider.) Fig. 1. Sagittal longitudinal section through the proboscis and collar of Balanoglossus sarniensis. (After Kohler, from Korschelt and Heider.) Fig. 3. The young Balanoglossus, shortly after its transformation; under the compressor. Fig. 4. The anterior portions of a Tornaria shortly before its transforma- tion to Balanoglossus. The larva was flattened down somewhat by the com- pressor. The outlines drawn with a camera lucida. Fig. 5. A Tornaria at a somewhat older stage than Fig. 6, to show internal structures. "I.e. 200 Indian Relics. [ZOE Fig. 6. The youngest stage of Toruaria yet seen. Actual size between .2 mm. and .3 mm. Fig. 7. Siirface view of Tornaria considerably older than the one shown in the following figure, to show the tortuous course of the ciliary bands. Figures 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 were all drawn by the writer from the living ani- mals, at Newport, E. I., 1890. Abbreviations Used in the Figures. a. Anus. ahd. Abdomeh. a. p. Apical plate. c. h. Ciliated band. ch. Notochord. col. Collar. c. t. Tube of water sj^stem. d.h. Dorsal blood vessel. d.p Dorsal pore. e. s. Eye spot. 0- Gills. h. Heart. i. Intestine. m. Mouth. mu. Muscle band. m. p. Mesoblastic pouches n. Nerve cord. Kamloops, British Columbia. 62. Phenacomys celatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 33. Godbout, P. O., Canada. 63. Phenacomys latimanus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 34. Fort Chimo, Ungava, Hudson Bay Territory. 64. Phenacomys ungava Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 35. Fort Chimo, Ungava, Hudson Bay Territory. 65. Phenacomys longicaudus True. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xiii, 826, Nov.. 15, 1890, p. 303. Marshfield, Coos County, Oregon 66. Phenacomys orophilus Merr. Mountain Lemming Mouse. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 65. Idaho. 67. Arvicola drummondh Aud. & Bach. Audubon & Bachman, N. Am. Quad, iii, 1854, 166. 212 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, Apr. 13, 1892, p. 25. Rocky Mountains, Western Alberta. 68. Arvicola mogollonensis Mearns. Mogollon Mountain Vole. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 283. Mogollon Mountains, Central Arizona. 69. Arvicola (Mynomes) alticolus Merr. Mountain Vole. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 67. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 70. Arvicola (Mynomes) macropus Merr. Big-footed Arvi- cola. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 59. Salmon River, Saw Tooth and Pahsimeroi Mountains, Idaho. 71. Arvicola (Mynomes) mordax Merr. Cantankerous Arvi- cola. Merriam, ibid, p. 61. Idaho. 72. Arvicola (Mynomes) nanus Merr. Dwarf Arvicola. Merriam, ibid, p. 62. Idaho. 73. Arvicola (Mynomes) longicaudus Merr. Long-tailed Arvicola. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, Oct. 1888, 934. Black Hills, South Dakota. 74. Arvicola austerus minor Merr. Northern Prairie Meadow Mouse. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, July, 1888, 598. Turtle Mountain, North Dakota. 75. Arvicola pallidus Merr. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxii, August, 1888, 702. Fort Buford, North Dakota. 76. Arvicola pauperrimus Cooper. Pallid Lemming Mouse. Revived by Merriam, ibid, p. 64. Idaho, Washington, Nevada. Q^ 77. SiTOMYS TRUEI (Shufeldt). Hesperoniys truei Shufeldt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, viii, Sept. 14, 1885, p. 403. Fort Wingate, New Mexico. VOL. III.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 213 78. SiTOMYS ANTHONYI (Merr.) Hesperomys ( Vesperhmis) anthonyi Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. •Wash, iv, April 15, 1887, 5. Grant County, New Mexico. 79. SiTOMYS FLORIDANUS (Chapman). Hesperomys Jioridanus Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 3. 117- Gainesville, Florida. - 80. SiTOMYS NiVEiVENTRis (Chapman). Hesperomys niveiveniris Chapman, ibid, p. 117. Florida. 81. SiTOMYS AMERiCANUS ARCTicus Mearns. Arctic Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus ardicus Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 285. Hudson Bay Territory. 82. SiTOMYS AMERICANUS NEBRACENSis (Baird). Black-eared Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucop7(s 7iebracensis (Baird) Mearns, ibid, p. 285. Montana; northwestern part of Indian Territory. 83. SiTOMYS AMERICANOS TEXANUS (Woodhouse). Texan Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus texanus (Woodhouse) Mearns, ibid, p. 285 Northwestern Texas; Indian Territory. 84. SiTOMYS MEGALOTis (Merr.) Leaf-eared Cliff Mouse. Hesperomys megalotis Merriam, N. A. Fauna, No. 3, p. 63. Grand Canon of the Colorado and Desert of the Little Colorado, Arizona. 85. SiTOMYS AMERICANUS RUFiNUS (Merr.) White-footed Mouse. Hesperomys leucopus rufijius Merriam, ibid, p. 65. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 86. SiTOMYS FRATERCULUS (Miller). Vesperimus fraiercjilus Miller, Am. Nat. xxvi, March, 1892, 261. Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 87. SiTOMYS BOYLii (Baird.) Hespero?nys boylii^davd, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1855, 335- 214 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 32. Middle Fork of the American River, California. , 88. SiTOMYS MACROPUS Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 34. Hespero7nys macropus Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 53. Lake Worth, Florida. 89. SiTOMYS NASUTUS (Allen). Vesperimus nasutus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 299. Larimer County, Colorado. 90. SiTOMYS MEARNSII (Allen). Vesperimus mearjisii Allen, ibid, p. 300. Brownsville, Texas; Fort Verde, Arizona. 91. SiTOMYS CRiNiTUS (Merr.) Canon Mouse. Hesperomys crinitus Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 53. Snake River, Idaho. 92. SiTOMYS TAYLORi (Thomas). Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) taylori Thomas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 5th ser. xix, 1887, p. 66. San Diego, Duval County, Texas. 93. Oryzomys aquaticus Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 289. Brownsville, Texas. 94. Onychomys longipes Merr. Texas Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. i. Concho County, Texas. 95. Onychomys longicaudus Merr. Long-tailed Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 2. St. George, Utah. 96. Onychomys melanophrys Merr. Black-eyed Grasshop- per Mouse. Merriam, ibid, p. 2. Kanab, Utah. 97. Onychomys melanophrys pallescens Merr. Desert Scorpion Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 61. Apache County, Arizona. VOL. III.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 215 98. Onychomys leucogaster brevicaudus Merr. Idaho Grasshopper Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 52. Idaho. 99. Onychomys fuliginosus Merr. Dusky Scorpion Mouse. Merriam, ibid, No. 3, p. 59. Between San Francisco Mountain and Desert of the Little Colo- rado, Arizona. 100. SiGMODON HispiDUS LiTTORALis Chapman. Chapman, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 3, p. 118. " Probably confined to the coasts of Southern Florida." loi. SiGMODON HISPIDUS ARIZONA Mearns. Arizona Cotton Rat. Mearns, ibid, ii, 4, p. 287. Fort Verde, Arizona. 102. SiGMODON HISPIDUS TEXIANUS (Aud. & Bach.) Arvicola texiana Aud. & Bach. Quad. N. Am. iii, 1853, p. 229. Revived by Allen, ibid, iii, 2, June 30, 1891, p. 287. Texas. 103. Neotoma cinerea occidentalis (Baird). Dusky Wood Rat. Revived by Allen, ibid, p. 287. Idaho; Shoalwater Bay, Washington. 104. Neotoma cinerea drummondii (Richardson). Myoxus drzimmondii Richardson, Zool. Journ. iii, 1828, 517. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 7, April 13, 1892, P- 25- Rocky Mountains, British Columbia. 105. Neotoma bryanti Merr. Bryant's Wood Rat. Merriam, Am. Nat. xxi, Feb. 1887, p. igi. Cerros Island, Lower California. 106. Neotoma micropus Baird. Texan Wood Rat. Revived by Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1891,. p. 282. San Fernando River, Tamaulipas, Mexico, northward to Browns- ville, Texas. 107. Neotoma MICROPUS canescens Allen. Pallid Wood Rat. Allen, ibid, p. 285. Oklahoma Territory. 2i6 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe io8. Thomomys perpallidus Merr. Desert Pocket Gopher. Thomomys iaipoides pe7'pallidus Merriam, Science viii, 203, Dec. 24, 1886, p. 5S8. Colorado Desert, California; Painted Desert, Arizona. 109. Thomomys clusius fuscus Merr. Mountain Pocket Gopher. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 69. Idaho, in mountains. no. ThOxMOMys fulvus (Woodhouse). Geomys fulviis Woodhouse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vi, 1852, 201. Revived by Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 71. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 111. Geomys personatus True. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, Jan. 5, 1889, p. 159. Padre Island, Texas. 112. Geomys bursarius lutescens Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 51. Lincoln County, Nebraska. 113. Perognathus fasciatus flavescens Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. i, p. 11. Kennedy, Nebraska. 114. Perognathus bimaculatus Merr. Merriam, z'^za', p. 12. Fort Whipple, Arizona. 115. Perognathus longimembris (Coues). Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Fort Tejon; San Bernardino, California. 116. Perognathus apache Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 14. Apache County, Arizona. 117. Perognathus inornatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15- Fresno County, California. 118. Perognathus olivaceus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15. Kelton, Utah. VOL. III.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 217 119. Perognathus olivaceus amcenus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 16. Nephi, Utah. 120. Perognathus formosus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 17. St. George, Utah. 121. Perognathus intermedius Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 18. Mud Spring, Arizona. 122. Perognathus fallax Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 19. San Bernardino, Cahfornia. 123. Perognathus obscurus. Merriam, ibid, p. 20. Camp Apache, Grant County, New Mexico. 124. Perognathus spinatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 21. Lower Colorado River, Cahfornia. 125. Perognathus paradoxus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 24. Trego County, Kansas. 126. Perognathus paradoxus spilotus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 25. Gainesville, Cook County, Texas. 127. Perognathus californicus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 26. Berkeley, California. 128. Perognathus armatus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 27. Mount Diablo, California. 129. Perognathus lordi (Gray). Merriam, ibid, p. 28. British Columbia. 130. Perognathus mollipilosus Coues. Merriam, ibid, p. 29. Fort Crook, California. 131. Perognathus FULiGiNOSUS Merr. Dusky Pocket Mouse. 2i8 Additions to Mammal Fauna. [zoe Meyiam, ibid. No. 3, p. 74. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 132. Perognathus femoralis Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, June 30, 1S91, p. 281. Dulzura, San Diego County, California. 133. Perognathus merriami Allen. Allen, ibid, iv, i, March 25, 1892, p. 45. Southeastern Texas. 134. DiPODOMYS deserti Stephens. Stephens, Am. Nat. xxi, Jan. 1887, p. 42, pi. v. Mohave and Colorado Desert regions of southeastern California. 135. DiPODOMYS merriami Mearns. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 290. New River, Arizona. 136. DiPODOMYS ambiguus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 42. El Paso, Texas. 137. DiPODOMYS SPECTABILIS Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 46. Dos Cabezos, Cochise County, Arizona. ' 138. DiPODOMYS CALiFORNicus Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 49. Mendocino County, California. 139. Perodipus compactus (True). Dipodomys compactus True. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, Jan. 5, 1889, p. 160. Padre Island, Texas. 140. Perodipus chapmani (Mearns). Dipodomys chapmani Mearns, ibid, p. 291. Fort Verde, Arizona. 141. Perodipus longipes Merr. Dipodops longipes Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 71. Painted Desert, Arizona. 142. Perodipus sennetti (Allen). Dipodops sennetii AWen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, April 29, 1891, p. 226. Near Brownsville, Cameron County, Texas. VOL. III.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 219 143. Perodipus richardsoni Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2. June 30, 189 1, p. 277. " Northern Texas to southern Wyoming and westward to the Rocky Mountains." 144. MiCRODiPODOPS MEGACEPHALUS Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 115. Halleck, Nevada. 145. Zapus insignis Miller. Miller, Am. Nat. xxv, Aug. 1891, p. 742. Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. 146. Lagomys schisticeps Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 2, p. 11. Sierra Nevada Mountains, California. 147. Lepus cinerascens Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, i, Oct. 1890, p. 159. Los Angeles County, California. 148. Lepus sylvaticus floridanus Allen. Allen, ibid, p. 160. Brevard County, Florida. 149. Lepus idahoensis Merr. Idaho Pygmy Rabbit. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, p. 75. Idaho; northern Nevada; (Eastern Oregon and Washington?). 150. Lepus insularis Bryant. Bryant, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. 2d, sen, iii, p. 92. Espiritu Santo Island, Lower California. 151. Lepus alleni Mearns. Allen's Hare, Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 294. Arizona. 152. Lepus melanotis Mearns. Eastern Jackass Hare. Mearns, ibid, p. 297. Kansas; Western Texas and Indian Territory. 153. Atalapha teliotis H. Allen. H. Allen, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxix, Feb. 11, 1891, p. 5. Southern California ? 154. Vesfertilio ciliolabrum Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, iv, Dec. 17, 1886, p. 1-4. Kansas and New Mexico. 2 20 Additions to Mamma] Faima. [zoe 155. Vespertilio longicrus True. True, Science, viii, Dec. 24, 1886, p. 528. Puget Sound, Washington. 156. Vespertilio melanorhinus Merr. Black-nosed Bat. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 46. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 157. MoLOSSUS CALiFORNicus Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 4, p. 31. Alhambra, Los Angeles County, California. 158. Nyctinomus femorosaccus Merr. Merriam, ibid, No. 2, p. 23. Colorado Desert, California. 159. Nyctinomus mohavensis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 25. Fort Mojave, Arizona. 160. EuDERMA maculatum (J. A. Allen). Histiotics viaculatus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, Feb. 20, 1891, p. 195. Los Angeles County, California. 161. SoREX PERSONATUS Geoffroy. Geoffroy, Mem. du Museum, xv, 1827, 122-125. Labrador to Massachusetts, Ohio to Nebraska. 162. SoREX RiCHARDSONii Bachman. Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, 1837, p. 383. Revived by Merriam, Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr. 1887 (1888), p. 435. Canada. 163. SoREx MONTICOLUS Merr. Mountain Shrew. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 43. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 164. SoREx iDAHOENSis Merr. Idaho Shrew. Merriam, ibid. No. 5, p. 32. Salmon River and Saw Tooth Mountains, Idaho. 165. SORREX MERRIAMI Dobson. Dobson, Mon. Insectivora, part iii, fasc. i. May, 1890, pi. xxiii. Fort Custer, Montana. 166. SoREx DOBSONI Merr. Dobson's Shrew. Merriam, ibid, p. 33. Saw Tooth Mountains, Idaho. VOL. III.] Additions to Mammal Fauna. 221 167. SoREX VAGRANS siMiLis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 34. Salmon River and Pahsimeroi Mountains, Idaho. 168. SoREX HYDRODROMUS Dobson. Dobson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser. iv, 1889, p. 372. Unalaska Island, Aleutian Islands. 169. SOREX ALBIBARBIS (Cope). Neosorex albibarbis Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. , 1862, p. 188. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, Apr. 13, 1892, p. 25. Franconia Mountains, New Hampshire. 170. Blarina brevicauda carolinensis (Bach.) Sorex carolinensis Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. vii, pt. 2, 1837, p. 366. Type from South Carolina. 171. ScALOPS argentatus texanus Allen. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, April 29, 1891, p. 221. Presidio County, Texas. 172. Mephitis estor Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3, p. 81. San Francisco Mountain, Arizona. 173. Spilogale gracilis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 83. Grand Canon of the Colorado, Arizona. 174. Spilogale interrupta (Raf.) Revived by Merriam, ibid. No. 4, p. 8. Kansas. 175. Spilogale ringens Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 9. Hale County, Alabama. 176. Spilogale indianola Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 10. Gulf Coast of Texas (?). 177. Spilogale lucasana Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 11. Cape St. Lucas, Lower California. 2 22 Additions to Afammal Fauna. [zob 1 78. Spilogale leucoparia Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 11. Mason County, Texas. 179. Spilogale saxatilis Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Prove, Utah. 180. Spilogale phenax Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 13. Marin County, California. 181. Spilogale phenax latifrons Merr. Merriam, ibid, p. 15. Oregon and Washington, west of Cascade Mountains. 182. Spilogale phenax Arizona Mearns. Arizona Striped Skunk. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, p. 231. Fort Verde, Arizona, 183. TaXIDEA AMERICANA NEGLECTA MearnS. Mearns, ibid, p. 250. Northern California. 184. PuTORius cuLBERTSONi Baird MS. Coues, Fur-bearing Animals, 1877, p. 136. Revived by Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, P- 25- Fort Laramie, Wyoming; Fort Union, Montana. 185. PuTORius ARizoNENSis Mearns. Arizona Weazel. Mearns, ibid, p. 234. Mountains and high plateau region of Arizona, down to the lower limit of the forest zone of Pinns ponderosa. 186. MusTELA CAURINA Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 27. Chehalis County, Washington. 187. Canis nubilus Say. Timber Wolf Revived by Merriam, ibid, No. 5, p. 82. 188. Urocyon virginianus scottii Mearns. Scott's Fox. Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, iii, 2, p. 236. Southern California; Arizona and western New Mexico. 189. VuLPES macrotis Merr. Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, iv, 1886-88, p. 135. Southern California. VOL. III. J Flora of the Cape Region. 223 190. Lynx baileyi Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 3. p. 79. Arizona. ELIMINATED. Tamias minimus melanurus Merr. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 4, p. 22. Proves to be a phase of the molt of T. m.pidus. (Cf. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5. p. 46, foot-note.) Tamias asiaticus pallidus Allen. A synonym of T. minimus (Cf Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, I ,1890, p. 113). SiTOMYS americanus deserticolus (Mearns). Desert Deer Mouse. Hesperomys leucopiLs deserticolus Mearns, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, ii, 4, p. 285. Identical with Sito^nys a. sonoriensis. Vesperugo merriami Dobson. Dobson, Mon. Insectivora, pt. iii, fasc. i. May, 1890, pi. xxiii. Identical with VesperJigo. hesperus (Cf. True, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. X, Aug:. 6, 1888, p. 515). Rangifer tarandus (Linn.) THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FLORA OF THE CAPE REGION OF BAJA CALIFORNIA.* BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. The Cape Region of Lower California is a mountainous extent of country, about 80 miles long and 30 wide, situated mostly between the twenty-third and twenty-fourth degrees of north latitude. At one time, it may have been an island, and have been separated from the northern portion of the peninsula by a wide sheet of water then connecting the Pacific Ocean with the Gulf of California, now a sandy plain and upland hardly rising more than one hundred and fifty feet above the level of the sea. The northern direction taken by the main mountain ranges of the region is followed by the islands Espiritu Santo, San Jose and Santa Catalina out into the Gulf of * A list of plants of the Cape Region of ='Baja California is published in Proc. Cal. Acad. Ser. 2, vol. iii, lo8, and^a number of additions will soon appear in the publications of the same society. 224 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoe California, and Ceralbo Island, east of La Paz, perhaps represents the continuation of the Coast Range in the same direction. Lower California is a Mexican Territory; divided into two de- partments, and the Cape Region forms a portion of the Depart- ment of the South, which has for its capital La Paz. This region, although small, on account of its position with re- spect to the peninsula and its distance from the main land of Mex- ico, possesses a flora in part endemic, in part common, to that of other countries, which by its distribution and peculiarities seems to be worthy of the publication of the following notes and table. The mountains, according to the maps of the Coast Survey, reach nearly to a height of 6,000 feet above the level of the sea; their summits in winter are cool and pleasant, with occasional frosts at night and sometimes ice a quarter of an inch thick is formed on standing water. Clouds envelope the highest portion from June to September, and then thunder storms are frequent. In the lower altitudes, frosts are unknown and the heat is what would be expected in a region situated about the Tropic of Cancer and in the northern limit of growth of the cocoanut, the guava and the aguacate.* The winds from the ocean and gulf blowing over this narrow strip of land serve somewhat to reduce the heat of the sun's rays during the day and render the nights not unpleasant during the hottest time of the year. The year is divided into the wet and dry seasons. The rains of the wet season are expected between June and September; they come mostly in the form of showers and seem to be unequally dis- tributed over the region. During one of my visits, the vegetation about San Jose del Cabo was green and growing as the result of many showers, while about La Paz every plant was dry and with- ered. The lower elevations, excepting at the time of rains, are dry, and running water is rarely found except in the San Jose River, about Todos Santos, San Bartolome and a few other places; but near the tops of the mountains, some small streams run throughout the year some distance downward, but are soon lost amongst the rocks and sand. Some years no rains fall except on the mountain tops, *The fruit of this plant, which is too sparingly found in our markets, is com monly known as "alligator pear," a rather unlovely corruption of its Spanish name. VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. ii<^ and one time of drought, when none fell upon the low lands during more than thirty months, made a lasting impression on the inhabit- ants. During the dry season most of the vegetation is in a state of rest, many of the bushes or small trees are leafless, the annuals have disappeared and the dry stalks of herbaceous perennials mark the place from which a new growth will rapidly appear after the first summer rain. This region is usually spoken of by travelers who have sailed along its Pacific Coast and rounded the rocky promon- tory of Cabo San Lucas, as a forbidding and barren country, and so it is until the summer rains bring life to the vegetation. Residents of a temperate climate, where the change from winter to summer is gradual and the fullness of vegetable life is not reached until the first warmth of spring has become the heat of summer, cannot real- ize the sudden change that comes over a tropical region, when at the hottest time of the year heavy rains cause immediately every leaf to appear and every bud to grow. The Cape Region is quite thickly covered with large bushes and small trees with an abundance of climbing and twining plants using them for supports. These altogether sometimes become so dense that it is impossible to ride or walk between them, and to go through them is usually not to be thought of on account of the spines and thorns. The most conspicuous plants of the lower elevations on account of their abundance, their size and the showiness of their flowers are: Fouquieria spinosa, Sida Xanli, Abidilon Xanti, Hibiscus ribif alius, Eseiibeckia flava, Cardiospermtim Halicacabuni, Mimosa Xanti, Lysiloma Candida, Calliandra Californica, Acacia filicina, Cereus Pringlei, pccten-aboriginuni , gum^nosus & Thurberi, Dysodia spe- ciosa, Viguiera deltoidea & tomentosa, Bebbia atriplicifolia, Phaniera acuiifolia, IpomcEa aurea, Calophanes pe7iinsularis , Beloperone Cali- fornica, Justicia Palmeri, Hyptis tephrodes & lanifolia, Antigomcm leptopus, Yucca baccata, and others that perhaps deserve mention. The Burseras are very abundant and well distributed throughout the region, but their flowers are insignificant although the fruit is somewhat conspicuous; and equally deserving of notice, for similar reasons are Karwinskia, Cyrtocarpa, Pithecolobiuni Jlexicaule, Al- bizzia, and Ipomcsa bracteata. Other plants are extremely abundant in certain localities, and some are confined to small areas where they 2 26 Flora of the Cafe Region. [zoe form a large part of the vegetation. The sands of the sea shore from Todos Santos to San Jose abound in Euphorbia leucophylla, and Ipo- mcBaPes-caprcB; Rhachidospermum and Marty nia are usually in com- pany with them; the fences and hedges about the fields and gardens are the home of the tall climbing Asclepiads; the lagoons near La Paz are filled with mangrove ( Rhizophora Mangle), and the saline flats of their vicinity produce most of the chenopods of the flora. The high mountain flora consists mostly of one species of pine (Pmics cenibroides), oaks, madrono and Nolina, with some cotton - woods and willows along the streams, and with smaller plants, such as Lopezia, Heterotoma, Lobelia, Dysodia, Eupatorium, Sphacele, Gilia, ferns, etc., growing amongst them. Although most of the vegetation, especially that of the lower elevations, blooms during the rainy season, there are some notable exceptions. Some plants are in flower during the whole year, but produce a greater abundance either in spring or the ' ' rainy sea- son." The scarlet flowers of Justicia, Beloperone and Calliandra, can be found at any time, but are most common in March and April. Rubus, Heterotoma, Sphacele, of the high mountains, and Eucnide, most of the Daleas, Tephrosia, Fouquieria, Viguiera, Perityle crassifolia of the lower elevations, are examples ot plants that are in flower the whole year, but their blossoms are most abun- dant during the rainy season. The following plants belonging to the flora of the mountain tops blossom only during the first months of the year, in the ' ' dry sea- son:" Thalictrum, Ranunculus, Stellaria, Sagina, Hypericum, Nas- turtium, Geranium, Trifolium, Hosackia, Prunus, Fragaria, Hete- romeles, Ribes, Epilobium, Rumfordia, Perezia, Lobelia, Arbutus, Gilia, Erythraea, Mimulus, Sibthorpia, Brunella, Polygonum. Popu- lus, Salix, Epipactis, Sisyrinchium, Juncus, Carex, Tripsacum, Fes- tuca. All these genera, with two or three exceptions, belong to a temperate climate and are found within the tropics only on high mountains. The fact that they retain the habit of blooming in the spring contrary to that of the mass of vegetation of the region is a most interesting one. With the advent of the rains comes a great crowd of flowers such as Desmodiums, Oenothera, Lopezia, Cy- clanthera, Begonia, Mitracarpus, Valeriana, Stevia, Viguiera, Car- minatia, Baccharis, Verbesina, Heterospermum, Bidens, Dysodia, Tagetes, Buchnera, Clevelandia, Dicliptera, Mirabilis, and most of VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. 227 the orchids and ferns, etc., belonging in general to a more southern fiora than those of the spring. Amongst the plants growing at lower elevation are the following that flower in the springtime: Sisyvibriun crenaium, Atamisquea, Abidiloji Californicicm, Vitis, Sapindus, Lupinus, Erythrina, Ccesal- pmia placida, Prosopis, Acacia Farnesiana and Wrig/itii, Lysiloma, Pitliecolobiuvi Mexicamim, Cotyledon, Lythrum, Mamillaria, Ce- reus pecten-aborigimon, Pringlei, ScJiottii dXiA TJiurberi, Diodia cras- sifolia, Eryngium, Hofmeisteria, PlucJiea odorafa, Bicddleia crolo- noides, Samoliis ebracteatus, Phacelia, Nama, Eiipliotbia Xanli and two or three Agaves. This collection of names, unlike that of the mountain spring-blooming plants, does not remind one of a north- ern flora. It might be expected that Lupinus. Lythrum, Samolus, Phacelia, and Nama, would blossom in the spring, but that habit does not seem fit for such semi-tropical genera as Lysiloma, Ery- thrina, Albizzia, Pithecolobium, etc. It is often impossible to decide with certainty whether a plant is native, or whether it should be considered an immigrant recently introduced by the agency of man. Conocarpus, for instance, is a rare bush of the southern shores and belongs to the maritime flora of tropical climates, a flora represented along the coast by several species of plants but, though probably derived from the south, does not belong to the class generally meant by " introduced plants." The weeds of the fields and trails, certainly derived from other regions, are: Malva borealis, Brassica nigra, Melilotus parviflora, Momordica charaniia, XaniJiium stnmiariiint, Sonchiis oleraceiis, Polygon2iin acre, Desmodiiim scorpiurtis, and there are others more common; the universally distributed weeds of towns and cultivated grounds, that are not so evidently introduced, these are: Portulaca oleracea, Sida rhomb if olia. Cassia Absus & Tora, Mollugo verticillata & cerviana, Richardia, Amarantus, and Euphorbia. Only four of the genera of the Cape Region are supposed to be endemic, and three of them are certainly not very distinct from their nearest relatives. The most distinct, Coulterella, has been found only along the gulf shore, east from La Paz, but as it is strictly a maritime plant it is to be expected from neighboring coasts. The annexed table, showing in a condensed form the geo- graphical distribution of the flowering plants and ferns and 228 Flora oj the Cape Region. [zoe their relation to the floras of neighboring regions, especially the Mexican main land, is based upon 732 species. These are the re- sult of collections made by Dr. Hinds of H.M.S. Sulphur in 1839, at Cabo San Lucas; by L. J. Xantus de Vesey in 1859-1860, about the same place; by Dr. Edward Palmer at La Paz in 1890, and by the writer at various localities during three trips in 1890 and 1892. Seventy-two species or nearly ten per cent, of the whole number seem. to be endemic and future exploration together with the identi- fication of unnamed specimens may increase this proportion, al- though a more complete knowledge of the botany of Sinaloa and Sonora will probably show that some plants now considered peculiar to the Cape Region only appear so on account of our ignorance concerning their distribution. Three hundred and sixty-two of the Cape Region species are found growing on the peninsula from Mag- dalena Bay and Comondu northward, and nearly one-half of this number extend into Alta California; sixty-four of them are peculiar to the peninsula. Mr. Hemsley in Biologia Centrali- Americana, iv, 139, considers Mazatlan the southern limit of the North Mexican flora upon the west coast; assuming this to be correct, nearly five hundred of the species belong to that flora, and with few exceptions they all belong to the flora of Sonora. The adjacent mainland, Sinaloa, has not been as well explored botanically as Sonora, but judging from our scanty data the Mex- ican part of the Cape Region flora bears much less resemblance to it than to the more northern Sonora, and the flora as a whole is de- cidedly that of Sonora and not an extension of that of Alta California southward as has usually been svipposed. The few plants that probably belong to a more southern flora are found along the shore or in the southeast about San Jos^ and Miraflores. Some of these semi-tropical maritime and brackish-water plants are found also on the southern end of the Peninsula of Florida. Rhizophora, Conocarpus, Avicennia, Laguncularia, Iponi(za Pes- caprcz and acetoscefolia and Sccevola Phiniieri are common to Amer- ican tropical shores, and reach their northern limit at about the same latitude on the Peninsula of Baja California as on that of Florida. The number common to this region and Florida, how- ever, is not large, and of about twenty-five having such widespread distribution, some like Samolus ebracteahis and Ceiihmculus mini- VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. 229 mus are found across the continent, while others may by future exploration have their now apparently widely separated habitats connected along^ a more southern route. The number of genera in the ninety-nine orders found in the re- gion is three hundred and ninety, and two hundred and thirty of them are represented by a single species, the flora being essentially insular the proportion of genera to species is large as in island floras. The largest genera are: Euphorbia with about twenty species, Cereus with nine, Acacia nine, Desmodium eleven, Cassia seven, Dalea seven, Ipomaea fourteen, etc. Leguminosae, the largest order, has ninety-five species that are in most cases widely dis- tributed throughout the region and abundant, so that this class of plants is the predominating one of the region. The second largest is Compositae of eighty species; some of them are very common and some such as Franseria, Eupatorium, Brickellia, become almost arborescent. Euphorbiaceae has forty-eight, many of them small prostrate species of the genus Euphorbia, but one species of Phyl- lanthus is a small tree. Malvaceae has twenty-two, Graminae fifty- two, Filices twenty-two, Convolvulaceae twenty-five, Acanthaceae seventeen. The relative positions of Leguminosae and Compositae in the flora of the world and that of Mexico are reversed and other large orders occupy different positions in the scale, but the region considered is so small that such comparisons have little value. • By the term "Mountain Flora" is meant those plants growing only upon or very near to the top of the highest ridges and sum- mits of the mountains. Some plants of the lower elevations, such as Heterospermum, Behria, Centunculus, grow also up the mount- ains to their highest elevations, and others of the mountains are washed down the streams to the lower elevations, especially by the waters of the San Jos6 River; so that such strictly mountain plants as Clevelandia, Heterotoma and others can sometimes be found in damp stream beds, but the great mass of the mountain flora is peculiar to the high elevations. The hundred and forty-eight species belong to a hundred and seventeen genera; the orders containing the greatest number of species are: Fihces with sixteen, Rosaceae six, Leguminosae fourteen, Compositae twenty-one, Caryophyllaceae six, Orchidaceae nine. The largest genera are: Desmodium with three species, Notholaena of three; several others have two, but most of them are represented by but a single species. Forty-two of the hundred and forty-eight grow also in Alta California and ninety-five 230 Floj'a of the Cafe Region. [ZOE are found in Sonora, while seventeen are considered endemic to these mountain tops. These figures, when compared with the flora of the lower elevations, show a slightly larger proportion of en- demic species. Number of Species. Peculiar to the Cape Region. Also in Northern Baja Cal- ifornia. Found iu Mexico . High Eleva- tion. Lower Eleva- tion. Eanunculacefe Papaveraceae 3 6 4 2 2 1 6 11 . 7 1 2 22 6 1 2 7 2 3 1 5 1 1 4 3 8 3 95 5 1 2 1 2 3 8 3 2 1 9 1 16 4 \ 15 1 80 i 1 1 1 5 3 2 1 3 3 2 1 1 4 7 7 1 2 13 5 1 2 5 2 2 1 3 2 "■2" 6 "2" 1 '"'2' 1 1 3 4 CriTciferfe Capparidaceae Cistacepe Violacefe 1 1 2 1 Bixiuea? Polyo;alacea3 1 4 4 4 2 1 4 5 Caryophyllacefe PortulacacefB Tamarisciuefe 1 Hypericaceas Malvaceae 2 1 17 3 1 21 6 1 9 Sterculiacete Tiliaceae Malpi"hiacetB Zygophvllaceae ...... 6 2 Gerauiacete Eutaceaj 3 1 Siniarubeafc Bnrseraceae 1 "9" 3 1 1 2 1 2 ] 34 1 5 Olacineas 1 Celastraceae 1 4 2 67 5 ...... 1 2 14 0 1 1 Khamnaceaj 4 VitacefB 0 Sapiudaceas ] LegumiiiosiB 81 SaxifragaceEe 1 1 1 1 1 6 2 2 Rhizophoracefe 1 1 3 5 2 2 1 4 ...... 3 i 1 1 ...... 1 2 1 21 1 0 Combi'etaceai Lythraceai . . 9 OiiagracefB XioasacefB 3 0 TurneracefB PassifloracetB CncurbitaceEB . . . 2 1 3 "5" 1 2 1 8 Begouiaceffi Cactaceae 8 4 2 3 11 4 1 1 9 1 43 15 Ficoideaj 4 0 Coruacefe RubiacejB 15 Valeriauaceng .... 14 45 59 VOL. III.] Flora of the Cape Region. 231 Number of Species. Peculiar to the Cape Region. Also in Northern Baja Cal- ifornia. Found in Mexico. High Eleva- tion. Lower Eleva- tion. Goodeniacese 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 10 2 3 2 14 2 25 19 14 2 1 1 17 8 13 2 9 4 10 7 1 4 2 2 2 48 2 3 4 1 9 1 2 6 4 5 2 ! 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 10 52 1 22 1 1 1 2 ■'2 ■ 1 1 1 Lobeliacete 1 ' i' ...... " 1" 1 2 1 ...... i" 2 EricacecB Primnlacese 0 "RbpiiacfiFB 1 Oleacefe 1 1 i 7 1 9 •2 12 14 8 1 1 9 4 7 2 5 4 6 7 1 3 1 Apocynacefe Asclepiadacea9 1 8 1 2 1 10 1 21 14 10 2 8 3 8 2 6 3 7 6 2 1 ...... 1 1 "\" ' i ' 2 1 1 1 2 10 Logauiacece 2 Geutianacete Polemouiacefe BoraginacecB ... . 1 1 14 Hvdrophyllacefe 2 24 Solanacefe 18 13 Bignoniaceae 2 Orobauchaceas Pedaliacece 1 16 VerbenaccEe 8 Plantaginacete Nyctagiuacese 9 Polygouaceffi 3 Amarantacese 9 Chenopodiacese 7 1 PhytolaccacesB \ris<'oloo,hiacefp 4 2 2 1 30 1 1 3 1 9? 1 1 6(?) 3 4(?) 1 1 1 1 2 1 9 43 21 i 2 1 9 "i" ...... ...... i "i" 1 2 8 16 4 2 Piperaceje ■■■4"' ""'i' 1 2 26 2 3 1 Loranthacefe 2 Euphorbiacete UrticacePB Cupuliferfe Salicacese 48 2 1 2 CJoniferiB Orcliidaceae 1 BromeliacefB 1 ■■'2 ■ 1 1 2 1 " i 1 Amaryllidacese 6 Liliacefe 3 Commelinaceae Palmacefe Aroideje .... 5 1 1 Lemnaceae "2 ■ 1 1 1 j 1 2 1 9 29 5 Alismaceae 1 1 Juucaceae Cvperaceae 8 Gramineae 44 6 ! 732 72 ! 362 1 494 1 146 ! 586 FOOD OF THE GROUSE AND MOUNTAIN QUAIL OF CENTRAL CALIFORNIA. BY L. BELDING. In autumn the grouse ( Deiidragapus obscurics fuliginosjis), of the Sierra Nevada at about seven thousand feet altitude, has a great variety of food as I have ascertained by dissecting many of them. The thimbleberry ( Rubiis Nutkanus), appears to be its favorite article of diet, and next to this, the service berry ( Amelanchier alnifolia). Several kinds of wild currants and goose- berries, including Ribes sanguineum and R. Menziesii and red elderberries ( Sauibucu^ racemosa) are hardly less acceptable. Berries of manzanita ( Arctostaphylos pungens and A. NevadeJisis) and the mountain twin berry ( Lonicera cojiJtigialis),th.e. huckle- berry ( Vacdnmm occidentale) and of the mountain ash (Pyrus sambiicifolia), are also eaten. The seeds of lupines, of Polygonum polymorpJnim , of the very abundant false sun-flower ( Wyethia mollis), of caraway ( Glycosma), and acorns of the dwarf oak ( Qjiercus chrysolepis var. vaccifiiifolia) , add to the variety. The last two named are also eaten by deer and Indians. I have seen Washoe Indians have a pile of not less than thirty bushels, of nicely cleaned seeds of Glycosma occidentale. After the young grouse are hatched the mother bird takes them to alder and willow thickets where they find seclusion and water. Here they also find some insect food (which seems to be very necessary to young birds of most specie-s), and a species of native red clover, the green leaves and heads of which supply them, for a time, with nearly all the food they require. Old as well as young birds appear to be very fond of the mitre- wort ( Mitella Breweri), which grows in these damp, shady situa- tions. About the middle of August the females, with their broods, begin to change their haunts and range higher in the mountains, and then feed partly upon the foliage of fir trees (Abies co7icolor and magnijica), and hemlock spruce ( Tsuga Pattoniayia), the latter being apparently preferred. The old males feed upon the foliage of these conifers nearly all the year and during the winter when everything is covered with snow all grouse must subsist upon it. Some years, late summer frosts destroy the berry and seed crops and then the grouse are limited to a diet of a few kinds of vegetable fond, grasshoppers and other insects. One such year, during Sep- Food of Grouse and J^uail. 233 tember, I found them feeding almost exclusively on the fallen dried male flowers of the yellow pine ( Pinus ponderosa) . After, about the first of October, these grouse go into the fir trees of the high peaks and are seldom seen. The game law which prohibits their being shot prior to this time is almost equivalent to prohibiting shooting them at all. The open season should begin about the middle of August, when young birds are about two- thirds grown, at which time they are a great luxury, whereas an old bird is no better than an old hen, if as good. Sportsmen, who are familiar with grouse, avoid shooting the adults. The mountain quail (Oreortyx pictus plumiferus). which are so plentiful in the high mountains in summer, are only summer resi- dents there. They usually spend the winter below the snow line, but as it is not possible to tell just where that is, or rather where it is going to be, they are sometimes caught in snow storms, but I have been astonished at the correctness of their apparent forecast of different winters. A few birds winter high in the mountains, but I think they are parts of flocks which were nearly annihilated, or young birds which got scattered and lost, and a few that were wounded and survived. They begin their journey on foot trom the summit and east slope to the foothills, a little after the first of September, and by the first of October, when the game law allows them to be shot, they have nearly all escaped from the mountain hunters to run the gauntlet of those lower down, on the west slope. In some respects they are very stupid birds, in others, quite the reverse. When they are go- ing from their summer to their winter resorts, birds of a flock can all, or nearly all, be shot if the flock can be turned from its course and scattered. They soon begin to call together and will nearly al- ways respond to a hunter's imitation of their call. The loud pleas- ing call of the male in breeding season is not easily imitated nor described, though apparently consisting of a single note, which is sometimes varied a little. The service berry is the staple article of their food in fall, but they eat more or less of the different kinds of berries which the grouse eat. I suppose they, as well as the grouse, eat berries of the wild coffee ( Rhamnus Californica), but I have no data for a positive opinion. They also eat the acorn of the dwarf oak and seeds of the snow bush ( Ceanothus cordiihihis ) , and seeds of many small plants. I do not know that they eat any of the 2'34 Leaf-Miner. [zoe foliage mentioned as the food of the grouse, but they probably eat leaves of clover early in summer, just as valley quail do in win- ter. The juveniles eat a great many ants. Some seasons, when there are no berries and very few seeds, they live almost entirely upon the bulb of a species of grass, ap- parently Melica bidbosa, which grows at the head of springs and rivulets. The birds get the bulb by scratching. Such seasons they start for the foothills sooner than when food is abundant. ON A LEAF-MINER OF POPULUS FREMONTI. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. Almost every spring the cottonwoods in the town of Las Cruces, New Mexico, and its vicinit}^ are badly infested with a leaf-miner, which up to the present time has baffled all attempts at breeding. The cottonw'Ood is our only native shade tree in the Mesilla Valley, there being only the one species, Populus fremo7iii; and as this in- sect has proven a serious pest to it, the following notes on the larva will probably be of interest, although the imago is unknown. A very brief notice of this miner was published in Insect Life, vol. 4, pp. 26-27. ■ It was found on April 30, 1891, that nearly every tree in the valley was most thoroughly infested, the majority of trees having almost every leaf mined out and blistered. The larvae eat out the entire inner portion or parenchyma of the leaf, leaving the two skins whitened and inflated like blisters. They entirely and irrecoverably ruin the foliage of the tree, giving it a most desolate and dying ap- pearance. The trees, however, gradually put forth a new set of leaves, and though they apparently soon recover their normal healthy appearance it is clearly evident that this process must be a great tax on their vitality. I have even been told that in some previous years the second crop of leaves has been likewise destroyed, but I cannot vouch for the accuracy of this statement. On the above date the larvae were of several sizes, the largest being about seven-sixteenths of an inch in length. In general color they are nearly white, with some black dots on the anterior segments below and on the seg- ments next the head above. Two larvae w^ere often found in one leaf, their mines beginning in separate parts of the leaf and gradually approaching until they coalesced. VOL. III.] Leaf-Miner. 235 Leaves containin.^ larvee were collected on May 4 of the same year, and put in a jar with earth to breed, but the larvae all seem- ingly shriveled up and became hard and dried. At this date more than two-thirds of the larvae had left the leaves. The spring of the present year the leaves of the Cottonwood had been out not more than one week when it was found, April 21, 1892, that they contained good-sized larvae of this miner. It would therefore seem that the eggs must be deposited in the leaf-buds be- fore the leaves appear, perhaps about the time the buds begin to swell. On April 25 of this year, most of the larvae were apparently full- grown, and accordingly a good number of small branches bearing leaves filled with healthy larvae were put in a breeding cage, the branches being inserted in a receptacle which was kept filled with water. The leaves remained green and healthy for days, until all the larvae had disappeared. The next day, April 26, a large num- ber of the larvae had already left the leaves, and were crawling on the earth in the bottom of the cage. They seemed to manifest a migratory instinct, and did not appear incHned to bury themselves at once in the soil. The migratory larva seems to lose the blackish dots on the anterior segments both above and below, and is entirely of a whitish color and somewhat shorter than before. Two or three of them were noticed going into the earth, but they were subse- quently found perfectly hard and dried, and this was likewise the fate of all the others, which shriveled up and died on top of the earth within a day or two. They would not crawl under chips which were placed within the cage. All natural conditions had been care- fully studied and provided, but to no avail. On April 29, the larvae had all left the leaves in the breeding cage. Some very small larvae were at work on April 25, along with the apparently full-grown ones. Five of these miners were often found in one leaf this season, but the leaves of the trees were not so totally destroyed as in 1891. In one case even seven larvae were found in the sam.e leaf. They all begin separately, and work till their mines meet. The two skins of the leaves then become filled with the very fine black frass or ex- crement of the larvae. They feed by day, and. so far as observed always with the venter toward the upper surface of the leaf. They leave the leaf by making an incision in the upper skin just in the 236 L eaf-Min er . edge of the blistered portion from which the parenchyma has been eaten, and next the latter. A remedy for these miners is rather hard to suggest. Perhaps an arsenical spray about the time the leaf-buds begin to swell would kill the newly-hatched larvae when they begin to enter the leaves. Birds and chickens seem to destroy many of them after they have left the leaves and descended to the ground. On May 4, what were supposed to be pupae were found in the earth under a Cottonwood tree, and blackbirds were reported digging them out and eating them. It is quite certain that this miner is lepidopterous, and it will prob- ably be found to belong to the Tineidcc. It seems also that there is usually but one brood annually, and perhaps the pupae remains in the earth until the following spring. Below is given a description of the larva: Fvill-grown larva of leaf-miuer ou Popvlus fremonti: Elongate, creamy whitish, with six pale brownish true legs. Twelve segments beside the head, legs 5- jointed, terminal joint small, conical. Head j)ale tawny brownish or testaceous, with a median posterior ventral brownish marking; mouth parts darker distally. First segment (next head) with a large oblong brownish marking situated in the middle, which covers about one-half of the dorsum of segment and is divided in the middle longitudinally by a faint median whitish line or suture, and also transversely^ through the middle by a sviture which, however, does not show as a whitish line. A median pair of brown dots on dorsum of second segment. Venter of first segment with a large brown marking in middle, venter of second and third segments with a much smaller brown spot, and venter of fourth with a still smaller brown dot. Fifth to eleventh segments each with rudiments of a jiair of jiro-legs, ai^pear- ing as very small buds on ventral surface defined anteriorlj^ by a pale brown- ish usually semihinar marking. Anal tubercle brown or blackish, except terminal and dorsal surfaces which are whitish. Head fiilly three-fourths width of first (next) segment; second and third segments widest and also shorter than the other segments which are all of a nearly uniform length, ex- cept sometimes the fourth which is not quite so long. Segments four to twelve often exhibit (in alcoholic siDecimens) a continuous longitudinal me- dian furrow on the dorsal surface. In some specimens the dorsal markings of the first and second segments have disappeared, or are absent, and the legs have nearly lost their pale brownish color. Length, about 9 mm.; width of second and third segments, 2 mm.; average width of following segments, 1.5 mm. Described from alcoholic specimens. NOTES ON SOME OF THE BUTTERFLIES OF THE YOSEMITE VALLEY AND ADJACENT REGION. BY EDWIN C. VAN DYKE. In the summer vacation of this year, I had the good fortune to be one of a camping party, traveling through the Yosemite Valley and adjacent regions in the National Park. During odd moments around camp or on the march, I found time to do a little entomo- logical work, chiefly upon beetles and butterflies. It is of the latter that I wish to speak here, supplementing to some extent the article of Dr. Behr in Zoe, Vol. I, as well as that of Mr. Harrison G. Dyar in Entomological News, Vol. Ill, No. 2. In the region traversed, I had the opportunity of observing between forty and fifty species of butterflies, and concerning most of these I will here give the re- sult of my observations. Papilio rutuhis Bdv. — Quite common in the lower valleys and meadows of the region, where it may be seen skirting the willow thickets or sporting around the flowers in the immediate neighbor- hood. Found in the Yosemite and Hetch Hetchy valleys and around Lake Eleanor. Never seen at a higher altitude than five or six thousand feet. Papilio eurymedoii Bdv. — Very plentiful also throughout the re- gion, but prefers the open spaces on the hillsides to the valleys. Also often found flying at higher altitudes than the above. Most of the specimens caught were in a more or less tattered condition, which indicates that August is their last month in the mountains, at least for that brood. Papilio daunus Bdv. — Several splendid specimens caught from July 23 to 26, in the Hetch Hetchy Valley, and several later on at Lake Eleanor. In both places they were caught while in the act of drinking. Papilio zolicaon Bdv. — Often noticed on the ridges and tops of mountains, at altitudes not greater than eight or nine thousand feet. One was taken at the top of Sentinel Dome, July 11. Papilio indra Reak. — Only one specimen seen. This crossed the Tioga road just ahead of us, when we were at an altitude of over eight thousand feet. The species is probably found at much higher altitudes than any of our Papilios, save in a few instances that of P. zolicaon. 238 BiUterjiies of the Tosemitc Valley. [zoe Parriasshis claruis Eversmann. — Quite common around the bogs and wet places, between Lake Tenieya and Tuolumne Meadows. The average altitude here is about nine thousand feet. In manner of flight they much resemble the species of Satyrus. Pieris sisymbri Bdv. — Several of these were caught on the top of Sentinel Dome, July 11. They fly around while it is quiet, but seek shelter as soon as it begins to blow at all hard. Neophasia vienapia Feld. — Of this species I saw only about three specimens. They were in a yellow-pine forest on the south side of Lake Eleanor. Anthocharis ausonides Bdv. — Several specimens of these, in a very fresh condition, were caught. They were found around the mead- ows in the lower altitudes. Colias eury theme Bdv. — Found about every meadow in the re- gion, even up to ten thousand feet altitude. The albino female was also quite common. Colias behrii Edw. — Only one specimen of this scarce butterfly was seen. This was disturbed from its resting place in the grass, while our party was crossing a small meadow on the side of Mt. Lyell. It is found on several of the high peaks around Tuolumne Meadows, as well as occasionally in the meadows themselves, but nowhere is it a common butterfly. Danais archippus Fab. — Quite common up to an altitude of about six thousand feet, and is commonly seen sailing across small canons or hovering over the milkweed. Several larvae of it in different stages of development were also observed on the milkweed. The habits of the butterfly in the mountains do not seem to me different from those I have observed in the valle^^s. Heterochroa Californica Butl. — Quite common in the valleys throughout the region. These butterflies have a curious habit of coursing up and down the roads and paths, much in the manner of large dragonflies. L-hnenUis lorqicini Bdv. — This species was found in about the same localities as the preceding. Neither of them were observed at higher elevations than six thousand feet. Argymiis monticola Behr; Argynnis ze7'ene Bdv. — These two species were always found together, the former being the most nu- merous generally. Very common through the mountains at al'i- tudes below nine thousand feet. They delight in sunshine, and ai e VOL. III. J BtUterjiies of the Tose^nite Valley. 239 always to be found on open hillsides or other such warm spots. In view of the fact that I have found these two butterflies together here, as well as in Shasta county two years ago, it seems to me hardlv possible that they are more than mere color varieties of the same species. Argynnis leto Behr. — This handsome Argynnid was found quite often. It is a strong and rapid flyer, and is quite hard to capture, partly from the above cause and partly from its habit of flying around the wet places of the meadows. No females were observed by me on the entire trip. Argynnis egleis Bdv. — Only three specimens of this high mount- ain form were captured. One was caught on the upper Tioga road, and the other two on the Lyell fork of the Tuolumne river. It strongly resembles monticola and zerene in its habits, though it is a weaker butterfly, flying slower and closer to the ground. Argyjinis epithorcB Bdv. — This, the smallest of the Argynnidae found in that region, is quite common in the open regions of the high altitudes. In manner of flight this species much resembles a Melitaea or even some of the species of Satyrus. MelitcBa palla Bdv. — Found throughout the region traveled, up to moderate altitudes. Melitcza leanira Bdv.; Melit(za quino Behr. — Only one specimen of each of these was captured. They were found July 9 on the north edge of the Yosemite Valley. Phyciodes mylitta Edw. — Several specimens from different parts of the region traveled. Vanessa antiopa Linn. — Several specimens observed. Most of them were at medium altitudes, though one was seen at the foot of Mt. Lyell at an altitude of about ten thousand feet. It ranges still higher, probably. Pyrameis cardui Linn. — Very common, even up to high altitudes. This is one of our hardiest species, being often seen on some of the coldest and windiest ridges in the mountains. Pyrajneis carye Hbn. — Quite common, but not found at such high altitudes as the preceding. Pyrameis hunter a Fabr. — Several of these were seen around water courses in the lower valleys of the mountains. This does not ap- pear to be quite as hardy a butterfly as either of the two preceding, though it is found quite late in the autumn, around the bay here. 2-|o B litter jiies of the Tosemite Valley. [zoe Jiinonia coenia Hbn. — Very common everywhere at low altitudes. Chionohas ivallda Mead. — This butterfly probably reaches a higher altitude than any other butterfly found in the locality. I only captured one and that was at the base of Mt. Lyell, at an alti- tude of about ten thousand feet; but I have received some battered specimens taken from the Mt. Dana glacier, at a much higher alti- tude. This butterfly is a rapid flyer, being in this respect quite a contrast to the rest of the family of Satyrs. Chrysophaiuis helloides Bdv.; Chrysophanus afota Bdv. — Several of both species seen several times in the Tuolumne Meadows and often in company with the following: Chrysophamis cupreiis Edw. — This beautiful little butterfly is quite common in the Tuolumne Meadows, especially in the bare and sunny spots on the hillsides. Thecla melimis Hbn. — Only one specimen captured, at Lake Eleanor, July 27. Thecla griinus Bdv. — Quite common on the Eagle Peak trail, coming out of the Yosemite Valley. Found about the oak ( Quer- ciis chrysolepis). Thecla eryphon Bdv. — Quite common along the shores of Lake Eleanor. Lyccena acmon Db. -Hew. — Very common in the lower altitudes of the district. LyccBna baitoides Behr. — Only one specimen captured here. Lyccena scBpiohis Bdv.; Lycceyia rustica Edw. — Very common in the Tuolumne Meadows, especially the former. Found congre- gated in great numbers along the margins of streams and ponds. EiidamiLs tityrus Fabr. — Two specimens captured in the Tuo- lumne Meadows. Nisoniades properthis Lint. — Several found in the same region as the preceding. Besides the butterflies given above, I saw many other species which I did not get near enough to identify. The region as a whole is, however, a very rich one for a lepidopterist, and is partic- ularly interesting to one interested in geographical distribution. Looking at the Yosemite region from this standpoint, one can see how similar it is to the rest of the Sierra region north of it. The only one of the above butterflies peculiar to this one district is Colias behrii, the remainder being either mountain forms pecuHar to the vol.. III.] A New Riimfordia. 241 Sierra region in general or else cosmopolitan forms and those found everywhere in the State. To the collector from the valley and coast regions of the State this region is a new world. Here he first comes in contact with large numbers of that family of Argynnid^e which makes the mount- ains seem so full of insect life. This is by far the best represented of any family in the mountains of this region, with reference both to numbers and to species. Vanessa californica slightly outnumbers it farther north, but is not seen in this locality. The genus Papilio is also better represented here than in the lower regions. The spe- cies of Thecla, Lycaena, Chrysophanus, Pieris and Colias are repre- sented here as well as in the valleys. Parnassius and Chionobas are of course mountain genera, seldom found at low altitudes. This short paper, with what has been done before by others, I hope will induce more collectors to explore the above district and try to clear up some of the difficult points. Very little has yet been done, but until this region is well explored our knowledge of what the Sierras contain will necessarily be limited.* *Most of these butterflies were named for me by Mr. J. J. Rivers. A NEW RUMFORDIA FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA. With Plate xxiii. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. RuMFORDiA CONNATA. Perennial, herbaceous 1-2 m. high; stems clustered, much branched near the top, glandular-pubescent: leaves yi-iyi dm. long, ovate, acuminate, serrate, decurrent on the petioles as a broad margin and connate into a cup often 1-2 cm. in depth, more or less filled by the hirsute pubescence; nodes as long or longer than the leaves: panicle compound: heads long-peduncu- late; peduncles slender, naked: heads 4-5 cm. broad; outer involu- cre foliaceous, deeply 5-8 lobed, its segments nearly equalling the rays, two of them usually much broader than the others and 2- toothed at apex; inner conduplicate about % the length of the out- er, green and glandular on the back, acute, and three times the length of the akene; receptacle convex, the paleae membranaceous, obliquely obtuse, somewhat boat - shaped, loosely enclosing and twice longer than the akenes: rays ? , numerous 15-18 mm. long, 242 A New E^ilohium. [zoe equally 3-toothed at apex, and usually with two strap-like lobes at base, the slender glandular tube nearly half as long as the limb; disk flowers long-tubular 5-toothed: stamens long-exserted minute- ly sagittate at base: akenes glabrous, compressed, striate, oblique at apex, somewhat clavate, curved on the back and straight on the inner edge, crowned by a thickened ring; pappus none. Highest elevations of the mountains of the Cape region of Lower Cahfornia. Not very abundant, but conspicuous, making masses of bloom a yard or more in diameter. The oblique compressed akenes, broader at the back, remind of Madia. The description is rather fully given because the plant does not entirely agree with that of the hitherto monotypic Rumfordia. It is, however, a fault which will readily be pardoned by any one who has had to delve among the brief and vague descriptions of too many of the Mexican Compositee. The figure in the plate is drawn one-half natural size. A NEW EPILOBIUM. With Plate xxiv. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. Epilobium nivium. Perennial, pubescent, stems in tufts from a strong woody base: leaves oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate, pubescent on both sides 8-15 mm. long, narrowed to a short stout petiole, somewhat fascicled in the axils, the lower opposite, the upper usual- ly alternate, all abruptly tipped with a stout subulate gland 3^-1 mm. long: flowers racemose in the upper axils; pedicels shorter than the ovary: calyx tube red or reddish, abruptly enlarged above the ovary, nearly linear 5-7 mm. long, ^ the length of the petals; lobes spreading, at length deflexed, about 3 mm. long above the obconical throat: petals violet - purple, obcordate, 7-10 mm. long, twice the length of the longer stamens which are opposite the sepals and inserted a little higher in the tube; anthers apiculate: ovary few - about 8 - ovuled; style equalling the corolla, the stigma with 4 short ultimately reflexed lobes: capsule somewhat fusiform, the few seeds being developed near the center; seeds immature, appa- rently smooth; coma dingy. Collected September 25, 1892, at an altitude of 5,500 feet, on the VOL. III.] Habits of Palmer s Thrasher. 243 red shales of Snow Mountain, Lake County, in flower and young fruit. In habit this species is strikingly like the narrower -leaved forms of the monotypic genus Zauschneria, and in conjunction with such species as E. paniculatiivi and E. obcordatuvi , make that genus un- tenable, there being no longer any definable and constant differ- ence, however trivial, which can be used to separate them. THE HABITS AND NESTING OF PALMER'S THRASHER. ( Harporhynclnis awvirostris pabneri.) BY HERBERT BROWN. In offermg these notes on the" habits and nesting of Palmer's and Bendire's thrashers, I question much if I can say anything new in regard to the former, inasmuch as it has long been under the ob- servation of experienced naturalists. The bird is a common resident of this portion of the Territory, and a notable feature of feathered life in every cactus belt in Southern Arizona. Some years since, I purchased a partial albino.''- I first saw it as a fledgling at a ranch about forty-five miles west of Tucson, to which place the writer had gone as one of a rescuing party; the sherifif of the county, while endeavoring to arrest an Indian horsethief, had fallen into ambush and was himself a captive. The bird had been taken from its nest under the impression that it was a young mocking-bird. When I again saw it some six months later, it was fully grown, and appar- *\xi general appearance it resembled H. c.palmeri. Poise and shape of head, length and curve of mandibles, bold, bright yellowish gray eye and movements those of palmeri, but the white markings gave it somewhat of a resemblance to M. poly- glottos. If approached by a stranger when caged, it would ruffle its feathers, open its tail like a fan and peck viciously at the hand, but to its owner, a young fellow, whose both arms had been broken by an Apache bullet, it was all love and affection. The first, fifth and ninth primary in the left wing were white, sixth, seventh and eighth brownish gray, secondaries ashy gray, tertiaries white, stems of all white feathers black. Right wing, first and fifth primaries w-hite, sixth brown- ish gray, secondaries first two white, the next four brownish gray, tertiaries first brown, second brown and white, third white, upper half of greater coverts white, eighth, nine and tenth all white. Tail— eleven rectrices entirely white, barred with faint waving lines of a darker color. Back, head and breast ashy gray, throat and abdomen white, upper mandible black, lower mandible from base to angle of gonys, white. 244 Habits of Palmer s Thrasher. [zoe ently as domestic as the chickens with which it freely associated. Occasionally it would become too obtrusive and draw upon itself the belligerent attention of its more powerful companions, but when struck at, like the proverbial fiea, it was never there. A dozen times an hour, and off and on I watched it for nearly half a day. I expected to see it killed, but its remarkable quickness always stood its friend. One pestiferous old hen would run up to within striking distance, then slowly crane her neck in the direction of the impudent little intruder, which also as suddenly assumed a like posi- tion, and for a moment they would stand defiantly eyeing each other, when, almost too quick to be seen, the hen would deliver her blow, but only to find the enemy two feet away with its head cocked first on one side and then on the other, apparently enjoying the dangerous sport. It answered readily to the name of Dick, and was particularly fond of a mixture of chili and corn meal, and when its attention was called to a cup containing some, it would be up in an instant, and if the vessel was covered with the hand would at- tempt to force its mandibles between the fingers. Failing in this, it would watch eagerly for any opening it could take advantage of. It had a penchant for digging holes in the ground; the harder the earth the greater its apparent delight. This odd feature, however, is common to the palmeri family at all seasons of the year, but more particularly, I think, while breeding. They press their tails firmly against the ground, after the matter of the woodpecker; if the earth be dry and sandy, a perfect fusilade ol dirt is kept up. The force of the blow is downward and towards the body, but occasionally to clean the sand out they strike several sideward blows, and dirt flies for a foot in all directions. In the early spring they are commonly seen with a hard lump about the size of a pea, attached firmly un- derneath the point of the lower mandible, and as the lump is of adobe, which at times is found a considerable distance from their resting places, it is evident that this digging is done for a purpose. During the winter months they leave the mesas for the more shelt- ered bottoms where they frequent the brush fences, pomgranate and willow hedge rows bordering the ploughed fields, and then, literally, they are in mud to their eyes. Palmer's thrasher may never be classed as a musical prodigy, but nevertheless among Arizona birds he is rivalled only by that king of American songsters, Mimus polyglottos. Morning, noon and VOL. III.] Habits of Palmer'' s Thrasher. 245 evening, perched on the topmost branch of a cholla, he is always in tune, and while his notes may perhaps be less varied than his more favored kinsman, it is none the less bold and commanding, and but for the ubiquity of his rival in song would be in demand as a cage bird. Southern Arizona, notwithstanding its great mountain chains, if viewed from an elevated position, presents the appearance of a vast plain that ends only where the horizon seems to touch the earth, with here and there a mountain range small in comparison with the surrounding plain, set down upon it. Between the mountains lie immense mesas and valleys, as a whole, timberless and waterless, but covered with nutritious grasses, great cacti belts and other vegetation of curious growth. Here, then, is the home of the palm- eri, and in the cholla, beset with countless spines, it builds its nest and rears its young. This class of cacti, of which the foregoing cut gives but a faint conception of its terrors, is virtually impenetrable to man and beast. Ten million of cambric needles, set on hundreds of loosely jointed spindles, woven so closely together as to appar- ently defy the penetration of a body however small, but the thrashers go in and out and up and through them with the ease of water running through a sieve. In some convenient fork, on a limb against the bole of the bush, or in a cavity formed by the pendent stems of the plant, the nest is most commonly built. All the spines in the vicinity of the nest are pulled off for the better protection of the young. This does not, however, always save them as I have found them once in a while, tangled and dead in the terrible burs. The external nest of the Palmer's thrasher is made of thorn twigs avergaing in length about eight or nine inches, seldom shorter but fre- quently much longer. Almost invariably they are lined with a species of wire grass, but sometimes thay go astray and use other material. In external depth the nests vary according to the whims of the bird and the requirements of the site chosen, but generally they average Irom seven to ten inches. The inner cavity at its greatest width near the top measures from four to four and one-half inches, bottom one-half an inch to an inch narrower, rounded or flat, and from three to three and one-half inches d«ep. However sparsely the walls of the nest may be lined, the bottom is always thickly padded with dried grass into which the eggs frequently sink one-half their depth, and in this condition hatch. There are, of 246 Habits of Palmer s Thrasher. [zoe course, many exceptional nests. Some remarkable for the oddity of their construction, others for their bulkiness and still others for the flimsy manner in which they are put together. Have many records of such; a few instances, however, will suffice to show the peculiar ideas of the birds when they depart from their usual seven by ten building. One nest was built on the ruins of three others and probably represented as many successive broods, and gave the interior of the cholla the appearance of having been solidly filled in with dead sticks. Exterior diameter of the nest 20 inches, depth 36 inches, cavity across the top 4}^ inches, bottom 3 inches, depth 6 inches, but lined only about 4 inches up with baling rope, hog bristles and grass. A second had an external diameter of 14 inches, depth 12 inches, interior diameter top of cavity 5 inches, bottom 2 inches and depth 9 inches, but lined with grass and feathers for two inches only, the other seven inches being naked sticks. The pecu- liarity of another was that the bird in leaving the nest went through a well built piece of cribbing rather more than ten inches deep, which stood at an angle of about 70 degrees with the top of the nest. The sticks forming the cribbing were from six to eight inches long and straight, the aperture was about four and one-half inches in the clear, being rather longer one way than the other. One edge ot the cribbing lay solidly on the nest, the opposite side being open sufficiently to admit the body of the bird, giving the cribbing the appearance of having at some time been tipped from the perpen- dicular. I broke sufficient of the cactus burs away to expose the open side of the nest, then secreted myself to watch events. Both birds soon returned to the nest, but becoming alarmed again leit apparently for good, but in the course of half an hour one again came back and was presently followed by the other. After a general in- spection of the premises the female went on the nest, going in under the open edge of the cribbing, but on being approached left the nest by going up through the cribbing as she did when first dis- turbed. For a third time I saw her make her entrance and exit as described. The nest contained three slightly incubated eggs. In the spring of 1889 I noted several nests made almost entirely of flowering weeds. This came from the nature of the vegetation in the immediate vicinity of the cholla belt in which the nests were placed. There appears to be no fixed time for the opening of the nesting VOL. III.] Habits of Pahner s Thrasher. 247 season, which alternates between the latter part of February and the beginning of April. At first I was inclined to attribute this dif- ference to climate causes, but subsequent events modified my opinion in that direction. A cold winter followed by a late nesting led to the former belief, but a still colder winter and an earlier nesting upset my theory on that proposition. March i, 1889, the young were al- ready in the nests. February 28, 1886, my notes show two nests of three eggs each. March 28, 1887, is my first record. Although I had watched diligently for weeks and found many finished nests. March 3 opened the season for 1888 and March 15 for 1889, al- though the season was not fairly under way till two weeks later. The season of 1887 was characterized by the smallness of the clutches, two eggs as a rule being the maximum number laid, that of i88g being marked by the other extreme, the complement being seldom less than three but more generally four. Although the season ot 1888 opened early in March it was not until March 12 that I visited the principal cactus belts within a radiiis of about twelve miles east and south of Tucson, and of the fifteen nests examined one contained two eggs; two, three eggs each; five, two young each, and two contained one young each. Three nests were ap- parently ready for eggs and two were in course of construction. The young in two nests were apparently ten days old and from that age they graduated down to the chipped shell. On the i8th I worked the cactus north of Tucson. I found one nest with two well developed young, one ready for eggs, one with one young fledged and sitting in the bush, two with three eggs each and one with one young, one about a week old. March 25 I partially cov- ered the g-round that I had been over on the 12th east of Fort Lowell, following down the Rillito a dry wash and a roaring torrent at different seasons of the year. The young had almost invariably left their nests and were sitting in the bush or running around with the old ones. The broods varied in size from one to three. The season of 1889 did not fairly open till the first week in April, when it opened with a rush, the birds being more numerous and clutches larger than on preceding years. April 3, I noted nine nests con- taining three eggs each; April 10, five of three; April 13, nine of four, twelve of three and two of two eggs each; April 14, two of four and eleven of three each; April 16, four of four; 17th, three of four and eleven of thrte; 27th, six of four and eight of three; 30th, 248 Notes on (Enotlicra. [zoe six of three and one of two. This practically closes the book for the year. It must be borne in mind, however, that the foregoing is given only to show the unusual size of the clutches and not as an actual representation of all the nests that came under my observa- tion. The mesas and desert lands of Arizona are better than the macadamized road of the Eastern States for good driving, and, as they are generally level and everywhere accessible to a team, a large area of ground can be covered in one day. This fact par- tially accounts for the richness of the foregoing result for 18S9. NOTES ON SOME SPECIES OF THE GENUS CENOTHERA. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. CEnothera biennis L. The flowers of this common species ex- pand about sunrise, not all at once as if they were opened by electricity, but one here, another there, and so on until all the fully developed buds are out. The style is shorter than the filaments, and fertilization takes place in the bud. On a cloudy morning they remain bright and fresh, but when the sun beats down with intense and undimmed rays, the petals are wilted long before noon. The var. grandiflora Lindl. has much larger flowers and stems less leafy. The style is larger than the filaments and before the bud opens is protruded from the expanding corolla, so fertilization in the bud is impossible. I have not observed insects flying around the open flowers or crawling wathin the corollas. Oenothera pinnatifida Nutt. In the spring two classes of plants can be found; those that have evidently lived through the previous season and small plants that appear to be seedlings. The former soon become large with spreading habit, often forming a mat more than a foot in diameter. I have counted sixty-five large white blos- soms on a single plant. They die when the seed ripens, unless growing near where the supply of water is permanent, when they ap- pear to become perennial. They bloom in April and May, often lingering on through June and even occasionally into August. When there are rains in August, as there almost always are, a new crop of seedlings comes up which form simple-stemmed plants with a few flowers that remain until the frost. These plants are, in my opinion, the originals of the many stemmed plants of the next spring, VOL. III.] Azotes on (Enothcra. 249 while the spring seedHngs come from seeds that did not germinate the previous season, or perhaps from seeds ripened on the fall seed- lings. These flowers open about sunset and are not fertilized in the bud, for the pistil greatly surpasses the stamens. I have examined hundreds of pods and have always found two rows of seeds in each cell, eight rows in all. The seeds are round and pitted. CEnothera trichocalyx Nutt. Of this I have collected several forms that vary with reference to the bud, the appearance of which seems to be the chief difference between this and CE. albicaiilis. I cannot determine to which species several belong, though the Grand Junction CE. trichocalyx and the Denver CE. albicaulis seem quite distinct. They all have lance-linear seeds, grooved where they press against their companions, and often mottled with red. I found the mottled seeds on the Grand Junction form of CE. tricho- calyx and the Denver form of CE. albicaulis. In both, the seeds of well developed pods have two rows in each cell. The plants from Grand Junction have buds that are. conspicuously white vil- lous and decidedly blunt; the tips are not in the least free This seems to be the typical form, as I said before, of CE. trichocalyx. The form from Thompson's Springs, a station on the Rio Grande Western in Utah, has villous buds that are acuminate but without free tips. I have the same from along McElmo Creek, in south- western Colorado. The form from Moab in Utah has smooth buds, acuminate and with free tips. The form from Court House Wash, on the road to Moab, has buds slightly villous, with tips acuminate and partially free. These forms are all annuals or biennials. The Denver form of CE. albicaulis has sparingly villous pods, acuminate and with free tips. It would appear that a specific dif- ference between these two must be sought in some other organ. CEnothera albicaulis is distinctively a perennial, but that might arise from its situation. It is always found not far from water, while CE. trichocalyx inhabits desert regions. In comparing the Denver CE. albicatdis with the forms of CE. trichocalyx I find the leaves to be quite dissimilar, the former hav- ing leaves that are either sparingly or deeply toothed and canescent with appressed hairs; the latter having pinnately divided smooth leaves with the segments narrow and linear. However, in looking over Watson's Revision, I find that var. runciyiata and var. Calif or - nica of CE. albicaiclis have pinnatifid leaves; so the difference in the 250 Notes on (Enothci'a. [zoe leaves ought to have no weight. They both have white shreddy stems, CE. irichocalyx being more frequently red than white. The flowers and capsules do not differ sufficiently to be marked. From all these considerations I feel compelled to believe that there is but one species instead of two. I have not had opportunities to observe the habits of any of these forms, but all are white -flowered and of course open in the evening. Oenothera coronopifolia Torr. & Gray. Next to CE. biewiis, this seems most widely distributed. The flowers have a strong, sicken- ing odor, and open before sunset. The style which is at first erect and longer than the stamens becomes declined as in Epilobium spicatum. It is not fertilized in the bud. The flowers remain open until nearly noon the next day and seem to gradually wither, changing from white to rose color. They are not quite an inch in diameter, and often there are several in bloom at once on the low but erect stem. There are two rows of seeds in each cell as in those of CE. pinnatifida. CEnothera ccespitosa Nutt. , is the most variable of all the species, especially in its manner of growth, seeming to change so as to adapt itself to different conditions, or rather those that became best adapted prevailed and transmitted their qualities to the new genera- tions. The form from Steamboat Springs in Routt county, Colorado, has pods on peduncles from a half-inch to an inch long. It is caes- pitose. I have not seen the flower. The Mancosform is csespitose from running root -stocks, with slightly angled sessile pods. The petals are deeply obcordate. At Grand Junction there are three forms: first, the typical caespitose form; second, that with simple erect stem, the flowers in the axils and the dry stem of winter thickly covered with large ridged- winged sessile pods; and third, the inter- mediate, with stems branching from the base above ground, instead of underground, as in the Mancos form. The first is the common mountain form, the second is found at Pueblo and near Colorado Springs in the same kind of adobe soil in which it lives at Grand Junction. The axis of the two last forms is succulent, and doubt- less holds a supply of moisture to ripen the fruit during the dry season that always follows the spring rains. The capsules are strongly winged and sessile. The flowers of this species are not fertilized in the bud. I watched the Mancos form and found that the flowers expanded almost at sunset, quite gradually but notice- VOL. III.] Notes on CE not her a. 251 ably. The pistil was erect and protruded its viscid stigmas from the opening bud without a grain of pollen to be seen. The stigma lobes which were folded in the bud expanded as the corolla unfold- ed. Humming bird moths frequented the patches and flew from flower to flower almost as soon as they were open. The flowers were withered before noon the next day. They have a fragrance sweet and strong, so much like a lily that they are often so called. I suppose that the color too has something to do with the incorrect name. One morning in June, after a frost the preceding night, I per- ceived, as I was riding along, an open flower with the lobes of the stigma closed. I had never noticed such a phenomenon before, and it impressed me as singular. I wondered if the frost had closed them after expansion or if the cold had prevented their opening. Did the stigma lobes come together to protect the naked stigmatic surfaces, or was it merely an accident ? CEnothera scapoidea Nutt., has two distinct forms which are both found at Grand Junction, sometimes even growing side by side. The small-flowered form blooms earlier than the other. The differ- ence in size is marked, one having flowers an inch in diameter with protruding stigmas, the other with corollas less than a quarter of an inch across and stigmas included and fertilized in the bud. The pods and seed differ only in size but to a less degree than the flow- ers. Both have the red spots at the base of the petals and both have variable leaves. Generally they are entire, sometimes they have a few short irregular lobes at the base of the blade, and rarely have I seen them with margins irregularly sinuate toothed. Oenothera cardiophylla Torr. Approaches so near to QL. scapoi- dea that it is impossible for me to discriminate among the several forms which I collected this spring. The Grand Junction form has stems leafy along the branches instead of at the base; the leaves are oblanceolate, sinuate, dentate or entire, often with small irregular lobes below the blade. The flowers are very small and reddish, orange when they first open. The Moab form has all the leaves, except the bract-like upper ones, clustered near the root; the upper leaves are small, ovate and remotely dentate, the lower have from one to five pairs of small irregular leaflets on the long petiole. The pedicels equal the pod, but they vary in length in almost every plant. Another Moab form has all the leaves clustered at the base 252 Notes on Cistelidce. [zoe of the stem, very villous canescent and similar in shape to the pre- ceding form. In its general appearance it comes very near to CE. scapoidea, and I regard it as an intermediate form. In Montezuma Canon I found a similar plant. The pods are long and slender, twice as long as the pedicels. I cannot find a constant characteristic among all these forms, but yet the forms that seem typical are not alike. All of the varieties of the (two?) species have two rows of seeds in each cell of the ovary. The impress of the eight rows can be distinctly seen on the pods of all my specimens. There is an interesting feature common to the two forms of CE. biennis and the two of CE. scapoidea. Each has a large and small flowered variety, the former fertilized after opening and the latter in the bud. It is a subject for future study, and observations have not yet been sufficiently close and extended for theories or hy- potheses. . NOTES ON SOME CALIFORNIAN CISTELID^. BY F. E. BLAISDELL. Stenochidus gracilis Lee. Sparsely distributed throughout San Diego County. Frequents the blossom of Ade?iosioma fascicula- tuni; taken in net while at rest from various species of plants. The insect is black in color with basal portions of femora red. Stenochidus cyanescens Lee. One specimen taken in May at Mokelumne Hill, Calaveras County. The genus is not exclusively Californian {vide Classif N. A. Coleop. , p. 390), as supposed by Drs. LeConte and Horn — it also occurs in Nevada (Casey). A black species; frequently the elytra have a bluish tinge. Hymenoriis inqiiilimis Casey. One specimen which I refer to the present species was taken from an agricultural ants' nest Sept. 24th, at Mokelumne Hill. The elytra are without impressed striae, al- though the sutural lines are partly discernible. Color rufo-testaceous, humeral areas paler. Eyes black, front strongly convex, sparsely punctate and shining, epistoma abruptly flat and rather closely punctured. Prothorax short and slightly wider than elytra, the latter with sides straight and nearly parallel. Hymenorus fjisciilus Casey. A number of specimens of this species were taken from a pile of decaying sunflower blossoms at Coronado. VOL. III.] Lett 67' from Alphonse de CandoUe. 253 Hymenoriis macer QdA^y . Common at Poway, San Diego County, under debris, beneath trees and about decaying vegetables. Isomira variabilis Horn. Moderately common at Poway during June and July on the blossoms of Adenostoma fasciculatiwi. Cistela Thevefietii Horn. Moderately rare at Poway. Frequents the blossoms of Adenostoiiia fasciciilatum. Color piceous-black to black, femora red. LETTER FROM M. ALPHONSE DE CANDOLLE TO M. ERNEST MALINVAUD.* Geneva, July 6, 1892. Dear Sir and Fellow Member: You wish to know my opinion regarding the propositions issued by a committee of very competent botanists in Berlin, on the sub- ject of nomenclature. I have signed the four articles which they propose, and I will tell you why. In 1867, when we revised the collection of laws of nomenclature, we made omissions and committed several errors, which the march of science has now made obvious. We then thought almost exclu- sively of the future, scarcely at all of the first epoch in binominal nomenclature. We particularly said that it should start from Linnaeus, without explaining from which of his works. But be- tween the first edition of the Systema Naturae (1735) and the au- thor's last dissertation, published in 1776, a period of forty-one years elapsed, and during this long time his principal works were spread abroad (Genera, Species, Mantissa, etc.). At the same time descriptions of genera and species were published which are or are not sound, according as the nomenclature is based on this or that work of the master. It is sufficient to cast a glance at the first folio edition of the Sys- tema, now very rare, to be convinced that it is intended to make known Linnaeus' twenty-four classes and not at all to define genera. It was in 1737, in the first edition of the Genera, that the author named and characterized the genera which he admitted. In 1753, in the first edition of the Species, he enumerated species under the binominal form. Not long since I was disposed to determine gen- * Translated by Mary F. McRoberts, from the Bulletin of the Botanical Society of France, Vol. 39, meeting of July 8, 1892. 254 Letter from Alphonse de Candolle. [zok era from 1737 and species from 1753, but on this point the members of the committee of Berhn make a remark which is, in my opinion, very just. The real merit of Linnaeus is to have combined for all plants the generic name with the specific term, which he did in 1753. That is, therefore, the chief date of the new nomenclature. Linnaeus did not invent the designating of a species by two words. 'That is found in many books before his time. But it was an excep- tional case, the greater number of species being named by phrases. If this plan had been continued the science would not have changed; there would only have been phrases, more or less lengthy, accord- ing as new species were discovered. Happily, Linnaeus struck a suc- cessful blow when he instituted the constant and general employ- ment of the binominal method as a fixed rule. Thus he is virtually the creator of this method, just as Ant. L. de Jussieu is of naming families, although many before him named and characterized these groups. Taking everything into consideration, it is a happy con- clusion, that of deciding upon the date 1753 as the origin of modern nomenclature. That resolves the difficulty regarding the change of names, which the law of priority would entail had an earlier date been fixed upon. Strictly taken, 1752 decides the genera and 1753. the species, but taking into consideration the page which precedes the definition of species in the first edition of Species Plantarum, we see that Linnaeus made use of the fourth edition of Genera Planta- rum for determination of the genera, which he published in 1752. The second proposition of the Berlin committee is in part our Article 46 of the Laws of Nomenclature, with useful additions re- garding seminuda names, also regarding plates unprovided with descriptions of new genera. The third proposition conforms to the principle of the desirability of fixity of names. Finally, proposition four is a learned and impartial application of exceptions which it is possible to admit in the law of priority. Botanists will be pleased to see the desire to preserve such names as Oxytropis, Desmodium, Statice, Protea, Banksia, Myristica, Dendrobium and others, which an ill-chosen date or irrational interpretation of the law of priority threatened to change. The idea of making exceptions to that rule is not precisely a new one. Our Laws of Nomenclature (Article 4^ and Commentary, p. 33) allow this to be seen. Thus the most just and best drafted laws, even in the civil code, are sometimes submit- ted to alterations which it is true ought to be rare and only caused VOL. III.] Alexican Ceroplastes. 255 by necessity. At the present moment M. Kuntze's much to be re- gretted work involves just such a necessity. The BerHn committee understand this, and in the Hst of names to be rejected and names to be preserved, in spite of the law of priority, it has accomplished a difficult task, for which gratitude is due to it. Its propositions are a development of our laws of nomenclature, such as should be made when abuses crop in or when negligence is discovered in the com- pilation of 1867. I have myself given utterance to ideas of that nature, from which I hope good results, although the action of an isolated individual must always be slower than that of a committee. Accept, dear sir and fellow member, the assurance of my cordial esteem. Alph. de Candolle. NOTES ON TWO MEXICAN SPECIES OF CEROPLAS- TES, WITH A RECORD OF PARASITES REARED FROM ONE. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. The two scales below mentioned have been sent to me by Dr. Alfredo Duges, from the vicinity of Guanajuato, Mexico. To Dr. Duges also is due the credit for the information given regarding food-plants. Ceroplastes dugesii J. Licht. — Found at Guanajuato " more com- monly on Malvaviscus arboreus Cav. and M. acerif alius Presl. , two shrubs of about 3 or 4 metres height; and accidentally on adjoining shrubs" This is a large species, nearly white, sub-hemispherical, showing no division into plates, the white waxy secretion being very susceptible to pressure and filled with a watery liquid. Specimens kept dry for months do not lose this liquid in the least degree. Those sent measure in length, 9 to 11 mm.; width, 7 to g mm.; height, 5 to 8 mm. Ceroplastes sp. — Found "on Bigiionia ( buccinatoria? ) , and Chrysanthemum ■aX. Guanajuato." This is quite a different species in appearance. It considerably resembles C cirripediformis , but is more than twice as large. The waxy secretion is not so white as in C. dugesii, but more of a dirty gray in color, not so soft, dryer, and is very distinctly marked off into plates, much resembling in general form the carapace of the box-turtle ( Cistudo). There is a dorsal, central, rounded plate, with a central black navel-like 256 Mexican Ceroplastes. [zok spot; around this are grouped six other plates, two on each side and one at each end, the anterior end plate being- the widest and bearing in a transverse row three central navel-like spots, the other plates sub-equal and with a single navel-like spot approximated to lower lateral margin; all the plates are marked with numerous very slight ridges radiating from the navel-like spot, the radiations being perfect on all sides from the center of the dorsal plate, and mostly upward and laterally on the others, the anterior end plate most ap- proaching the central one in this respect. The specimens sent measure in length, 6 to 8 mm.; width. 4^ to 5)^ mm.; height, 4 to 6 mm. The specimens of this species were received from Dr. D'uges, on Sept. 27. On opening them, there were found to be present numbers of live adult flies of some species of parasitic microhy- menoptera. Probably a dozen or more of these parasites escaped at this time. These all belonged to the more numerous flavous species. More of the same issued up to Sept. 29. The scales were not again looked at until Oct. 15, when a careful examifta- tion showed four different forms among the parasites, some of which had been issuing up to date. These were counted, showing the following^ numbers that had issued from 10 scales: The more nu- merous were the first or common flavous form, distinguished by the scutum of thorax being of a rufous tinge, and of which there were 22 specimens. Of a smaller form, which was black above and pallid below, there were 6 specimens. There were 3 specimens of a form more slender than the first one, and perfectly black except tlie wings. And finally there was a single specimen of a beautiful trype- tid-like variegated-winged species, having the wings white with fuscous reticulations and the body marked in very much the same way. The flavous form was the only one noticed for the first few days, and the others must have issued much later. One specimen of the black species was found alive Oct. 15. These parasites were sent to Mr. L. O. Howard for determina- tion, and the following letter was received in reply: " I am glad to get the specimens which you send, and it is in- teresting to know that all are bred from Ceroplastes. The yellow species, which occurs in the greatest abundance, is a species ot Aphycus. It differs, curiously enough, from my Aphycus ceroplastis described in Bulletin 5 of this Division, and which was bred from VOL. 111.] Nutneniiis Borealis. 257 a Ceroplastes received from Silver City, N. M. I fully expected that your form would prove identical with this. The beautiful species which resembles a Trypeta belongs to a new genus of Encyrtina;. We have the same species in the National Collection from Califor- nia. The other species — the small black one — belongs to the genus Tebrasticluis, and is a parasite not of the scale- insect, but of th«- Aphycus. It is a tremendous genus and the species are not worked up." ^ A SUPPOSED NEW FEATHER STRUCTURE: BY CHARLES A. KEELER. In examining a specimen of the Arizona hooded oriole (Icterus cucullatus nelsoni), I observed what looked like fine black hairs sticking out among the feathers on the head and back of the neck. Upon extracting one of them, and examining it under the micro- scope it had every appearance of being a true hair. In reality it is probably a structure allied to the rictal bristles, but occurring in so unusual a place, and lying down upon the feathers instead of stand- ing erect it has the appearance of being a different structure. Being unable to find any allusion to it I would propose, if it be indeed a new structure, that it be termed Pseudopilum. They are present on the backs of the neck and heads of all the orioles I have been able to examine, and might prove to be a generic character. They also occur in both sexes and in the young, although most numerous in the adult male. ON NUMENIUS BOREALIS IN CALIFORNIA BY L. BELDING. I think Niimeniits borealis published by iVIr. Holterhoff in The Auk (vol. i, 4, 393), and referred to by Mr. Bryant (Zoe iii, 2, 165), was really A^. hudsonicus and Mr. Holterhoff was mistaken in iden- tifying his specimen. I was in San Diego not long after he pub- lished the note of its occurrence there and asked to see the speci- men. He showed me a specimen of N. hudsonicus instead of N. borealis, and as there is no other known record of its capture in California, it is scarcely entitled yet to a place among Californian birds. NOMENCLATURE OF PLANTS. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. The botanical Club of the American Association for the advance- ment of Science, which met this year on August i8, at Rochester, N. Y., appointed, on motion of N. L. Britton, a committee to con- sider the question of nomenclature and submit a set of recommend- ations to the club. The committee as appointed consisted of N. L. Britton, John M. Coulter, H. H. Rusby, W. A. Kellerman, F. V. Coville, L. M. Underwood and L. F. Ward, and on the following- day submitted this report: Resolved, That the Paris Code of 1867 be adopted, except where it conflicts with the following recommendations: L The Law of Priority. — Priority of publication is to be re- garded as the fundamental principle of botanical nomenclature. IL Begi7ining of Botanical Noiueiiclaticre. — The botanical no- menclature of both genera and species is to begin with the publication of the first edition of Linnaeus' Species Pla7itariivi in 1753. in. Stability of Specific Navies. — In the transfer of a species to a genus other than the one under which it was first published, the original specific name is to be retained, unless it is identical with the generic name or with a specific name previously used in that genus. IV. Ho7nonyms. — The publication of a generic name or a bi- nomial invalidates the use of the same name for any subsequently published genus or species respectively. V. Publication of Genera. — Publication of a genus consists* (i) in the distribution of a printed description of the genus named; (2) in the publication of the name of the genus and the citation of one or more previously published species as examples or types of the genus, with or without a diagnosis. VI. Publication of Species. — Publication of a species consists* (i) in the distribution of a printed description of the species named; (2) in the publishing of a binomial, with reference to a previously published species as a type. VII. Similar Generic Nariies. — Similar generic names are not to be rejected on account of slight differences, except in the spelling of the same word ; for example, Apios and Apinin are to be re- * Amended Aug. 22, by inserting the word " only." Nomenclature. 259 tained, but oi Epidendrum and Epidendron, Asterocarpus and As- trocarpiis the later is to be rejected. VIII. Citation of Authorities. — In the case of a species which has been transferred from one genus to another, the original author must always be cited in parenthesis, followed by the author of the new binomial. The main discussion upon this report was on Article VI, in re- gard to the acceptance of named exsiccati not accompanied by a description as valid publication of a species, which was discussed by Messrs. Beal, Coulter, Vasey, Swingle, Bailey, Kellerman, Barnes, Fernow, Cook, Dudley, Morong, Britton, Underwood and Johnson. The motion to amend by including exsiccati was lost. Dr. Britton moved that a permanent committee be appointed to serve as a board of arbitration, and to prepare and print a list of the flowering plants within the area of the sixth edition of Gray's Manual in accordance with the recent report on nomenclature. It was subsequently agreed to to extend the range to include Canada, Nebraska and Kansas. On motion of Dr. Arthur the nomenclature committee was made the permanent committee for this purpose. A further motion was carried "that this committee be empowered to receive all suggestions and criticisms of this list, and to report upon them at the next year's meeting." The action here taken is certain to have an important effect upon botanical nomenclature, in North America at least, as most botanists would be willing to make concessions in non-essentials for the sake of peace and uniformity. It is evident that such sacrifices were made in committee, as Art. IV of the principles set forth in the circular! sent out to American botanists did not appear in the re- port. This article, which received the signatures of four members of the committee, provided "That a varietal name be treated as equal in rank to a specific name, in its relations as a homonym and in the transfer of species and varieties from one genus to another." The effect of this article would be to render the oldest specific name invalid in place of a still older varietal name. We have to thank the good sense of the committee for the shelving of this article, which would necessitate an absurdity in citation, and in view of the extreme looseness with which varieties are treated in bot- t Zoe, iii, 170. 26o Nomenclature. [zoe any — as equivalent to subspecies on one hand and to the sUghtest variation on the other — would lead to endless confusion. Articles I, III, V, VI, VII, VIII will continue to be the practice, as they have been in the past, of most botanists. Objections to Article II may readily be waived. If Article V is rigidly enforced we shall be delivered from a lot of Rafinesquian trash — Agoseris for instance, where no type species is named. The discussion on Article VI is somewhat surprising, as it is evi- dent that some members of the club wished to make the issuance of exsiccati a valid publication. It might be endurable to so consider sets carefully prepared under competent superintendence and suffi- ciently numerous to allow at least one to each country, but a mo- ment's reflection ought to convince anyone that sets as ordinarily distributed — in which only the sample, if any, has been submitted to authority — would be valueless for such a purpose, while the facilities for species-making, already too great, would be immensely increased. And who should have authority to discriminate? Article VIII, requiring the name of the original describer of a species to follow it in all cases, and in parenthesis when transferred to another genus, seems to us a great improvement over the old practice, which made no distinction between species described by an author and those merely, for any reason, written after another generic name — indeed offered a premium for as many changes as possible. The concluding clause, requiring the name of author of the last transference to be appended after the parenthesis, will prob- ably be followed or neglected according to the fancy of the writer, as at present. The rock ahead in these rules is the fourth article: the " Once a synonym always a synonym " provision. If this were intended as a rule for future guidance the objections might easily be overcome, though it would enable any mean-minded man — and some such have been known in botany — to prevent the commemoration of the name of anyone against whom he might have a grudge, by attaching his name to an invalid genus; but as a retroactive measure it will make chaos come again, unless — which it is idle to hope for — it could be left to the hands of careful monographers, It appears to us far bet- ter to let the matter of homonyms rest and devote the time spent VOL. III. J Nomenclature. 261 in discussions of them to a study of the organisms themselves, especially as such study may result in altering the bounds of genera and involving a new set of names, for perhaps few botanists, if they remember the mutations of genera in the last hundred years, largely due to our increasing knowledge, will consider that even their own efforts will be able to put nomenclature on a perfectly stable footing. The annoyance arising from homonyms in synonymy is com- paratively small, but as between zoology and botany they are a crying evil which overshadows all the others. Even so long ago as 1846, when Agassiz wrote the index to his Nomenclator Zool- ogicus he made the statement that the rectification of these names in zoology and as between zoology and botany would necessitate the sacrifice of almost half the generic names made in recent times, and it must be apparent to anyone that the inconvenience of writing concerning an insect feeding upon a plant of the same name is in- finitely greater than that arising from the occasional revival of an old homonym, especially as by the recent tendency of science genera are more apt to be consolidated than divided. The law of priority is apparently the only way of securing uni- formitv, yet it is repugnant to our sense of justice to reckon as of equal value in systematic science the work of careful and conscien- tious botanists and of the other far too numerous ones who, without herbaria or books of reference, record their vague descriptions, often identifiable only by the process of exclusion, in obscure journals or trade catalogues. There is no other branch of human knowledge which deliberately encourages incompetence. We pay a dear price for uniformity when we have to accept such work as that of Necker and Rafinesque, and to dread the day when some Mexican may take it into his head to identify the plants of Hernandez' Historia Plantarum Novse Hispanise, and give us some hundreds of names like Tzo7ipilihtdzpatli Teptizcuhdlce , for instance. A Correction. — I included in the additions to True's Check- list (in this issue) a reference to Am. Rept. Dept. Agr. 1887, p. 435, as the place where the name Sorex richardsonii was revived. This is a mistake as 6". richardsonii was revived, so far as I know, in Merriam's Geog. Dist. of Life in N. Am. (Proc. Biol.Soc. Wash, vii, April 13, 1892, p. 25.) The species referred to in Annual Re- port for 1887 is 6". Forsteriy which should not appear in the list of additions as it is given in True's list. t.s.p. INSECTS OF CATALINA ISLAND. BY F. A. SEAVEY. During the last week in August of the present year I spent part of the time in collecting insects on Catalina Island. As I know of no list of insects from this island having ever been published, I send one of my collection, incomplete as it is, trusting it might be of some interest in furnishing a new locality for the insects named: Hymenoptera. Apis mellifica Linn. Emphor sp.? Bombus Calif ornicus Smith. Boinbus sp.? Pompilus ferrugineiis Say. Pompilus tenebrosus Cresson. Pompilus sp.? Parapompilus sp.? Augochlora pura Say. Polistes aurifei' Saussure. Ceratina acantha Provancher. Paratiphia albilabris Spinola. Philanthus Californiciis Cresson. Vespa diabolica Saussure. Bembex fasciata Fabricius. Bembex nubilipennis Cresson. Isodontia sp.? Sphezrophthalma sp.? Sphcerophthalma aureola Cresson. Dipara sp.? Coleoptera. Balanimis obiusus Blanchard. Anihononms canus LeConte. Pristoscelis qicadricollis LeConte. From Hetero7neles arbjilifolia. Carpophilus pallipen7iis Say. Saprinus vifiosus LeConte. Platynus briinneomarginaius Mannerheim. Tropisternus Californicus LeConte. Hyperaspis lateralis Mulsant. From Artemisia Californica. Insects of Catalina Island. 263 Psyllobora tcedata Leconte. From Artemisia Califot nica. Chilocorus bivtdnems Mulsant. Hippodamia ambigiux LeConte. Hippoda7nia convergens Guerin. Coccinella sangimiea Linnaeus. Diabrotica soror LeConte. Hemiptera. Lygceus redivatzis Say. Lyg(Bus sp.? From Verbena prostata. Orsillus scolopax Say. From Verbena prostata. Nysius ang2istatiis Uhler. From Verbena prostata. Narnia femorata Stal. Neathus vitripenne Stal. Murgantia histrionica Hahn. ' From Isonieris arborea. Platycotis sp.? Kernies galliforniis Riley. Lecaniiun oIe(£ Bernard. lecaninrn sp.? Aspidiotics convexus Comstock. DiPTERA. Volncella avida Osten Sacken. Volncetta esnriens Fabricius. Volucella tan Bigot. Cppestylum marginatum Say. Anthrax edititia Say. Anthrax pretiosa Coquillett. Anthrax siniwsa Wiedemann. lepidanthrax iyiaurata Coquillett. Nerins sp.? Ectyphus sp.? Orthoptera. Scudderia Behrensii Bruner. CEcayithus sp.? Labia sp.? Neuroptera. Chrysopa sp.? RECENT LITERATURE. Reviews of Paleobotanical Literature. BY theo. holm. A. G. Nathorst: O^i the occurrence of fossil glacial-plants."^ It is nothing less than a mapping of the former distribution of the Arctic flora in Europe, that the author presents in these papers. They are principally based upon his own observations, and contain an invaluable account of the distribution of these plants. The ac- companying map gives a comprehensive view of the former extent of the Ice-period in Europe, covering an area from 50° to 70° lat. , besides Switzerland, a part of Hungary, Bavaria, Wiirtemberg, France and the Pyrenees. The plants which especially indicate the presence of a former Arctic flora are: Salix polaris, S. reticulata, Be tula nana. Polygo- num viviparum, Azalea procumbejis, Saxifraga oppositifolia, Dryas octopetala, besides some others, including mosses. The author pre- sumes that several other species oi Salix will be found by closer ex- amination of the considerable material he has at hand, as there are some leaves which very much resemble 6". myrsi?iites, S. myrtillo- ides, S. retusa, S. Lapponum and various others. The fragmentsof these plants are not only leaves, but also branches, catkins and fruits. It will be interesting to know the conclusions which the author promises will soon appear from these investiga- tions, concerning the former and present distribution of the Arctic plants. Some very interesting points have been given, however, in the present paper, concerning the distribution of Dryas. For the first time this has lately been discovered as fossil in Great Britain in a single locality near Edinburgh, while it is found in the living state among the mountains of Wales, Yorkshire and Scotland. Polygonum viviparum was found as fossil in Switzerland, but no fossil remains have ever been found of it in Sweden, although it is very common in the recent flora. *"Ueberden gegenwiirtigen Standpunkt unserer Kenntniss von dem Vorkom- men fossiler Glacialpflanzen." (Bihang K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hdlgr. vol. 17, 1892; Stockholm, pp. 1-32, with map.) and: "Den arktiska Florans forna Utbredning i Landerna uster och soder om Oestergon." (Vmer, Stockholm, 1891, pp. 115-147, with map.) Also, " Fresh Evidences Concerning the Distribution of Arctic Plant during the Glacial Epoch." (Nature, vol.45, Jan., 1892.) Recent Literature. 265 The accompanying map shows, also, the former and recent dis- tribution of Salix polaris, which, in connection with the other facts mentioned above, may give us important hints as to the migra- tion of plants. It is to be hoped that Professor Nathorst will soon give us the promised work upon the distribution of these plants. And similar researches are highly recommended to the paleobotanists of this country. Fridolin Krasser: The Rhetic flora of Persia.'^ It was not until the year 1858 that the fossil flora of Persia was investigated, when Dr. Goebel, as a member of the Khanikow- expedition to Chorassan, had the opportunity of making some col- lections in that country. These were studied by Dr. Goeppert. While Dr. Goebel collected in the province Asterabad in eastern Persia, visited Tietze, several years later, Hif near Kaswin and the mountain Siodscher, and Dr. Wiihner made extensive collections on the Polak-expedition, discovering plant-bearing deposits near Rud- bar and Sapuhin. The Persian fossils from these localities occurred in a formation consisting principally of a greenish or sometimes reddish sand- stone, the age of which, judging from the flora, seems to be iden- tical with the Rhetic formation. The duthor gives a complete list of works, published upon this Persian flora, the most important having been written by Goeppert, Polak, Schenk, Sturr and Tietze. He also mentions the most in- teresting fossil plants that were collected by the above mentioned explorers, and gives, finally, a full account of a very large collec- tion, made recently by Dr. Rodler near Sapuhin at Kaswin, and presented to the Vienna Museum by the late Dr. Polak, court-sur- geon of the Shah. It is especially from this last collection, that the age of the formation has been ascertained, and the specimens seem to give a more complete illustration of that flora, than any of the other Persian collections. We find in the list a few Archegoniata: Eqici- setacecB and Filices. Among the genera of these families are Eqiu- setum, Phyllotheca, Asplenhim, Bernoicillia, Clathropteris 2ind others. The Cycadece are represented by Podozamites, Otozamites — of which O. Polakii is described as new to the science — and such genera as *"Ueber die fossile Flora der rhatischen Schichten Persiens." (Sitzungsberichte d. K. Akad. d. Wissenschaften, Wien. vol. loo, 1891, 20 p.) 266 Recent Literature. [zoe Pterophyllum and Aiiomozamites. Among the ConifercE are found Palissya, Baiera and Ginkgo. H. Engelhardt: Cretaceous pla?iis from Saxo?iy.-^ Such authors as Brongniart, Sternberg, Brown, Geinitz and Goep- pert have ah'eady described the cretaceous Ferns, Cycads and Conifers from the locaHty near Freiberg, in Saxony, and Ettings- hausen has treated the oldest dicotyledonous plants of the region in his paper: " Die Kreideflora von Niederschona in Sachsen."t But since the year 1867, nothing of importance has appeared upon this subject. There is, however, in the Museum of the "Freiberg Bergakademie " a considerable collection made by Reich, which has been left partly unnamed, and it is upon this valuable material that the author has based the present paper. It contains an enu- meration of plants with several critical remarks, and following are figured and described as new species: Pterophyllum Reichianum ( Cycadece), Salix Schoentz, Triplaris cenomatiica ( Polygonece), Sapotacites Stelzneri, Miimisops ballotceoides, ChrysopJiyllum Vele- novskyi, Sapindiis saxotiicus, Steradia Gei?iitzi, Simaba saxonica and Leguminosites ^retaceus. The collection embraces, also, several very interesting types, and, although described before, we will note the presence of such characteristic forms as: Delesseria Reichii, Didyfnosoriis comptonicefolius, Seqtioia Reicheyibachii and S. minor, DiosPyros primcEva and Liriodendron Meekii. C. T. Bartholin: Jurassic playits from Denmark.X The present paper contains an enumeration of fossil plants, mostly collected by the author himself during his stay on the Danish island Bornholm. They all belong to the Jurassic flora, and represent tlie Equisetace. Maxillae blunt, cut on inner margin toward jabium . Labium a little longer than wide, more than one-half as long as maxillae; sternum oval, three-fourths longer than wide, project- ing! between anterior coxae. Anterior coxae separated by a little more than the width of the labium, much larger and longer than the others, smaller and shorter in P than in d". Legs of first pair much larger and longer than the others S, somewhat larger and longer than the others^. Femoral joints compressed and enlarged. A few spines on femur, patella, tibia and tarsus and metatarsus of first leg, all but the patella of second, third and fourth legs, in terminal ring on tarsus of third and fourth. In the first and second pairs the spines are most numerous on the inner side of the leg. A few femoral spines on the palpi. COLORATION. Female. — Upper cephalothorax grayish-brown with slight bronze cast and a space of polished black posteriorly just in front of the ab- dominal juncture. Under side black with long white hairs sparse. The background color of upper abdomen is black or deep brown, with a heavy bronze cast over all. Beginning at the spinnerets and extending about four-fifth's of the abdominal length, are two narrow, black or deep brown bands. Between these bands anteriorly is a light, tawny-yellowish area divided centrally by a dark streak. More of this yellowish color is seen along outside the bands and on the fore- part of the abdomen. There is a border of the same around the anterior rim. Upon each of the black bands are four spots of the same. Side abdomen light gray, under .side same, darker along the median line. Male. — The upper cephalothorax is usually black or has the gray-brown color only in j43.tches. The chief difference is in the up- per abdomen, which has the same ground-color and bronze cast but no yellow markings except the anterior and side rim. The bands are obliterated, but often the posterior yellow spots remain.'''^ explanation of markings. The gray-brown color of the cephalothorax is due to short, stout, slightly iridescent yellow scale-hairs scattered over the black integu- *The foregoing description was made with a lens of a power of four or five diameters. The following was made with a compound microscope of about fifty diameters. 334 A Nezv Jumping Spider. [zoe ment. The side color is due to the same scales and the black line along the rim is due to the absence of them. The yellowish clypeus is caused partly by long hairs and partly by scales. In the male the coloring of the clypeus is not so clearly yellow because the hairs and scales are sparser. In the upper cephalothorax these yellowish scales are interspersed with other scale-hairs of like shape but of a grayish color and most brilliant iridescence, which are particularly numerous on the forepart and produce the bronze luster. In some, especially in young specimens, these scale-hairs are thick all over. The skin color of the upper abdomen is deep brown or black, usu- ally appearing brown to the eye but under the microscope black with long black hairs. The yellow markings are formed of hairs like those on the cephalothorax, while the longitudinal dark bands are simply parts of the dark integument set in relief by the yellow scale-hairs. The yellow along outside of bands is in natural females a close collection of these scales, but in gravid females it appears as a series of oblique, backward streaks, one from each of the dots on the bands. This indicates weak portions of the integument, which stretch to make room for the eggs. Bronze hairs also, like those on the cephalothorax, are thickly set between the bands posteriorly, out- side the bands anteriorly, and on the forepart of the abdomen. Others are scattered among the yellow hairs. The yellow border in both sexes is composed in part of longer hairs than those forming the other markings. The dark upper abdomen of the male is due to the absence of yellow scale-hairs, although there are enough bronze scale-hairs to give it a luster. The under abdomen has the same black skin covered with nearly white scale-hairs of a smaller size than the yellow ones. They are not so thickly set along the middle and the skin shows through, forming the darl^er central band. Male legs dark brown with darker brown rings, as follows: Last half of femur dark brown with tip end lighter; last end of tibia gradually darker; light scale-hairs on all except first two joints. The second pair of legs have dark rings on patella, tibia and tarsus; metatarsus with a black tip; scales as in first pair; third and fourth pair same. Palpi light brown, last joint dark, dark hairs on last joints, light hairs on others; light yellow scales on iemur and two succeeding joints; mouth-parts, coxae and sternum dark brown; anterior coxae darker than posterior; falces nearly black; fang red-brown. VOL. III.] A Nezv Jumping Spider. 335 Female, first and second leg of a uniform light-brown with a black tip, light and dark hairs, sparse scale-hairs on all except first two joints. Third and fourth legs same with tarsus and metatarsus lighter. Some have a narrow dark ring on tibia of the third and fourth pairs; others have a dark ring on patella, tibia, and tarsus of the same. Palpi light-brown with light hairs. The markings of this spider often j-ub off, giving rise to individual differences. This brilliant bit of a spider is quite common about San Francisco Bay, but has not yet been reported elsewhere. It is found on many plants, but in gardens where I have observed it most, it is more fre- quently seen on honeysuckle, rose bushes, live-oaks, and the shrub known as laurestina. The last two seem to offer peculiar advan- tages, for not only do the leaves lie closely together, but the oak leaves are curled and the laurestina leaves are quite often rolled lengthwise. Between two leaves in the one case, or within the rolled leaf in the other, the spider finds a safe retreat, while the dead live- oak leaves, where they lodge together in hollows, furnish spacious cavities between them for the web domiciles. The domicile is a simple flat tube, open at both ends, with some- times an oj^ten branch tube from the main one. The spider enters by inserting the fore legs between the sheets of webbing and holding them apart as it forces its way in. If there is danger of intruding foes, the spider holds the sheets together with the fore legs at the end most threatened. The flat cocoon which contains the yellowish eggs is made within the tube, and the young ones share the parent domicile until after the second moult, when they depart on aeronautic tours of explora- tion for themselves. The males and females appear as adults as early as April, but the former become rare after the first of June and the latter after the first of September. The females begin laying eggs in May. The num- ber of cocoons made by a single female is not more than two, and probably, judging from captives, the general rule is to make but one. The eggs, about fifty in number, hatch on the average in about twenty-five days, and the young are found at all times of the year. Dendryphantes ^neolus is one of our so-called flying spiders, the young being especially given to that progressive method of loco- 336 A New Jumping Spider. [zoe motion. Often, when sitting in the garden, I have had one ahght on my book, crawl to the top of my uplifted finger or pencil, and fly away on its web or make it a bridge to some other and usually higher point. The way of getting upon the breeze is in principle the same as with all other flyers. Arrived at the top of an elevation, the spider raises the spinnerets and^emits a thread, which the wind is al- lowed to carry far enough to bear. If this is successful, it flies, but if the thread catches, it simply fastens it where it stands, draws it in, as it were hand over hand, until taut, and then crawls upon it to the other attachment- In most cases the fly-line flows from the posterior spinnerets, while from the anterior pair another thread is drawn, and fastened to the point upon which the insect stands, so that it has a returning line if the flying, at first successful, should afterward end in failure. If the fly-line catches, the extra line simply strengthens the first end of it, or aflbrds return, should it break. It can easily be seen that this way of traveling must be exceedingly advantageous to these spiders, not only because of the ease and speed which the web bridge allows, in crossing water, desert places, patches of grass or clover and other obstructed routes, but also because of the much greater speed and safety afforded by actual flight. With spiders, as with men, however, the easiest and speediest ways are most likely to be disastrous, as is shown in the following instance, which illustrates as well the instinctive endowment enabling this spider to overcome its natural enemies. On a bright morning several years ago a pet lizard lay sunning himself on a table in the yard, when a partly grown specimen of this spider came sailing along and dropped down directly in front of him. For a second or two the spider, unconscious of the great impending danger, looked about in the seemingly intelligent way peculiar to Attid^e. The lizard, as yet sluggish and unawakened, was pushed toward it. Instantly the careless attitude of the spider was changed for the strategic; facing its enemy, it slowly, almost imperceptibly, drew in its legs until it looked more like a tiny chip or the top of a polished nail-head than like a spider. The saurian was then moved around behind; (^neohis, with fixed eyes and cautious move- ments, turned to face him still. I put my fingers just behind the spider, but it chose to face the greater, and, from the spider stand- point, more imminent foe, and kept its eyes on the lizard. Alter testing in various ways without touching it, I now slightly pushed VOL. III.] Histeridce in San Diego County. ' . 337 the spider from behind with a pencil. With a sudden side jump and £ rapid dash along beside the lizard, it crawled under his outstretched tail and dropped over the edge of the table into the grass. If the liz- ard had been lively, the spider would not have fared so well, but as it was, it not only escaped, but had more scope for showing its instinct. In the first place, instinct seemed to tell that lizards are dangerous animals. That is curious enough in itself In the second place, it had learned, or secured by inheritance, tlie exact strategem which could save it from such enemies, if anything could. A lizard never devours an insect that does not very perceptibly move. A third conclusion that I drew was that the spider knew which was the most dangerous end of the reptile. At any rate, it ran under the tail, and, though in a decided hurry, seemed to feel safer out of range of the lizard's eyes than in running straight on to the other end of the table. Making due allowance for any imagination of mine on the last point, it must be conceded that such knowledge of lizard habits in a spider shows considerable intelligence. NOTES ON HISTERID/E OBSERVED IN SAN DIEGO COUNTY. BY F. E. BLAISDELL. HoLOLEPTA. This genus is represented by six well-defined species, two of which I shall desc "be as new. The individuals of each, with two exceptions, are quite numerous in their season. • HoLOLEPTA YUCATECA Mars. Found in the decaying fruit of Ciicurbita. Echinocadus zmidescens, leaves and stalks of Opun- tia occidentalis. The largest species of the genus, body greatly depressed, head extended, with long, prominent mandibles. Men- tum flat, impunctate; prosternum narrowed, and rounded at tip; sides of body more or less arcuate. Rather plentiful from May to November. HoLOLEPTA PERVALIDA sp. nov. Form strongly oblong, nar- rower and much less depressed \\\'AViyiicateca; sides parallel. Men- turn nearly flat, strongly punctate laterally, rather sparsely so at middle; prosternum intermediate between the preceding species and 338 ' Histeridcs in San Diego County. [zoE fossularis; mandibles rather strongly curved and shorter. Length 17.5 mm. Rare. Found in decaying Echhiocadus viridescens, HoLOLEPTA CACTI Lec Very abundant in decaying cacti, fre- quently taken from beneath the bark of decaying and water-soaked wood of the willow. Mentum concave, with strongly elevated lines; prosternum narrowed and almost acute at tip. HoLOLEPTA viciNA Lcc. Common from July to November. Found in the decaying fruit of Cucurbita. Mentum concave with- out elevated lines; prosternum slightly narrowed, truncate, and slightly emarginate at tip. HoLOLEPTA NEGLECTA sp. nov. Narrower and more elongate than vicijia. Mentum feebly concave, lines rudimentary; pros- ternum slightly narrowed, subtruncate. Sides of prothorax quite evenly arcuate. Sides of body moderately arcuate.- Length 7 mm. Found in decaying squashes. Rare. This species was identi- fied for me as lucida, but is entirely different in habitat from specimens subsequently obtained of that species. HoLOLKPTA POPULNEA Lcc. Taken from decaying cacti in the eastern or desert portion of the county; common in Arizona. HiSTER SELLATUS Lec. Not couimon; in spring and early sum- mer observed flying about sandy places near streams, ^ilso found about the roots of plants. Elytra are marked with red. HiSTER SEXSTRIATUS Lec. Commou; observed flying about on warm days in spring, also found at the roots of grasses and beneath bark in rotten wood ; a large black 'species. HiSTER MiLiTARis Horn. In some seasons quite common. Fre- quents the sandy banks of streams, and beneath debris in same local- ity. Smaller species with each elytron marked with a red line. Tribalister marginellus Lec. Rare; taken from beneath rocks in moist places. Tribalus californicus Horn. A very small species and abun- dant beneath bark, rocks, etc., in permanently moist places. I once observed some six or eight individuals feeding upon a living Mela- notus longidus. Paromalus opunti/E Lec. Common; found in decaying fruit of species of Cticurbita, leaves and stalks of Opn?itia occidentalis. VOL. III.] Nezv American Rules of Nomenclature. 339 Paromalus CONSORS Lec. Common; frequents decaying vegeta- ble matter. Saprinus oregonensis Lec. Common about fetid vegetable and animal matter. Saprinus lubricus Lec. and S. frimbriatus Lec. Abundant everywhere, especially along the seashore about putrefying matter. Saprinus cerulescens Lec. Quite common in summer about the dead bodies of snakes and small mammals. Saprinus sulcifrons Lec. Common along the seashore be- neath kelp. VIEWS OF A WORKING BOTANIST ON THE NEW AMERICAN RULES OF NOMENCLATURE. BY J. H. CONGDON. Five of these rules are simply the practice of all good botanists concisely expressed, and need no comment. No. VIII will never be followed. It is simply an extravagant but logical extension of the "principle so rigidly expressed in rule No. i. The sooner No. 4 falls into a state of innocuous desuetude, the better. It will certainly get there. As for No. I, in the rigid construction that will be claimed for it, it is a deliberate sacrifice of the rights of the great majority of us to the vagaries of individuals. Where all the botanists of a country have for a generation agreed on the use of certain names for the vegeta- tion of their own country, and everyone has learned them and be- come familiar with them, we do not intend to suffer some old pam- phlet to be dug up by some musing bookworm from some pile of forgotten rubbish in some back closet in some old library three thou- sand miles away, where some old pedant has given a vague descrip- tion from some traveler's scrap of a plant which the author never saw growing and really knows nothing about, to make all the rest of us take up our botanical lists, which have become as familiar to us as our alphabet, and rub out the old names associated with years of study and observation in the field, and put in their miserable resusci- tated antiquities. We shall do nothing of the kind. We shall stick to the old familiar words and leave the works of those that adopt these new-old names to repose in the antiquated dust from which they were dug. SOME NOTES ON AZOLLA. BY DOUGLAS HOUGHTON CAMPBELL. One of the most interesting of the native Pteridophytes of Califor- nia is the widely distributed Azolla Jiliculoides,occ2is\ona\\y called " water-fern." This pretty little plant is common in many localities, and when found at all, usually occurs in great numbers, and often covers extensive stretches of quiet water with a dense purple-red mantle so thick that the water is completely hidden. Sometimes, however, a pond that is completely covered with the plant, may, after a few months, show no trace of it beyond a few decaying fragments that have sunk to the bottom, or are entangled among the Lemna and other floating weeds on the surface. Whether this sudden dis- appearance is due simply to the plant's having completed its natural term of existence, or to some other cause, I am unable to say. A pond near the La Honda road, some dozen miles back of Palo Alto, was visited repeatedly between November 1891 and May 1892, and at all times was covered with a luxuriant growth of Azolla. The same pond visited in September, showed not a single living plant, although ripe spores were found in the decaying masses of plants at the bot- tom of the pond, and these germinated promptly when set free and placed in clear water. The pond has not been visited since, so I cannot say whether or not a new generation of plants has appeared. The genus Azolla is a small one, but widely distributed. Of the four species usually recognized, tW' > are American, viz. : A. filicu- loides and A. Caroliniana; A. nilotica is African, and A. pinnata is Asiatic and Australasian. Both A. filiculoides and A. Caroliniana are attributed to California, but all specimens yet seen by me have be- longed to the former species, and as these included some from the collection of the Academy of Sciences labeled A. Caroliniana., I have some doubts about this species occurring here. This is the species of the eastern part of the continent, where it is widely distributed and reaches as far south as Brazil. A. filiculoides occurs in Chile and Peru, and probably pretty much all along the Pacific Coast. As the life history of all the species was very imperfectly known, an effort was made to clear up as far as possible the obscure points. To this end observations were begun in November, i8gi, and con- tinued, with more or less interruption, for a year. Only a few ol the more important and general points brought out by these investi- VOL. III.] Sorne Notes on Azolla. 341 gations will be given here, as the details will be given in a somewhat extended paper that has just been completed. The plants multiply very rapidly by the djetachment of branches at the base, which become independent plants, and in this way the plant spreads with great rapidity when once established. Besides this method of multiplication, spores are formed which give rise to a new generation of plants. The spores are of two kinds, large ones (macrospores), and small ones (microspores). The sporangea that contain these are borne in separate receptacles, which usually occur in pairs. These are borne on the lowest leaf of a branch, and an investigation of their earlier stages shows that they are metamorphosed leaf-segments. The or- dinary leaves are divided almost to the base, into two lobes, and in the sporiferous leaves, one of these lobes is transformed into the ru- diments of the sporocarps. This lobe is first divided into two equal parts by a median cell wall, and each half then grows by an apical cell to form the rudiments of the young sporocarp. At a very early stage a ring-like wall is formed around the base of each rudiment, and rapidly grows until it forms a cup, in which is contained the papilla-likesporangial receptacle. This cup finally closes at the top and thus forms the closed capsule in which the sporangia are borne. In the smaller sporocarps a single macrosporangium, which almost completely fills it, is formed, and this originates directly from the apical cell of the sporocarp-rudiment. The microsporangia are pro- duced many together, and the sporocarps containing them are larger. The development of the two sorts of sporangia is at first much the same, and follows closely that of the ordinary ferns, so much so, in- deed, as to leave no doubt that Azolla is closely related to them. A comparison of the whole sporocarp with the sorus of certain ferns shows that its wall is really homologous with the indusium of the latter. If we examine the earlier stages of the macrosporangium we can- not fail to be struck with its extraordinary resemblance to the young ovule of many phanerogams, and the form and position of the indu- sium suggest immediately its homology with the first integument of the ovule. This is not so surprising when we remen.ber that the ovule is really nothing but a specially modified sporangium. Up to a certain point the two kinds of sporangia develop alike, but a difference becomes evident just before the formation of the spores. 342 Some Notes on Azolla. [zoe In the macrosporangium but eight spore mother cells are produced, while in the microsporangium there are sixteen. In both cases, each spore mother cell divides into four, in the usual way; but whereas all of these develop more or less perfectly in the microsporangium, only one comes to maturity in the macrosporangium, and develops into the single large spore that fills its cavity. Shortly before maturity the protoplasmic matter filling the micro- sporangium separates into several masses (massulas) each of which encloses a number of spores. The substance of the mature massulae has a peculiar foamy appearance, and looks almost like a cellular tis- sue, but examination shows that it is only hardened protoplastic mat- ter, and that the peculiar cellular appearance is caused by vacuoles in it. In stained sections of the nearly ripe sporangium, the nuclei of the disorganized tapetal cells can still be seen lying in the spaces between the massulae, and are evidently concerned in the formation of the glochidia, curious anchor-like outgrowths of the massulae. In the macrosporangium the protoplasmic matter surrounding the spore is used to build up the curious epispore and appendages. The epispore in AzolLa filiculoides is composed of a substance very similar to that of the massulae. It is provided with prominent irregular knobs that have attached to them numerous fine threads. The up- per part of the spore is crowned with three pear-shaped masses of the same substance as the epispore. The ripe macrospore fills the sporangium so completely, and the latter fits so closely into the in- dusium, that its wall is so compressed as to be only discernible after close scrutiny. The sporangia are set free by the decay of the indusium, but this decay is only partial in the case of the macrosporangium, and the upper part of the indusium becomes hard and dark-colored, and per- sists as a little cap, covering the top of the spore, whose base finally becomes entirely free by the decay of the sporangium wall. As the massulae escape from the microsporangium, by the complete disor- ganization of its wall, the glochidia stand out from them and by their hooked ends become fastened to the threads that cover the prominences on the surface of the macrospore, and often the massu- lae are so numerous as to completely hide the lower part of the ma- crospore. This is obviously a great assistance in fertilization, as the germinating microspores are thus brought close to the macrospore. In order to study the germination of the spores, sections must be VOL. III.] Some Notes on Azolla. 343 made, as the first stages take place within the completely closed spore. From the macrospore a small triangular prothallium is pro- duced, which breaks open the apex of the spore, and pushes up be- tween the three appendages on the top. A single archegonium is formed at a very early stage, in the center. This resembles in its essential features the archegonium of the ordinary ferns. In case the first archegonium is not fecundated, several others may be formed, but the growth of the prothallium is limited, and appears to ceaSe after the reserve fund in the spore is used up. If the first archego- nium is fertilized, the egg-cell after secreting a cellulose wall about itself divides by a transverse wall. From the upper of the two primary cells the stem and fine leaf of the young plant arise; from the lower, the primary root and the foot (the organ by which the em- bryo absorbs its nourishment from the spore). The microspore produces an extremely simple prothallium bearing a single antheridium. The ripe spores sink promptly when placed in clear water, but as the embryo develops, large intercellular spaces are formed, which, Tilling with gases, cause the young plant to rise to the surface. The development of the prothallium, so far as could be determined, is completed in about one week from the beginning of germination; and it is almost as long before the young plant rises to the surface of the water. These figures are necessarily only approximate, as there is no means of telling how far germination has advanced without kilUng the plant, and there is a great deal of difference in the time when germination begins. All species of Azolla have always associated with them a nostoc- like plant of the genus Anabaena. The necklace-like chains of cells of this plant are always found tangled about the growing point of the Azolla stem, and as the leaves develop, a cavity is formed in each one, into which the Anabaena filaments creep and form a colony. They do not seem to affect the growth of the Azolla, but are simply sheltered by it. As the sporocarps are forming, the Anabaena makes its way into the open top where the cells enter a resting condition to assume growth again when the spores germinate. When this takes place, the Anabaena filaments surround the growing point of the embryo, which is thus brought into contact with the parasite from the very first. NOTES CONCERNING THE FLORA OF SONORA. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. Early in May the writer landed at Guaymas, the seaport of the State of Sonora, Mexico. This month of the year is never a good one for observing the vegetation of the region, for the ground has completely lost the moisture acquired during the rainy season, and no new showers are to be expected immediately. The time of my visit was unusually unfavorable, for the rainfall of the preceding rainy season had been small, and the vegetation of a dry earth under a burning sun showed fewer signs of life than usual. The surface of the countr}^ about Guaymas is very much diversified and eminently suitable for a varied flora; the city itself is almost surrounded by high cliffs and steep hills; the large harbor contains many islands, some rocky and abrupt, some of a more gentle and rolling character, and some extending into long sand-spits, but slightly elevated above high tide. Its waters find their way into numerous small bays, situated behind ridges and extending to the openings of long cafions, all of which can easily be visited by obtaining the assistance of the clam- orous boatmen. Any botanical collector who reaches this place is likely to be visited by the same thoughts that often occurred to me when, after climbing a high hill, I saw from the shade of some rock the exquisite panorama spread out before me, and pictured the glo- rious time Dr. Edward Palmer must have enjoyed, when, climbing the rough hills covered with vegetation, crawling among rocks steaming from recent rains, and sailing around and about the islands and neighboring shores, he so carefully collected a flora then almost unknown and abounding in species new to the scientific world. A few plants were found, however, that do not seem to have been be- fore noticed. One, that disagreeable bush Atamisquea emarginaia, was seen on the hills near the coast, and as later it was often met with in the neighborhood of Hermosillo, it must be a common plant of this part of Sonora. Helianthus dealbatus, in a depauperate form, was found growing on one of the long sand-spits, and as its habitat was supposed to be the seashore sands between San Ouentin and Mag- dalena Bay, this locality considerably extends its range. Palafoxia linearis also grows in sandy locations, and in saline soil near tide wa- ter bushes of Avicennia 7iitida are sometimes seen. VOL.. III.] The Flora of Sowra. 345 * The cacti of the vicmity of Guaymas seem to have been somewhat neglected and are not noticed in the accounts of its flora. Of course they are difhcult plants to make into botanical specimens, and disa- greeable to come in contact with, but some of them, when in bloom, are very attractive, and there is a species of Platopuntia, often grow- ing among nearly black rocks that contrast so strongly with its bright red joints as to make it seem from a distance like a mass of brilliantly colored flowers, in fact at first I made the boatman land me on the rocks, which I climbed, so as to be certain what it might be. This cactus is known as "durasnillas," and a little village near Hermosillo that we visited later is named from it Las Durasnillas. A few plants of a scarlet-flowered cereus grow on a sandy island, and afterwards it was seen in abundance in the interior. Near the city and in many parts of Sonora, Cereus Schottii^ which on the peninsula received not long ago the additional name C. Sargentianus , is common and assumes the various forms in which it grows on the peninsula of Lower California. The most distinct is the one in which the top bears spines similar to the lower part, and, although flower-bearing, large and old, entirely lacks those long white. spines so characteristic of this species. Notwithstanding the adverse conditions, some of the well known plants of the Guaymas flora were in full bloom. Hofnieistcria cras- sifolia blooms in the dry season, as does its near ally, H. fascicuiata, of Cabo San Lucas, and was now crowned by its myriad of light-pink flowers, and like its Lower Californian relative delights to grow on cliffs just beyond the reach of the ocean spray. Now and then a small tree of Guaiac2im Coulteri disdaining to follow the example of the other members of its species, covered its leafless branches with a mass of dark sky-blue flowers, and the brilliant effect of its erratic conduct was increased by the staidness of its surroundings, for it was a cloud of blue amongst a crowd of leafless grayish-brown bushes, resting on an ash-colored and baked adobe soil. Cczsalpinia, Hyptis, Jacquinia, and other shrubs were evidently endeavoring to produce blossoms and fruit, but the drought was so excessive that only withered flowers were the result. That slender, drooping acacia, A. Willardiaiia, full of flowers and ripe pods, was found to be abundant on rocky ledges west of the city, and again later I was pleased to see it growing on a rocky hill almost within the ciiy limits of Hermosillo. 346 TJie Flora of Sonora. [zoe The street railway of Guaymas ends in a semi-public park, in which grow two trees with willow-like leaves that would not be recognized as belonging to the fig family by anyone knowing only the cultivated figs of California. The owner says they were brought from below San Bias, and Dr. Palmer says that at least one of them grows also wild in the neighboring caiions. These two trees from which were collected the typical specimens of Fiais fasciculata and F. Sonorcs^ are separated by a short distance; one bears numerous aerial rootlets and sends down to the earth roots from its branches; the other has neither of these peculiarities, but, as F. Palnieri, of Lower Califor- nia, sometimes produces an abundance of aerial rootlets, and more often has none, their presence or absence cannot be considered a specific character. The two trees of Guaymas bear a general re- semblance to one another; the leaves are alike, and at the time I thought they were one species, and afterwards was surprised to learn from Dr. Palmer that they represented types of two distinct species. Dr. Gustav Eisen, a well-known expert in fig culture, who has seen these same two trees, thinks it possible that they may represent the male and female forms of a single species, and says: '' F. fasciculata possesses in the April crop of figs very few male flowers, about half a dozen to each fig, and these male flowers are situated in the region around the eye (osteolar region), and are not found dispersed among the female and gall flowers lower down." Along the railway from Guaymas to Hermosillo and in the sur- rounding region, one of the most abundant plants is the thorny bush, or small tree, Olneya Tesota. At this time all its flowers were open, and they were so numerous that horses and cattle become fat eating them from the branches within reach, and from the ground where they have fallen. The irrigated fields and gardens about Hermosillo were quite green when compared with the surrounding country, and much vegetation of interest was found, especially along the ditches and^-in the hedge rows. The dry rocks and hills of course did not produce many plants at this time of the year, but some collections of Perityle made among them, and by Dr. Eisen at San Miguel de Horcasitas, gave evidence that the awns of the pappus may be present or absent in the same species. Hircea viacroptera, a perennial plant, very com- mon in the vicinity of Hermosillo, does not seem to suffer from the lack of moisture, for along the roads and in the very driest situations vor,. III.] The Flora of Sonora. 347 its bright yellow flowers and winged seeds flourish amongst the sur- rounding dried-out vegetation. The most interesting part of Sonora visited was Las Durasnillas, a small collection of houses about sixty miles from Herniosillo, near a mountain range known as Sierra Matapan. At this place was found a flora very different from any before seen, and some moist localities along the base of the mountain had retained their green and grow- ing vegetation longer than was to have been expected. The most conspicuous plant was Cccsalpinia ptdcherrima, with its large and handsome blossoms, compelling admiration from the least attentive. The very dark-purple flowered Brongniartia Palmeri was equally abundant. Some of the Pithecolobiums were in bloom, and under one of them our camp was made, as they furnished more shade than any other tree of the region, but a denser shade would have been more agreeable, because the hot sun found many openings among, the scattered leaves and branches through which to send its rays. Among the tr^es and shrubs some are so different from familiar forms that theyareaconstantsourceof interest, and even the inhabitants rec- ognized their peculiarities, and, after exciting our curiosity , guided us to the places where they grew. The cotton tree, Eriodcndron aciimin- ahim, is a singular tree, having the bark of its trunk thickly covered with large thorns, with leaves like those of the buckeye or horsechest- nut, and large yellow flowers that are followed by bolls of cotton four or five inches long. When the fruit bursts and the tips of the twigs and branches of a spreading tree twenty feet high are adorned with good-sized bunches of cotton, the effect is very striking. Another tree, with a trunk sometimes two feet in diameter, that is always nearly white, and for that reason called "Palo bianco," surprises even botanists when they ob.serve its botanical relationship, for it is an Ipomcea, a genus seen in more temperate climates only as low twining herbaceous plants. Among so many interesting plants, a few others are deserving of notice. Erythrina is represented by a single species here, and in Lower California by another very distinct one; both blossom in the spring, some time before the appearance of the leaves, and both retain their long pods after the short-lived foliage has fallen. The abundant large, dark maroon colored flowers are as beautiful in April as are the open pods that expose their scarle^ beans in December. Cordia Sonor(s is completely covered with flowers that persist on the bushes and assume different shades of V 348 The Flora of Sonora. [zoe color as they wither. In the canons is Vitex mollis, a tree that is often planted in the gardens of Hermosillo, and many other plants interesting botanically, among which the following, which seem to have been undescribed, were found: — Abutilon (Wissadula) cinctum. Perennial, 4-6 dm. high, stems slender, diffusely branching, white, with a thin appressed to- mentum: leaves cordate-ovate, crenate-serrate, acute, on slender pedicels of about the same length, upper surface appressed pubescent, pubescence of the lower mixed with stellate hairs: flowers solitary on stout pedicels shorter than the petioles, not jointed: bracts linear- oblong, caducous: calyx cuneate at base, 10-angulate, cleft less than half its length into five lanceolate acute lobes, covered with long spreading hairs, which also occur sparingly on petioles, peduncles, and on the margins and veins of the leaves: corolla ^-2 dm. broad, ■ light-purple or lilac, segments cuneate-obovate, inequilateral, twice the length of calyx, tomentose in the angles, erose at summit: stamineal column very short, horizontal: stamens Yi the length of the petals; anthers by the unusual development of the double sep- tum, spuriously two-celled, developing a large quantity of mucus when wetted: ovary 3-celled; ovules three in each cell, the two up- per collateral; styles three, capitate, united only at base, minutely and sparsely stellate hairy; carpels three, rounded at apex, loculi- cidally-dehiscent to the base within, two-thirds the length without, constricted below the middle by a callous ring which is higher ante- riorly and posteriorly than at the sides; upper seeds smooth, lower conformed in shape to the cavity, tuberculate punctate at the sides, and crowned by a hirsute ring; radicle superior. This plant hardly belongs to the genus Wissadula, yet according to Grisebach's Flora of the West Indies, it would be included in the Wissadula section of Abutilon. The constriction between the upper and lower cells is not very apparent externally and does not amount to occlusion of the lower, but insomuch as it approaches Abutilon weakens Wissadula. The shortening of the stamineal column the tricarpellary ovary and collateral ovules occur in other species of Abutilon. It was collected near Las Durasnillas, Sonora, Mexico. Anisacanthus abditus. Perennial, the few stems virgate, in- durated herbaceous, bearing short branches, leaves and flowers above, the whole plant minutely puberulent and abounding in stipitate VOL. 111.] Mamillaria Notesteinii Britton. 349 glands: leaves ovate-lanceolate, 2-3 cm. in length on slender petioles more than half as long, the uppermost reduced to sessile bracts: proper bracts lighter green than the leaves, ovate-lanceolate, a pair sessile in each of the upper axils, 8-12 mm. long, nearly twice the length of the concealed calyx: flowers sessile, one or two in each pair of bracts: calyx cleft to the base, lobes lanceolate-acuminate: corolla rose-color 3-4 cm. long, the rather slender tube somewhat curved and a little longer than the nearly equally cleft and spreading lobes: anther cells muticous, parallel, one very slightly lengthened below: capsule oblong, 2 cm. long, the stipe-like portion occupying half the length; seeds flattened but thick, apparently violet in color, covered with short, sinuous ridges. This plant was found growing about a spring on the Sierra Mata- pan. Its habit and flowers resemble those of related species, but its large bracts, of a lighter color than the leaves, make this a very distinct one, and the numerous blossoms crowded at the upper part of the stems surpass in beauty those of the well-known members of the genus Anisacanthus. MAMILLARIA NOTESTEINII Britton. Since the sending of my first specimen to Dr. Britton I have founil quite a plantation of them, and after examining a number h;)ve thought it best to modify the original description. »/ Mamillaria Notesteinii Britcon, stems ovate, simple, or occa- sionally caespitose, 2 — 8 cm. in diameter. Tubercles nearly terete and ab^ut 2 cm. long, spines 12 — 18 white, becoming gray with age, weak and slender, i — 2 cm. long, spreading. The central spine, which is longer and stronger than the others, is generally tipped with reddish-pink. Pubescent throughout. Flowers 2 — 4 cm. in diame- ter, ash-gray, tinged and penciled with a delicate pink. Petals linear oblong, mucronate tipped; sepals fringed; fruit scarlet, obovate; seed black, globose, pitted. Soil and exposure to sunshine changed the amount of coloring and penciling. Found by the writer in gravelly soil, near a small creek, in this (^ vicinity, June 4, 1891. F. N. Notestein. College of Montana, Deer Lodge, Mont. NOTES ON THE ANIMALS OF SOME WEST COAST SHELLS. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. Trivia solandri Gray. A single living specimen of this beau- tiful little moUusk recently collected by Miss Ida M. Shepard, at Ballast Point, San Diego Bay, and which she kindly brought to me for. examination, enabled me to make the following note on the aiii- 'mal. , , ^ -'When the animal is fully extended, the mantle lobes completely envelop the shell. The lobes are of a brownish flesh-color, thickly though not closely crowded with mammillated tubercles, about thirty-five on each side, flecked and frosted with whitish specks. The tubercles vary some in size and form, the larger ones being rounded and broad at the base, while the smaller ones are narrower and more conical. The nipple-like processes that rise from their summits vary in number from one to four on each tubercle, their tips being also frosted with whitish specks. The spaces between the tubercles are a shade darker than other portions of the mantle, and peppered over with irregular black specks. The edges of the mantle lobes that meet on the summit of the shell are lighter in color than other portions of the mantle, and are also covered with black specks like those between the tubercles. When the animal is in motion the proboscis extends forward like the bowsprit of a boat; it is about ^ an inch long, a shade or two lighter than the mantles, flecked with whitish specks like those on .the tubercles, with its end slightly expanded and edged with white. Two slender tentacles about yg of an inch long when fully extended protrude from the head near the base of the proboscis, each one bearing a black piercing eye, about midway between their tips and the head of the animal. The foot is about as broad as the shell, truncated in front and roundly pointed behind, when the animal is in motion. The front of the foot is marked beneath by a very fine transverse dark line, which perhaps serves to define the front edge of the sole. The sole is lighter colored than other portions of the animal that are exposed outside of the shell, and is beautifully and profusely flecked with very small whitish dots. The animal was slow in its movements, its motion being a contin- VOL. Ill] Animals of Some West Coast Shells. 351 uous glide around the vessel in which it was confined, but most of the time it remained stationary at the edge of the water, as if waiting for the tide to come in, or a chance to escape. Conus ca/ifoniicus Hinds. The body of this mollusk is whitish in color, and profusely dotted over with black specks that frequently coalesce near the margin of the mantle. When the animal is in mo- tion the foot extends about }l of an inch beyond the anterior and^ posterior ends of the shell. It is truncated in front and bluntly pointed behind. The sole is white and sparsely sprinkled with black specks. The motion of the animal is a constant glide. The proboscis is black, and about }^ an inch long when fully extended, and seems to be a specialized portion of the animal's mantle, rolled together with the lower edges in contact but not joined. It curves over and above the back of the shell, as the animal moves forward. Two small tentacles, of a dark color, each 5 millimeters long, pro- trude from the head near the base of the proboscis, bearing two small keen eyes, which are situated about half way between the tips and base of the tentacles. The operculum is horn-color and claw shaped, a portion of the lower or sharp end being free from the animal. When the animal is in motion this operculum lies transversely across the upper side of the posterior part of the animal's foot. The nucleus of- the young shell is white and glassy, and after a few turns the spire resembles a bluntly pointed, round peg. After this the upper end of the whorls rapidly enlarges, as also does the length of the whorls from the anterior end of the shell to the shoulder. In the adult the body of the shell is covered with numerous re- volving lines, more prominent near the anterior end of the shell. On the spire of some specimens there are also strong revolving lines, while on others these lines are entirely obsolete. The shoulder of the last whorl is rather concave and forms a shallow subcanal around the shell at the base of the spine, but this, like all other characters of shells, is very variable, and in some individuals it is absent. The whole shell is covered with a dirty yellowish epidermis that frequently darkens into chestnut color. The shells are quite brittle and very frequently broken, which perhaps is due to the thin, sharp. 352 Notes on Calif or )iian Plants. [zoe xjuter lip, and an excessive amount of carbonate of lime in their com- position. The bungling manner in which the animal repairs these fractures does not add to the beauty or attractiveness of the shell, which even in its perfect state is not very inspiring, especially when we consider the beauty of many other cones. Terebra simplex Cpr. The animal that inhabits this shell is of a pure, pearly white color, without spot or blemish. When fully ex- tended, its foot is about yi the length of the shell. The proboscis is slender, about as long as the foot of the animal, gracefully curved -over the back of the shell, and when the animal is in motion it forms an interesting and conspicuous part of the creature, and seems out of all proportions in its length to the rest of the animal's body. This animal has no tentacles, but the eyes are situated on mammillated tubercles that protrude from the body midway between the foot and proboscis. The eyes are small, dark and keen; the foot is truncated in front and rounded behind. The operculum is carneous, unguic- ulated in form, and lies on the upper side of the posterior part of the foot. This shell is abundant at San Diego and southward. NOTES ON CALIFORNIAN PLANTS. IV. BY S. B. PARISH. VARIATIONS OF CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS BENTH. This species, not uncommon in the central region of the State, ex- tends as far south as Elizabeth Lake, in Los Angeles County. Here at its southern limit it is strictly typical; the stem stout and branch- ing and from 1 8 to 24 inches high; the flowers light lilac, the petals marked above with a reddish stain, below that a brown, yellow-edged peculation, and the basal portion brown-striate; the densely hirsute ^land narrowly oblong, and surrounded by scattered hairs. The plants are not very abundant here, but among a considerable num- iber observed not one manifested any noticeable variation. Hardly fifty miles further north, at Fort Tejon, on the borders ot Kern County, they are very plentiful, but here, on the contrary, they show a range of color variation which I have seen in no other plant ;that has not been subjected to the art of the hybridizer. Specimens ^growing on the flats about Lake Castac were sufficient to unmistak- VOL. III.] Notes on Californian Plants. ' 353 ably fi.x the sj3ecies; indeed, they differed only in having- the mark- ings less distinct and well defined. But on the precipitous sides of the surrounding grass-clad mountains, where every recess or gentler acclivity was a thickly set bed of these flowers, all the color character of the species vanished. Repeatedly I found it easy to gather from one of these parterres a dozen flowers, each abundantly distinct for a florist's variety, and some of which, if considered by themselves, a botanist might well regard as distinct species. But with all the in- termediate variations so profusely present the most diverse extremes were traceable to the original form. A little study resolved these many-hued varieties into two series, the one of lilacs and the other of yellows. In the former the range of color proceeded from while through varying shades of lilac to a deep purple, the extreme being the var. put-piirascens Watson. The other series passed through similar gradations from very light yellow to a bright lemon color, which may be identified with the var. cit- rinus Baker.* Sometimes the petals were of uniform color through- out, or were shaded from light to darker tints; in others a lilac petal ]>assed into a yellow border above, or the reverse; others again were yellow striate with hlac, or lilac with yellow. The upper and lower spots of the normal flower were occasionally indicated in these va- rieties, but in most instances were entirely obsolete. The glands were uniformly densely hairy, but varied much in size and shape, being oblong, oval, or transversely flattened. In some instances they were obsolescent. All the plants were slenderer stemmed and fewer flowered than in the normal form, single flowered specimens being common, and few exceeded a foot in height. The flowers varied much in size, but were generally smaller than in the type. The whole exhibition appeared to bean example of pure nat- ural variation uninfluenced by hybridization, since no other species was observed in the neighborhood. Considering how completely all distinctions of color and markings, or of size and shape of gland, here break down, it becomes a question as to what value can be placed on these characters in a group of closely allied species which inhabit the same geographical region. In Dr. Wation's Revision of the N. A. Liliacea;, and in the Bot. of California this is referred as a variety to C. lutens, Dou^l., the most natural disposition to make from herbarium specimens. But, considering the associations with which it grows on these hillsides it is evident that Baker was right, if the two species are to be kept up. 354 ^'^ Trip through Southeastern Utah. [zoe It is precisely on such treacherous grounds that C luteus Dougl., C. venustus Benth, and C. splendens Dougl. were established, and more recently C. Lyoni Gray and C PlunimeriB Greene have been added to the number. Dr. Watson has already suggested that the first two may be confluent, yet in their typical forms they are the most distinct of the set, the first being yellow and the second lilac purple in color. Yet field observation compels the reference of a yellow variety to the lilac-colored species. The other species above named ail belong to the lilac series, differing from each other in the distribution and intensity of the coloration. In this respect typical specimens are sufificienth' distinct, but considering the unreliability of this character it is not impossible that further observation may unite them. LiL.^A SUBULATA HBK. A rare plant in the South, and appar- ently the same elsewhere in the State. The only station known to me is the marshy margin of a shallow pond on the farm of Mr. James Stewart, near Colton Fresh plants show some characters not in en- tire accordance with the published diagnosis of the species, which was perhaps drawn from dried specimens. Our plant is an annual, the leaves terete, or a little flattened, about six inches long, sheath- ing at base. Inflorescence axillary, of two forms; an androgynous spike exserted on a peduncle shorter than the leaves, and arising between two sessile ovaries whose filiform styles nearly equal the peduncle. I find no spikes entirely male. The anthers discharge their pollen while the spike is still inclosed in the sheathing bases of the leaves. The radicle fruits mature long before the spicate ones. GENERAL NOTES OF A TRIP THROUGH SOUTHEASTERN UTAH. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. It was my good fortune the past year, towards the end of May, to travel on horseback through a part of the Great American Des'^rt that has been but little explored. The road followed was a cattle highway from Thompson's Springs, a station on the I). & R. G. W. R. R. in Utah, to Moab, a Mormon town on the Grand River; thence to Monticello, another Mormon settlement at the foot of the Blue Mountains; thence down Montezuma Canon to the San Juan River, Vol.. III.] A Trip through Southeastern Utah. J3:) not far from Bluff City, where the gold placer excitement has recently existed: from there, by way of McElmo Creek and Montezuma Valley, to Mancos, a town in southwestern Colorado. Mr. Alfred Wetherill, who was my guide, planned the route, man- aged everything about the camp and horses, helped me greatly in collecting, and, altogether, was as good a friend and as efficient an aid as any botanist could desire. Thompson's Springs is so named because of its relative nearness to water. In a desert country the watering places become the cen- ters, the named places on the map, and though they may be many miles away from a railroad station, yet more than the small cluster of buildings serve to locate to the cattle men, who are almost the only travelers, the general situation of any place. The name would suggest moisture and verdure, but besides the water tank and a feeble stream of yellow alkali water at the bottom of a gulch, every- thing was dry. However, it was the period when vegetation was most luxuriant, and the earth was gay with flowers. Townsendia strigosa almost carpeting the ground in spots, recalled Burns' "wee crimson-tipped flower; " Thelvpodium ambiguum, with its branch- ing habit, glaucous foliage, and numerous clusters of rose-pink blos- soms, gave brightness here and there: while within the precincts of the station viere. Aster ta7iacet7folitis, Arabis longirostris, Abronia mi- crantha, cycloptera and turbinata; a Conanthus differing most notice- ably from Conanthus aretioides in its smaller flowers, Oenothera scapoidea and trichocalyx, Atriplex corrugata and N^ittallii, and the shrubs so frequent in the desert, such as Grayia polygaloides, Arte- misia tridentata and spinosa, Bigelovia graveolens and Tetradymia spi?iosa. So many of the desert shrubs are spinose, because nature is here such a niggardly provider that their ambitious efforts to be- come big plants are thwarted, and they must remain straggling, woody, spiny shrubs. There was no time for exploring the country around Thompson's Springs, nor for branching off" onto the alluring mesas and into the side canons along the road. An early start had to be made so as to reach a spring at noon and Moab at night, allowing plenty of time for collecting on the way. Some time after we left the station there stretched before us a range of low hills, where the evidences of upheaval were unusualK- 356 A Trip Ihroiigh Southeastern Utah. [zoe conspicuous. On each side of a slight depression, which was a rise compared with our starting place, the bands of strata were tipped up slanting towards each other, and plainly matching. It was from this break in the strata that the canon began, which at first imper- ceptibly, but later more decidedly, became deeper and deeper, until when we reached the Grand River, the rocky walls seemed to rise perpendicular for a thousand feet at least, and here and there were carved into wonderful and weird outlines by the action of the air and water. The vegetation constantly changed, for we were not only descertding, but also passing from the flora of the plain to that of the canon. It was a day full of delight; new plants were constantly seen, and some that may be new species were collected. Lupinus pusillus was so abundant over large areas that the earth seemed to mirror the sky, while occasionally the rarer Lupinus Shockleyi was also seen; Cleomella plocaspernia, or a nearly allied form, was found growing in a small tract with a most peculiar and new Phacelia. Eriogonnni inflatnni was common over miles of country, and it was noticeable that the amount of swelling at the nodes varied from absolutely n< )ne to more than an inch in diameter. The plants destitute of inflation were small and weak, compared with the others, and the question arose as to the cause of the difference. The evolutionist would regard the variation as an illustration and living proof of the forma- tion of a new species, and would look upon the plants without infla- tion as the original from which the inflated forms arose. The infla- tion is a feature especially beneficial to a desert, slender-stemmed annual and undoubtedly takes the place of the involucral bracts that most Eriogonums possess. It furnishes the surface essential to the vital functions of the plant during the ripening of the fruit, since the leaves at the root, by which the plant was enabled to raise its stem and spread out its branches, become dried into dust long before the flowers are gone, and often before they are in bloom. It can easily be seen what an advantage the inflated plants have over the others in the struggle for existence, and they show their superiority in greater size and abundance. They even crowd out other plants and almost usurp the soil. New Astragali were continually seen, and were collected in both flower and fruit. Gilia Gunnisoni, Biscutella Wislizeni, Coloptera Neivberrvi and Asclepias involiicrata grew on a VOL. III.] A T?-ip through Southeastern Utah. 357 sandy bottom, and the Gilia was most abundant and very lovely. In washes, Encelia nutans was frequent. Its large headisfuU of good sense as well as many flowers. When the flowers expand, the head is erect, so that the sun can have its full effect; but when the seeds are nearly ripe, it begins to nod and droops lower and lower until it finally touches the ground and the seeds scramble out so that they may travel far away from their big-rooted mother on the first rush of water that comes down the hills from the heavy rains that some- times fall. They thus secure a congenial home in a branch wash and •do not have to starve on their greedy mother's leavings. Through the canon, which we entered in the afternoon, new and attractive plants began to appear. Here and there Penstemon Eatoni lifted its showy stems, covered with scarlet drooping trumpets, de- manding admiration. Malvastriim leptophyllum, with slender, wand- like blossoming stems, was a fine study in harmony of color, the brick red of its flowers toned down by the silvery green of the foliage. Aster venustus here has smaller flowers than at Grand Junction, and with violet rays instead of white. Amelanchier alni- folia exhibited a new form, more slender and less leafy than the common one, with i&w flowers, and the leaves glossy on the upper surface. Some plants of Rhus aromatica were seen, with en- tire coarsely crenate leaves- Fraxinus anonmla and Qtiercus Emory i{f) sometimes formed thickets. Pinons and cedars grew along the hills, and bunches of rosaceous shrubs, such as Purshia and Cowania were occasionally observed. Cacti were rare, and but one, an Opuntia, with long, slender white spines, probably a form of O. Missouriensis was collected or even noted. Near the Grand River, the space between the cafion walls became wider. It was a sandy bottom, and the wind blew the sharp little bits of quartz and feldspar into our faces in a -disagreeable manner. Twilight was impending, but there was still sufficient light to indi- cate that a flora more peculiar than any seen yet, existed here. In spite of the raging river that must be crossed we resolved to return to this spot in daylight and explore more fully. Mentzelia multi- Jiora was the plant most conspicuous in the waning light, and the star-like blossoms opening at our feet seemed to be trying to illu- mine the way. The next day's search was cut short by one of those rainstorms 35^ ^ Trip through Southeastern Utah. [zoe that are called cloud-bursts, where the water descends in sheets and in a short time starts waterfalls that leap a hundred feet in places over precipices, to the slope below, and then rush to the river. Before the storm, however, we secured a Hofifmanseggia that seems to be new, a peculiar form of Liniim rigidum, Eriogomim Thomasii, Coldenia hispidissima, Poliomiiitha incana, Glypiopleura margmata, Euphorbia Ji age llaris, Encelia frutescens, and fine fruiting speci- mens of Coloptera Newberry i. This had before been collected in flower; but it was only now that its puzzling character began to ap- pear. No two seeds were to be seen that looked alike. It was try- ing to be a Cymopterus and a Leptotaenia at the same time, and even its leaves showed the struggles which it was experiencing. Along the river banks were willows, and the common Baccharis salicina. Berberis Fremonti grew at the foot of the canon among the rocks, under which we were perfectly sheltered from the storm. Stepha)wmeria exigua, beautiful with its numerous sjjreading pink blossoms in the early morning, was a bedraggled object after the rain; Erigeron Utaheusis, just coming into bloom, seemed to be rare; Brickellia li?ii/oIia in flower along the slopes, and the young shoots of B. microphylla, which is a fall-bloomer, were also ob- served; Aplopappus NuttaHii, Phacelia erenulata and Amsonia brevifolia were there at home too. Moab is an oasis in a desert, and its poplars might be compared to the palms that m.ide Palmyra so famous for beauty long ago. It is as renowned, too, among the pilgrims through this land, and we had heard of its beauty, its fruits, and its hospitable people before we started. Its green fields, lovely orchards, and extensive vine- yards were such a sudden change from the dry country around that, undoubtedly, the impression of its loveliness was made more vivid from the surroundings. The next day was spent on a barren highway, where whatever green thing could survive the drought fell a prey to the cattle that were driven over that road. The ground was tramped down and marked with the impressions of innumerable hoofs. Towards even- ing we entered one of the basin-like canons, called "washes," pecul- iar to that region. Here was found a Gilia worth thirty-five miles through the dust and heat. It is one of the most beautiful of the genus, and well deserves the name superba, which has l^een bestowed upon it. VOL. 111.] A Trip through Southeastern Utah. 359 The following day was more profitable in the number of plants collected, but as quantity does not always make up for quality, it is doubtful whether it was really more successful. Here and there on the hillsides Yucca augustifolia was sending- up its flower-stalks; on the mesas which we crossed, a Frasera, taller and more loosely flowered than F. alboinarginata, was getting ready to bloom ; Berberis Fretnonti hQc^.\we more common along water courses, and was beau- tiful with the showy yellow flowers amid its holly-like leaves; Psoralea castorea spread over sandy slopes. In a small canon we found the greatest variety seen in one place, and collected AlHuni Nevadense f Pcnstcinon Parryi, Ephedra trifurca in fruit, a small flowered variety of Gilia congesta, an Arabis which is probably a beautiful, rose-colored, large-flowered form of A. Holba'llii, found also at Grand Junction, and the widely-distributed Krynitzkia leucophoea, the only one of the spicate and glomerate Krynitzkias that can be determined with certainty, because of its smooth, shining nutlets. This caiion led up to a mesa covered with piiions and ce- dars, and again we were in a region of few flowers, Penstcmon Parryi, Gilia congesta, and Krynitzkia leucophoea h^'xwg almost the only plants under the low trees. We crossed another pinon-covered mesa, after leaving Monticello, and in that little-visited locality found a few plants of Erodiuni cicutarim, the offspring of some dar- ing pioneer. It was a great surprise, and the place at once lost some of its wildness. Trifoliuni Plummcrce seemed common, but was past its period of bloom, and almost of fruit as well. We were aiming to cut across country, because a cattle highway was so barren, and after great difficulty succeeded in reaching the bottom of Montezuma Canon, intending to climb up the other side and then ride acro.ss an unbroken mesa to McElmo Creek. Monte- zuma Canon proved to be a prison from which we could not escape until we reached the San Juan River. Its walls were perpendicular for miles, and impossible to climb with horses. Whenever a hill could be ascended, we toiled up and led our poor animals, only to behold a labyrinth of canons beyond. However, as we continued to find new plants and were exploring country perhaps as pioneers, we somewhat forgot that our stomachs were empty and our provis- ions low. Frasera albomarginata , Cymopterus purpureus, Calo- chortiis flexuosns, Poly gala acanthoclada, Eriogomim salsuginosus, 360 A Trip through Southeastern Utah. divaricatus, and glandu/osus, several Astragali, Gitia pmigens, Lygodesmia exigiia and Cnicus Neo-Mexkatms were among the plants noticed on the rocky hills and cedar-covered mesas. Along the river bottom the grass was high and the trees near the water formed a low grove of box elders, willows and cottonwoods. Calochortus Nutlallii was in bloom, and quite common. In general the plants were the same as those usually found not far from water, and as we approached the San Juan River the trees were replaced by Sarcobatus vermicuhitus, Bigelovia graveolens, and Artemisia tridentata, so tall as to hide us completely from each other. They all make fine camp fires, but Sarcobatus is the best. We thought that we might also have to try them for internal combustion, but an Indian store on the San Juan River saved us from the attempt. Along the San Juan River the vegetation was not different from the lowlands of Montezuma Creek; some chenopodiaceous plants were seen, but too young for determination, though as Grayia Brandegei was known to grow in that vicinity, all were closely ex- amined and found to be young Atriplices, probably argentea and Nuttallii. Thickets o( Forestiej^a Neo-Mexicana were here and there, and Lycium pallidum occasionally replaced the usual desert shrubs. The looked-for "Grayia was not found until the McElmo Creek was reached, where many other interesting plants now appeared. Datura nietcloides was rather startling. It is not supposed to grow so far north, but here it was abundant in the dry bed of the creek and occasionally along the sides. The seed pods are often found in the ruins of the ancient people who once filled this land and guarded every spring with towers of stone. The hackberry , Celtis occidentalism was a new and uncommon shrub; but the other shrubs were those found throughout the whole region. CEnothera Hartwegi\2X. lavan- dul(zfolia, was noticeable occasionally, and a few more new Astragali were found, as well as some other plants previously collected, such as Biscutella and Calochortus Jlexuosus. In Montezuma Valley the shrubs were in full bloom, and the hillsides were beautiful with Peraphyllum ramosissimum, Fendlera rupicola and Amelanchier al- nifolia. A single plant of the Grand Junction Chcenactis scaposa was collected, which extends its range two or three hundred miles, the extent of country through which we had ridden during our ten days' trip. The region traversed belongs mainly to what Dr. C. Hart Merriam VOL. III.] General Bird Notes. 361 has designated as Upper Sonoran. No mountain species were seen, and but few of those common everywhere along water courses. Animal life was scarce; rarely was even a rabbit noticed or the song of a bird heard. The careful studies of the plants collected and the list of those noted and collected will form the subject of a paper to which this is an introduction. GENERAL BIRD NOTES. EDITED BY WALTER E. BRYANT. A TRAGEDY IN BIRD LIFE. One stormy day in December found me on Damon's Point, at the north entrance of Gray's Harbor. A great gale was blowing and the rain and spray were driving in from the sea in clouds. Gun in hand, I strolled toward the beach to view the surf, which was running very high. A broad, sandy bay made in from the harbor, the upper end of which terminated in a shallow slough about eighteen inches deep. I waded across and was proceeding toward the beach, when my at- tention was attracted by a small buffle-head duck (yCharitonetta albe- old) commonly called butter-ball. He was swimming around iij the slough and obtaining his food in the way common to his kind, by diving and picking up that which came his way. With an admiring glance at his beautiful plumage I was about to pass on, when one of those pirates of the air, a duck hawk (^Falco peregrhitis anaium) came in sight. Without hesitating an instant, he made straight for my little friend and swooped at him. His long talons came down with a clutch, but they closed on nothing, for the duck was under the water. Un- daunted the hawk hovered overhead, and as the water was clear and shallow, he could follow every movement of his prey. Again the duck came up; the hawk swooped to seize him, each move being repeated in quick succession and each dive becoming shorter and shorter. It was evident that the poor little hunted creature was getting des- perate, for the next move he made was to come out of the water fly- ing. The hawk promptly gave chase. There was some clever 362 General Bird Notes. [zoe dodging in the air, but the duck, frightened and tired, soon saw that his swift pursuer was getting the best of it, so he closed his wings tight against his body and dropped hke a stone into the water and plunged out of sight. Now comes the beginning of the end. While he was under water he either saw the hawk hovering over him or else he became bewil- dered, for he came again out of the water flying. Like lightning the hawk struck; there was a muffled "squawk," and the tragedy was ended. Sam. Huhisaud, Jr. PUGNACIOUS FLICKERS. The following facts were related to me by my brother. And there is a fine skin of one of the birds in my collection. -One day he heard a commotion in the loft of the barn, and, thinking that perhaps the cat had caught a bird, he ascended to discover the cause. In the eaves of the barn was a hole made by woodpeckers. Fighting vigorously through this hole were a couple of flickers {^Colaptes cafer'). The birds made such a din that they dfd not notice his approach and he easily took the inside one in Iiis hand. The bird on the outside, probably thinking that it had vanquished its enemy, promptly entered in pursuit and was in its turn taken in the other hand. F^ow blind must have been their rage, and how perfectly oblivious of their own end they must have been, for, although still in the hands of their captor, upon being brought together, they would innnedi- ately resume the combat, figntnig witii bill and claws as though their fate depended upon the result. It would have been interesting to have discovered the cause of the dispute. Perhaps the explanation may be found in the fact that both the contestants were females, and it may have been the outcome of a fit of jealousy. Edward C. Merwin. THE MOCKING liIRD AT REDWOOD CITY, CALIFORNIA. In regard to the occurrence of the mocking bird {Mimus poly g lot- tos) in this vicinity, I would say that the specimen which I now have in my collection was taken here in Redwood City, .September 5, 1891. It was hopping about the ground in search of food, and, al- though exceedingly watchful, could not be called shy, as it ap- VOL. 111.] Ge)ieral Bird Notes. 363 proached within forty feet of me before I saw it. They are rarely seen here; I have met with but three others during the past twenty- five years. Two of them were shot years ago before I knew any- thing about preserving the skins; the other was seen in 1880 near my home, but was too wary to be collected. They seem to prefer the company of blue jays {Aphelocoma calif or^iicd), as the last three .specimens were with large scattering flocks of these birds and appar- ently flying about the country with them in search of food. Chase Littlejohn. second occurrence of the fox sp.\rrow in california. In San Diego County, January 3, 1888, Mr. C M. IngersoU col- lected a specimen of the fox sparrow in no respects different from Eastern examples. (See Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Ser. 2, ii, 9c.) An- other specimen has been obtained in Oakland, by Mr. W. H. Hall, who writes : "The bird was brought to me December 2, 1892, hav- ing been found in the city directly under a telegraph wire, and was still warm." W. E. Bryant. NESTING OF THE FLORIDA GALLINULE (^Galinula galeotd) NEAR LOS ANGELES, CAL. I now have a set of nine eggs of this bird; they were collected west of the city, just outside of the city limits, by William Berman, April 27, 1890. Nest was composed ot tule, situated in a bunch oftule in a creek. One or two other sets were obtained at the same time and place. A bird was shot and identified by L. Zellner, of this city. M. L. Wicks, Jr. OCCURRENCE OF CLANGULA HYEMALIS IN CALIFORNIA. Mr. W. H. Hall has brought to me for identification a female spec- imen of the old-squaw (C hyemalis), which was shot at Point Reyes, north of San Francisco, about January 17, 1893, by Mr H. Weiss. In the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences (2d. Ser., ii, p. 88) Mr.T.S. Palmer recorded a male specimen from Humboldt Bay. While of rare occurrence in this State, it may be considered a casual winter visitant. W. E. Bryant. RECENT LITERATURE. The Occurrence of Cooper s Leiiiming Mouse {Syiiapto77iys cooperi) in the Atlantic States. By Dr. C. Hart Merriam. Proc. Biol. Soc Wash. VII, 175-177. Notices cf the capture of additional specimens of this species, rare in collections, Baird's type of which the author supposes came from New York State, possibly from New Jersey. The American Naturalist, January, 1893: "A new Synaptomys from New Jersey," by Samuel N. Rhodes. This new species is named Synaptomys stonei. "A new Evotomys from Southern New Jersey," by Witrner Stone. This new subspecies is named Evo- tomys gapperi rhoadsii. The January number of The Auk has two half-tone plates, illus- trating an article by Charles Slover Allen, on "The Nesting of the Black Duck on Plum Island." One represents a nest in a thicket, the other a group of black ducks, two adult birds with young, from the representation so successfully executed by Mr. Richardson for • the American Museum. "Notes on Certain Washington and British Columbia Birds," by Samuel N. Rhoads. A preliminary paper with a list of additions and critical notes on the status of Corvus ameri- canus, C. caurinus, Melospiza lincolni striata, which is considered "less entitled to recognition than certain subspecies once included, but now stricken from the check list." One of these "stricken" forms is Vireo gilvus szvainsotiii, for which evidence is offered for its re-instatement. Sylvania pusilla pileolata is considered a very weak subspecies. One new subspecies is described from the central Rocky Mountains of British Columbia, Parus hudsonicus columbi- anus, Columbian Chickadee, of which the A. O. U. committee will take cognizance. " Description of a New Junco from California," by Leverett M. Loomis, Junco pinosiis, Point Pinos Junco, from near Monterey. The fifth supplement to the check-list of North American birds, which appears in this number, contains important additions and changes. The sparrow hawk of California becomes Falco sparverius deserticolus Mearns, Desert Sparrow Hawk. Vireo vicinior californicus Stephens was "considered as not entitled to recognition." Mr. T. S. Palmer proposes Heleodytes Cabanis for Campylor hynchus Spix antedated by Campylirhyncluis Mergele, a genus of coleoptera. VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 365 Gordiodrilus is the name of a new genus of Oligochaeta provision- ally placed in the family of Ocnerodrilidae by its describer, F. E. Beddard (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, Vol. x, No. 55). The genus comes near the American genus Ocnerodrilus, which later reaches its greatest development, as far as is known, on the Pacific Coast. Gordiodrilus differs from Ocnerodrilus in having only one oesophageal diverticulum in somite ix, Ocnerodrilus having this organ paired. The male or spermduct, which in Ocnerodrilus opens in so- mite xvii, always in the same pore as a prostate, opens in Gordiodrilus in somite xviii, always in a different pore from the prostate, but in the same somite as that organ. Beddard describes five species of Gordi- odrilus from Africa and the West Indies. The memoir is very in- teresting to Pacific Coast investigators, as the new genus forms a connecting link between Ocnerodrilus and the higher terrestrial Oligochaeta. Here may be incidentally mentioned that a new genus not yet described, recently found in Baja California, is in many respects intermediate between Ocnerodrilus and Gordio- drilus, having one pair of diverticula in somite ix, originating in the anterior part of the somite. The spermduct opens in somites xviii and xvii, the posterior one independently of the prostates, one pair of which open in somite xvii and one in xix. G. E. "Expedition a la gruta de Cacahuamilpa." Under this heading we find a memoir of twenty pages, describing the results of a col- lecting expedition to a cave called "Cacahuamilpa," somewhere in Mexico; the exact locality is not given ("El Estudio," Tom IV, No. 8, Mexico, Sept., 1892). The memoir is accompanied by two plates containing forty-five drawings of animals, described as new in a most singular manner. There are eleven species pretended to be new, ranging in almost as many different families, from Coleoptera to mollusks and mammals, and all are given as specific name "cacahuamilpensis." Many species are given a new name, probably in order that all may be uniformly "cacahuamilpensis," though the old and first name is sometimes kindly appended. The descriptions are such that not a single species can be identified, not even as to genus, and the figures are in the style of those seen in our daily newspapers. It would have been much better to distribute the collections to specialists than to disgrace the zoological literature in this way. 366 Recent Literature. [zoe Unhappily we are promised a continuation, which, if in a similar style as the first part, will no doubt cause the author to become a great light among the natives, but which must nevertheless be con- sidered at a par with similar attempts one hundred and fifty years ago. How many of these " cacahuamilpensis " are really cave- species probably no one will ever be able to tell. G. E. Description of anew sucker (^Pa7itosteus jordani^, from the Upper Missouri Basin. By Barton W. Evermann. Extract from Bull, U. S. Fish Commission for 1892. The name is in compliment to Prof. Jordan of Stanford University. The material was collected in the streams of Montana and South Dakota. The author recognizes four species besides the new one, and gives their synonomy and dis- tribution. Flora Peoriana, by Frederick Brendel- This paper catalogues the plants within a radius of ten or twelve miles. The vascular plants number 835 species. The paper is replete with interesting "data not usually found in such catalogues. K. B. Development of the Froytd of Champia parvula, Harv. from the Carpospore, with one double plate. By Bradley Moore Davis. Extract from Annals of Botany, No. xxiv. This interesting addition to our knowledge of Champia parznda is one of the first fruits of the Stanford University course in botany. Mr. Davis was in charge of the summer course of botany at the Hopkins Seaside Laboratory last year, and is now following a postgraduate botanical course at Harvard University. We hope to welcome him again to the Pacific Coast next year. ' K. b. Additions to the Flora of the Cape Region of Bafa California (Ext- from Proc. Cal. Acad. sec. 2, Vol. iii), by T. S. Brandegee. In this paper Mr. Brandegee adds 59 species, Nos. 681-739, '^o the known flora of the region. Notes of interest concerning some previously listed species are given and the following new species proposed: Dalea trochilina, Acacia Californica.Albizzia occidentalis, Dianthera incerta. K. B. Erythcea, a journal of botany, West American and general, edited by Willis L. Jepson, a pupil of Prof. Edward L. Greene. The new journal is to be a monthly of about twenty-five pages apparently. VOL. III.] Recent Literature. 367 The contributors to the first number are Prof. E. L. Greene, two pa- pers; Willis L. Jepson, two papers; F. T. Bioletti, descriptions of two new plants. Teratological notes (reversion of the flowers oi Leptosyne maritima and Tropceohim minus) by Marshall A. Howe. Reviews and criticisms, miscellaneous notes and news. The inside of the cover is apparently modeled after some of Rafinesque's publications, containing" an adv^ertisement of the journal within the first cover, and a list of the 'principal botanical writings" of Professor Greene in- side the back The motto of the journal might fitly be the following paragraph from the introduction to Rafinesque's "Neobotanon," Part 4: "As I think that I am gifted with a peculiar sharp sagacity in discriminat- ing Genera and Species of Plants and Animals, it behooves me to use it in order to rectify these objects and the sciences relating thereto. — It is what I have often done, am now doing and will continue to do as long as I live, not being prevented by the sneer or neglect of any- one whom I consider less sagacious than myself, who cannot discrim- inate between the most conspicuous characters blended by the Lin- neists or modern Blenders and Shufflers." Mr. Greene starts out by alluding to his "reasons for accepting the Cichoriacese as a separate natural order, forgetting, perhaps, his experience in describing '' Prenanthes stricia,'' and makes declaration that "for the nomenclature of genera we are not disposed to recog- nize any particular initial date." The usual contributions to the synonymy of Western botany to be expected in a publication over which Mr. Greene has control, follow. Pulsatilla ?nulticeps may be, from its very imperfect description, almost anything. P. Micheneri, appears from the character to be a rather more glabrous form of P. Bolanderi, that species having cuneate-obcordate petals and 10 di- lated filaments, the alternate ones shorter. Mr. Greene has of course a perfect right, if so inclined, to reduce Potentilla Breweri to P. Plaite?isis, but why not call it van Breweri instead of var. leucophylla^ more especially as leucobhylla has been used in the genus already several times. Potentilla ambigens and p. scopulorut7i are perhaps of that genus, though experience has shown that it is not always safe to assume even that degree of ac- curacy on the author's part, and there is hardly anything in the de- scriptions to prove that he is not describing forms of, Barbarea vul- 368 Rece?tt Literature. [zoe garis, for instance. No information is "vouchsafed" as to whether the plants are annual, biennial, or perennial; both species are said to have "about 5 pairs of leaflets," but whether scattered on long" petioles or crowded near the top of them is left to the imagination along with such unconsidered trifles as stipules, bractlets, petals, stamens, styles, akenes, etc. Absolutely the only mention made of the floral organs is "flowers small, yellow," in one case, and corol- las nearly an inch in diameter, pale yellow," in the other! Sanicida ne?noralis is, as Mr. Greene remarks, the yellow-flowered form of 61 bipi7inatijida. Sanicula saxatilis has been collected at Tehachapi, and is probably not uncommon about rocky summits. It has heretofore been considered d^ioxva oi S. ttiberosa. Sanicula septentrionalis, described from an immature fragmentary specimen distributed under the name S. Nevadensis may easily be that species. Mr. Greene's idea of the great importance of the outline, or degree of dissection of a dissected leaf will scarcely commend itself to botanists who know anything about Umbelliferse. Microseris indi- visa is a well-known form of M. aphantocarpha. Se7iecio Blochmancr is of course the entire-leaved form of ^S". Z^t'w^/aj'//, already provided with synonyms to spare. Peiicedanum t'ohistiim was sent from the type locality to Coulter & Rose at the time of their revision of the Umbelliferse. They did not find it to be a new species. Mr. Jepson's account of the mountain region of Clear Lake is re- markable chiefly for the things he did not observe. All the plants mentioned by him have been in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences for nearly ten years. Streptanthiis hesperidis is S, Breweri pure and simple. Arctostaphylos elegans is another of the absolutely inexcusable synonyms with which that long-suffering genus is becom- ing loaded. Gnaphaliian bicolor is so imperfectly described that even the section to which it belongs can only be conjectured from the remark that it can readily be distinguished from G. leiicocephaluni. It is probably only a rather broader-leaved form of that species which belongs to the division ' ' leaves obviously adriate-decurrent, the upper face at least becoming naked and green in age, and with the stem glandular-pubescent or glandular viscid; herbage strongly balsamic- scented; root lignescent-perennial." Apparently the best species, and certainly the best described is Collinsia Franciscana; but the description would have been much VOL. Ill] Recent Literature. 369 improved il the author had given us some idea ot the curvature of the throat, the presence or absence of crests and some indi- cation of the shape of the seeds. As these points are usually at- tended to in descriptions of CoUinsia, their lack leaves few data for comparison. In all species where account is made of the seeds, the ovules should be numbered instead, as they are usually much less variable. It is probably identical with Dr. Kellogg' s C. solitaria, which was described from the vicinity of Oakland. No type specimen has been found, but the description so far as it goes agrees with the San Francisco plant. The original C sparsiflora was however a coast plant collected a short distance above San Francisco, and before at- tempting to separate species from it, it would be well to examine the type which is only too likely to be the same as C. Franciscana. In "Notes and News'" Mr. Greene takes occasion to sneer at a paper by Professor Coulter and Mr. E. M. Fisher in the November number of the Bo.'a/ikat Gazette, on account of the personal names bestowed on the new species. It must be admitted that such names are not in the best taste, but the remarks thereon come with poor grace from the author of Madia Rammii, Cleve/andia Be'dingii, Pote?itilla Micheneri.Streptanthiis Biolettii, Bceria Burkei Convolvtiliis Binghamice, Collomia Raicsoniana, etc., etc. Perhaps, however, the creator of these names salves his conscience by remembering that they are principally synonyms. K- B. Contributions from the Botanical Lalyoratory of tiie University of Pennsylvania. Vol. i. No. i. Unlike the usual contributions from botanical laboratories, the papers contained in this are largely physi- ological. They are: A monstrous specimen oi Rudheckia hirta, by J. T. Rothrock ; Contributions to the history of Dioncea muscipula, by J. M. MacFarlane; An abnormal development of the inflorescence of Dionaea, by John W. Harshberger; Mangrove tannin, by H. Trim- ble; Observations on Epigiea repens, by W. P. Wilson; A nascent variety of Brunella vulgaris, by J. T. Rothrock; Preliminary ob- servations on movements of the leaves of Melilotus alba and other plants, by W, P. Wilson. The volume is enriched with twelve plates. Contributions to the Life Histories of Plants. No. 8. By Thomas Meehan. Extract from Proc. Philadelphia Academy, 1892. This is another of the interesting papers recording observations, principally on the fertilization of flowers, of which several previous 370 Recent Literature. [zoe ones have treated. The plants discussed are Euphrasia officina- lis; Gaura and Oenothera: the carpellary structure of Nymphsea; the sexual characters of Rhus; Ruhus Chamcemorus, Dalibarda repens; some morphological distinctions in the genera of Ericaceae; vitality of seeds in Lysimachia atropurpurea; Campanula rotundifolia; Cornus Can- adensis; Aralia hispida; Ltizula, campestris, Cakile Americana, Hyperi- cum ellipticum, Trifolium hybriduni; Lathyrus maritimus; Lonicera cceru- lea; Raphamis sativus; the nature of the verrucae in some Convolvula- ceae; Polygonum cilinode; Aster Tatarica. The observations are of a kind to be readily made by anyone with leisure and access at all hours to living plants, and require no great knowledge of systematic botany, yet they are of great general interest, and more attention to the physiology of plants would attract to their study many now de- terred by the somewhat dry details of herbarium work. List of Plants of Los Angeles County, California. By Anstruther Davidson, M. D. Local lists are always useful even if very incomplete — they stimulate search. The next issue will probably contain a much larger number. There are many in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, from Los Angeles County, not mentioned in this. In Oxytheca.for instance, O. trilobata grows at Ravina, and O. lutea at Lancaster. Boisduvalia cleistogama is probably an error of determination. The rather numerous printer's errors will of course be rectified in subsequent editions. Flora Washingtoniensis. By W. N. SuKSDORF,is a list of the flow- ering plants and ferns of the State of Washington. These lists are of great service in the study of the distribution of plants. Washing- ton is a highly objectionable name for a State, as it requires always an explanatory phrase to distinguish it from the better-known seat of the general government. Contributions from U. S. National ILerbarium. Vol. i. No. vi. i. List of plants collected by C. S. Sheldon and M. A. Carleton in the Indian Territory in 1891. By J. M. Holzinger. ii. Observations on the native plants of Oklahoma Territory and adjacent districts. By M. A. Carleton. Two new species IpomcBX Carletoni Holz and EupJiorbia strictior Holz are described, with plates, and Euphorbia polyphylla Engelm is characterized. Many interesting observations on the relationship of allied species and the distribution of plants are scattered through the papers. VOL. III.] Proceedings of Societies. 371 Check List of the Plants of Kansas. By Bernard B. Smyth. Aug., 1892. This is an attempt to give a complete list of the plants of the State with approximate localities. The introduction shows an originality not common in catalogue makers. The author says: " As to nomenclature the compiler simply adopts those names said by common authority to be the correct ones. He is opposed to changes of name in a plant, and prefers a name long-established and well-known to a name which though more correct, is comparatively unknown. Notwithstanding this, exceptions are made, where evi- dence is indisputable as to priority of some other name as applied to a particular plant. Most noticeable among these is Hicoria instead of Carya, Navarretia for Gilia, Castalia for Nympheea, and others. . . . Where no name is given the compiler doesn't know who is authority. ... A few radical changes are made, as the trans- ferring of the order Nymphaeaceae from Exogens to Endogens, these plants showing most clearly endogenous characteristics of structure. Conversely the order Sniilacaceae should be transferred to Exogens, these plants being exogenous when more than herbaceous." . Under the head of "New .Species" are included Erythronium mesochoreum Knerr, n. sp ; Cypenis carruthii Wood, n sp ; Cyperus spiculatus Wood, n. sp.; Setaria perennis Hall,n. sp. Uporobohts pilosus Vasey n. sp. ; Barbula henrici E. A. Rau, n. sp. All of these "new species," excepting two, are credited at the end of the character to previous places of publication. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences, November 7, i8g2. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from John Carlsen, Gustav Eisen, Carl Precht, Dr. J. G. Cooper, John L. Howard. November 2r, i8g2. Mr. T H. Hittell in the chair. Donations to the museum were received from Willard M. Wood, Miss Lottie Rau, George H. Knight, Sam Hubbard Jr., Overend G. Rose, M. H. Gilson, T. S. Brandegee. The Librarian reported 104 additions to the library. Mr. H. W. L. Couperus read a paper on the possibility of the cultivation of coffee within the limits of the United States. 372 Proceedings of Societies. [zoe Decemb:r §, i8g2. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Walter H. Levy, Gustav Eisen, William Hooper, W. G. Blunt, John P. West, Com- pania Minera y Beneficiadora de la Barranca, Sonora, Mexico. The Librarian reported eighty-four additions to the library. A resolution was adopted to the effect that the Academy heartily indorses the proposition to secure an appropriation from the State Legislature that will cover the annual expense of $25,000 to secure a topographical map of the State, the general government consent- ing to cooperate with the State to the extent of superintending the work, and appropriating a like amount annually. December ig, i8g2. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to museum were reported from Herbert Kellogg, Walter H. Levy, W. E. Steadman, Baron Boeselager, Walter E. Bryant, G. E. Colwell. Eighty-three additions to the library were reported. The Nominating Committee presented a report embodying a ticket to be voted at the annual election. January j, i8gj. Annual meeting. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Ed Garner, P. F. Rountree, Dr. Julius Rosenstirn, Wm. F. Nolte, Charles Allison. The annual reports of the officers and curators were read and ordered filed. The report of the officers of election was read and the following were declared elected for the ensuing term: President — H. W. Harkness. F"irst Vice President — H. H. Behr. Second Vice President — J. G. Cooper. Corresponding Secretary — T. S. Brandegee. Recording Secretary — ^J. R. Scupham. Treasurer — L. H. Foote. Librarian — Carlos Troyer. Director of Museum — ^J. Z. Davis. Trustees — W. C Burnett, C. F. Crocker, D. E. Hayes, E. J. Molera, George C. Perkins, Adolph Sutro, John Taylor. VOL. III.] Miscellany. 373 January i6, iSgj. President Harkness in the chair. Additions to the museum were reported from Charles AUison, W. G. Blunt, Chase Littlejohn, Charles Fuchs. Mr. W. L. Watts read a paper on the Geological Economics of the Central Valley of California. California Botanical Club. November 2j, i8g2. Mr. J. M. Hutchings in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Samuel H. Hammond, Sidney S. Peixotto, Mrs. A. E. Bush, L. C. Cummins, Miss Mary C. Day, Prof John Dickinson. Dr. Gustav Eisen read a paper on the figs of Sonora and Lower California. California Zoological Club. December lo^ i8g2. Vice Pres- ident Walter E. Bryant in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Wm. F. Greany, Dr. H. N. Miner; Fred A. Seavey, W. P. Steinbeck, Aurelius Todd, Prof C. H. Tyler Townsend, F. S. Plimptom, Dr. Clark, J. Burnham, Overend G. Rose, Mrs. E. S. Alexander. Mr. Walter E. Bryant read a paper on the zoology of Baja Cali- fornia. Mr. Charles A. Keeler called attention to some of the peculiarities of the fauna of Lower California as illustrating certain laws of evolu- tion. ■ ♦— — MISCELLANY. THE INVESTIGATIONS OF THE COLLECTIONS OF THE EXPEDITION TO BAJA CALIFORNIA. The California Academy of Sciences of San Francisco has at vari- ous times, during the last five or six years, sent small expeditions to the peninsula of Baja California, for the purpose of exploring and collecting natural history specimens of the higher as well as of the lower classes. Various parts of that hitherto little-known country have been visited during the different expeditions, and much ipaterial has been brought together for future study. The result has been that the fauna of Baja California is becoming better known, presenting many features of great interest. The flora of this country has been already minutely described by T. S. Brandegee, who has added a 374 Miscellany. [zoe large number of species and several new genera to those already known, enabling us now to judge with great certainty as regards the geographical distribution of the plants and their connection and de- scent from neighboring geographical plant districts. New species will of course after this be added to those already described and enumerated, but they will be comparatively few, and the flora of Baja California can now be said to be very completely and comprehensibly known. Of birds and mammals the collections brought home are large and good, and descriptions of some thirteen ne\v rodents will soon be published by W. E. Bryant. They are mostly the results of his trapping during last year's expedition to the Cape region, or the southern extremity of the peninsula, remarkable for its high mountains, beautiful and luxuriant vegetation, tropical climate and isolated position. The fresh water fishes collected there are in the hands .of Prof. < Gilbert, of the Stanford University- The collection of reptiles and batrachians is good and when described will undoubtedly contain much of general interest- A large collection of arachnids from the Cape region, collected during the late expedition, is now in the care of Prof George Marx, of Washington, the acknowledged authority on American spiders. He designates the collection as valuable and interesting. His paper will be well illustrated. A collection of Colembolas and Thysanuras is being worked up by Prof. Harold Schott, a well-known European specialist, who has already described a number of new Colembolas from Upper California, and who has since received a number of new forms both from Upperand Baja California, all of which are to be embodied in one general paper, on the Colembolas and Thysanuras of the Pacific Coast. Dr. Otto StoU, of Zurich, whose beautiful work on acarides in the Biologia Centralo Americana is generally admired, will describe a small collection of acarides, prin- cipally from the Cape region. The collection of diptera from Baja California is not large, but it may be counted upon to contain much of interest. It will be describr^d by C. H. Tyler Townsend, a well- known specialist of this class of insects. The collection of orthoptera has been forwarded to Lawrence Bruner, and a valuable paper from his hand is expected, though his preliminary opinion on the collection has not yet reached us. The coleoptera were well represented with some 500 species, principally VOL. Hi.] Miscellany. 375 from the Cape region. They are now in the hands of Dr. Horn, of Philadelphia, who will describe the new forms at an early date. The land shells, some twenty-two species collected during the late expedition to the Cape region, contain some eight or ten new spe- cies, descriptions of which will soon be published by Dr. J. G. Cooper, who has already written upon the subject of Baja California land moUusks. The land and fresh water oligochteta contain a num- ber of new lorms, which are being described by Dr. Gustav Eisen, in connection with other Pacific Coast oligochaeta. The species found in the Cape region are entirely tropical, and show most rela- tionship with tropical Mexico and Central America. The fresh water crustaceans, of which many remarkable forms were collected in the clear waters of San Jose River, will be described by Walter Faxon, of Cambridge. G. E. NOTES ON THE CLIFF DWELLERS. In Southwestern Colorado and in Arizona there have recently been extensive explorations of the ruins of a people now extinct, but probably related to the Pueblo Indians at present living in Arizona. The relics found in their houses indicate that they were an agricul- tural people, and to strengthen this belief remains of ancient reser- voirs and aqueducts exist on the mesas above. There, too, are ruins of houses and towers which were probably occupied before de- fense became necessary and the people fled to the cliffs. The mesa ruins have usually become mounds overgrown with vegetation, but the cliff houses, from their sheltered position, are in a good state of preservation. It may be interesting to record the uses they made of some of the plants of the region as well as the plants which they cultivated that grow there no more. Corn, squash, and beans were the chief crops; the walnuts now and then discovered were probably brought from further south with the cotton which has been found on the pod, spun into thread, and woven into cloth. Undoubtedly, they had commerce with their own people further south, or with other tribes, for seashells have been found matted in the hair of the dead, salt most carefully preserved in balls, and for their arrow points, stones not found near by. The most valuable textile plant was Yucca baccata, the fruit of 3/6 Miscella}iy . [zoe which most likely served as food. The Utes at the present time dry large quantities cut into strips for winter use. The Yucca fiber was separated into threads, which were twisted into strands varying in thickness according to the purpose for which they were designed. The best sandals were made of the fine thread, woven so as to be ornamented with geometrical designs; for the commoner sandals they used coarser twine, while the coarsest ones are of braided rushes. They depended for warmth upon a fabric made of turkey feathers ingeniously woven with Yucca twine. The long feathers were split and twisted around the Yucca thread, which was then loosely woven into a blanket of feathers soft and warm. The dead are often found with this for the first covering. The skins of deer were used, too, but rarely, probably because of the difiiculty of se- curing them with their poor weapons. They either raised turkeys or the wild ones were abundant, since implements such as awls and needles were made of the bones, and turkey* bones blackened with fire are common. The common rush Phragmites communis was used to make a coarse matting, not unlike that which is packed around tea-chests, but woven in different designs. This was used as a second covering for the dead. Willow twigs fastened together something like the slats of Venetian blinds formed the outside cover, the coffin of these prehistoric people. The Yucca fiber, in connection with the common Juncus, was used in making baskets finer than any made by Indians of the present day. The piiions and cedars are thick on the mesas of this country, and the former furnished an edible nut which the cliff" dwellers collected for food. The timbers for their houses were chiefly cedar, as shown by the beams that still form the floors of the upper rooms and the supports of balconies. These beams are curious, pointed at the ends and very jagged from the stone axes used to roughly hack them into shape. Coarse grass with stiff" stems, Oryzopsis cuspidata, was tied into bundles to make brushes, probably for the hair. The wild tobacco, Nicotiana atteyniata is common near their homes and in the canons where their houses stand like statues in their rocky niches the wild fruits are more abundant than elsewhere, leading to the belief that to some extent they were cultivated. a. e. VOL.111] Miscellany. 377 NOTES ON GAME LAWS, ETC Notwithstanding the rain and cold weather of this year Mr. W. O. Emerson reports that Anna humming birds have commenced build- ing in the eucalyptus trees near his house. The earliest record of the nesting of this species near San Fran- cisco was made by Mr. Ingersoll, who found a nest with two far ad- vanced eggs on January 14; the winter was a more open one than the present. By the first of March half a dozen or more resident species will have commenced nest building, and the small boy will prepare a box of bran to receive the "collection" which he makes annually, and which is annually destroyed by mice or otherwise. Such pernicious collecting should be discouraged by parents, and might profitably receive some attention from the would-be makers of perfect game laws for California. Some radical changes are contemplated when the next legislative "tinkering of the game laws" takes place. Like most proposed alterations of the kind there are some good and some injurious. To provide an open season in California for elk, antelope^ and mountain sheep is to assist in their total extermination in this State; too many are killed in defiance of the law as it is. The fault is not so much with the law as with the lax enforcement and a deplorable lack of re- spect for game laws by the public. Elk are not rare in some places in Southwestern Oregon, and the theory that persecution in that State has resulted in an immigration of elk to California is extremely probable, but no one Jieed suppose that they are spared to any great extent after crossing the boundai y line. The law stops the marketing of elk, and in some instances de- ters parties from hunting for them, but not always. It is not many months since a large expedition, thoroughly equipped, left San Francisco for Northern California, and it was no secret that they were prepared for illegal game. Every little while some one comes forward with schemes of restocking the State with mammals, birds, and fish, without a thought of what the possible results may be from the introduction of exotic species. There can be no question as to the desirability of at some time introducing new game, but that time will be after the na- }yS Neivs. [zoe tive species are actually protected, and that time will never come until better enforcement and a more wholesome public respect for game laws is secured. w. E. B. NEWS. Prof W. R. Dudley, late of Cornell, has taken the chair of sys- tematic botany at Stanford University. With such men as he and Prof Douglas H. Campbell in charge of the botanical work of Stanford University, where botany is taught according to modern methods, we may expect to have, in time, a body of resident botanists whose entire stock of botanical knowledge is not confined to the pos- ession of a limited terminology and a large capacity for discovering ne w species that do not exist. Miss Alice Eastwood, formerly of Denver, Colo., has succeeded Mrs. Katharine Brandegec as curator of the Herbarium of the Cal- ifornia Academy of Sciences, and as acting editor of Zoe. Mr. Oscar T. Baron has temporarily housed his magnificent col- lection of butterflies and humming birds in the California Academy of Science building, where he spends much of his time arranging and studying. He contemplates this fall an extended trip to Ecuador and the central Andes for the purpose of collecting butterflies and humming birds, his collections in these lines from South and Central America,and Mexico being among the richest known. Mr. W. Otto Emerson, who has been studying art in Europe for the past two years, has returned to his home in Haywards, Cal. On the ist of February Mr. Charles A. Keeler sailed for New York on the ship Charmer. His latest contributi n to science, entitled "Evolution of the Colors of North American Land Birds," forming No. iii of the Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, has been received too late for review in this issue. Nine new species of Ocnerodrilus have lately been described by Dr. Gustav Eisen in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences (the memoir not yet published). Two of the species are from the Cape region of Baja California, one from Sonora, Mexico, and the others from Guatemala. Dr. Eisen is now describing the Pacific Coast Oligochaeta, and will be glad to receive specimens for examination. 1 N D EX [Simple lists not indexed ] Pace. Abutilon cinctum ^48 Achorutes armatus 69 viaticus 69 Adelina lecontei "-6 Amnicola longinqua 23 Amphidora littoralis loS nigropilosa 105 Amphioxus. . . . • '9^ Anadenus cockerilli 20 Anepsius delicaliilus '03 Anisacanthus abditus 348 Anodonta californiensis 23 Anser albifrons gambeli 9^ Aphanotus brevicornus 107 parallelus »o7 Aphycus 25° Apiastrum angustifolium 5° Apocrypha anthicoides . 108 dsychirioides 108 Argonau^a argo ■ • 5^ Ariolimax . . 20 Artemisia tridentata 3°^ AsidajEgrota '°4 angulata '04 miiricatula i°4 obsoleta io4 Astragalus 286 amphioxys 293 artipes ... 296 atratus, var. stenophyllus.. 297 Beckwithii ... 287 var. purpureas. . . 288 Bigelovii 291 calycosus 297 Canadensis 289 i;aryocarpus no Chamieleuce ... 294 diphysus 287 var. latus 287 Dodgianus 289 eriocarpus 293 t'ilipes 297 ( Seyeri 295 glareosus 291 grallator 52 Page. Astragalus Haydenianus 52 Ibapensis ago- iodanthus.. 294 Kentrophyta 298 Missouriensis "o mollissimus 53i 54r 55 .Mortoni. S3. 289 Peabodianus 295 platytropis 29S Purshii no Shortianus 293 Toanus 296 Utahensis. 292 AzoUa Caroliniana 34° filiculoides 340 .•\uklet^ Cassin's 162 Baeria maritirra '4" Balanoglossus 187 Balsamorhiza .sagittata 305 Beri-Beri 272 Bigelovia albida ... 3^4 graveolens 3o3 nauseosa 304 Binneya notabilis '4 Blastinus brevicollis 107 coronadensis - . • • 107 dilatatus 106 longulus i . . . . 106 pubescens '07 rufipes to6 sulcatus 107 Brant, Black loi Branta Canadensis 99 hutchinsii 99 minima 100 occidentalis loc .... lOI M M nigricans Bulimulusarteniisia. . . . Californicus excelsus '4 Gabbi «3 inscendens 15 var. Bryanti 15 pallidior 15 proteus 15 38o Index. [zoE Page. Bulimulus pilula 15 spirifer 15 sufflatus ... 16 vegetus 15 Xantusi i6 Callitriche sepulta 50 Calochortus luteus 354 Lyoni... 354 Plummerae. 354 splendens 354 venustus 352 purpurascens 353 citrinus 353 Carpophilus niger 114 Caulanthus crassicaulis 283 Ceiitriopcera asperata 103 Centanculus minimus 50 Cepphus columba 16 :; Cercocarpus ledifolius 298 Cerenopus concolor 105 costulatus 105 Ceroplastes dugesii 255 Certhia familiaris occidentalis 117 Chen cserulescens 97 hyperborea 96 rossii 97 Cibdelis b'aschkii lOb Cicindela gabbii 47 12 guttata . 48 guttifera 48 hjtmorrhagica 49 hirticoUis 49 iatisignata 47, 48 obliquata 48 Pacifica 49 sigmoidea 49 tenuicincta 47, 48 vibe.v 48 Cistela Thevenetii 253 Clangula hyemalis 363 Cliff Dwellers 375 Cnicus arvensis 50 Coelus globosus 104 Con-.bius parallelus 107 Conlontis elliptica 104 par\ iceps 104 subpubescens 104 sulcatus 107 Conus Californicus 351 Cordia Sono-a; 347 Cormorant, Baird's 107 Corydalis aurea, var. occidentalis 53 Cratidus fu.scipilosa 106 osculans 106 Page. Creeper, California 117 Crepis occidentalis 306 Crotalaria sagittalis 55, 55 Crjptoglossa verrucosa 103 Cylindrella irregulare jQ newcombiana ig taylori ig Cymopterus corrugatus 302 Ibapensis 302 longipes 303 Cynaeus depressus jq- Daedalea ambigua ^^ unicolor. „ Datura meteloides ggg Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus .... 232 Dendroica nigrescens jj, lownsendi jj, Dendryphantes aeneolus ... 332 Dochmius duodenalis .. 271 Drepanura Calfornica gg D-ras 264 Echinocactus papyracanthus 301 Sim soni 302 Whipple! 302 Echinocystis marah j^, Edrotes ventricosus 102 Eleodes acuticauda ^03 femorata 10= gentilis jq. gigantea 103 grandicollis 105 interrupta jq- laticollis 105 laticornis . kjj marginata joj parvicoilis jqc quadricollis 104 Emmenastus longulus 102 obesus 103 piceus 102 Encelia nutans 357 Encyrtinae 257 Enhydris lutris 325 Entomobrya marginata 69 multifasciata 69 nivalis 69 Epicauta cinctipennis 114 Ephedra Nevadensis 307 Epilob.um nivium 242 Epitragus pruinosus 103 Equisetuni arvense 50 Eriodendron acuminatum 347 Eriogonum inflatum 356 VOL. ..,.] Index 381 ErythcEa Eulabis obscura pubescens rufipes . . . Eurymetopon convexicolle. Pace. ... 366 105 105 ' 05 12 inflatum 102 Eusattus reticulatus. . . . 104 Earallonen Islands ,44 weed. ... 146 Favolus. Fertilization. Ficus fasiculata Sonora; Flicktrs Fox sparrow ' Fritillaria pudica Galium Californicum 94 311 34v 346 362 363 53 50 363 307 94 107 98 C7 100 99 Gallir.ule Florid I Gilia pungens Gkeoporus Gnathoceru.s cornuius Goose, .'Vmericiii, white-fronted blue cackling .... Canada Emperor loi Hutchins' gg Less' r Snow ... 96 Ross' Snow 97 White-cheeked 100 Gordiodrilus -if^^ Gorse ... Grouse Guaiacum Coulteri Guillemot California Harporhynchus curvironris palmeri Hedysaruni boreale. ... Helianthella ar.goph) 11a Helisoma ammon Helix areolala .... carpenter! ig^ 20 damascenus .... 18 duranti ,, facta jg Gabbi. ,g Kellettii 17, ig la^vis ,6, 18 Newberryana 18 pandora. 16^ ,8 polygyrella 46 remondii ig Rowelli jg Stearnsiana 19 tudiculata vo 16, 49 2J2 345 '■^5 =43 110 304 23 18 Page. Helix vancouverensis, var. spoitella. . . . 20 Veatchii 16 vellicata 20 Yatesii 45 Helops bachei 108 blaisdelli 108 Hister militaris 338 sellatus. 338 sexstriatus .... 338 Hololepta cacti 338 neglecta 338 pervalida. 337 populnea 338 vicina. 338 yucateca .. 337 Hosackia Purshiana 53 strigosa ... 50 Hymenorus fusculus ... 252 inquilinus. . . 252 macer ... 253 Hypericum Scouleri ... 49 Indicative plants -.oS Isomira variabilis 253 Isotoma palustris 69 viridis. .... ... 69 Juniperus Californicus, var. Utahensis. . 307 Kalaazar .... 292 I.ayia calliglossa, var. oligocha;ta 50 I .eaf miner 234 Lepidium bip'nnatifidum 49 h? erophyllum 284 Leucocrinum montanum -53 Lewisia redi^ iva .... 109 Lila;a suhul ita 354 I.ima.x agrestis 20 campestris 20 hemph Hi 20 var. pictus 20 Limnophysa humilis 20 Lipura inermis 69 Linosyris albicaulis 304 Loco 53 Loligo stearnsii 51 gabbi 51 Lunda cirrhata 161 Lupinus sulphureus 285 Lutra canadensis ... 329 Lygodesmia spinosa 306 M alacothrix Torreyi 306 Malvastrum coccineum 53 Mamillaria Notesteinii 349 Melampus olivaceus 22 Merula migratoria propinqua 115 Microcala quadrangularis 50 382 Index. [ZOE Page. Microschatia inaequalis 103 Mocking Bird . 362 Mucronoporus 95 Nemophila aurita . 5° parviflora 50 Neritinia Californica 22 cassiculum 22 picta ... 22 Nomenclature 166,172,253,258, 339 Noserus plicatus .,. 103 Numenius borealis 257 Nuthatch, Red-bellied 117 Nyctopori.s carinata 103 Ocnerodrilus 365 Octopus punctatus 52 rEnothera alb'caulis 249 biennis .. .. 248 caspitosa 250 cardiophj'Ua . 251 coronopifolia 250 Howard! 301 Johnsoni 301 pinnatifida 248 scapoidea 251 trichocaly.'c 249 Qisophagostoma 272 Ommastrephes Ayresii . . 52 giganteus 52 Omu.s lecontei . . . 47 Onchidella carpenteri . . 22 Onychotenthis fusiformis 5.. Opuntia rutila . . 302 Orchesella rufescens 60 Oreony.x pictus plumiferus 233 Orogenia linearifolia. 303 Orthocarpus attenuatus 50 faucibarbatus 50 Oryzopsis cuspidata 377 Oxytropis deflexa . . . 53 Lamberti ...... .53, 55 multicep.-. 53 Otter. North American 329 5^=^ 325 Palo bianco .. --a-j Papirius maculosus ... gg Paromalui consors 330 opuntia; 338 Pedipes liratus 22 unisulcatus . . . 22 Phacelia Douglasii 50 Phainopepla nitens 312 Phaleria roiundata 107 Philacte canagica. . . loi Phloeodes diabolic»> 103 Page. Phragmites communis 376 Physa aurantia 20 diaphana 20 data 20 Gabbi 7i> heterostropha 20, 21 humerosa.. 23 Pinus monophylla . . . 307 Planorbis gracilentus 23 liebmanni 23 Platydema oregonensis 108 Pnpulus Fremonti. 234 Polyga'a acanthoclada 284 Polygonum viviparum 264 Polyporoid fungi . . . . 91 Poly porus . 95 hirsutus ... 93 Poryphyra naiaidum 148 nereocystis 149 Primula Brodheadje 306 var. minor . . . 306 Pronuba 115 Pseudopilum 257 Psoralea castorea 285 mephitica 285 Puffin . ■ ■ ■ 161 Puma . 309 Pupa calamitosa 21 chordata 21 hemphilli 21 Orcutti 21 ovata 21 Quail, mountain 233 Ranunculus Bloomeri 49 Rhabdites 271 Rhodea californica 21 ramentosa 21 Ribes cereum 3°° Robin, Western ■. 113 Rumfordia connata 241 .Saprinus caei ulesoens ... 339 fimbriatus 339 lubricus 339 oregonensis • ■ ■ 339 sulcifrons 339 Sarcophaga "5 Sciurus fossor n8 Sclerostomum 271 Sequoia gigan tea '.^2 Siphonaria eequilirata 22 lecanium. • 22 Sira purpurea 69 Sitta canadensis. 117 Sminthurus Eisenii 69 VOL. in.] Index. 3«3 Page. Sminthurub luteus 69 niger 69 plicatus .... 69 Sonora ... 344 ■"jphoraseiicea 53 Stanleya collina. 284 viridiflora 283 Stellaria littoralis 49 Stenotrichus nifipes 106 Stibia ovipennis 102 Succinea oregonensis 21 Tellima affiiiis 50 Terebra simplex 352 Tetradymia glabrata 305 Nuttallii 305 Thrasher, Palmer's 243 Bendire's 243 Tomocenis 6g Tornaria 195 Townsendiascapigera 303 Trametes 94 Tribalu.s californicus 338 Tribalister marginellus 338 Tribolium ferrugineum 107 Tric.irdia Watsoni 307 Page. Trichostema lauceolatuni 311 Triorophus la;vus 102 Trivia solandri 350 Tryonia clathrata 23 e.xigua 23 Tuba 133 Ulus crassus 106 latus . . 106 Ulex EuropEeus 49 Utah, names of localities 308 Veronicella olivacea 21 Viola Beckwithii.. 285 Warbler, Black-throated Gray 117 Townsend's 117 Xanthony.x 14 Xenylla maritima 69 Vi cca .. 114 baccata. 376 Zopherus induratus 133 Zauschneria Californica 312 Zonites diegoensis. . . . 21 Zonotrichia albicollis ... 117 Zygadenus elegans . . . 53 paniculatiis 307 ^^ ZOE T S. BRANDEGEE. WALTER E. BRYANT. DOUGLAS H. CAMPBELL. ALICE EASTWOOD. CHARLES A. KEELER. FRANK H. VASLIT. VOLUIVEE IV. 18G 3-4 NEW V»»KK. QAKUkiN. San Francisco, California, CONTENTS. PAGE Dr. Ai^bert KeivLOGg I Notes on Some Colorado Plants: Alice Eastwood 2 A new Tr^-petid from Mexico: C. H. Tyler Townsend 13 Additions to the Flora of Colorado — II: Alice Eastwood 16 Restricted Distribution of Oligochaeta: GuSTAV Eisen 20 Contributions to Western Botany — No. 4: Marcus E. Jones 22 Notes on the Food of Birds — I: Walter E. Bryant 54 The Hopkins Seaside Laboratory: O. P. Jenkins 58 The Botanical Writings of Edward L. Greene: Katharine Brandegee 63 A New Subspecies of Ceroplastes from Mexico: T. D. A. CocKERELL. . 104 Plants of Southeastern Utah: Alice Eastw^ood 113 A Luminous Larva from Arizona: C. H. TylER-Townsend 128 Notes on the Flora of Guadalupe Island: F. Franceschi 130 Termopsis angusticoUis: C. H. Tyler-Townsend 139 Native Habits of Sequoia gigantea: GuSTAV EiSEN 141 Field Notes at San Emidio: Alice Eastwood 144 A New Collinsia: S. B. Parish 147 New Localities for California Plants: T. S. BrandEGEE 148 Additions to the Flora of Southern California: S. B. Parish 160 Sierra Nevada Plants in the Coast Range: Katharine BrandegeE-.. 168 Random Bird Notes: W. Otto .Emerson 1 76 Botanical Nomenclature: Katharine Brandegee 182 John Lora Curtis : J. D. L 1 84 A New Station for Asplenium septentrionale: D. C. Eaton 185 Southern Extension of California Flora: T. S. Brandegee 199 Perityle rotundifolia (Amauria): T. S. Brandegee 210 Flora of Bouldin Island: Katharine BrandegeE 211 The Species of Amblychila: J. J. RiVERS 218 General Bird Notes 223 Leconte's Thrasher; Vaux's Swift; Nesting of Samuel's Song Sparrow; Mongolian Pheasants of Oregon; Bonaparte's Gull; Wilson's Phalarope; Bohemian Waxwing. A. Mesquit Tineid: C. H. T\'LER-Townsend 226 Birds of San Pedro Martir: A. W. Anthony 228 Leucarctia Rickseckeri: H. H. Behr 247 California Earth- Worms: Gustav EisEN 248 Contributions to Western Botany No. 5: Marcus E. Jones 254 Fungi Additions to the Flora of Col3rado: T. D. A. Cocker ELL 2S2 Botanical Notes: Alice Eastwood 286 E. L. Greene versus Asa Gray : K. B 287 Botanical Meetings at the A. A. A. S. : K. B 291 Gilia superba and Phacelia nudicaulis: Alice Eastwood 296 IV Contents. [zoE PAGE A Collection of Mammals from the Sierra Nevada: W.W. Price 315 Distribution of Southern California Trees: S. B. Parish 332 Notes on Lepidopterous Larvae: C. H. Tyler-Townsend ... 353 Some New and Some Old Algae: C. L. Anperson 358 Nyctinomus Mohavensis in Santa Clara Val'ey: J. M. StoweIvL 362 Tar and Feathers: A. W. Anthony 364 Contributions to Western Botany — VI: Marcus E. Jones 366 Dates of Botany Beeche}', Flora Boreali-Americana and Torrey & Gray's Flora of North Atnerica 369 Last Letter of Dr. Gray 372 Systematic Botany: Marcus F. Jones 374 Notes from the Gray Herbarium: M. L. Fernaed 379 Phyllospadix, its Characters and Distribution: Wieeiam Russel DuDEEY 381 Lower California Grasses: F. Lamson-Scribner 385 Systematic Botany of North America 379 A new species of Bulimulus: Henry Hemphiee ' 395 Chariessa Lemberti: J. J. RivERS 396 Two undescribed plants from the Coast Range: T. S. Brandegee 397 Additions to Flora of the Cape Region. II: T. S. BrandegeE 398 VOL. IV.] Contents. v REVIEWS. Strasburger: Ueber das Verhalten des Pollens und die befruchtungs, 106. Miller: A Jumping Mouse new to the United States, ISG. Miller: New White-footed Mouse from the Eastern United States, 18G. Allen: List of Mammals collected in the San Juan Region, ISO. H. Allen: North Ameri- can Bats, 186. Merriam: Mexican Kangaroo Rat, 186. Clark: Index of North American Phanerogams and Pteridophytes, 186. Robinson & Sea- ton: Additions to the Phaenogamic Flora of Mexico, 187. Britton: Pseva and Jacksonia, 187. VLo\z\xi^^r:'9^-va.^&oi Amorpkufyutkosa, 188. Trelease: Fourth Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden, 189. Robinson: North .Imericau vSilenese and Polycarpese, 193. Morong, Britton & Vail: Enumeration of Paraguay Plants, 190. Forest Influences, 190. Grasses of the Pacific Slope, 191. Erythea, 191. A Dictionary of Botanical Terms, 195. Allen: Mammals of San Pedro Martir, 297. Rhoads: Four New Rodents from California, 297. Bailey: Ground Squirrels of the Missis- sippi Valle}', 297. Rep. of Ornith. and Mammalog. for 1892, 297. Tlie Nidiologist, 297. Pflanzenfamilien, 298. Silva of North America, 298. Campbell: Development of .\zolla, 299. Index Kewensis, 299. Transac- tions San Francisco Microscopical Society, 300. Erythea 300. Revisio Generum Plantarum, 301. Reviews of Fossil Plants and of Algae, 303. Jane L. Gray: Letters of Dr. Gray, 408. Sadebeck: Die Parasitischen Exoasceen, 409. Harshberger: Maize, 410. Minnesota Botanical Studies, 410. Coville: Botany of the Death Valley Expedition, 412. Greene: Manual of the Bay Region Botany, 417. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academ}' of Sciences 1 10, 195 California Botanical Club 111,195 California Zoological Club 1 1 1 NOTES AND NEWS 196 3io> 420 CONTRIBUTORS. Anderson, C. L 358 Anthony, A. W 224, 22S, 364 Behr, H. H 247 Bliss, W.D 226 Brandegee, Katharine i, 63, 168, 1S2, 211, 287, 291, 369, 379 Brandegee, T. S 148, I99, 210, 397, 39S Bretherton, Bernard J 225 Bryant, Walter E 54, 223 Chalker, J. R 225 Cockerell, T. D. A. . 104 282 Dudley, William Russel 381 VI Contents. [zoe Eastwood, Alice 2, 16, 113, 144, 286, 296 Eaton, D. C 1S5 Eisen, Gustav 20, 141, 248 Emerson, W. Otto 176 Fernald, M. L 379 Franceschi, F 130 Hemphill, Henry 395 Jenkins, Oliver P , 58 Jones, Marcus E 22, 254, 366, 374 lyittlejohn, C 224 Parish, S. B 147, 160, 332 Price, W. W 315 Rivers, J.J 2 18, 396 Scribner, W. L,amson 385 Stowell, J. M 362 Townseud, C. H. Tyler 13, 128, 226, 3i3 IvIST OF PLATES. XXV. Cymopterus & Eremocrinum. XXVI. Hopkins Seaside Laboratory. XXVII. Caesalpinia repens. XXVIII. Gilia superba. XXIX. Amblycliila cj-lindriformis. XXX. A. Baroni & A. Picolominii. XXXI. Eastwoodia elegaus. XXXII. Faxonia pusilla. ERRATA. Page 49, fourteenth line from top, for " tomentosa " read " tomentella." 96, thirteenth and fourteenth lines from bottom, for " striata " read " arvensis. " 99, fourth line from top, for " tomentulosa " read ' leucoph3'lla." 154, eighth line from bottom, for '" limosa" read "aquatilis." 21 s, twelfth line from bottom, for " pulegioides " read " Pulegium." 335 and 335, for " Piaus contorta " read " P. Murrayana." 33S, twenty-third line, for Negundo " Californica " read " N. Cali- fornicum. " 33S, twenty-ninth dele Negundo Califoruicum. zoe: A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL Vol. IV. APRIL, 1893. No. i. DR. ALBERT KELLOGG. The name of Kellogg is inseparably connected with the botany of California. Coming to this State in 1849, at the age of thirty- five, he lived for nearly forty years in the midst of a rich and varied flora. He published at various times during his residence, several genera, two hundred and fifteen .species,* and several named varieties. The lapse of time and better knowledge have left valid less than sixty of the.se, but con- sidering his isolation, lack of books and herbarium this proportion contrasts very favorably with the work in California of some botanical writers of much greater pretension. During the years 1877-1883 publication by the California Academy of Sciences ceased, and with the exception of a few which appeared in a San Francisco newspaper, the Rural Press, the species described by him thereafter remained in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences with the MS. diagnoses. Several of these, as Euiianus a?igtisiatus, Spharalcea fulva, Calj'ptridiitm nudutn, etc., have been described, either wholly or in part, from the types of Dr. Kellogg's unpublished species, and no mention made of his work. He was one of a little band of seven who met at 129 Mont- gomery Street, in the office of L. W. Sloat, one of their number, on the fourth day of April, 1853, ^^ found by the dim light of candles, which they had brought in their pockets, the California Academy of Sciences, now grown to proportions of which they could have hardly dreamed. When he died, March 31, 1887, he had long survived the rest. * An annotated list of Dr. Kellogg's species is to be found in Bull. Cal. Acad., Vol. i, pp. 128-151. 2 Colorado Plants. [zoe To the end of his life he was closely identified with the organization, which he loved with the love of a father. All visitors to the Society in the later years of his lifetime cannot fail to recall his familiar presence at the drawing-table in shirt- sleeves and red-backed vest, or, as in his hours of relaxation, leaning back in his chair with the stem of a cob pipe between his lips. He retained his sight marvelously, making to the last all his studies and drawings with a small hand lens, and finding any aid unnecessary to his reading and writing. His hair was just beginning to change from brown to gray when he died. His personal character was above reproach; no one ever imputed to him falsehood or unfair dealing. His botanical statements, though sometimes erroneous, were true so far as he was concerned, and always made in good faith, but he was a dreamy, imaginative man, full of poetic fancies, which often in descriptions caused him to dwell unduly upon some point which caught his fanc}-. His habit of tracing " correspondencies " between the material world and its organisms and the mental states of man, often appeared in his botanical writings. The first description of " Marah," for instatfce, was followed by a small sermon on the "bitter waters" of affliction, and to the type of Quercus Morehus is appended the following note: ' ' Abrani's Oak named from the circumstauce of Abram's first encamp- ment in the oak groves of Moreh, on his journej' to Egypt (Egypt in correspondential language signifies Natural Sciences)." His childlike enthusiasm and unworldliness impressed all who met him. He asked of the world only the means of simplest living. He lived a happy life and died respected. Would there were more like him. NOTES ON SOME COLORADO PLANTS. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. Ranunculus alism.efolius Geyer. This is described in Coulter's Manual as having leaves with entire margins. This is misleading; for they are as often dentate with scattered teeth. Ranunculus Macauleyi Gra^^. This varies on every moun- tain range where it has been found. It grows along the edge of 1^ VOL. IV.] Colorado Plants. 3 snow banks, and the buds can often be seen under the thin crust of melting snow. The flowers vary from an inch or more in diameter to a half inch or less. In the San Juan Mountains, above Silverton, it is abundant along the edge of snow banks. The leaves are three-toothed at the truncate apex and entire below; the calyx is thickly covered with soft brown wool. Specimens from the Elk Mountains, above Irwin, have the petals usually entire, but Occasionally flabelliform, leaves altnost orbicular and crenate nearly to the base, the silky wool dense on the calyx. The form from the La Plata Mountains has the calyx either densely or sparingly hirsute; the root leaves oblong-lanceolate; stem leaves not cleft as in the other two forms. Ranunculus glaberrimus Hook. Specimens of this from Mancos have cauline leaves entire as well as deeply 2-3-lobed, akenes plainly hispid. I have found no plants with three large blunt teeth at the apex of the leaves. Delphinium occiDENTALE Watson. This varies greatly. At Steamboat Springs, in Routt County, it is one of the commonest plants; but rarely could two plants be found with flowers colored alike. They ranged from dark blue to white, and the forms between, where the two shades mingled, were mottled and striped, one part colored blue in one flower, white in another, so infinitely varied that to collect all forms was impossible. Usually \'i is found at subalpine elevations and is dark blue. I have specimens from above Irwin, in the Elk Mountains, in which all parts of the flower have become blue, bract-like petals. Aquilegia ecalcarata Eastwood. This has been collected in Southwestern Colorado in but one limited locality, about twenty-five miles from Mancos, near the head of Johnston Canon that forms a branch of the Mancos Caiion. It was abundant under an overarching rock that even late in August was still wet with tne alkali water that oozed from it. The plants were growing in the sandy soil, loosely branching and also climbing up the rocky wall, apparently seeking moisture. The few flowers still in bloom were on stems that clung to the rock, but the plants were full of dry seed pods that indicated their earlier abundance. The pubescence is glandular and the flowers pink or white. 4 Colo7'ado Plants. [zoe Mr. Alfred Wetherill, who discovered it, reports it also from Southeastern Utah in similar situations. / Argemone. There seems to be doubt as to the existence of Argemone hispida Gray as a species, and in Colorado, if it has ever previously been collected, it has been merged into Argemone platyceras Link & Otto. It is excluded from both Patterson's and Oyster's check lists, but whether included under A. platy- ceras or A. Mexica7ia var. albiflora has not been learned. Judging from the specimens of A. Mexicana var. albiflora now in the herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, A. platyceras is much nearer A. Mexicatia var. albiflora than A. hispida. They are alike in the stem and foliage, glabrous and glaucous, except for the spines which are scattered on the stem and on the veins and margins of the leaves. The veins are also outlined with white, immature pods seem the same; the stamens differ slightly, A. Mexicana var. albiflora having broad filaments abruptly narrowed to the anther; A. platyceras with filaments narrower and tapering to the anthers which are longer and narrower than those of A. Mexicana. There is some variation m A. platyceras in the manner of branching, size of the pods, and number of spines. There are forms that closelj^ resemble A. corymbosa, differing chiefly in having larger pods and the leaves longer, with deeper lobes and blunter at the apex. Aigemoiie hispida Graj^. This is distinct from both A. Mexi- cana var. albiflora and A. platyceras, and shows so little variation that specimens from Colorado and California have no appreciable difference and agree with the original description as given in Gray's Plantae Fendleriana;. It differs most noticeably from the other two in the pale green foliage denselj^ covered with short crimped bristles, short spines on the margins and veins of the leaves and very dense on the stems. The pod is densely covered with slender bristles of varying length, instead of the coarse, horn-like spines peculiar to the pod of A. platyceras. In growth A. hispida is more compact and the flowers are on short peduncles seeming almost sessile. The seeds of A. platyceras have a light-colored, pominent rhaphe and the coat honey-combed. A. hispida has the less prominent rhaphe of the same color as VOL. IV.] Colorado Plants. 5 the coat, which is less deeply pitted; the seeds are larger. The pods of A. hispidct are ovate, and when they dehisce the seg- ments are acuminate. In A. platyceras the pods are veiny and the segments acute. I have seen no intermediate forms which might connect these two that seem so diflferent. .^ Erysimum asperum DC. This widely distributed species, as found on the plains, is low and stout, with pods often four inches long, numerous and perpendicular to the stem. The pods are stiff, and, projecting as they do, remind one of the spears of a Macedonian phalanx. The flowers are 3'ellow. The variety at Silverton, in the San Juan Mountains, has the color of the flowers from pale yellow, almost white, to orange on the one hand, and through shades of pink and crimson to purple on the other. These different shades were found in one patch and seemed to indicate that the common yellow form had become mixed with a purple variety. The mountain form is more slender than the prairie plant, and the pods are ascending. Arabis HolbcELLIi Hornem. This is one of the most puzzling of the western Cruciferas because of its great variety of forms. If there are any plants of A. Holbcellii with, one row of seeds in each cell, wherein does it differ from A. ca7iesce?is, which also has stellate pubescence and deflexed pods ? The division, if A. canescens is a good species, should be thus: Pods deflexed or spreading, seeds in one row, A. canescens; seeds in two rows, A. Holboellii. If pods containing both one and two rows of seeds are found on the same plant of A. Holbcellii, then A. cayiescens ought to be included under A. Holbcellii. Including under A. Holboellii all the forms that are perennial and have pods deflexed or spreading, with two rows of seeds in each cell and pubescence generally stellate, the following forms should be described in order to make the species better understood: I. From Mancos, Colo. Stem simple, stout, tall, thickly clothed at base with white branching hairs, but not stellate, above glabrous and glaucous; radical leaves from spatulate to oblanceolate, sparingly dentate or entire; cauline leaves sagittate- clasping, pedicels spreading upwards and outwards, pods deflexed or horizontal, glabrous; winged seeds, two rows in each cell, petals twice as long as the stamens, erect. \y 6 Colo)'ado Plants. [zoe 2. FiOm Mancos. Similar to No. i, but canescent with close stellate pubescence; pedicels strictly deflexed with scattered stellate hairs, pods sparingly hairy along the margins. This was also collected in Navajo Canon, a branch of Mancos Caiion. 3. From Mancos. Stems slender, several from the root, canescent with close stellate pubescence; radical leaves from spatulate-dentate to oblanceolate, entire; upper part of the stem and pods smooth and glossy, pods on spreading pedicels, two rows of winged seeds in each cell, flowers small. 4. From Mancos. Similar to No. 2, except that the cauline leaves are oblanceolate, sessile at the lower part of the stem, and sagittate above only. 5. From Southeastern Utah. This branches at the root and also above, and is chiefly distinguished by the short spreading^ pods not more than an inch in length. 6. From Central City, Colo. This branches from near the base with many slender stems, small lanceolate sessile leaves, with scattered bristly hairs on the margins. Are;naria FENDI.ERI Gray. This is found at Grand Junction with short leaves and straw-colored flowers. SiDAivCEA. This is described as having beakless carpels. The two species found in Colorado, 6". Candida and S. vialvciflora^ have carpels decidedly beaked, wrinkled, and veiny. Sph.-Eralcea rivularis Torr. This has been collected with two well marked forms. The plant seen in* the Uncompahgre Canon, near Ouray, was almost a bush three feet or more tall, with many leafy stems from the root, lower leaves a foot long, slightly lobed and crenate, hispid with stellate bristles, upper stem-leaves with deeper lobes irregularly toothed; flowers nearly two inches in diameter, white and few among the large, broad leaves which thickly clothe the stem. At Steamboat Springs, in Routt County, Colo., Sphceralcea rivularis is abundant on a mountain side not far from the town. This variety branches into many flowering erect stems, leaves not more than three inches long, deeply lobed into acuminate divisions which are sharply dentate or laciniate, the large rose- colored or white flowers are crowded along the almost naked peduncles. VOL. IV.] Colorado Plants. 7 OxALis CORNICULATA L. var STRiCTA. The common form found at Denver is slender, loosely branching upwards, leaves scattered; the alpine variety shows a modification due to environment, and becomes low and almost prostrate, leaves crowded along the short rather stout stems. Pachystina Myrsinites Raf. This is described in Coulter's Manual as having green flowers. All that I have seen have purple flowers, Mentzkua AI.BICAULIS Dougl. There are two varieties of this common species. One is the widely distributed form with slender stems and linear-lanceolate leaves pinnatifid into narrow, linear lobes. The other which I name var. integrifolia is low with short, stout branches, or in more favorable situations becoming a foot high, leaves ovate-lanceolate or even broadly ovate entire or rarely coarsely and remotely dentate, petals not exceeding the stamens, pubescence somewhat viscid as well as barbed. This grows on the adobe desert and blooms almost as soon as it is up. It branches from near the base, and the leaves seem long and crowded on the short stems; but on the older specimens the stems elongate and the leaves are less crowded. Mentzelia muIvTifi^ora Gray. At Grand Junction this variable species was found growing on a slaty hillside. It branched diffusely from the base and above, making a globular plant like a tumble weed. The stems are white, slender and sinuous; leaves small, about an inch long and pinnately parted into narrow, linear divisions; flowers small, not an inch in diameter, yellow. Along the McElmo Creek the plants have lobed leaves from one to three inches long, stems less numerous, stouter and straighter than the preceding, flowers larger. Mentzelia nuda Torr. & Gray. This varies in the manner of growth and size of the flowers. The Denver form is loosely branched from near the base upwards, and the flowers are large, from one and one-half to two inches in diameter, distinctly pedunculate. The form from Southwestern Colorado has an erect stem simple up to the inflorescence; the branches are usually short with the almost sessile flowers bunched at the ends; flowers about an inch in diameter. 8 , Co/oi'ado Plants. [zoe Angelica WheeIvERI Watson. This is quite common in Colorado, at middle elevations along streams. Specimens have been collected at Crested Butte, Colorado Springs, Chiann Canon, and at Central City. API.OPAPPUS SPINULOSU.S DC. and A. gracilis Gray occur through Southwestern Colorado, and there seem to be inter- mediate forms connecting the two. A. spinuloses is exceedingly variable, and the forms might easily be mistaken for new species in different localities. AcTiNELLA RiCHARDSONii Nutt. This was collected by Miss Alida P. I^ansing, in South Park, agreeing with the description of the type and different from the form var. floribimda common in Colorado. It has a few large heads, and the stems are shorter and stouter, while the variety has a cyme of many small flowers, and leaves in almost filiform divisions. AcTiNELLA GRANDiFLORA Torr. & Gra}^ This has the involucre from densely white woolly to almost glabrous, heads from one to three inches in diameter, leaves occasionally simple and linear, more frequentl}^ few to several lobed. Stems leafy or nearly naked and scape-like. Cnicus eriocephalus Gray. A few plants collected on Mt. Hesperus, of the La Plata Range, in Southwestern Colorado, seem to approach C. Parryi so closely that it is uncertain under which species to place the plants. The foliage is nearly glabrous, the involucral bracts have no lacerate fimbriate tips, the woolly hairs on the bracts are not dense, the flow^ers are light pink and in an erect glomerule. Cnicus Drummondii Gray var. bipinnatus n. var. This is either a variety of C Dmnwiondii or a new species. At present it seems better to consider it in the former light, and give the characters which distinguish it from the type of the species- Stems several from the root, two feet or more high, sparingly tomentose along the stem and the margins of the leaves; leaves divided into many linear lanceolate divisions that are themselves parted into similar lobes of variable length, the lower lobes often as long as the leaflet; the lobes are linear and about one-fourth inch VOL. IV.] Colorado Plants. ' 9 wide, one to three inches long; heads small and narrowly oblong; lower bracts of the involucre with weak prickles, upper ones purplish, acuminate and tipped with a weak point, scarious; flowers much exserted, heads several at the ends of the leafy, spreading branches. Fraxinus anomai^a Torr. In this queer ash the leaves are nearly always simple and entire, the three-lobed or divided ones being rare. It is found at Grand Junction and on Mesa Verde, in Colorado, and through Southeastern Utah. ^- PhaceIvIA splendens n. sp. Annual, erect, about a foot high, usually simple stemmed, sometimes branching from near the base; stems purplish, glandular or glabrous; leaves ovate- lanceolate in outline, pinnately parted into three or four pairs of alternate divisions that are either crenate or bluntly lobed and oblique at base, nearly glabrous, but glandular on the rhachis; scorpioid cyme with a long naked peduncle; flowers on short pedicels; calyx white-hirsute, and slightly glandular, divisions - linear-lanceolate, i mm. wide, 4 to 6 mm. long, veiny in age, with longitudinal nerves, slightly surpassing the ripe capsule; corolla bright blue, rarely white, about i cm. in diameter, divisions obtuse; stamens and style conspicuously exserted, 7 or 8 mm. beyond the corolla; capsule veiny, glandular, and hirsute; seeds with the central ridge very prominent, cymbiform, favose over the whole surface, but not corrugated. This beautiful Phacelia belongs to the Kuphacelia, near. P. glandulosa and P. Neo-Mexua?ia. It grows on the adobe desert soil, and while not along the edges of irrigating ditches or washes, it was comparatively near by. Collected at Grand Junction, May, 1892. Pentstemon Moffatii n. sp. Stems several from the root from one to two feet high, erect, scabrous below, glandular hirsute above; radical leaves crowded, ovate-spatulate, entire, decurrent along the petioles which equal or surpass the blade in length; lower cauline leaves spatulate with long, broad petioles which are connate-clasping; upper, ovate-lanceolate, closely sessile by a cordate base obscurely dentate at the apex or entire; thyrsus interrupted, the many-flowered clusters about an inch apart; lo Colorado Plants. [zoe calyx of linear-lanceolate divisions hirsute, glandular, and ciliate with crimped hairs; corolla purplish blue, hardly bila- biate, spreading lobes orbicular; two of the stamens inserted at the base, the other two half way up the limb, nearly on a line with the sterile filament which is moderately bearded down the side with hairs pointing downwards. In the descriptions of Penstemons no attention has been paid to the insertion of the filaments which may prove of use in determining species that seem closely related. This belongs to the Genuini and is nearest P. albidus of which it may prove to be a variety. It differs from P. albidus in being less glandular, the shape and attachment of the leaves, the more interrupted inflorescence, the color and shape of the corolla, the denser beard of the sterile filament and in the explanate anthers which in P. albidiis are orbicular and in P. Moffatii, oblong. It was collected at Grand Junction along the railroad to the coal beds, and I have named it in honor of David H. Moffat, ex-President of the D. & R. G. R. R., whose courtesy and kindness I wish to acknowledge. Abronia turbinata Watson. This varies in the fruit, the wings in some specimens being well developed; in others, more or less aborted. Atriplex corrugata Watson. This was collected at Grand Junction, in May, 1892, with both moncecious and dioecious plants. The plants collected the previous season from which the description was made were all dioecious. Eriogonum brevicaule Nutt. This is the plant which Nuttall named E. campamdatuvt, but which with iS". viicrantJncni Nutt. Dr. Gray reduced to E. brevicaule. He says that these three species are not permanently distinguishable even as varieties. The descriptions omit the most striking feature of the flower, the urn-shaped perianth, constricted at the throat and angled along the sides. All the flowers examined on the Grand Junction plants have perfect flowers. Eriogonum glandulosum Nutt. This has been but rarely collected, and the description is imperfect. My specimens agree with Nuttall's description of Oxytheca glandulosa under which VOL. IV. J Colorado Plants. 1 1 name it was first described. The following characteristics not given in Nuttall's description, seem worthy of note: The bracts within the involucre which in Eriogona generally are so small as to be seldom noticed, in this species are larger than the teeth of the involucre, which therefore seems to be double; the capillary branchlets are geniculate about the middle, usually bending towards their axis. It is rare at Grand Junction, but was common on a hill-side in Montezuma Cailon in Southeastern Utah. Eriogonum salsuginosum Hook. There are two forms of this that are strikingly unlike, but specimens with peculiarities of both are to be found on the same plant. One has the involucre sessile in the axils of the leaves or the forks of the stem and appears close and compact; the other has the heads at the ends of hair-like peduncles of from one to three inches long; the sessile heads are often found as well as the long pedunculate ones on these specimens which usually have narrower leaves than the first form. The pedicels are generally purple and often the whole plant has the same color. Found at Grand Junction and along McElmo Creek, in Colorado. It also grew on rocky, rounded hills in company with E. glandulosiun and E. divari- catu7n, in Montezuma Canon, in Southeastern Utah. Eriogonum microthecum Nutt. The varieties of this species are puzzling, for it seems hard to know where and how to draw the line between it and E. cory^nbosiim Benth. The flowers of the two species and their varieties differ so little as to furnish obscure distinguishing marks. The chief marks of difference are in the manner of growth and flowering. It seems best to arrange them in this way until more material can be obtained. The type and the variety effusiim have been sufficiently described; but there is a variety on the mesas at Durango, which seems to be undescribed. I propose to name it var. rigidum because of its stiff manner of branching and flowering. Stems woody, one to two feet tall, branching from the base and also above, with erect branches tomentose throughout; leaves narrow, linear, revolute, numerous along the stem, about 2 cm. long; 1 2 Colorado Plajiis. [zoe corymbs umbel-like, small and compact on naked peduncles from 2 to 8 cm. long; the branchlets are usually perpendicular to the axis and the involucres are sessile, perpendicular, erect, and secund on the upper side. Eriogonum corymbosum Benth. I^eaves from narrowly linear 5 mm. wide to oblong 2 cm. wide, crenate-undulate on the margins and densely white-tomentose on the under surface. The leaves are either clustered near the root or are along the stem to the long, naked peduncle of the corymb, which is usually spreading but sometimes almost capitate. The stems, branches, and branchlets are densely tomentose and seem coarse compared with the var. leptophylhun. This variety has long, linear- lanceolate leaves with revolute margins, somewhat tomentose below, almost glabrous above, corymbs on naked peduncles, barely surpassing the leaves, loosely branched, sparingly flowered. The species is usually found on slaty hill-sides, while the variety is found in loose soil under the pinons and cedars or along the banks of dry alkali streams. It is uncertain whether the variety belongs to E. corymbosum or to E. microtheciun. Smilacina stellata Desf. This is described as having blue-black berries. All that have been seen in Colorado, from observations extending over several years, have the berries at first green, striped with red, but when fully ripe they are red all over. The species in California has been collected with the red- striped berries. Doubtless, if collected or observed later in the season, the berries would be found as in Colorado. Fritillaria atropurpurea Nutt. This was collected at Mancos with both perfect and staminate flowers, showing a tendency to become dioecious. No pistillate flowers were found. Calochortus Nuttallii Torr & Gray. This usually has white petals, but at Grand Junction it varies through all the shades of pink to crimson-purple and also white. C. Gunnisoni shades through the blue shades to the bluish-purple and white. A NEW TRYPETID FROM CHACALTIANGUIS, MEXICO, WITH A NOTE ON HEXACH^TA AMABIEIS EW. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. The following trypetid was collected by the writer, December 31, 1892, at Chacaltiauguis, a river town about seventy-two Mexican miles up the Papaloapam River from Tlacotalpam. It was taken with other diptera and various insects, by sweeping the undergrowth in the edge of the woods back of the town. This trypetid belongs, by the markings of its wings, in the genus Euaresta. It has four bristles on the scutellum, which does not, however, preclude it from this genus, as some of the species placed here by Eoew also possess four scutellar bristles. But the shape of the wings is distinctly diiBferent from that of the wings of Euaresta. They are very broad on the median one-half of their length, then slightly taper to a blunt apex. I shall leave the form for the present, however, in Euaresta. The species is very similar to E. Mexicana Wd. and E. melano- ^aslra Lw. (syn. of preceding ?) but differs from both in having four bristles on the scutellum; and it also differs from all the species of Euaresta in another character which must be men- tioned, and which was considered by Eoew of generic importance, that of the third longitudinal vein being bristly almost to its termination. Euaresta latipennis nov. sp. $ . Front more than one-third width of head posteriorly, evenly narrowed to about one-third width of head at base of antennae, pale silvery on borders, the rest being taken up with the wide, very dilute tawny frontal vitta, which also has a silvery reflection. Antennae very dilute tawny, third joint about one and one-half times as long as second, second joint with a small bristle anteriorly and sparsely clothed with minute bristles; arista thickened basally, where it is concolorous with antennae, and shows a basal joint, blackish on remaining portion. Eyes (in dry specimen) dark green, or dull purple, according to change of light. Frontal bristles five in number on each side, not including the long posteriorly directed pair on vertex; of these the anterior 14 A Neiu Trypetid. [zOE three on each side are nearly straight and directed forward, while the hinder two are curved and directed backward. A pair of curved, divergent, anteriorly directed ocellar bristles. Face and palpi pale silvery, the palpi sparsely clothed with small bristles on lower portion; cheeks, occiput, and proboscis dilute tawny, occiput above bordered with a row of whitish bristles. Thorax slightly silvery cinereous, with three golden brown vittae, clothed with whitish bristles and hairs; humeri and pleurae concolorous; scutellum nearly concolorous, rather triangular in shape, with four bristles, the anterior pair longest, the apical pair hardly decussate. Abdomen brownish, flattened, curved under, some- what ovate in outline, rather pointed behind, quite sparsely clothed with short bristly hairs, and with longer bristles on hind margins of segments. Legs pale brownish fulvous, claws short and blackish. Wings broad, rather long, from apical three- fourth tapering almost equally on anterior and posterior borders to a blunt apex. Picture of wings almost the same as that of E. Mexica7ia, figured by Loew in Monographs, iii, pi. x, fig. 28. Differs from the figure only as follows: Second vein ends about in middle of margin of hyaline spot third from tip on anterior border; of the three marginal hyaline spots of second posterior cell, the two end ones are somewhat elongated inward like the middle one; the proximal one of the two costal hyaline markings in marginal cell does not extend inward below the second longitudinal vein, or is represented by only the merest dot, and the distal one does not quite reach second vein; one (the right) wing shows two hyaline drops about middle of discal cell, the distal one smaller, while in the other wing the smaller distal drop is represented by two very small dots in a line transverse to the wing; five hyaline drops in third posterior cell, two bordering on posterior margin of wing, two approxi- mated to fifth-vein, and one bordering on the sixth (anal) vein considerably removed from the margin; four obscure hyaline drops in the less infuscated anal angle of the wing, inside the anal or sixth vein; the coloring becomes more or less dissolved toward the wing base, the second basal cell being mostly clouded on distal half. Third vein bristly to a point about opposite or a little beyond termination of second vein, first vein bristly nearly VOL. IV.] A Nfzu Trypeiid. 1 5 all of its length. The markings of the wings are nearly black, or brownish black. Halteres pale tawny, knob pale lemon yellow. Ivcngth (with abdomen curved under), hardly 3 mm.; of wing, 3^^ mm. It is quite probable that a separate genus will have to be created for this form, at some future time, based on the shape of the wings, the bristly third vein, and the four bristles of the scutellum. Note on Hexach.^ta amabilis Lw. A single specimen of this most handsomely marked trypetid was taken with the preceding at Chacaltianguis, December 31, on foliage of plants in the edge of the woods. The species of the family Trypetid se are remarkable for their handsome markings, but this species, while possessing no other colors than black, dilute brown, and two shades of yellow, is one of the most beautifully marked species of this beautifully marked family. The markings of the wing in this specimen are of a deep shining black. Loew does not mention the hyaline drop in proximal end of distal cell, or leaves it to be implied when he likens the pattern to that of H. eximia. According to Macquart's figure of the latter (Dipt. Exot. Sup, 4, pi. 27, fig. 3), and allowing for the modification in Loew's text, I would not call the pattern of H. amabilis at all similar to that of H. eximia. Loew's description of the wing pattern agrees perfectly in nearly every detail with the present specimen. He described only the S". pubcns, is easily distinguishable from both by a character not hitherto mentioned, i. i inor th.a.t are of interest. He says: "In examining a large number of the flowers of Hookera vmioj-, Britten, in the field this spring, I was somewhat surprised to find numerous specimens in which the staminodia were changed to perfect fertile stamens. The first instance noticed was in a flower evidently- injured by some insect, but so many examples were found later, where the staminodia were partially or wholly changed into anther-bearing stamens, that I cannot ascribe it to the work of insects. This illustrates how little value can be placed in this genus on the unreliable characters of the stamens and staminodia."* The characters upon which Mr. Greene would separate his *' Unifolmvi liliaceiun " from Smilacina stcllata Desf. or ►S. scs- silifolia Wats., it is difficult to say from which for they are not easily kept apart, are not at all constant. They vary much in different climates and exposures, as Mr. Greene in effect admits when at Lake Pend d' Oreille "where in deep shades of fir and arbor vitse one meets with plenty of U. sessilifolium; and here too outside of and above the wet woods, on open ground and in dry soil, grows the unmistakable U. stellatuvi."^ Miss Eastwood has carefully observed Smilacina stellata as it occurs in Colorado, and finds the grown but unripe fruit dark green with darker bands; the ripe fruit clear bright red. The distichous zigzag stem and plicate leaves are not constant in any of the forms. Zygadeniis porrifoliiis Greene % is Z. elegans Pursh. Mr. Greene says " none of the segments are unguiculate or much con- tracted at base," but the type shows that the inner segments are abruptly contracted into a broad claw. Calochortus aincemcs Greene, although compared by the author with the yellow-flowered and much more distant C. pidchellus, can hardly be considered more than a rose-colored variety of C. albus. The color is not uncommon in typical C. albus, but the gland is lower and its scales crisped with shorter hairs. * West. Am. Scientist vi, 63. t Pitt, ii, 33. % Bull. Torn Club, viii, 123. VOL. IV.] Writings of Edzuard L, Greene. 103 Calochortus Pliimvierce Greene is evidently C Weedii var. purpurascens Watson. Calochortics excavatus Greene is a form of C. Nuttallii T. & G. which is rather common in Nevada. Calochortus invemistiis Greene has not been accessible to me. It may be C. flexiiosus or C Patmeri^ both of which have been found not very far away. It might be well for Mr. Greene, before making any more species on such grounds, to read with care some recent observations by S. B. Parish on the variation not only of the markings but of the gland.* If Tradescaiitia tuberosa^ Greene were a good species it would yet have, under the rule by which the author changed Horkelia parviflora L,ehm. to Potentilta Andersoni\ Greene, to suffer eclipse on account of the previous T. tubcrosa Roxb. Sagittan'a Sanfordi Greene collected first in the sloughs about the city of Stockton and since that time on the margins of pools along the county road between I^athrop and Banta was so imper- fectly described by the author that even the section to which it belonged could not be made out. It proves to belong to the second division of the genus as formulated by Micheli. The pedicels of the female flowers are much thickened (the flowers are white), and the lamina of the leaf often considerably expanded. It has not the appearance nor the distribution of an indigenous plant, but has not so far been identified with any foreign one. Jimciis uncial is Greene has been collected by the writer at various places, including the locality at which the type was found. It is certainly /. triformis var. icniflorus Engelm. (/. segetatis Engelm.). The seeds in our specimens are faintly ribbed and cross-lined. The author will find that the degree of maturity of the seeds has much to do with the distinctness of their markings. CiprcssiLS Arizoyiica % Greene is not usually considered dis- tinct from C. Guadattipensis Watson. * Zoe iii, 352-4- t Botanical Gazette vi, 185. X Pitt, i, 104. i Bull. Torr. Club ix, 64. A NKW SUBSPECIES OF CEROPIvASTES FROM MEXICO. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. In Zoe, Vol. iii, Oct. 1892, Prof. C. H. Tyler Townsend describes, without naming, a Ceroplastes found by Dr. A. Duges at Guanajuato, Mexico, on Bignonia and Chrysanthemum. Prof. Townsend has now kindly sent me two examples of this Cero- plastes, with the suggestion that if new, the species might be called C cishidiformis. I have adopted this name, while regarding the insect as hardly a distinct species, but rather a subspecies of C. psidii, Chavannes, [848. CEROPLASTES PSIDII CISTUDIFORMIS, Subsp. UOV. Scale: (largest specimen) length 7^ mm., breadth 6 mm., alt. 4^ mm. Color pale grey, with a slightly pink tinge at sides. Each cereous plate with numerous radiating fine blackish lines, and the lateral plates with two not very well-defined concentric lines. Below the nucleus of each lateral and terminal plate, the margin is broadly yellowish-white, without marks; these broadly triangular yellowish-white portions are separated above from the rest of the scale by black bands, which become evanescent towards the nuclei of the plates. The central plate has stronger radiating lines or bands at intervals, giving it the superficial appearance of being divided into several, as is the case in C janeirensis and psidii. The plate-nuclei are small, blackish, with the usual white secretion in the centre. That of the dorsal or central plate is rather large. Inside of the (cereous) scale pale ochreous, the divisions between the plates marked with purplish-brown. Dorsal plate approximately circular, its posterior half strongly gibbous in both the specimens, Anterior end with a single plate resembling the adjacent lateral. Each side with two approximately square lateral plates. Posterior end with a very large broad compound plate, with two distinct nuclei, and an obscure third one between them. One of the specimens contained the desiccated body of the $ . The skin (corresponding to the " scale " of a Lecaniuni) is yellow VOL. IV,] A New Sttbspecies of Ceroplastes. 105 by transmitted light, with many scattered black (as they appear) gland-dots. Adult $ , placed in caustic soda, appears crimson, and stains the liquid. The legs are very small, red-brown. Tibia about one quarter longer than tarsus. Femur about one-third longer than tibia. Tarsal knobbed hairs well-developed. The claw appears as if bulbous at the tip, but this is certainly due to the large bulbous digitules, as in psidii. Compared with the figure of C. psidii given by Signoret, the present subspecies seems very diflFerent; but when we come to compare the characters in detail, it is apparent that the differ- ences are those of degree rather than of kind, so that it is hard to accord to the Mexican form more than subspecific rank. C. psidii was found at Rio Janeiro, and is probably not to be separated as a species from C. janeirensis^ Gray, 1828. The present insect belongs to a group of Ceroplastes which is characteristic of the neotropical region, and includes the follow- ing species: 6". y X X ■<. _J a. >- o < cr o m <; < CO c/) Q_ O ZOK A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL Vol. IV. JULY, 1893. No. 2. LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED IN SOUTHEASTERN UTAH, WITH NOTES AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. 1. Delphinium scaposum Greene. Widely distributed through the region. Collected near Moab, along McElmo Creek, and at Mancos. 2. Berberis Fremonti Torr. Collected near Moab, across the Grand River, in fruit. It grows along the rocky sides of the canon. The plants were covered with a scale insect. The fruit is a berry containing no juice. The loose coat encloses about ten or twelve seeds. It was also collected in flower between Hatch's Wash and Monticello; but the amount of fruit is much less than the quantity of flowers. In the latter locality it grew along cliffs near the bed of streams that in May were dr}^ 3. Argemone platyceras Link & Otto. A peculiar, rather sickly-looking plant was collected at Moab, with narrowly oblong leaves, very spiny, but not in the least hispid, flowers not an inch in diameter, fruit also small, but not ripe, and so not in a fit condition to describe. 4. Draba Caroliniana Walt. var. micrantha Gray. Found under sagebrush and pinons from Grand Junction to Mancos. 5. Arabis pulchra M. E. Jones. This was noted in sev- eral places along the route. It was collected in a canon between Hatch's Wash and Monticello. 6. Lepidium montanum Nutt. This grew in abundance in Hatch's Wash under the sagebrush and at other places along the road. I believe, as Professor Jones, that there is no real dis- 1 1 4 Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. [zoe tinction between this and L. alyssoides; for I find myself always in doubt concerning certain plants. 7. LesouerELLA MONTANA Watson. This is not uncom- mon through southeastern Utah, and is usually found under the cedars and pinons. 8. Erysimum asperum DC. A few plants were noticed in a rocky cafion. They had shorter pods than any before seen. 9. Sisymbrium linifolium Nutt. This was seen here and there through the region, on the mesas. ID. Streptanthus cordatus Nutt. This was generally found on cedar-covered mesas. 11. Streptanthus eongirostris Watson. Reported in the general notes of a trip through southeastern Utah, Zoe iii, 4, as Arabis longirostris Watson. Thompson's Springs. It is common on the adobe desert and also on the mesas. 12. Theeypodiumambiguum. Watson. Thompson's Springs. 13 Theeypodium aureum Eastwood. Along McElmo Creek. Most common at Mancos, where the type was collected. 14. BiscuTELEA WiSLizENi Benth. & Hook. On a sandy fiat in Court House Wash, and along McElmo Creek in a similar situation. 15. Cleomeeea peocasperma Watson. The stamens sur- pass the petals, the pedicels are horizontal and about as long as the defiexed stipe, the seeds are not tessellated, but may not be sufficiently ripe. In all other characteristics it resembles the above-named species. It is not C oocarpa as that species is rep- resented in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, Collected between Thompson's Springs and Moab. 16. PoLYGAEA ACANTHOCLADA Gray. This spiny plant was collected in Montezuma Canon on a rocky hill. 17. Malvastrum LEPTOPHYEEUM Gray. Collected in Court House Wash and along McElmo Creek. 18. Sph^raecea Munroana Spach. Collected after leav- ing Moab, a form with light pink fiowers. The red-fiowered form is common through the whole region. VOL. IV,] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. 115 19. lyiNUM RiGiDUM Pursh. This was quite abundant in the sandy bottom near the Grand River. It has taller and more diffuse stems than the Grand Junction plant, and the flowers are larger and lighter in color. 20. Glossopetalon spinescens Gray. This is not plen- tiful in any one locality, but seems to be widely distributed through the section. 21. Negundo aceroides Moench. Common along Monte- zuma Creek, but not at the lower end. 22. Rhus Canadensis Marsh. This differs from the ordi- nary form of var. trilobata in that the leaves are simply crenate. It was collected in Court House Wash. 23. Astragalus amphioxys Gray. Court House Wash, McElmo Creek, and Montezuma Canon. The most widely-dis- tributed Astragalus of the region. 24. Astragalus Bigelovii Gray. Usually found on pinon and cedar covered mesas. 25. Astragalus Geyeri Gray. Court House Wash. 26. Astragalus Haydenianus Gray. Montezuma Creek. 27. Astragalus lonchocarpus Torr.(?) Court House Wash. 28. Astragalus scaposus Gray. McElmo Creek. 29. Astragalus pictus Gray var. angustus Jones. Mon- tezuma Creek. 30. Astragalus Preussii Gray. Common at Moab. 31. var. SULCATUS Jones. Cane's Spring. 32. Astragalus desperatus Jones. McElmo Creek; San Juan River. 33. Astragalus palans Jones. Montezuma Creek. 34. Astragalus Coltoni Jones. Court House Wash. 35. var. FOLiosus Jones. This is the form found at Monticello. It was collected in flower and green fruit. 36. Astragalus Pattersoni Gray. This species seems to be widely distributed on the western slope, growing in alkaline soil. 1 1 6 Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. [zoe i/ 37. C.ilSALPiNiA repens n. sp. Perennial, 9 to 13 cm. high, from slender, woody, creeping rootstocks; leaves and peduncles crowded on a short stem, canescent with short, curled hairs; leaves with from 5 to 7 pinnae, leaflets 4 to 6 closely appressed, nerveless, with a few scattered, depressed glands varying in shape, usually irregular in outline (many leaflets are without the glands); stipules ovate-acuminate, petioles ribbed, a little longer than the blade, with several long, lax bristles where the pinnae join the axis, and one at the base of each leaflet; pedun- cles stout, ribbed, surpassing the leaves, covered closely with the short, white hairs, and with occasional longer ones similar to the lax bristles on the leaves; flowers at first erect, closely clustered, pedicels becoming deflexed and distant in the fruiting, elongating raceme; four upper sepals lanceolate, lowest oblanceolate, cov- ered with longer white hairs than the rest of the plant; without glands, as is also the corolla; petals surpassing the sepals, obo- vate, tapering to the short claw, 8 to 12 mm. long, 3 mm. broad, smooth except the vexillum, which has a broad, hairj^ claw; stamens with filaments about 10 mm. long, broadening at base, smooth above, ciliate with blunt, coarse hairs below, densest at the base; style cjdindrical, broadening at the base, and to a less degree at the ciliate campanulate stigma, which is slightly hairy below; legume at first canescent with short, curled hairs, orbicular to obovate; in age with hairs so scattered that it is no longer canescent, becoming reticulate with prominent trans- verse veins, flat, with a thickened margin, varying from orbicular to elliptical and oblong, usually abruptly pointed with the persistent style, entirely without glands, i^ to 3 cm. long, i^ to 2 cm. broad; seeds usually two. This grew in sandy soil, and formed loosely-spreading mats. It was col- lected in Court House Wash, near where it comes into the Grand River, on the opposite side from Moab, in southeastern Utah, May 26, 1892. The pod is very difierent in appearance from that of others of this genus. The character of its glands excludes it from the sections proposed by E- M. Fisher in his recent revision of Hofimanseggia. Since he has with good reason reduced Hofi"- manseggia to Caesalpinia in Bot. Gaz. xviii, 4, this Utah plant VOL. IV.] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. 117 which by the old classification would be Hoffmanseggia becomes ^C^salpinia. Plate XXVI.* 38. Lathyrus paluster L. Along the bottom of Monte- zuma Creek. 39. LupiNUS Shockleyi Watson. Scarce. On the road from Thompson's Springs to Moab. 40. lyUPiNUS PUSI1.1.US Pursh. Abundant. But not seen after leaving Moab. 41. PsoRALEA CASTOREA Watson. Along the side of a sand}^ wash. 42. Trifolium Plummer.S Watson. Under the cedars and pinons at the head of Montezuma Canon. 43. Amelanchier alnifoi^ia Nutt. This is a peculiar form of this widely distributed species, collected in Court House Wash. It differs from the form common in Colorado, in the leaves smaller, less veiny, and more glossy on the upper surface, the branches are straggling, flowers and leaves few; so that the observer is first attracted to the difference by the less compact form of the Utah variety. 44. Cercocarpus PARVIF01.IUS Nutt. Near Monticello. CowANiA Mexicana D. Don. On rocky hills and 45 mesas 46 47 Prunus demissa Walt. In deep canons near water. Purshia tridentata DC. Common on the hills and mesas, but less so than in Colorado. 48. OiiNoTHERA piNNATiFiDA Nutt. Thompson's Springs. * EXPI.ANATION OF PI.ATE XXVI. CiESALPiNiA REPEXS: " A " longitudinal section of the pistil enlarged four times, showing the arrangement of the ovules; " B " the same showing the ciliate, sparingly hairy stigma; "C" stamen enlarged four times showing the peculiar hairs on the filament; "D" anther enlarged; "E" petals spread out, enlarged twice; "F" calyx spread open, enlarged twice; " G," " H " pods nearly ripe to show difference in shape; "I " end of pod enlarged to show the venation; " J " a piece of the stem near the base to show the ribs and little spines; " K " leaf enlarged showing inner and outer surface; "L," another leaf enlarged much more showing the glands and hairy surface. 1 1 8 Plants Collected in SotLtheastern Utah. [zoe 49. CEnothera cardiophylla Torr. Near Moab. 50. CEnothera scapoidea Nutt. Thompson's Springs. 51. CEnothera TRICHOCA1.YX Nutt. Thompson's Springs, and in other places along the route. The notes on the species of this genus were published in Zoe, vol. iii, No. 3. 52. Mentzelia mui.TIFI.or a Gray. In bloom in the even- ing along the sandy bottom of Court House Wash; the flowers were all closed the next morning. 53. EcHiNOCACTus Whipp^ei Eng. & Big. On the road to Monticello not far from Window Rock. 54. Opuntia Missouriensis DC. Court House Wash. This was a rare plant and a peculiar form with long, very slender white spines. 55. Cymopterus purpureus Watson. In Montezuma Canon on a rocky hillside. At Durango it grows under the pinons. 56. Cymopterus montanus T. & G. This is the rather tall form found also at Grand Junction and Durango. On alkali deserts not uncommon. 57. CoLOPTERA Newberryi C. & R. In Court House Wash, and on a mesa after leaving Moab. It seems to approach Cymopterus, and the spongy wings ought not to be regarded as a generic difference since there are often both flat and spongy wings on the same fruit. 58. GaIvIum Mathewsii Gray. This dioecious Galium is widely distributed through this region and no special locality was noted. It usually grows on the sides of canons or gulches. 59. Brickellia microphylla Gray. Court House Wash, along the canon walls; a fall bloomer. 60. Brickellia 1.INIFOLIA Eaton. Court House Wash, in the same locality as the above. In bloom in May. 6r. Apeopappus armerioides Gray. Found under pinons and cedars. 62. Aplopappus spinulosus DC. This form with unusu- ally large flowers and erect stems grows along by McElmo Creek. The species is variable. VOL. IV.] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. 119 63. TowNSENDiA STRiGOSA Nutt. Common on the road to Moab and along McElmo Creek. 64. TowNSKNDiA FENDI.ERI Gray. Usually found growing on mesas through the whole region. 65. Aster frondosus T. & G. Court House Wash. 65a. Aster tortifolius Gray ? There are no glandular hairs or viscidity about this plant as in A. tofiifolms and A. Wrightii, but it dififers more essentially from A. venustus which it resembles in shape of leaves and manner of growth, though not so stout. It differs from A. venustus in the depressed hairs of the akenes which are pappus-like at the top, the ray flowers are violet with a hairy tube, akenes about half as long as in y^. ven- ustus, truncate instead of obovate, style branches about one- quarter as long. This with A. Wrightii, tortifolius, and venustus form a well-marked group, and future material and investigation may resolve them into one species. 66. Aster tanacetipolius HBK. Thompson's Springs. 67. Erigeron Bellidiastrum Nutt. Along the road to Moab. 68. Erigeron Utahensis Gray. This sends up numerous branches from a woody stem. It was coming into bloom and seemed rare. Court House Wash, near the Grand River. 69. Baccharis salicina T. & G. On the banks of the Grand River near Moab. 70. Encelia nutans Eastwood, On the road between Thompson's Springs and Moab. 71. Encelia frutescens Gray. Along the walls of the canon approaching the Grand River near Moab. 72. Bahia nudicauIvIS Gray. Along McElmo Creek. 73. Ch.^nactis stevioides Hook. & Arn. Common through the entire region. Sometimes becoming large, diffusely branching plants. 74. Tetradymia spinosa Hook. & Arn. Widely distrib- uted. Thompson's Springs. 75. Senecio aureus E. var. This variety is common under cedars and pinons in Western Colorada and Eastern Utah. 1 20 Plants Collected in SontJieastern Utah. [zoe 76. Cnicus neo-Mexicanus Gray. Abundant and conspic- uous on hills along McElmo Creek. 77. Stephanomeria exigua Nutt. Near Moab. It opens in the early morning and closes before noon. 78. Malacothrix Torreyi Gray. Common throughout the section. 79. GlypTopIvEURa marginata Eaton. Moab near the Grand River. 80. lyYGODESMiA EXIGUA Gray. Along McElmo Creek, growing on a sandy hill. 81. FoRESTiERA neo-Mexicana Gray. Growing in clumps along the San Juan River. 82. Fraxinus anomala Torr. Court House Wash. 83. Amsonia brevifolia Gray. On the hillsides at Moab. 84. AscLEPiAS CRYPTOCERAS Watson. This beautiful Asclepias was occasionally seen on the sides of washes. It is not common. 85. Asclepias involucrata Engelm. var tomentosa n. var. This differs from the description of the species and from speci- mens in the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences in the following characters: Tomentose throughout, leaves ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, sometimes orbicular; margins wavy and densely tomentose from 3 to 7 cm. long and from i to 2 cm. broad at base. Umbel closely sessile with involucral leaves, densely white-tomentose and linear-lanceolate. There is, however, but little or no difiference in the flowers. It grew along Court House Wash and the San Juan River near McElmo Creek, and was alike in both localities. 86. Frasera albomarginata Watson. This was seen growing on a pinon covered mesa along Montezuma Creek. It also grows in the same kind of a place on Mesa Verde in south- western Colorado. It was not yet in bloom. 87. Frasera panicueata Torr. (?) This was not collected as the plants were not yet in bloom. It was tall, loosely and paniculately branched and the memory of its appearance agrees VOL. IV.] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. i 2 1 with the general description of the above species. It may be F. Utahensis Jones. 88. GiLiA CONGESTA Hook. The plants collected in Utah, between Hatch's Wash and Monticello, grew on a piilon covered mesa and differed in the following points from the Grand Junc- tion form, which grew in a dry water course: The Utah form has smaller flowers with corolla tube equaling the calyx. The Grand Junction form has the corolla tube twice as long as the calyx. The ovules are less numerous in the Utah form. Both have the corolla lobes from entire to tridentate, at the apex. 89. GiiviA LONGiFLORA Don. This was collected in Hatch's Wash with the tube of the corolla more than inch long. 90. GiLiA PUNGENS Benth. This is the large white-flowered form with very small leaves in interrupted fascicles. In Monte- zuma Canon. 91. GiLiA iNCONSPicuA Dougl. Near Moab and along McElmo Creek. 92. GiLiA LEPTOMERiA Gray. Collected at Moab. This seems very near to G. inconspicua. 93. GiiviA GuNNisoNi T. & G. Common in Court House Wash. {^ 94. G11.1A Triodon n. sp. Annual, from ten to twenty cm. high, branching difiusely upwards from the base with numerous slender branches, stipitate glandular throughout except the parts of the flower within the calyx, leaves clustered at the root, thickish, runcinate pinnatifid into nine or ten divisions, which are either entire or dentate, the teeth often tipped with short bristles; stem leaves bract-like, diminishing upwards; small flowers numerous scattered along and terminating the branchlets; calyx campanulate, two to three mm. long, cleft half way down with five or sometimes six green tipped bristle-pointed lobes, the membranous lower part folding in like a fan; corolla minute, salver-form, the tube exserted, tapering from a broad base to the throat, divisions tridentate, with middle tooth longest, and the sinuses rounding, minutely tuberculate; stamens with slender filaments and cordate acuminate anthers; pistil with the stigma 122 Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. [zoe club-shaped, obscurely tridentate; ovules numerous; capsule slightly surpassing the calyx, seeds tuberculate developing spiricles and mucilage. In habit this seems to belong to Eugelia; but it diflfers from all described Gilias in having no style branches, but instead a club-shaped tridentate stigma. Collected June 20, 1892, in Ruin Canon, a branch of the McElmo and near the boundary line between Colorado and Utah. It was named from the appearance of the stigma and petals. V 95. GiLiA SUPERBA n. sp. Stems one or several from a woody tap root, each with a rosulate cluster of leaves at base, cymosely branched above, or even diffuse from near the base; glutinous throughout; radical leaves varying from spatulate and entire to obovate-cuneate, wnth margins crenately to incisely den- tate, with apiculate teeth, tapering into margined petoiles, which are often purplish on the mid-nerves and at the base; 3 to 5 cm. long; cauline leaves few and scattered, sessile, incisely dentate, small, and decreasing upwards into linear-subulate bracts; flow- ers clustered at the ends of the long, almost naked peduncles, on pedicels equalling or shorter than the calyx; calyx open campan- ulate, the five triangular-acute lobes about equalling the tube, purplish, dotted with stipitate glands; corolla crimson, velvety in texture, salver-form; tube about three times as long as the calyx, widening upwards, lobes obovate, shorter than the tube, about 5 mm. broad; stamens equally inserted and wholly included; style as long as the corolla tube, surpassing the stamens; ovules numerous (about fifty); immature seeds irregular in shape, with a loose, crumpled outer coat, fewer than the ovules. (Plate XXVII.) This beautiful and showy Gilia belongs to the section Ipo- mopsis, and comes nearest to G. Haydeni, with which it has been directly compared, not only with specimens from the type locality, but also with the type itself, in Mr, Brandegee's Her- barium. This is either a winter annual or a biennial, while G. Haydeyii is perennial, the cauline leaves are more bract-like and fewer, it is less diffuse but taller, larger, and much more gluti- nous, the calyx is more spreading and with the lobes not mem- branously margined; the stamens of G. Haydeni are protruded beyond the tube, and the stigma is below them; in G. superba VOL. IV.] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. 123 the opposite is the case; the ovules are much more numerous in this species, and shaped differently. The plants were collected at Hatch's Wash, in southeastern Utah, between Moab and Monticello, on May 29, 1892. They were abundant in a limited area, on sandy knolls formed by the accumulated sand that had been washed down from the basin^ like sides of the shallow caiion, and were not met with at any other place. 96. Phlox nana. Growing at the base of a cliff between Hatch's Wash and Monticello. y 97. Phacelia nudicaulis n. sp. Annual, low, and almost prostrate, stems several (4-7) from the root, naked to the inflor- escence, nodes 1-2 cm. long, internodes shorter; glandular and hirsute, with short, white bristles; leaves thick, orbicular, or broadly ovate, abruptly tapering to the petiole, blade about i cm. long by not quite so broad, petiole equalling or surpassing it in length, margins slightty undulate and revolute; radical leaves few; cauline, crowded at the ends of the branches, surrounding and almost hiding the flowers, which are solitary in the forks of the branches or in few flowered spikes which are cymosely arranged; sepals linear-spatulate, united at base, spreading, and surpassing the capsule; corolla 3 to 5 mm. long, surpassing the immature calyx, violet, tubular funnel-form, with rounding lobes acute or obtuse, hairy on the outside but smooth within, the folds at the base linear and attached to the stamens; filaments smooth, equally inserted, but of unequal lengths; style cleft half-way down, with capitate stigmas, hairy to the forks; capsule blunt, hairy; seeds about 16, oblong, pitted, variable in thickness, from flat to lens-shaped, probably modified by the pressure from each other in the crowded cells. This desert Phacelia was collected on the road from Thomp- son's Springs to Moab, May 24, 1892. It grew on a flat, adobe desert with Cleomella plocasperma {?), and was abundant over a very limited area. It most nearly approaches P. cephalotes Gray, from which, however, it is quite distinct. 98. Phacelia cephalotes Gray. This presents some very interesting variations in the style branches. In some flowers it 124 Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. [zoe is undivided and capitate, in others with two distinct capitate stigmas, while in others the styles are distinct for about i or 2 mm. The calyx and corolla often have six divisions; the seeds are honeycombed. Collected on a sandy fiat in Montezuma Canon, June i, 1892. 99. Phacelia ceenuIvATA Torr. Moab. This is very common also at Grand Junction on the mesas. 100. CoNANTHUS . Collected at Thompson's Springs May 23, 1892. This is similar to the plant distributed by Wm. C. Cusick and named by Dr. Gray C. parviflorus; but it was never published. loi. CoLDENiA HiSPiDissiMA Gray. On the hills around Moab and in Court House Wash. 102. Krynitzkia leucoph.^a Gray. Common on mesas through the whole region. 103. Krynitzkia pterocarya Gray. Near Moab. 104. Krynitzkia . Court House Wash. This is left undescribed and undetermined until time can be given to a most interesting collection of this genus. 105. Datura meteloides DC. Common in the dry bed of McKlmo Creek and along the banks. 106. lyYCiUM pallidum Miers. Montezuma Canon near the San Juan River and McElmo Canon. This prevailed in occasional tracts. 107. NicoTiANA ATTENUATA Torr. Ruin Canon. Widely distributed. 108. Cham^Esaracha Coronopus Gray. Montezuma Canon and where the McElmo joins the San Juan. The star- like flowers open towards evening. 109. Penstemon Eatoni Gray. Court House Wash and other canons on the road. This is one of the most showy penstemons and worthy of cultivation. no. Penstemon Utahensis n. sp. Stem erect, one or several from the root, one to two feet tall, glaucous and glabrous throughout; radical leaves from spatulate, about two cm. wide, VOL. IV.] Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. 125 to oblanceolate, five to eight cm. long by one cm. wide; slightly wavy; stem leaves far apart, about eight cm. between the lowest pairs, less above, oblong, sessile by a clasping base, diminishing upwards; flowers in an interrupted loosely and few flowered thyrse; calyx small, divisions abruptly pointed and thicker at the apex; corolla funnel form, two cm. long, lobes large, orbicular and spreading, three to five mm. broad, carmine; two stamens inserted at the base of the carolla; the others even with the sterile filament which is hooked at the glabrous end; style broadening to the paddle-shaped stigma and to the pointed ovary. Were it not for the tip of the sterile filament this would unhesitatingly be placed with P. Parryi, but if that distinction is worth anything it must belong to the next group near P. grandiflorus which it is as unlike in all the other characteristics whereby it resembles /L Parryi. It is a beautiful and showy plant. The very glaucous foliage softens the bright carmine flowers which are velvety in texture and of beautiful shape with the round evenly spreading lobes of the funnel form corolla. It was collected between Hatch's Wash and Monticello, May 28, 1892; also on the San Juan River near where McElmo Creek enters. 111. Aphyllon multifx,orum Gray. Along McElmo Creek, June, 1892. 112. PoLiOMiNTHA INCANA Gray. This was collected in Court House Wash on the Sandy Flat near the Grand River. It has a large prostrate woody stem and usually forms a knoll, from the sand collecting around its firm base. The numerous branches are slender and erect; the foliage is silvery canescent and the flowers a lovely blue. It has a sweet perfume. 113. Hedeoma Drummondii. In a branch of McElmo Canon. 114. Abronia TURBiNATA Torr. Thompson's Springs. 115. Abronia MiCRANTH A Torr. Thompson's Springs and on the road to Moab. 116. Abronia cycloptera Gray. In the same localities as the two above; but more abundant than either. 126 Plants Collected in Southeastern Utah. [zoe 117. ATRIPI.EX ARGENTEA Nutt. Along the San Juan River and elsewhere. 118. AtriplexNuttallii Watson (?). This differs somewhat from the species and may be new. The material is hardly sufficient for satisfactory determination. 119. Grayia Brandegei Gray. Blooming plants were collected on a hill near McElmo Creek. They were not far enough advanced for good specimens but could be distinguished from the Atriplex which they resemble. 120. Grayia polygaloides Hook, and Arn. Common at Thompson's Springs. A form with very large fruit was found near McElmo Creek. 121. Sarcobatus vERMicuLATus Torr. Widely distributed along streams. Montezuma Creek. 122. Eriogonum Thomasii Torr. Court House Wash, near Moab, growing along the rocky canon walls. 123. Eriogonum inflatum Torr. Common on the desert plains and the canon sides. It is called trumpet-weed at Moab. The inflation is almost globular in the plants of the plains, but long and narrower on the hill-side forms, which also grow much taller than the others. The inflated portion is empty, not con- taining a drop of moisture. Growing with the inflated plants are many smaller plants destitute of the swelling. 124. Eriogonum glandulosum Nutt. Montezuma Creek. 125. Eriogonum divaricatum Nutt. Montezuma Creek. 126. Eriogonum SALSUGiNOSUM Nutt. Montezuma Creek. 127. RuMEX VENOSUS Pursh. Near the spring on the road to Moab. 128. Euphorbia flagelliformis Engelm. Young plants of this were coming up, the old ones were near by, the dry stems containing fruit, so the species could be determined from all the material. Near the Grand River, in Court House Wash, and on the San Juan flats. 129. Celtis occidentalis E. Along McElmo Creek and in the branch canons. VOL. IV.] Plants Collected m Southeastern Utah. 127 130. QuERCUs UNDULATA Torr. There were two distinct forms or two species. One had deciduous leaves, the other ever- green. They grew together in Hatch's Wash. 131. Salix . This was not collected, for it was out of flower and fruit. 132. PoPULUS AUGUSTIFOLIA James. Montezuma Canon. 133. Allium Nevadense Watson (?). This was collected on a mesa between Cane's Spring and Hatch's Wash, It also grows at Grand Junction, and is distinguished chiefly by an off- shoot from the veiny-coated bulb. 134. Calochortus NuTTALLii Torr. & Gray. Montezuma Canon. 135. Calochortus flexuosus Watson. Along McElmo Creek.' 136. Hesperanthes albomarginata Jones. On the road to Moab in a desert flat. 137. Blepharidachne Kingii (Watson) Hack. This is Eremochloe Kingii Watson of King's Report. 138. Stipa pennata ly. var. Neo-Mexicana Thurb. On the mesas near McElmo Creek. 139. Ephedra trifurca Torr. In a canon between Hatch's Wash and Mondcello. Collected in good fruit. 140. JUNIPERUS OCCIDENTAEIS Hook var. MONOSPERMA Eng. The common Juniper or cedar of the mesas. 141. PiNUS EDULis Eng, The piiion or nut pine, found usually with the Juniper named above. These were all noted or collected on the trip from Thompson's Springs to McElmo creek at the Utah line. Many extended also into Colorado; for state lines make no difference in the flora. However, as the list is headed " Utah Plants," it is best to stop at the boundary line. The route was from Thompson's Springs to Moab, from there by way of Hatch's Wash to Monticello, then down Montezuma Canon to the San Juan River, and thence up the McElmo. The time was between May 24 and June 3, 1892. The general description of the country was given in Zoe iii, 4, DESCRIPTION OF A LUMINOUS LARVA FOUND NEAR HOEBROOK, ARIZONA. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. On the night of June 27, 1892, while camped about five miles west of Holbrook, Arizona, I found a luminous larva run- ning over the ground. The prothoracic segment was especially and continuously luminous, while the other segments, especially the more terminal ones, were all more or less so. Each segment was luminous for a certain space about the centre of its dorsum, and thus taken together they looked like a string of beads in the dark, the prothorax, however, being wholly luminous. The larva is coleopterous. It does not much resemble an elaterid larva, while it is equally unlike a lampyrid. It difiers in its shape, and also very markedly in its characters, from the sup- posed larva of ■nielanades figured by Riley and described by Bethune and Osten Sacken.* It further diflfers very strikingly by the luminosity not being located in the same regions of the larva as those indicated in the figure above referred to. Instead of being at the side of each segment, and at the incisures, the centre of the segments is luminous, according to my notes. These notes on the luminosity of the larva were made in the field at the time, and the details have since escaped my memory. But I do not think that I mistook the incisures for the segments. Description of larva. Length, hardly 12 mm.; greatest width (segs. 9-10), i^ mm. Whitish in color originally; changed by immersion in alcohol to a pale rufous above and pale flavous below. Elongate, of nearly equal width, but slightly narrowed anteriorly, and posteriorly flattened. Consisting of thirteen segments, rather chitinous on whole surface, especially on dorsum, head, and ventral thoracic portion. Head retracted within the prothoracic segment, the third to twelfth segments each retracted for about its anterior one-third within the next segment anterior to it. Second or prothoracic segment elongate, longer than any of the other segments, gradually narrowed * Riley, Amer. Ent., iii, 202; and LeBaron, 4th rep., 99. — Bethune, Can. Ent. , i, 2. — Osten Sacken and Bethune, Can. Ent., i, 38-9. — Osten Sacken, Proc. Eut. Soc. Phil., 1862, 125, pi. i, f. 8; and iv. No. 2, 8. VOL. IV.] Description of a Ltmtinous Larva. 129 anteriorly where it is but little wider than the head. Segments three to eight equal in length, each hardly two-thirds length of second, very gradually widening to eighth, which is but little wider than three; segments nine to twelve a little longer, hardly wider than others; thirteen a little longer than twelve, not as long as second, a little narrowed and rounded ofif behind, with a segment-like anal joint or appendage which shows very plainly on the ventral surface, making the larva appear fourteen-jointed, and is doubtless homologous with the so-called anal proleg, though it does not appear to possess this function in the present case. All the joints except head covered dorsally with fine short posteriorly directed bristly hairs, longer and directed more outwardly on^sides, extending down on lateral ventral surface; median ventral surface less distinctly short hairy except on thoracic segments. Head bears some bristly very short hairs on edges. A moderately large black convex simple eye on outer anterior edge of head, rather prominent, partially hidden by the head being retracted within the overlapping anterior dorsum of prothorax. Antennae short, situated just anterior to and inside of eyes; basal joint stout and rather tubercular, second joint smaller, about as wide at base as long, subconical, bearing some bristly hairs; third joint minute, as long as broad, terminated by a few short hairs. Mandibles apparently single-toothed, blackish, curved, and rather claw-like, not stout. Maxillae two- jointed, stout, the joints rather cylindrical; second joint as long as wide, but narrower than the basal. Maxillary palpi small, apparently two-jointed, the second joint but little smaller than the basal. Labial palpi very small, slender, two-jointed, the joints short and subequal; an anterior prolongation of the labium between them surmounted by two fine hairs. Prothoracic segment deeply notched anteriorly below with a V-like fold of the integument extending not quite to its posterior margin, exposingJwhat seems to be a separate sclerite belonging to the prothoracic segment. Spiracles situated about middle of lateral edges of [segments five to twelve inclusive, but appearing anterior to middle when the segment is retracted. Legs appar- ently four-jointed, basal joint elongate, appearing as a prolonga- tion of [the integument; second joint short, about one-half 130 Flo7^a of Guadalupe Island. [zoe as long as basal joint, third and fourth joints about equal in length, twice as long as second, the fourth tapering to its extremity, which is terminated by a slightly curved, rather elongate chitinous claw or hook. The last three joints of the legs are furnished with a sparse fringe of small bristl}' spines on inside. Described from one specimen. Arizona. A luminous larva was reported to me, in the spring of 1892, as numerous in the Mimbres country, in Grant County, New Mexico. No specimens, however, were obtained. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF GUADALUPE ISLAND. BY F. FRANCESCHI. The Island of Guadalupe has been botanically explored first in 1875 by Dr. Edward Palmer, and second b}" Prof. E. L. Greene in 1886, Dr. Palmer having made a short visit there and collected again in 1889. For a newcomer there was in consequence but little hope to find anything that had escaped such experienced and diligent observers; the more so as it was well known that the work of extermination of that most interesting flora, due to the wonderful increasing of wild goats there, had gone on unabated these last ten or twelve years. My purpose in visiting the island, rather than the hope of adding to the number of the plants registered already by Dr. Palmer and Prof Greene as belonging to Guadalupe, was to gather more information on the present state of vegetation on the island, and full particulars on the appearance, the habit, the flowering, and fruiting of many of the trees and shrubs peculiar to Guadalupe, of which a few have been sparingly introduced in gardens, and others well deserve to be. For detailed accounts on the palm, the cypress, the pine, and the oak of Guadalupe, as well as on the most note- worthy shrubs, I must refer to papers sent to ' ' Garden and Forest," of New York, and to the "Gardener's Chronicle," in London. A few remarks of a more general character will, I hope, be found of interest as preceding the list of plants I was able to collect there during December and part of January last. VOL. IV.] Flora of Guadalupe Island, 131 The Island of Guadalupe, situated between 29 degrees lati- tude north, and about 150 miles west of the coast of I^ower Cali- fornia, measures nearly nineteen miles in length from north to south, by six to seven in breadth. The highest peak, Mount Augusta, reaches 4,500 feet, but is hardly to be noticed as it stands near the centre of the island, only a few hundred feet higher than the surrounding plateau. Guadalupe is not exactly a table-land, as it has been described, but rather a succession of several plateaus at different altitudes, of ridges, of old craters, and of powerful lava dykes appearing to have sprung out from various points and flown in every direction. The volcanic action which formed the island — now entirely subsided, there being no trace of thermal waters nor of gaseous emanations of any descrip- tion— must have been grand and powerful indeed, if one considers the remains of the circus of the primitive crater in the north part of the island, rising to more than 3000 feet above the sea level and fully four miles in diameter. Two-thirds of this circus still exists, the eastern part of it having been swallowed by the ocean in some later convulsion, and at the southern part, towards the centre of the island, this high ridge blends with the plateau where Mount Augusta rises, this last offering no trace of eruptive crater, but of having given birth to immense currents of lava, most of them now covered with cypresses. The standing portions of the circus emerging from the sea on the north and northwestern side of the island are exceedingly steep and precipitous, cut by a few deep canons, and. with some adventitious and comparatively small cones of eruption. Just on the slope of one of them is to be seen the principal grove of palms {Erythea edtilis) with a few intermingled fine specimens of oaks and many more pines, the latter extending all over the northern part of the island, which in times past they must have covered with a very thick forest. The immense crater was once filled up to the height of 2000 to 2500 feet, and a section of this plateau remains still unaltered in the shape of a crescent, its surface rising gently from north to south. Here are to be found the sole appreciable springs of water, evidently nourished by the fogs that at all seasons are very often brought b}^ the predominat- ing northwest winds against the high overstanding ridge and 132 Flo7'a of Guadahipe Island. [zoe there deposited. The few scattered pines still living on the ridge afford a fine example of the power of trees in condensing and storing water. When a strong wind blows the fog up from the ocean, while the surrounding ground looks hardly wet, under the pines it will be pouring hard with streamlets of water running from the base of their trunks. For this peculiar oflSce the acicular leaves of the pines are eminently adapted, and one can easily understand that when all the northwestern part of the island was clothed with a dense pine forest, springs must have been much more abundant, and the vegetation on the eastern side must have largely benefited by them. The springs are not far from each other and nearly in the centre of them are the cabins built a few years ago by the International Company of Lower California, which has since abandoned the lease of the island as unprofitable. The increase in the number of wild goats has gone on these last years unchecked by the few thousand which may have been killed by the poachers who visit the island from time to time. The result is vividly shown by the fact that in all my ramblings over the island I was unable to find but one single shrub, CeanotJms crassifolius, alive in any of the places inaccessible to goats. Endowed as these are with proverbial climbing ability, the more so when pressed by hunger, the few plants that have escaped destruction are those growing on the perpendicular basaltic cliffs, accessible only to winged creatures, and old trees with bark too hard and .woody to offer any food. Most of the shrubs and perennials seem not to be much adapted to assume a " rupicole " habitus, seedlings being exceedingly scarce, so that in a few years' time many of the species, represented now by a very limited number of individuals, will be entirely lost. The same fate, in a longer period, is likely to be shared by the trees of which at present only the cypresses and palms are growing in large numbers, no reproduction being possible, as all seeds falling to the ground are devoured by goats or by mice. It is won- derful to see how kids a few months old, far from starving, are able to break and chew the kernels of the palm, hard as marble as they are. Anyone who has traveled along the Mediterranean basin, especially in some parts of Turkey and VOL. IV.] Flora of Guadalupe Island. 133 Greece, must have acquired a fair idea of the destructive power of goats; but what is to be seen in Guadalupe far surpasses any anticipation. It would appear at first that annuals, unprovided by nature with a perennial or woody axis, ought to have been the first to disappear; but just the contrary has happened, probably owing to the circumstance that the cycle of evolution of an annual plant (more so in such a dry region) is exceedingly short, and coincides with the period of most plentiful production, so that there is much more chance of the ripening of an abundant crop of seed which, by its minuteness and unattractiveness, escapes destruction and assures a large reproduction of the species. Shrubs and perennials are exposed all the year round to the destructive teeth of the goats, and it is a well-known fact that no matter how hard and enduring the vitality of such plants, in the long run they are unable to survive the constant clipping of their aerial parts. Among the plants collected by myself in Guadalupe, annuals could not be numerous, owing to the season of the year, and very ' little was added to the island record. I was able, however, to secure a small plant of what appears to be a Heuchera, probably the unidentified species collected, in 1875 only, by Dr. Palmer, and a plant also of a Cotyledon — no species being described from the island. Among cryptogamous plants Parmelia physodes L,. var. eriteromorpha Tuck., Usnea barbata L,., Ramalina homalea Ach. are not to be found in the already published lists; all of them are known, however, on the mainland of California. The figures following the species are the serial numbers of the collection. Crossosoma Calif ornicum Nutt, Only one specimen found with few flowers; in bloom about the middle of December. Growing on the almost inaccessible cliff of the lower circus east of the cabins. (42.) Eschscholtzia Californica Cham. Plentiful in the same limited locality pointed out by Prof. Greene; positively perennial; its leaves clipped pretty closely by goats. (19.) Eschscholtzia elegans var. ramosa Greene. Rather plentiful not only along the beach north of the landing, as noticed by 134 Flora of Giiadaltipe Island. [zoe Prof. Greene, but also in the dry bed of the canon and on the bare dry rock at the mouth of it, and a single specimen found on the ridge of the lower crater about the centre of the island east of Mt. Augusta. All these plants appear to be annual, but apparently the same species grows luxuriantly as a perennial on a nearly inaccessible cliff of lava detritus on the right bank of the canon 500 or 600 feet from the landing. These plants were already in flower at the beginning of January. The flowers have no green- ish tinge at all; petals not over two-thirds of an inch long. (20.) Oligomeris subulata Boiss. Canon near the landing. (64.) Lepigomivi vi aero the cunt F. & M. Seen only on a perpen- dicular cliff" on the right bank of the canon, not far from the landing; growing there in number. Specimens of a Silene — dried stocks of the preceding j-ear were abundant near the landing, (29.) Claytoiiia perfoliata Donn. Quite common from centre to north, most luxuriant under the palms where it was in flower early in December. (53.) Lavatera occidentalis Wats. A few scattered specimens, all on the most inaccessible rocks east of the island. A few seed- lings not likely to survive found in several localities. (12.) Malva borealis Wallm. Now a common weed; apparently not liked by the goats. (540 SphcBvalcea sulphiwea Wats. Much more abundant than Lavatera, one of the very few plants of which some meager specimens maj^ be seen scattered about even in places occasion- ally visited by goats. Seedlings and young plants observed near the landing both on the beach and on the dry lava rock. (13-) Erodmni moschatum L'Her. Plentiful all over, chiefly among rocks and stones; not so much so, however, as Er odium cicutarium which now literally covers the whole surface of the island. E. moschahim appears not to be liked by goats, at least where other food is obtainable. (22.) Ceanothus crassifoliics Torr. Twelve to fifteen feet high. Only one plant found alive near the centre of the island west of IMount Augusta, among the cypresses, but surrounded by what appear VOL. IV.] Flora of Gtiadalupe Island. 135 to be the dead stumps of thousands of its brethren, which must have formed a thick and general underwood not only in the larger cypress grove, but also in the smaller near the springs and cabins. Later three or four more living plants were found in the upper grove. (6.) Rhus laurina Nutt. Probably the same four plants seen by Dr. Palmer, growing not far apart on the basaltic cliff east of the cabins. Another specimen too high up to be surely identified was seen on the right bank of the canon near the landing. (9.) Liipinus niveus Wats. Apparently annual, a few seedlings found in different localities, but chiefly on the flat ground next to the large spring south of the cabins. (23.) Trifolium ampledens T. & G. Seen only in the canon near the landing, but not in large numbers. (26.) Trifolhan Palmeri Wats. In the same locality, but much more abundant. (27.) Hosackia argophylla Gray. Very few seedlings, observed only on the beach north of the landing. (24.) Heuchera . Single specimen not in flower. Cotyledon . Only one small plant on a rock along the trail not far from the landing. Echinocystis Guadahipensis Naud. Seen only among rocks on the right bank of the canon not far from the landing, but I was assured that it grows all over the island. Young shoots appeared about the middle of January. (47.) Opuntia prolifera Kngelm. Observed but not collected. Gal mm . Two species; plentiful in many places, but chiefly under the palms. Not collected. Filago Californica Nutt. Very plentiful. (25.) Diplostephium canum Gray. Only one plant seen, in such an inaccessible position on the cliff of the lower circus near the corral, that it was impossible to secure more than a few scanty specimens. (41.) Eriophylhim . Woody, perennial, on a rock near the cabins. (61.) 136 Flora of Guadalupe Island. [zoE Perityle Californica Benth. Quite plentiful near the landing along the beach in the bed and on the banks of the canon; in flower beginning of January. Not seen anywhere else. (46.) Perityle incana Gray. By far the most abundant of all the shrubs still living on the island and the most likely to survive under the unfavorable circumstances, as it seems quite at home on the more precipitous cliffs, and young plants and seedlings are abundant in the crevices of the rocks. A few straggling flowers appeared as early as the middle of December. (7.) Matricaria discoidea DC. Plentiful near the springs, on wet ground, which it covers with a dense and tufted carpet; larger specimens were collected at the spring west of the cabins, where they were already blooming at Christmas. (30.) Artemisia CaUfor^iica Less. Basaltic cliff east of the cabins in considerable number, also a mile or so to the north. (11.) Senecio Palmeri Gray. Very conspicuous and much whiter even than Perityle incana; perhaps three dozen specimens seen on the eastern cliff above mentioned. (10.) Microseris linearifolia f Gray. (56.) Sonchus oleracetis ly. Very common in the bed and on the banks of the canon near the landing. Dodecatheo7i Meadia L,. Robust, large-leaved specimens. Most abundant only between the trail to the cabins and the cliff; the finest on the very ridge. Goat-hunters, short of tobacco and attracted by the leaves, have used them as a substitute. They are said to have a most pleasant flavor. (31.) Gilia Nevinii Gray. Canon near the landing and very com- mon among rocks over the whole island. Not liked by the goats. (57, 59.) Nemophila j'acemosa Nutt. Already in flower early in Decem- ber on the northwestern part, under the palms. It grows plen- tifully among rocks all over the island. The goats appear not to like it. (32.) Ellisia chrysanthemifolia Nutt. (56 bis.) Phacelia phyllonanica Gra}^ A most elegant shrub with finely cut foliage, dark green above and whitish below; a con- VOL. IV.] Flora of Guadalupe Island. 137 siderable number of plants in a limited locality on the clifi east of the corral. (43.) Emmeyianthe penduliflora Benth. Canon near the land- ing. (58.) Krynitzkia maritima Greene. Seen only near the mouth of the caiion, near the landing; beginning to flower in January. (33.) Krynitzkia foliolosa Greene. Canon near the landing. (55.) Convolvtilus macrostegius Greene. Highly relished by goats, but still keeping its hold on the most perpendicular cliffs where its drooping deep green masses form a striking contrast to the silvery foliage of Perityle Pahneri. No seed could be found and I was only able to obtain a few seedlings. (8.) Solanum Xanti var. Wallacei Gray. On the eastern cliff a little south of the corral. A fine shrub worthy of cultivation, already in flower at the beginning of January, the rather large deep blue — not at all pale — flowers showing well on the deep green foliage. (15.) Solanum nigriun Dunal. Not so rare as when Prof. Greene visited the island. A few found in crevices of the lower circus, more in the canon near the landing; perennial but very herbaceous; flowers from white to lilac, quite minute and well distinct from the next. (16, 18.) Solanum Douglasii Dunal. Perennial, with conspicuous star- shaped, pure white flowers, forming handsome bushes. Three plants found — two on the dike of lava on the southern side of the landing, and one a little way up the canon. On account of its seeding freely even in winter it is quite likely that many more plants grow on the adjoining almost inaccessible slope overhanging the sea. (17-) Mirabilis IcBvis Benth. Only near the landing but there quite plentiful, not only along the beach but also on the precipitous slope overhanging the sea, at the south of it, forming mats of pink flowers already at the beginning of January. (45-) Chenopodium viurale L,. Rather common only near the landing. (63.) Hesperoaiide tenella Torr. Very common everywhere. (60.) 1 38 Flora of Guadalupe Island. [zoe Qziercus tomcntella Kngelm. In the northwestern part of the island with the palms. The trees are fine specimens forty to sixty feet high, remarkable for the grayish color of the bark and the size of the leaves, which are glossy dark green on the upper surface and covered with a somewhat rusty tomentum beneath. (4, 5.) At the eastern part, right under the cliff of the inner circus grow some trees in two different localities more than a mile apart, which if not specifically distinct appear at least to be a very different form, not only by the leaves, but also by the bark which is darker and corky. These trees are rather stunted and branching from the base. No acorns or cupulae were to be found. A few scattered oaks were also observed near the north end, and it is the only tree to be seen at the southern part. They appear not to grow above 1800 or 2000 feet elevation. Erythea edulis Wats. Northwestern part of the island, the principal grove not less than one mile and a half long by half to one mile in breadth. There, and in the few other parts where palms are still growing in small numbers their range in altitude appears to be between three hundred and a thousand feet. A few expanded flowers were to be found already at the beginning of December, but the general blossoming takes place in January and the fruits are said to ripen in April, (i.) Muhlejibergia debilis Trin. Only near the landing, on the beach as well as the banks and bed of the canon. (34.) Polypogon vionspeliensis Desf. Plentiful only on saline soil around the springs near the corral; goats and donkeys appear to dislike it. (35 ) Cupress7is Guadahipensis Wats. Centre of the island and around the springs; very variable in habit, in color, as also in the size and shape of the cones. The principal grove on the higher central plateau covers an area of not less than two or three square miles. (3.) Pimis insignis var. binata Engelm. Only on the northern and northwestern part of the island, the finest trees growing amongst the palms. On some of the trees both the abnormal VOL. IV.] Te^nnopsis Angiisticollis. 139 two leaves and the normal three were to be seen on the same branch. (2). Polypodhun Calif ornicum Kaulf. Rather scarce, always in shady or sheltered localities. (36.) Gymnogramme triangularis Kaulf. The most widely spread fern, growing luxuriantly in the crevices of rocks with northern exposure, also in very dry sunny spots, but then much reduced in size. (38.) NotholcBua Newberry i Eaton. Nearly as common as the preceding and always in places fully exposed to the sun. A form is occasionally found associated with the first, but of a more slender habit and much more finely dissected leaves. (39.) Pellcea ornithopus Hook. The more scarce fern on the island, seen only at the eastern side on basaltic rocks fully exposed to the sun. (37.) Parmelia physodes L. var. enteromorpha Tuck. Exclusively on dead branches of cypresses. (48.) Usnea barbata L,. Growing on the living trunks of the palms, only on side facing the sea. (49.) Ramalijta homalea Ach. On rocks facing the sea among the palm grove, on the western side. (50.) Physcia sp. ? Shady places in various parts of the island. (52.) For the identification of the above mentioned species I am indebted to Mrs. Katharine Brandegee; for the lichens to Prof. E- Iv Greene. NOTE ON TERMOPSIS ANGUSTICOLI.TS HAGEN. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. On February nth, some large termites were brought to me, which had been found in galleries in dead or nearly dead cotton- wood trees {Popidus Frei)io?itii), near Las Cruces, New Mexico. They consisted of soldiers, workers, and immature sexual indi- viduals showing short wings. Some specimens were sent to Dr. C. V. Riley, who wrote as follows: "The termite which you send seems to be identical 140 Termopsis Angiisticollis. [zoe with the species which was determined for me some time ago by Dr. Hagen as Termopsis angusticollis . The specimens which I had received previously had come from California only, although I had received them from San Bernardino, lyos Angeles, and Placer Counties." The following are the measurements of the specimens, includ- ing another lot received about a week later: Soldier: From tips of mandibles to extremity of abdomen is 20 mm.; mandibles are 5 mm. long; body, from base of jaws, 16 mm.; body, excluding head, 11^ mm.; head is a little more than 5 mm. wide. Worker: 13 mm. long; head, 3)2 to 373 mm. wide. Immature sexual ijidividiial: 13 mm. long; head, 3 mm. wide. The workers and sexual individuals are pale straw color; the soldiers are same color, except that the head is more fulvous, becoming darker anteriorly, and the jaws are black. Smaller individuals than the above were also found. There were no fully winged individuals at this season. This species is probably Termopsis angiisticollis, which, with Termopsis oca'defifis, are the largest species of the family men- tioned in Dr. Hagen' s synopsis of the Neuroptera of No. Amer. (p. 3). The soldier described by Hagen under name Termopsis occidentis is not this species, as suggested by Hagen (1. c). The soldier of the present species does not have the pro- thorax anteriorly emarginate, but nearly straight instead, and the meso- and meta-thoracic posterior angles are not specially produced. Termopsis occidentis Wlk. (soldier, body 14 mm.) is described from the west coast of Central America. Dr. Hagen saw the type. Termopsis angusticollis Hagen (sexual individual, body 1 1 mm.) is described from L/Ouisiana, California, and Puget Sound. These termites are said to make longitudinal galleries in the Cottonwood trunks, more or less parallel, running irregularly up and down, a couple of inches or so apart, and being about that much in diameter. A section of a stick containing galleries was brought me, from which I have taken the following measure- ments: VOL. IV.] Native Habits of Sequoia Gigantea. 141 The stick contains some irregular galleries measuring from 2^ to 3>^ cm., approximately, in diameter, in some places more or less honeycombed, while they widen out in others into a sort of a chamber more or less irregular in shape, the one chamber in the stick being in the region of a knot which has been hollowed out. Small side galleries occur, one measuring 13 by 6 mm.; another, smaller, is 10 by 5 mm.; while a third is 8 by 20 mm. These galleries mostly run with the grain. The side of the largest gallery is 7 cm. in width, the other side being detached. Opposite the chamber this gallery widens to yj^ cm. The por- tion of the chamber contained in the stick is 7^ cm. one way, by from i^ to 3 cm. the other. Another gallery is 6 by 2 >4 cm.; another, 6 by i>^ cm. The galleries are more or less lined with the frass from the termites. Then there are pockets: One, 2>^ by i^ cm. in diameter, and 5 cm. deep; another, 2>^ by \% cm., and 3>^ cm. deep. Other pockets are smaller. It is asserted by the foreman on the place from which these termites came, that they are frequently found in the live wood. A row of large cotton woods along an acequia showed an unhealthy condition, and was cut down. Most of these were found to be mined by the termites. They seemed to prefer the more moist parts of the trees, either live wood or wood moistened by the proximity of the water in the acequia. NATIVE HABITS OF SEQUOIA GIGANTEA. BY GUSTAV EISEN. One of the most beautiful of all trees, as well as one of the very largest, is our well-known Sequoia gigantea, or the Cali- fornia Big Tree. No tree known is so well adapted to be a " memorial " tree as this giant of the California Sierra Nevada, not alone on account of its size, which reaches 350 feet in height by 45 feet in diameter, nor by its beautiful and symmetrical form, in which it is not surpassed by any other coniferous tree, not even the famous cedars of Lebanon, Himalaya, and Atlas. But the chief advantage of the Sequoia for memorial planting is 142 Native Habits of Sequoia Gigantea. [zoe its rapid growth coupled with its longevity. The largest trees in the Sierra must have reached an age of between 4000 to 5000 years. When the Cheops pyramid in Egypt was being constructed our largest Sequoias now standing were already youngsters of respectable size, and when Caesar conquered Gaul the very trees we now gaze on were already older than almost any other tree now extant. If we add to its other good qualities those of its ability to stand a very low temperature as well as a very high one, it may be seen that its advantages are indeed many, and that a better tree for memorial planting can hardly be had. But the nature of the Sequoia gigantea is little understood, and to this want of knowl- edge of its nature and the conditions under which it thrives must be laid the many reported failures in growing this tree, failures which are both frequent, alarming, and discouraging. Not one gardener in a million has ever seen the Sequoia gigantea in its native home in the Sierra Nevada, and few of those who have seen it have realized the peculiar conditions under which the tree thrives. That our Sequoia is a declining species can now be little doubted, notwithstanding the efforts and statements of several enthusiasts to the contrary. The Sequoia is a relic of the past, at least as far as California is concerned — a relic of a time when the climate was diflferent from now, when it was moister and cooler than the one we now enjoy. As is well known the Sequoia gigantea is found only in groves in the Sierra at altitudes varying from 4000 to 7000 feet, roughly speaking. The northern grove is the lowest, the south- ern grove the highest in elevation. This shows that a certain altitude is required, or rather that certain conditions attending altitudes are needed, for the welfare of the tree. These condi- tions of altitude can be only two — heat and moisture. The further north the lower must be the altitude in order to supply the necessary heat; the further south again the higher must be the altitude in order to give the necessary moisture. That the tree in order to propagate itself successfully is greatly dependent on these two factors, may be inferred by a study of the various localities where it is found. It is not necessary to enumerate these here — they have been already commented upon in VOL. IV.] Native Habits of Sequoia Gigantea. 143 a former paper in this periodical, and are now well known. But from the inspection of the various localities we can draw some conclusions of general interest. All the groves are protected from the north winds more or less, and all face the south and west. All groves grow where moisture is abundant, always around springs, creeks, ponds or meadows, or at least in places where moisture never fails. If we inspect a single grove we always find the largest, handsomest and healthiest tree near the water, at the edge of a meadow or stream. The further away from the water the drier the soil, the smaller and poorer are the trees. This is an invariable fact in every grove. In many instances the largest and finest trees circle around a beautiful meadow, crowding each other, where space is available, or towering singly where there is only ground enough for one. This is, for instance, the case with the "Meadow Maid," in the Bear Creek grove, one of the handsomest and most sym- metrical of all the Sequoias. This tree grows on a low knoll, in the midst of a meadow which is always boggy and water-soaked. Sequoia trunks and cones have been dug up out of many wells on the plains of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Valleys, indisputable proof that the tree in former ages extended to the plains. With the advent of a drier and warmer climate the trees retreated to the hills, higher in the south, lower in the north. At last they became isolated groves, finally, in some localities, isolated trees. Only in the southern groves do we find an abund- ance of young trees; in some of the northern groves we search in vain for any seedlings. What conclusion can we draw from this ? That the Sequoia gigantea delights in rich and wet soil, in sheltered positions, and that it occurs in groves. The folly of planting this tree in dry, exposed places, singly or in rows, as is now done everywhere in this State, as well as in other parts of the United States and in Europe, is therefore evident. The greater the failure, the dryer the soil where the tree is planted. Lately I passed an avenue of Sequoias which were all dying out. The cause lay near at hand — dry soil, no artificial irrigation, no rain for six months, hard adobe soil, full exposure to winds, the trees planted in rows or singly. If these trees had been set in groups of a hundred on rich, moist land, where irrigation can be 144 Field Notes at San Emidio, [zoe resorted to in the summer, they would have protected them- selves and they would have thrived. They would have been real memorial trees, which might yet be telling of themselves and of those who planted them, in the year 5893. FIEI.D NOTKS AT SAN EMIDIO. BY ALICE EASTWOOD. The ranch lies at the foot of the chain of hills which connects the Sierra Nevada Mountains and the Coast Range. It is watered by the San Kmidio Creek, which diffuses itself over the surrounding country and, perhaps, in the spring, may be said to empty into Buena Vista I^ake. It is further south than any other inhabited house in the San Joaquin Valley, and the win- ters are much milder than in adjacent parts of Kern County. The flora of the lower hills and plains is the same as that ~ which characterizes the San Joaquin Valley. This season was unusually late and unfavorable, for the cold rains retarded vegetation. In the hills especially was the delay apparent. It was the end of March ; but the twigs were only budding and the snow covered the side of San Kmidio Mountain under the timber almost to its base. Up on the low hills behind the ranch, the meadowlike sum- mits were covered with flowers. The haze in the atmosphere threw a shadow of unreality over the distant Sierras, where the clouds hung low and the summits were white with the deep snow. Buena Vista Lake seemed so near. Not a tree hid its waters and only the shadows of low, barren hills rested on its bosom. It, too, seemed unreal — a phantom lake or a mirage in the enshrowding haze. The columns of dust that arose and slowly followed each other over the alkali desert were fit inhabi- tants of the weird scene. These treeless uplands recalled the Alpine parks of the Rocky Mountains. Perhaps the green was not so deep, the flowers less abundant, and the species fewer in the same area. Certainly the coloring was not so rich and varied. The little streams that trickle from the snow-banks and gather volume as VOL. IV.] Field Notes at San Eniidio. 145 they flow along were lacking; but the beauty was there, and the difference would be noticed only afterwards when the mind recalled former scenes. Then nothing could be more lovely. The eye soon learns to distinguish the flowers, even at some distance, by means of the patches of color. " Alfilaria " is omnipresent, and where it monopolizes the soil a faint crimson tint prevails. Wherever the hills or plains are yellow over a considerable area, Baeria has crowded out all competitors. The bright yellow patches on steep hillsides, where there is little or no green, tell of Leptosyne. Glowing orange means Ksch- scholtzia; creamy white indicates " Creamcups" or Platystemon. Nemophila seems to have drawn bits of the sky to the earth here and there. Othocarpus adds vivid spots of deep crimson, and a peculiar white as of light chinchilla shows where Gitia tri- color carpets the ground. These are the most noticeable through- out the day; but at night almost all fold up their petals and go to sleep, and then when it looks as if the snow had suddenly fallen, Gilia dichotoma has awakened to keep the stars company. Nemophila insignis, which everyone calls " Baby-Blue-Eyes," looks as innocent as its name. No one would guess what a struggle is going on within it. The pistils and stamens are at war and threaten to set up separate establishments. Here is one flower in which the pistil cowers down under the domineering stamens which rain down the pollen so that there can be no escape; but here is another blossom where the pistil proudly looks down upon the insignificant and " completely subdued stamens. The buds show that the strife begins when the flower is born, and then it is that the supremacy of the male or female is decided. Meconopsis heterophylla is the most conspicuous inhabitant of the flowery meadow, because of its brilliant color and compara- tive rarity. Sometimes a group of twenty or more will be seen, but more often they are fewer together or even solitary. The leaves are low down on the stem and therefore concealed by the other vegetation ; the blossom is on a long, slender stalk and seems to be detached from the earth, and the bright red corolla deepening at the centre looks like a wavering flame hovering over the grass. It is fertilized in the bud. 146 Field Notes at San Eviidio. [zoe Eschscholtzia Calif or nica so glows with the sunbeams caught in its chalice that it diflfuses light upon the other flowers and the grass. It wnll not shine unless the sun beams upon it but folds itself up and goes to sleep. It is fertilized in the bud. Platystemo7i Californicus offers some unknown attraction to the bees. They ignore every other flower in their attentions to this creamy beauty. It, too, is fertilized in the bud. The petals and stamens persist until the pods are quite large. Gilia tricolor, that most attractive little plant whose flowers the children call " Birds'-Eyes," has such a bright, cheerful look, such dainty coloring, so sweet a perfume, that none of the other blossoms can equal it in charm. When the light breezes pass over them they dance along the grass, look up so brightly and nod and smile. The flower is not fertilized in the bud but may be self-fertilized afterwards. The stigmas surpass the anthers, and when the blue pollen is being discharged the style branches are short and do not spread much. Later, they grow very long and curve around so as to meet the anthers. At about four o'clock in the afternoon Gilia dichotoma begins to whiten the hillsides. Before expansion the flowers are hardly noticeable; the dull pink of the edges which are not covered in the convolute corolla hides their identity and makes the change, which takes place when they unveil their radiant faces to the setting sun, the more startling. They intend to watch all night and by sunset all are awake. In the morning they roll up their petals again when dajdight comes on, and when the sun is well up all are asleep, tired out wnth the vigil of the night. The odor is most sickening. I watched them in the afternoon, at night, and in the early morning, and saw no insect approach. The stamens and pistil are deep down in the long tube of the corolla and it must generally be self-fertilized. The same flower opens several times and grows larger as it grows older. Now, in the early morning, when Gilia dichotoma is about to retire, it is time for Oenothera bistorta to awaken and act as sentinel through the day. It is not fertilized in the bud, but self-fertilization is possible, though the style is longer than the stamens. As the style is deflexed towards the lower part of the flower which faces the sun and is not erect until mid-day, it can VOL. IV.] ' A Neiv Collinsia. i/\.'/ easily be seen how the pollen of one flower can fall upon its stigma. It goes to sleep earlier than the other flowers and is more regular in its habits. They sleep during the cold and wet; but it always unfolds somewhat at the proper time, though not entirely unless the sun shines brightly. Astragalus lentiginosus is the favorite flower of the bumble bees. Some plants were collected with pistillate flowers, the stamens being small, separate, and with what seemed abortive anthers. It certainly was a singular freak for an Astragalus, but the peculiarity was common on the late shoots of plants already heavy with fruit. I^ater it was seen that the change was due to a fungus. Of course there were many other flowers but they were neither particularly admired nor closely observed. A list would necessarily omit so many prevailing later that it would be unfair to the locality and is better omitted. A NEW COLLINSIA. BY S. B. PARISH. Collinsia Davidsonii. Span high, cymosely few-branched, glabrous: leaves inch long, entire obtuse, ovate or oblong, the lower pedicellate, the floral linear-spatulate: verticils few (3-8) flowered: pedicels shorter than the calyx, this three lines high, scarious at base, the thickened obtuse lobes green: corolla mod- erately oblique, its upper lobe pale blue, or nearly white, transversely callous, the ample lobes few- toothed; lower lip equaling the upper, its lateral lobes violet, the keel white with dark tip: filaments beardless: gland stipitate, line high: capsule oval, not surpassing the calyx lobes; ovules four in each cell, seeds rugose. Collected by Dr. Anstruther Davidson on the Mojave Desert; at Lancaster, May, 1893. Types in the Gray Herbarium and in my own. A handsome little plant which I have much pleasure ^ in dedicating to its discoverer. NEW LOCALITIES FOR CALIFORNIA PLANTS. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. In a region of such great extent as the State of California, so much of it yet wild and unvisited by botanists, we may hardly yet hope to have anything approaching a complete enumeration of the plants to be found within its borders. The distribution of the greater number of the species is, however, already approxi- mately known, though fresh facts as they appear show us continually that the range of very many of them is much greater than has been supposed. The present paper is intended as a record of not only new forms, but of a very considerable number of extensions in range, some of them so unexpected and so far from previous stations as to be hardly credible without the evidence of the collector's specimens. The data hereinafter given are largely drawn from collections made by Mr. William Vortriede in the Santa Lucia Mountains, in 1892, by Mr. L- Jared at Goodwin and Carisa Plain in the southeastern part of San Luis Obispo County from April to June of the present year, and by Miss Alice Eastwood, also in this year, in the mountains west and south of Bakersfield and west and north of Alcalde, and from the Mission of San Antonio through the coast mountains north to the Sur River. The names of other collectors are given after the stations of the plants collected by them. Where no name appears the collection has been in most cases made by the writer. Myosurus minvnus L- grows in very stout luxuriant form, the long receptacle often branching, about the marsh between Mt. Eden and Alvarado. It is nearly as abundant, but much more slender along the railway between Suisun and Vanden. Delphinium 7iudicaule T. & G. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood, Vortriede. Isopyrum occidentale H. & A. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede; Coburn Mills, Tulare County. In the alpine region about Mt. Whitney there grows a yellow flowered Aquilegia, probably the one mentioned in the Botany of California as A. ccvrzdea. It is common about Mt. Kaweah and there its yellow color often shades into red upon the spurs. VOL. IV.] New Localities for California Plants. 149 The lower the altitude at which it grows, the more the red appears. Aqiiilegia tnincala with yellow centre and red spurs is abundant at lower elevations, and the higher the altitude the more yellow and the less red seems to be the rule, so that when following up a mountain brook a point was reached where it was difficult to distinguish the two species. This same alpine yellow columbine has been collected on other peaks near Mt. Whitney by Mr. Pixotto with the color on the spurs distinctly shading into blue. The scarlet flowered Eastern A. Canadensis has a yellow centre and is said in Gray's Manual to be rarely yellow all over, and a plant was found in Connecticut last year with entirely yellow flowers. A yellow-flowered Aquilegia grows near Manitou, Colorado, and specimens sent to Dr. Wat- son were named A. ccBruIea. These yellow-flowered specimens are noticed by Messrs. Meehan and Jones in Bot. Gazette iv, 248, and vi, 247, and the conclusion reached seemed to be that A. cceridea may have yellow flowers. These observations render the value of color uncertain in Aquilegia. Adcea spicata var. argnta Torr. Coast south of the Sur, Eastwood. Pceonia Broumii Dougl. Along the coast from Lower Cali- fornia to the Santa Lucia Mountains; Bartlett Mountain, Lake County. Vancouveria hexandra Dec. Sur River, Eastwood. SlreptantJius cordatns Nutt. Along the trail to Dana's, Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood. Stanley a pinnatifida Nutt. Santa Maria Mountains west of Bakersfield, Watts; Goodwin, yar(?^. Isomeris arborea Nutt. Mountains west of Bakersfield, East- wood; Goodwin, y(2;raf. Oligomeris subulata Boiss. Mountains west of Bakersfield, Priest Valley, Eastwood. Viola sarmeyitosa Dougl. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede; Sur River, Eastwood. Viola Sheltoni Torr. Grizzly Peak, Trinity County, /. \V. Blanlcinship; Snow Mountain, Lake County. 150 Nezu Localities for California Plants. [zoe Silene verecunda Wats. San Carlos, Eastwood. Silene Palmeri Wats. Near Mansfield, Santa Lucia Moun- tains, Eastwood. Areiiaria conges ta Nutt. Mineral King, 1892. Polycarpoii depressum Nutt. Mountains near Santa Barbara, May, 1888. Also on Santa Cruz and Santa Catalina Islands. Lewisia rediviva Pursh. Cantua Mountain, and Jolon, East- wood; Ukiah, Mrs. M. E. P. McCowen; Hough's Springs, Lake County; Mountains of Fresno. Claytonia diffusa Nutt. Mill Valley Canon. Claytonia parvifolia Moc. Mill Valley near the waterfall; Lagunitas Creek; Kneeland, Humboldt County, /. W. Blaiikin- ship. Sidalcea malachroides (H. & A.) Bixby Creek, Monterey County, W. E. Bryant, 1889; Slate's, Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood; Eureka, Humboldt County, /. \V. Blankmship, June, 1893. Ctaytonia saxosa. Annual acaulescent: leaves broadly spatulate, all radical: scapes numerous, stout 8-10 mm. long, bearing at summit two broad, foliaceous bracts and an umbel of 2-6 flowers on pedicels usually much exceeding the scape: sepals oblong-orbicular 3-4 mm. long, spatulate-obovate, pale rose color nearly twice the length of the sepals: capsule exceeding the sepals 3-ovuled, 1-3 seeded; seeds large, foveolate in lines; colyledons obliquely incumbent. The plant though from an annual slenderly fusiform root bears considerable resemblance to C Megarrhiza. It grows in dense succulent "balls" 1-3 inches in diameter on the shaly slopes of Snow Mountain, Lake County. Collected June 1891 and on Yolo Bolo in September 1892. Linu77i digynum Graj'. Sissons, Dr. Palmer. Linum spergidinum Gray. Warthen and Lewis Creek, Eastwood. Ei-odium Texaimm Gray. Frequent and variable in the hills west of Bakersfield, Eastwood; and common about Alcalde. VOL. IV.] N^ezv Localities for California Plants, 151 Oxa/is Oregana Nutt. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede; Sur River, Eastwood. Flcerkea proserplnacoides^WX^. Lassen's Peak, June, 1883, Mrs. R. M. Austin; head of Squaw Valley, JUI3', 1886, C F. Sonne; Susan ville, July, [892. Siaphylea Bolanderi Gray. Near Sequoia Mills, July, 1892. Lupinns cervinns Kell. Santa Lucia Mountains, the locality where the type was collected by Lobb, Eastivood. Lupimis tnmcatus Nutt. Slate's Hot Springs, Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastivood. Lupinus hirsiiiissimus 'Renih . Sur River, Eastwood. L2cpi?ius gracilis A.gQ.rdh.. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede. The solitary specimen is a foot in height, the lower, remote axils bear solitary pedunculate pods, and above, after a leafy interval of six inches, the usual subverticillate raceme. -Hosackia crassifolia Benth. Santa Lucia Mountains, East- wood. Hosackia sericea Benth. Jolon, Eastwood. Hosackia cytisoides Benth. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood; also at Hearst's Ranch, San Simeon. Hosackia grandiflora var. a?ithylloides Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood; Ooo&'w'wi, Jared; also on Tamalpais. Hosackia argophylla Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Sur River, Eastwood. Trifoliiun longipes var. latifoliiini Hook. Upper Mad River, Trinity County, /. W. Blankinship. Astragalus Purshii Dougl. Cantua Mountains, Eastwood. Astragalus Spaldingii Qxa.y. Honey Lake, July, 1892. Psoralea Californica Wats. Mt. Hepsidam, Eastivood; Bart- lett Mountain, Lake County and near Leesville, Colusa County, 1884. Primus e7)iarginata Walp. Santa Lucia Mountains, East- wood. Prunus Andersoni Gray, which is so abundant about Reno, 152 New Localities for Calijoriiia Plants. [zoe Nevada, grows scattered through the Sage Brush nearly to Susanville, California. Agrimonia Eupatoria L,. Not uncommon in Napa and Lake Counties. Carpenter ia Calif or nica Torr. The most accessible station DOW known for this plant is reached by way of the road running northwest from Fresno across Big Dry Creek to the saw mills on Pine Ridge. It covers a hill about a mile above Toll House in the immediate vicinity of the " Grapevine Spring," at which the teams to the mills stop for water. From this locality, discovered by Dr. Gustav Eisen, the seed of most of the plants in cultivation in Europe was obtained. Mr. W. A. Sanders, of Sanders, collected it later near the same place. Jajuesia Americana T. & G. is not mentioned in the Botany of California but is noted in the Botany of King's Report as occurr- ing as far westward as the Wasatch Mountains at an elevation of 7000 feet. It has been found in the Huachuca Mountains of Arizona, a locality distant from the Rocky Mountains of Colo- rado and New Mexico, where it is very common. Dr. Kellogg, according to the labels attached to the specimens, collected it in Mendocino County. Last summer the writer found it growing among the rocks in the alpine regions of Mt. Kaweah. The bushes were very small, hardly becoming a foot high, dwarfed probably by the climate of the high altitude of the habitat, and instead of the usual white color the flowers were bright pink. Whipplea modesta Torr. Santa Lucia Mountains, Voririede. Ribes Lobbii Gray. Shady cailons, Pacific Valley and Sur River, Eashcood. Fruit very large. As Lobb is known to have collected in the Santa Lucia Mountains, this is probably the locality of the type. Eulobiis Californicus Nutt, Huron and Alcalde, Eashvood. Eucharidium Breweri Gray. Loma Prieta, and Mt. Hamil- ton, W. W. Price, June, 1S90; Priest Valley, Eastwood. Circ^a Pacifica Asch. & Mag. Bridgeville, Humboldt County, J. W. Blankinship. Moling 0 verticillata'L,. Newcastle, Placer County, May, 1883. VOL. IV.] New Localities for California Plants. 153 Sesuvium Portidacastrum L. Buena Vista Lake, Eastwood; Tulare I^ake, P3'ramid Lake, Nev. and frequent about the San Joaquin River near Lathrop. Cypselea humifusa Turp. Collected by Dr. Parry at Aptos, Santa Cruz County, July, 1883. Very abundant about late dried clay depressions near the San Joaquin Bridge. Glinus Cambessidcsii Fenzl., Ann. Wien Mus. i, 358. The plant so identified at Harvard was collected by C. C Parry at Chico in 1882, and was found two years later near Folsom. Plants answering better to the description of Glinus lotoides L- Sp., 463, were collected at the San Joaquin Bridge near Lathrop, October, 1891, and at Lakeport in August, 1892. The stamens in all the forms are commonly five and the seeds minutely tuber- culate in lines. Their nomenclature both under Glinus and Mollugo seems much confused. Crantzia lineata Nutt. River banks Antioch; Roberts Island; pools near the railway between Port Costa and Martinez, June, 1891 and 1892. Garrya Veatchii Kell. San Emidio Canon and New Idria, Eastwood. The species is apparently much too near G. Fremonii. Garrya etliptica Dougl. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood. Galium aiigustifolium Nutt. Alcalde and New Idria, East- wood; Santa Lucia, Vortriede. PentaclicEta Lyoni Gray. Goodwin, fared. An anomalous form with the glabrous involucre of P. aurea, but the akenes more hirsute than in typical P. Lyoni, the bristles of the pappus often more than twenty. Bigelovia arborescens Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede. Aster radulinus Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede. Hy^nenoclea salsola T. & G. Goodwin, Jared. Encelia Californica Nutt. Goodwin, Jared. Helianthus invenustus Greene. Sequoia Mills, July, 1892. Stems numerous, eighteen to twenty-four inches in height, from a strong perennial root. A Balsamorhiza in habit, and no pappus found in any of the numerous plants examined. I 54 Nezv Localities for California Plants. [zoe Madia Nutiallii Oray. Santa lyucia Mountains, Voririede; Sur River, Eastwood. Madia radiata Kell. Alcalde, Easizvood. Abundant. Lagophylla filipcs H. & A. Rather widely spread through central and northern California. Guadalupe Mountain, Mari- posa County, J. W. Congdon; San Antonio Creek, back of Mt. Hamilton, Frank H. Vaslit; New York Ravine, El Dorado County; Tamalpais beyond the second summit. Wkitneya dealbata Gray. Prattville, Plumas County, July, 1892; Sequoia Mills, Tulare County, in the same month. Hiihea heierochroma Gray. Road to Dana's, Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood; Tule River. Cacaliopsis Nardosmia Gray. Santa IvUcia Mountains, Vor- triede; Little Sur River. Crocidiiini midticaiile Hook. Goose Lake, Mrs. Austin; Mariposa,*/. W. Congdon. Arnica tatifotia Bong. Mt. Hamilton, June, 1890, W. IV. Price; Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede. P/iatacroseris Bolanderi Gray. Sequoia Mills, July, 1892. Crepis occidentalis Nutt. Cantua Creek, Eastwood. Picris Sprengeriaiia Lam. Diet. iv. 310. Ukiah, Mrs. M. E. P. McCowen. A waif from the Mediterranean Region. Eactuca Scariota L- is becoming common about Lake and Upper Napa Counties and about the Sacramento River. Cavipannla exigua Rattan. Bot. Gaz. xi, 339, (1886). Priest Valley, Eastwood. ParisJietta Catifornica Gray. Goodwin, Jarcd. Hozvetlia liniosa Gray. In ponds near Blocksburg, Humboldt County,/ IV. Btaiitcijistiip, 'i\xn&, 1893; previously known only from the Willamette River, Oregon. Pleiiricospora fimbriolata Gray. Mill Creek, near Healds" burg. Miss Effie McItlriacJi. Trientalis Eiiropcea var. tatifotia (Hook.) Pacific Valley, Eastwood. Cjctadenia hnmilis Benth. Santa Lucia Peak, Eastwood; VOL. IV.] Nezu Localities for California Plants. 155 Cobb Mountain, Lake County, C. F. Leithold, June, 1893; Snow Mountain, June, 1891. Swertia perennisl^. was collected at Mineral King, August, 1892, by Miss Faustina Butler. Gilia Bigelovii Gray. New Idria, Eastzcood; Tehachapi. Gilia lutescens Stend. Common in the Santa Lucia Moun- tains, Voririede, Eastzcood. Gilia Schottii Gray. Alcalde, Eastwood. Hydrophyltum occidentale Gray. Mt. San Carlos, Eastzvood. Phacetia liumilis T. & G. Hernandez and New Idria, Eastzjuood. Pliacdia circinatiformis Gray. Kite's Cove, Mariposa County, Congdon; Mt. Hamilton, W. \V. Price, 1890. PJiacelia loascBfolia Torr. Common from San Simeon to the Sur River, Eastzvood, Voririede. Pliacelia grisea Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Voririede; Little Sur River. PJiacelia Parryi Gray. Between King's City and Jolon, Voririede, Eastwood. Phacetia Fremonti. Huron, Eastwood; Alcalde. PJiacelia affinis Gray. San Carlos Mountain, Eastwood. A small form. Levimonia Catifoniica Gray. Alcalde, Eastwood; Kernville, 1891. Nama Parryi Gray. Goodwin, San Luis Obispo County, Jared. Leaves all entire. EritricJiium Torreyi Gray. Buena Vista Hills, Eastzvood; Alcalde. Datura Stramonium L- Both the white and violet colored (Z>. Tatula) are abundant in Lake County, especially about Upper Lake. D. Tatula is not uncommon in Marin County ; but D. Stravioniuvi is the common form of the Sacramento Valley. Verbascum Blattaria L- has long been abundant in California. It is found in the foothills above Sacramento; along the San 156 Nezu Localities for California Plants. [zoe Joaquin, especially about Robert's Island; in Lake County, and even on Redwood Peak, back of Oakland. Specimens are also in the herbarium of the Academy of Sciences from Sisson, col- lected by Dr. Palmer, and from Big Meadows, collected by J. G. Lemmon, in 1880. CoUmsia Childii Parry. Santa L,ucia Mountains, Vortriede. Mimuliis Palmeri Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede; Ben Lomond. Mimulics Congdoni Wats, grows under the shade of Ceanothus bushes not far from the Lagunitas water-tank on the North Pacific Coast Railwaj^ It much resembles M. latifoUus Gray, of the islands off the coast of California and Mexico. Mhnulus Bolanderi Gray. Tehachapi; Santa Lucia Moun- tains, Vortriede. Pentstetnon Palmeri Gray. Lewis Creek and New Idria, Eastwood. Ve7'07iiea Buxbaiunii Ten. Woodland, J. IV. BlankinsJiip. Casiilleia plagiotoma Gray. Alcalde, Eastwood; Goodwin, Ja7'ed. , Orthocarpus gracilis Benth. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede. It seems not to have been collected since the time of Nuttall. Aphyllon comosum (Hook.) is extraordinarily abundant in the low, overflowed lands between the San Joaquin and Paradise Cut about and beneath the railway trestle. It there blooms in August and September, both the plant and the flower unusually large, and from white through shades of lavender to purple. It seems there to be always parasitic on Grindelia. Boschniakia strobilacea Gray has been brought from Willett's, Mendocino County, by Dr. Mary G. Campbell; and from Apple- gate in southern Oregon, by Mrs. H. S. Durden, It appears to grow always upon roots of Manzanita. Utricularia zmlgaris L- Blocksburg, Humboldt County, J. W. Blankinship; near San Joaquin Bridge; ponds near Olema. Acanthomhitha lanceolata Curran. Specimens of this plant obtained recently show that it is not nearly so widely separated VOL. IV.] Neiv Localities for Calif 07'nia Pla7its. 157 from A. ilicifolia as had been supposed, and it will not be sur- prising if fuller collections quite bridge the gap between them. Specimens collected by Jared, near Goodwin, have the upper lip of the pubescent corolla truncate, entire; middle lobe of the lower shortly two-lobed ; anthers four, two-celled, not truly con- fluent, all woolly filaments nearly of equal length. A specimen collected by I,obb, at San Antonio, has the upper lip entire, middle lobe of the lower lip rather long and broadly spatulate; the four anthers woolly, nearly equal. A similar specimen col- lected by Mr. J. B. Hickman, somewhere in Monterey County, has the middle lobe of the lower lip narrower and the posterior anthers smaller on shorter filaments. Specimens by Miss East- wood, from Priest Valley, have the upper lip of the glabrous corolla very shortly two-lobed, lobes of the lower lip nearly equal, the middle one linear somewhat pointed; anthers glab- rous the posterior on much shorter filaments. Specimens from Warthen and Hernandez have pubescent corolla, both the upper lip and the somewhat obovate middle lobe of the lower lip emar- ginate; anthers somewhat woolly. Specimens from Mt. Hamil- ton, 1890, collected by W. W. Price, have the upper lip still more deeply lobed than the type, the lobes emarginate, middle lobe of the lower lip considerably longer than the lateral, emar- ginate and erose. Monardella nana Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede; Ivittle Sur, 1888. Monardella Breweri Gray. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede^ Eastwood. Audibertia hiimilis Benth. Santa Lucia Mountains, l^or- triede. Trichostema lanatum Benth. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede, Eastwood. Lamiicm aniplexicaule L. Near lone. May, 18S6, and along the railway between Mt. Eden and Alvarado, June, 1893. Melissa officinalis To urn. (Common Balm.) San Rafael Water Works, John McLean; waysides, Santa Rosa; both in 1892. 158 New Localities for California Plants. [zoe Nepeta Cataria L- (Catnip.) Ager, July, 1S87; Scott Valley, Lake County, abundantly in 1892. Nepeta Glechoma Benth. Rather common about low lands in the Sacramento Valley. Salvia ALthiopsis L,. Established along the roadsides in Susanville, July, 1892. Leonitrus Cardiaea L. Oregon City. " lyobb." Abronia villosa Wats. Alcalde, Eastwood. Mirabilis Icevis Benth. Pacific Valley, Eastwood; Alcalde. Phytolacca decandra ly., recently recorded from lyos Angeles County, was observed by Frank H. Vaslit on Cow Mountain, in the northern part of Lake County, in 1885, It is very abundant along the California & Oregon Railway in the Siskiyou Mountains. Blue Lakes, Lake County, /. W. Blankiiiship. Eriogonum infiatiim Torr. Goodwin, Jared. Eriogonum trichopodiim Torr. Alcalde, Eastwood. Chorizanthe perfoliata T. & G. Alcalde. Chorizanthe Vortriedei. Annual, reddish, prostrate, minutely glandular, but otherwise glabrous: leaves spatulate ; bracts three-parted, shortly spinulose, small ; nodes of the stem elongated: involucres 5 mm. long, quadrilateral, slightly saccate at base, shortly cleft into four equal lobes tipped with very short, erect spines, which are either straight or slightly hooked at tip: flowers long-pedicellate, two in each involucre ; perianth exserted, lower half yellow, upper rose-color ; segments deeply bilobed, the lobes lanceolate and somewhat spreading: stamens, nine. The specimens are too young to admit of a description of the seed. In age they would probably be of considerable size, the spreading branches in some of the specimens having already attained a length of six inches or more. It is nearest C Thur- beri (Benth.) Collected in the Santa Lucia Mountains by Wil- liam Vortriede in June, 1892, and by Miss Eastwood in June, 1893. Chorizanthe Thurberi Watson. Alcalde, Eastwood^ involucres, 8 mm. long. VOL. IV.] New Localities for Calif oi^nia Plants. i 59 Choi-izanthe stalicoides Benth. Alcalde, Eastwood. Cho^'izanthe iiniaristata T. & G. Alcalde, Eastivood. Chorizanthe polygonoidcs T. & G. Antioch; Livermore; lyaundry Farm near Oakland; Tanialpais. Chorizanthe insignis Curran. Jolon, Eastivood; Santa Lucia Mountains, Vortriede; frequent in the range. Eurotia lanata Moq. Goodwin, y^rrrrfl^. Euphorbia hirtula Hngelm. Nacimiento River, Eastwood. Ephedra Nevadensis Wats. Hills west of Bakersfield, East- wood; Goodwin, yrt;r^. Cephalanthcra Oregana Reich. Santa lyUcia Mountains, Vortriede. Allium Parryi Wats. Mt. Hepsidam Range, Eastwood. Chlorogai^um purpureum. Bulb ovoid, 2-3 cm. in diameter, membranously coated: stem ^-^ m. high paniculately branched: leaves rather narrow, linear, undulate: pedicel as long or longer than the perianth: perianth not vespertine, about i cm. in breadth, spreading from above the base; segments oblong-ovate with strong midnerve: stamens as long as the segments, spreading; filaments filiform purple: anthers 5'ellow: style as long as the stamens, curved to the side: ovary sessile, ovules one in each cell. A very handsome species, the numerous flowers purplish blue. Nearest C. parvifloriim. Collected in the Santa Lucia Mountains in 1892, by William Vortriede; in 1893 in much better specimens by Miss Eastwood. Chlorogalum angustifolium Kell. Mormon Island, Sacra- mento County; Tuolumne County near Big Oak Flat; between lone and Carbondale; Round Valley, Mendocino County, /. W. Blankinship. Fritillaria plurifiora Torr. Capay Valley, Yolo County, March 23, 1893, /. W. Blankinship. Seldom collected, flowers very handsome more than an inch long. Odontostomnm Hartwegi Torr. Near Napa, A. W. RoJjin- son, 1892. i6o Flora of Sonthci-n California. [zoE Prosartcs Hookeri Torr. Santa L,ucia Mountains, Vortriede. C/intonia uniflora Kunth. Sequoia Mills. Clintonia Andrewsiajia Torr. Santa Lucia Mountains, Vor- triede, Eastwood. Lysichilon Kamtschatce7isis Schott. Santa Cruz Mountains near Boulder Creek, \V. G. Farlow. Nitella clavata var. inflata. In Echo Lake, Santa Catalina Island, May, 1890. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. BY S. B. PARISH. Since the completion of the Botany of the Geological Survey a considerable number of plants have been detected which vi^ere not then known to grow within the limits of the State, and the range of others has been found to be much more extensive than is indicated in that work. Probably these additions and exten- sions have been more numerous in the southern counties than elsewhere. Owing to the premature discontinuance of the survey the botanical exploration of these counties was less thorough than in the upper part of the State, which then contained a far larger proportion of the total population than at present. With a single notable exception the South was also entirely without local botanists, Mr. Daniel Cleveland having been for years the only resident cultivator of the science. It was not until near the completion of the second volume that a few records are made based on the collections made by Rev. J. C. Nevin and Mr. W. G. Wright, and the explorations of Parry and Lemmon. Since then the knowledge of the southern flora has been greatly enlarged bj' others who have become residents of the region, among whom may be mentioned Mr. W. S. Lyon, Mr. C. R. Orcutt, Dr. H. E. Hasse, Dr. A. Davidson and Prof. A. J. McClatchie. This botanical activity has resulted in the discovery of a number of new species, and the extension to this region of others. VOL. IV.] Flora of Southern California. i6i Some of these extensions have been noted in the last volume of the Synoptical Flora, or in recent monographs and other papers. A considerable number, however, remain as yet unrecorded, and some of the more interesting of these are given in the following list, which makes no pretense to completeness, and, indeed, might easily be considerably enlarged. The place of publication is cited for these species not enumerated in the Botany of the Survey, and these are additions to the flora of the State, as well as to that of Southern California. The others extend the range of more northern plants not heretofore recorded from the southern counties. With the exception of a few rare species none of those are included whose previously known range was south of the latitude of San Francisco. Phytographically these northern plants belong to the Sierra Nevadan flora, and they form most of the additions to the vege- tation of our higher mountains. The Sonoran flora of the arid regions to the east, Nevada, Arizona, Utah, has supplied the addi- tional desert plants, and some of those which climb the desert flanks of the mountains. The stations for the first class are in many cases the southern limit of the species, and those for the second class the western or northern limit. Some exceptional plants will be noticed by the reader. All stations recorded are authenticated by specimens in the herbarium of the writer, and when no other collector's name is cited his is to be understood. Myosiiriis apetalus Gay, Fl. Chil. i, 31. Borders of lake, Bear Valley, in San Bernardino Mountains, altitude 6000 to 7000 feet. Ranunculus Eschscho If 2n Schltchi. Anamad. Ranunc. ii, 16. Summit of Grayback Mountains, altitude 11,725 feet, IV. G. Wright. Ranunculus alismcBfolius Geyer, var. atismellus, Gray. Tau- quitz Meadows, San Jacinto Mountains, Dr. H. E. Hasse. Arabis Ltcdoviciana C. A. Meyer, Ind. Sem. Petr. ix, 60. San Diego, D. Cleveland. Caulanthus procerus Wats. Northern slope of San Bernar- dino Mountains, at about 6000 feet altitude. Bear Valley road. 1 62 Flora of Southern California. [zoe Nasturtium sphcErocarpum Gray, PI. Fendl. 6. Mouth of Santa Ana Canon, San Bernardino Mountains, Cleomella oocatpa Gray. Rabbit Springs, Mojave Desert. Viola blanda Willd. Not uncommon about cold springs in the San Bernardino Mountains, at from 5000 to 7000 feet altitude. Viola chrysantha Hook. Common in moist sands from Bear Valley to head of Canon Diablo, San Bernardino Mountains. Silene Menziesii Hook. Stream banks, Bear Valley. Stellaria borealis Bigelow. Cold bogs. Bear Valley. Sagina occidentalis Wats. Streets of Los Angeles, Hasse; hillsides, Santa Monica, Davidson; Santa Catalina Island, Lyon. Sagina Linncei Presl. Cold bog, near Bear Valley dam. Lewisia rediviva Pursh. Bear Valley; San Antonio Peak. Lewisia brachycalyx Engelm. Meadows, Bear Valley. Bergia Texana Seub. Inlet of Elsinore Lake, Riverside County. Horsfordia Newberryi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, xxii, 297. Abutilon Newberryi Wats. Bot. Calif, i, 87. Rocky ravines at Toros, on the Colorado Desert. Li7ium viicrantlutni Gray. Newhall, Davidso7i. Ayenia pusilla L. Canons at Agua Caliente (Palm Springs), Colorado Desert. Geraniwn caspitosnni 'jsimes, Long's Exp. ii, 3. Bear Valley, Parish; Tauquitz Valley, Hasse. Co7idalia spathiilata Gray, Pi. Wr. i, 32. Mountains of the Colorado Desert near Mesquite Station, W. F. Parish. Glossopetalon spincscens Gray, PI. Wr. ii, 29, t. 12. North- ern slope of San Bernardino Mountains, near Cushenberry Springs. Acer glabruni Torr. Headwaters of Mill Creek, San Bernardino Mountains. Psoralia castorea Wats. Proc. Am. Acad, xiv, 291. Sand hills at Camp Cady, Mojave Desert. VOL. iv.J Flora of Southern California. 163 Astragalus Freusii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, vi, 222. Sand hills at Dos PalmOS, Colorado Desert. Hoffmanseggia stricta Benth. in Gray, Pi. Wr. i, 56, ii, 50. Gravelly plains at San Felipe, Colorado Desert. Hoffmanseggia vticrophylla Torr. Mex. Bound. 50, Dry washes of the Colorado Desert; Toros; Indian Wells; Agua Caliente. Calliandra eriophylla Benth., Lond. Jour. Bot. iii, 105. Col- orado Desert near Mesquite Station, W. F. Parish. Ivesia saniolinoides Gray. Holcomb Valley, San Bernardino Mountains, at 7500 feet altitude. Tellima tenella Walp. Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains. Ribes cereum Dougl. Bear Valley, Parish; Tauquilz Valley, Hasse, Parish. Sedum spaUmlifolium Hook. Big Meadows, San Bernardino Mountains, Wright. Cotyledon Nevadensis Wats. Common on southern slope of San Bernardino Mountains, at from 2000 to 4000 feet altitude. Lythrum Hyssopifolia L. Sp. PI. 447. River bed at San Diego, Cleveland. Oenothera PalrneriW 3iis. Proc. Am. Acad, xii, 251. Mojave Desert, from Antelope Valley to Rabbit Springs, Davidson, Hasse, Parish. Mentzelia congest a T. & G. Mojave Desert, probably near Rock Creek. Mentzelia Wrightii Gray, PL Fendl. 48. Mammoth Tank, Colorado Desert, W. F. Parish. Petalonyx nitidns Watson, Am. Nat. vii, 300. Cushenberry Springs. Symphoricarpos oreophilus Gray. San Bernardino Mountains, at about 6000 feet altitude; Bear Valley; Mill Creek Falls. Peuceda7ium villosjini Nutt. Acton, Hasse. Galium Rothrockii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, xvii, 203. Syn. Fl. I, ii, 39. Colorado Desert, probably at Mountain Springs. 164 Flora of Southern California. [zoe Galium stcllahim Kellogg, Proc. Calif. Acad, ii, 77. Crevices of dry clifis, Agua Caliente. Brickellia atraciyloides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, viii, 290. Crevices of cliflfs; Vallecito; Agua Caliente; Cushenberry Canon. Aplopapptis lanceolatiis T. & G. Fl. ii, 241. Meadows at Bear Valley and Holcomb Valley. Antenaria aiphia Gsertn. Summit of Grayback Mountain, Wright. Hemizonella Diira?idi Gray. Common in the San Bernardino Mountains, at from 4000 to 5000 feet altitude. Senecio eu^ycephalus T. & G. Dry ridges at summit of Tejon Pass. Insufficient specimens from Wilson's Peak, Davidson^ may belong here. Microseris Douglasii Gray. Meadows at Elizabeth L,ake. Downingia pulchella Torr. Cuyamaca Mountains. Bryanthus Breweri Gray. Big Meadows in the San Bernar- dino Mountains, Wright. Chimaphila Menziesii Spreng. Mill Creek Falls, San Ber- nardino Mountains. Pyrola pida Smith. Near the summit of San Antonio Peak. Pterospora andjvmedea Nutt. Common in open pine forests in the San Bernardino and San Jacinto Mountains, at from 4000 to 8000 feet altitude. Forestiera Neo-Mexicana Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, iv, 304. Mo- jave Desert; Lancaster, Davidson; Rock Springs; Rabbit Springs, Parish. Amsojtia tomentosa Torr. Fremont's Rept. 2d Ed. 316,. Cactus Station, Cushenberry Canon. Astcphamis Utahensis Engelm. Am. Nat. ix, 349. Gravelly plains, San Felipe. Gentiana simplex Gray. Eittle Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mountains. Gentiana Amarella Einn. var. acuta Hook. f. Bear Valley. Gilia Bigelovii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, viii, 265. Morongo Pass. VOL. IV,] Floi'a of Southern California, 165 Gilia Brezveri Gray. Bear Valley. Gilia latifolia Wats. Am. Nat. ix, 347. Warm Springs on the Mojave Desert. Phacelia Lcmmoni Gray, Syn. Fl. II, i, 417. P. heterosperma, Parish, Bot. Gaz. xiii, 37. Rock Creek, Mojave Desert. Truardia Watsoni Torr. Agua Caliente, Davidso7i, Parish. Abundant near Cushenberry Springs. Nai7ia stcnocarpum Gra5^ Proc. Am. Acad, x, 331. Santa Monica, Hasse. Nama Rothrockii Gray. Holcomb Valley. Coldenia canescens DC, Prod, ix, 559. Mesquite Caiion, Colorado Desert, IV. F. Parish. Harpagonelia Pahneri Gray. Mesas near San Diego, Parry. Krynitzkia leucophcsa Gray. Abundant near Cushenberry Springs. Cuscuta obtiisifolia HBK. var. glandulosa Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad, i, 492. On Polygonum, San Bernardino. Cuscuta denticulata Engelm. Cushenberry Springs. Penistemo7i breviflortis Lindl. Lancaster, Davidson. Pentsteinon Eato7ii Gray. Cushenberry Caiion. Pentstenion ptimilus Nutt., var. hica?ius Gray, Syn. Fl. II, i, 259. Aguanga, San Jacinto Mountains. Pentstemon ambigzius Torr. Ann. Lye N. Y. ii, 228. San Felipe. Pe^itstemon Bridgesii Gray. Mill Creek Falls. Veronica alpina L. San Jacinto Mountains. Utricutaria vtdgaris L. Bear Valley. Martynia althecefolia Benth., Bot. Sulph. 38. Valiecito. Lippia lanceolata Mich. Fl. ii, 15. Los Angeles, Hasse; San Bernardino. Sphacele calycina Benth. var. Wallacei Gray. Wilson's Peak, Davidson . Boerhavia viscosa Lag. Andrea's Canon, near Agua Caliente. 1 66 Flora of Southern Califor^iia. [zoe Abronia nana Wats. Proc Am. Acad, xiv, 294. Bear Valley. Polygonum emersiim Britt., Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. viii, 73; Small, 1. c. 359. San Diego, Cleveland. Polygomim mcarnahmi EH. Sk. i, 456, Small, 1. c. 358. Los Angeles, Davidson. Eriogomim Parryi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad, x, 77. Mojave Desert, Warm Springs. Eriogomim Kennedyi Porter. Bear Valley, near Beardstown. Eriogotium niicrothecnm Nutt. Bear Valley. Eriogomim Plumatella Dur. and Hilg. Mojave Desert; Rab- bit Springs, etc. Oxytheca Watsoni T. & G. Near Cushenberry Springs. Euphorbia eriantha Benth. Agua Caliente, Davidson, Parish. Callitriche marginata Torr. Santa Monica, Hasse. Callitriche verna L- Julian; Bear Valley; Little Bear Valley. Myrica Californica Cham. Santa Monica, Hasse, Lyoii. Salix cordata Muhl., var. Watsoni '?>€o\>. Bear Valley. Salix flavescens Nutt. Bear Valley Toll Road, Parish; Gray- back Mountain, Wright. Arceiithobium divaricatiim Kngelm. On Pinus monophylla^ Cushenberry Canon; Cox's Ranch. Lilitim pardalinum Kellogg. San Bernardino, Wright. Calochortiis clavatns Wats. Los Angeles, Davidson. Calochortus fiex2wsus Wats. Am. Nat. vii, 303. Rev. Lil. 266. Cushenberry and Rabbit Springs. Potamogeton fliiitaiis Roth. P. lonchites Tuckerm. Near Col ton. Potamogeto7i natans L- Bear Valley. Potamogeton pedinatus L. Elsinore Lake, McClatchie, Par- ish; Los Angeles, Nevin; San Bernardino; Bear Valley. Sagittaria calycina Engelm., Gray's Man. 5th Ed. 492 Coyote Creek, near Anaheim. VOL. IV.] Flora of SoiUhern California. 167 Jiincus Leseiu'ii Bolander. Waterman's Canon, near San Bernardino; Fallbrook. Junacs obttisahis Engelm. I^ittle Bear Valley. Juncus Mertendamis Meyer. Head of Mill Creek. Carex sttaminea Schk., var. mixta Bailey, Proc. Am. Acad, xxii, 151. Waterman's Canon. Carex Deweyana Schw., var. Bolanderi W. Boott. Mill Creek Falls. Carex /estiva Dewey. Bear Valley. Andropogon macrourus Mich. Foothills near San Bernardino. Alopecuriis geniculates L., var. aristulatus Munro. Bear Valley. Stipa occidefitalis Thurb. Mill Creek Falls. Mtihlenbergia Texana Thurb. Coult. Man. Rocky Mountain Bot. 410. Vallecito. Sporobohcs gracillinius Scrib. Grayback Mountain, Wright. Agrostis scabra Willd. Bear Valley. Deschampsia calyciyia Presl. San Gabriel, Hasse; Bear Valley. Triodia pulchella HBK. Mesquite Canon, IV. F. Parish. Poa Bigelovii V. & S. Agua Caliente, Davidson. Glyceria nervata Trin. Little Bear Valley. Fquisetum IcBvigatuvi Al. Br. Common at San Bernardino. Cryptogramme acrostichoides R. Br. Big Meadows, Wright. Woodsia Oregana Eaton. Grayback Mountain, Wright; Lower Holcomb Valley, W. F. Parish. RoMNKYA Coui^TRRi Harv. Mrs. Ida M. Blochman, of Santa Maria, has recently obtained this plant on the Cuyama or Santa Maria River, "growing right on the river looking across into San lyuis Obispo County." It has not yet been reported nearly so far north. SIERRA NEVADA PLANTS IN THE COAST RANGE. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. The great valley of California is a basin or plain irregularly elliptical in shape and about five hundred miles in length by one hundred in breadth. It is rimmed all around with mountains, the only opening being that from which all the waters of the basin escape to the sea. The northern half of the valley, drained by the Sacramento and its tributaries, is called the Sacramento Valley; the southern half, drained by the river of that name, is called the Valley of the San Joaquin. The slope of the land is to the centre, where the two rivers meet and pour their mingled waters into the Bay of San Francisco. The rim of the valley is highest where the Sierra Nevada makes its eastern wall, even the Truckee Pass, where the Central Pacific Railroad crosses it, being over seven thousand feet in altitu-de. The southern wall, formed by the Tehachapi Range, is nearly four thousand feet in its lowest passes; the northern, formed by the Shasta Range is but little less, and the western, though lower, is double, with a long valley or series of valleys intervening, the inner, at least in the northern half, having many peaks of considerable altitude, Yolo Bolo being over eight thousand feet, Sanhedrim, Hull and Snow Mountain between six and seven thousand. Seeds transported by whatever agency must find suitable conditions or they will not thrive, and to this fact, of course, we owe the diversity of flora still existing. The broad hot valley of California offers no suitable home for the plants of the Sierra and they cannot cross it. The valley plants cannot endure the cold of the mountains, and if they flourish for a season even their seeds succumb to the winter frosts. It is perhaps from a consideration of the barrier interposed by this vallej^ that the flora of the Sierra Nevada has been con- sidered to be so difierent from that of the Coast Range that surprise is often expressed at the finding of additional species common to both. It is, however, easily understood that plants may follow the valley wall in any direction and for a distance limited only by comparative height and consequent degree of heat. The localities of plants should be observed and recorded at VOL. IV.] Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. 169 the earliest possible date. Man brings with him so many dis- turbing elements that a few years may almost change the face of nature. Of these disturbing factors, one of the greatest is a flock of sheep. Not only does it destroy or render very scarce many of the native plants, but in California, where sheep are kept on the public domain, they are fed in the spring months on the foothills, are driven to the high mountains as the season advances, and back as the snow threatens, to the stubble fields and tule marshes of the lowlands. In these peregrinations they distribute in varying proportion the seeds of many of the plants growing in the regions passed over. There is scarcely a spot except upon the highest peaks, where sheep have not penetrated and altered to some extent the character of the flora. The railway lines are another potent factor in the disturbance of distribution, the construction trains, which transport rock and earth for embankments, offering special facilities for the wandering of species, but their action being more definite and much more recent, is in most cases readily understood and causes no confusion, as for instance in the invasion of the San Joaquin Valley by the plants of the Mojave Desert now in active progress. The species enumerated below are in most cases additions to the known flora of the Coast Range or have their range much extended southward. It does not comprise all the additions col- lected, the grasses, Cyperaceae, etc., being neglected, and even of the other orders a considerable number have escaped reckoning on account of the distribution of the plants in the herbarium, no list having been made, and only those included which could be recalled from memory and readily verified. The greater part of them were obtained from Snow Mountain in L^ake County in two visits; one made by Mr. Brandegee in June, 1891; the second by the writer late in August, 1892. Snow Mountain is in Lake County and nearly due north a little more than a hundred miles from San Francisco. It rises to a height of nearly 7000 feet, and the depth of the winter snow and the degree of cold is apparently quite as great as at the summit of the Donner Pass in the central Sierra Nevada. The plants are still insufficiently known, the top being covered with snow 1 /O Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. [zoe drifts at the date of the earlier visit, while at the later one the sheep had nearly finished all that were to their taste. No one lives on the upper part of the mountain, but there are remains of old cabins at the summit meadows, where the shepherd pitches his tent for the late summer when the flocks are driven up from the lower slopes. In the clear cold streams which run down its gorges to join the south fork of the Eel River, trout abound and deer are a common sight, and venison is familiar food to the visitor. The landscape forcibly reminds of the Sierra Nevada. The small lakes and boggy meadows are bordered by Veratrum and alpine asters, and spangled with white violets and the primrose mimulus all hoary with dew-entangled hairs. The upper slopes and dry valleys are covered with forests of white cedar, fir and "Jeff"rey's pine," surrounded by thickets of the bitter cherry [Prumis emarginata) and the " snowbush " {Ceanothus cordii- latus), while the peaks and ridges and the dry uplands of the meadows are brightened by the scarlet Gilia aggregata, the well-known " pussy's paws" {^Spragiiea umbellata), the brilliant yellow Eriogonum timbellatum, the broad tufts of purple and white E. ovalifolium , and the fluffy rose-colored balls of the most beautiful of all the species, E. Lobbii. A few additions to the coast flora were made by Mr. Brande- gee in a visit of a single day, late in September, to the Yolo Bolo.* The mountain had been at that date so ravaged by sheep, that no food whatever remained for the horses, and the trip was brought to an untimely conclusion. Mr. C. F. L^eithold, a student of the Stanford University, made in June of the present year a collection of the plants of Cobb Mountain, in I^ake County, a few miles north of Mt. St. Helena. Its flora is almost the same as that of the neighboring mountain, but Abies concolor is found upon it. The general level of Lake County is of considerable alti- tude, Clear Lake which occupies its centre being about 1500 feet, so that the elevation of the mountains above the level of the sea is a good deal greater than their apparent height. Bartlett * Called on the maps " Yallo Ballo," but pronounced as above by the people of the vicinitj-. VOL. IV.] Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. 1 7 1 Mountain which rises steeply from the northeastern shore of the lake is about 4000 feet altitude. Mt. Hanna, often called ' ' Bottle Glass Mountain ' ' from the quantity of obsidian found upon it, is some distance away from the lower end of the Lake, on the western side, and its elevation is considerably less. The plants of the Sierra Nevada found on these mountain tops differ somewhat, in most cases, from those of the original locality, a difference easily to be explained by their isolation and difference of the soil. Micromorphic botanists may indeed insist that the differences between these plants found on the massive granite of the Sierras and those on the many-colored shales of Snow Moun- tain are sufficient to constitute species. Ranu7iculus alismcefoliiis var. alismellus Gray. Borders of meadows, Snow Mountain, June. Argemone hispida Gray. Summits of Snow Mountain, evidently brought there by the sheep. Arabis platysperma Gray. Snow Mountain. Vesicaria montana Gray. Snow Mountain. Viola blanda Willd. Meadows, Snow Mountain. Viola aurea var. veyiosa Wats. Snow Mountain, June. Viola Sheltoni Torr. Snow Mountain, June. Polygala cormita Kell. Proc. Cal. Acad, i, 61. P. Calif oniica of Bot. Cal. Snow Mountain. Silene Menziesii Hook. Snow Mountain. Arenaria verna I,, var. hirta Wats. High rocky ridges, Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Claytonia Chamissonis Esch. Cold bogs and streamlets, Snow Mountain. Spraguea timbellata Torr. Snow Mountain. Sidalcea Oregana Nutt. Snow Mountain. The Sierra Nevada form. Ccanothus prostratus Benth. On Mt. St. Helena in the form described as C. divergens Parry. On Cobb and Snow Mountains quite as prostrate as in the Sierra Nevada. Ceanothus vehciimis Dougl. From Mt. St. Helena, where it 1/2 Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. [zoe grows abundantly a short distance back of the Toll House, north- ward, but not seen on Snow Mountain. Ceanothns cordulatus Kell. A prevailing shrub in the thick- ets near the top of Snow Mountain. Lupinus laxifiorus Dougl. Snow Mountain. Tj'ifolhim cyathiferitm l^indX. Snow Mountain; also collected by Mr. J, W. Blankinship in Big Valley, Lake County. Hosackia stipida^'is Benth. Cobb Mountain. An exceedingly glandular form. Collected by C. F. Leithold. Psoralea Californica Wats, seems hardly distinct from P. esadentus. It is common enough about elevations of 3-5000 feet in Lake County, and has been collected by the writer on Mt. Diablo, by S. B. Parish on the San Bernardino Mountains, by Miss Eastwood on the peaks west of Alcalde, and near Kernville by Mr. Brandegee. Astragalus Purshii Dougl. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Primus emarginata Walp. Abundant, forming tangled thickets, in the summit valley of Snow Mountain. Rubus leucodermis Dougl. Snow Mountain. Common. Pm-shia tridentata DC. Slopes of Snow Mountain at 5000 to 6000 feet. Cercocarpus ledifolius Nutt. Covering a spur of Snow Moun- tain, not far from the Coast Survey monument. The gnarled trunks twelve to eighteen inches in thickness. Potentilla gracilis Dougl. Snow Mountain. Common in high meadows. Horkelia tridentata Torr. Snow Mountain. Ivesia Gordoyii T. & G. Near the monument, Snow Moun- tain. Saxifraga peltata Torr. Snow Mountain, streams of the lower part. Ribes Lobbii Gray. Snow Mountain. Equally abundant with R. Meyiziesii Pursh. The fruit is so strongly glandular as to be scarcely fit for any use. Sedum obtusatjim Gray. Snow Mountain. VOL. IV.] Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. 1 7 Gayophytum ramosisshnum T. &. G. Snow Mountain. Common. Gayophytum pumiliim Watson. Snow Mountain and common about I^ake County. Megarrhiza muricata Wats. Common in Ivake County^ and in Colusa County not far from L,eesville. The fruit usually 8 -seeded. Galium Bolanderi Gray. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Galium viultiflorum Kell. In crevices of rocks, Snow Moun- tain; Yolo Bolo. Eupatoriicm occidentale Hook. Streams about the base of Snow Mountain. Brickellia Greenei Or2Ly . Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Flow- ering in August and September. Aplopappus apargioides Gray. Snow Mountain. Aplopappus Greenei Gray. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. August. Bigclovia gravcolens Gray. Shasta Plains; Sissons; Yolo Bolo; Snow Mountain; Bartlett Mountain; Mt. Hanna. Flower- ing at the end of August. Aster Shastensis Gray. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Aster adscendens Lindl. Snow Mountain. Antennaria luzuloides var. argentea Gray. "Snow Mountain; Elk Mountain. Antennaria Geyeri Gra)'. Yolo Bolo. Hemizo7iella Durandi Gray. Bartlett Mountain; Snow Mountain. Chaenactis Douglasii H. & A. Snow Mountain. Ar'nica folios a Nutt. Very abundant along streams and cov- ering a long slope near the monument on Snow Mountain. Raillardella Muirii Gray, var. Abundant on rocky slopes near the monument on Snow Mountain. It was just coming well into bloom on the twenty-fifth of August. Crepis intermedia Gray. Snow Mountain. 1 74 Sieri'a Nevada Plants in Coast Ra7ige, [zoe Crepis occidenialis var. crinita Gray. Snow Mountain. Crepis occidenialis var. Nevadensis Kell. Cobb Mountain, C. F. Le it ho Id. Arctostaphylos Nevadensis Gray. Snow Mountain. Pyrola picta Smith. Common on Snow Mountain. Pyrola rot^indifolia ly. Cobb Mountain, Lake County, C. F. Lei t hold. Pyrola aphylla Smith. Often collected on Tamalpais, and frequent through Lake County, northward. Pterospora andromedea Nutt. Snow Mountain. Cycladetiia humilis Benth. Common and abundant on the higher slopes of Snow Mountain. Schisonotics pnrpiirascens Gray. This species is widespread and abundant on Snow Mountain, flowering in June and ripening its fruit in September. Frasera nitida Benth. Cobb Mountain, C. F. Leithold; Mt. Hanna; Snow Mountain. Frasera speciosa Dougl. Yolo Bolo. Phlox Douglasiil Yolo Bolo. Past flower and fruit. Collomia tenella Gray. Snow Mountain. Common. Gilia piingens Benth. Crevices of rocks, Snow Mountain. Gilia aggregata Spreng. Snow Mountain. Gilia Harknessii Curran. Common about the borders of meadows, Snow Mountain. Gilia capillar is Kell. Allen's Springs; Hot Springs, Eel River and very abundant all about Snow Mountain; Mt. Sanhedrim, J. W. Blankinship ; Hy-Am-Pum, W. W. Price; taller and less diffuse at the lower elevations. Collinsia Torreyi Gray. Snow Mountain. Common. Pentstemo7i Menziesii Hook. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo; Cobb Mountain; Mt. St. Helena. Mifnulus 7'ubelliis Gray. Snow Mountain. Common. Miniuhcs primuloides Benth. Wet meadows. Snow Mountain. Castilleia linariczfolia Benth. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. VOL. IV.] Sierra Nevada Plants in Coast Range. 175 Casta leiaviiniata'Dongl. Pubescent form. Cobb Mountain, C. F. Leithold; Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Cordylanthus Pringlei Gray. Lower slopes of Snow Moun- tain. Flowering in August and September. Pediailaris semibarbata Gray. Bartlett Mountain; Snow Mountain. Monardella odoratissima Benth. Snow Mountain. Lophanthus urticifolius Benth. Snow Mountain. Growing in thickets of Ceanothus, Ribes, etc., the purplish heads surmounting them. Polygonum Bistorta L,. Meadows and banks of streamlets, Snow Mountain. Polygonicm Davisics Brewer. High rocky peaks, Snow Mountain. Eriogoniim 2cmbellatum Torr. High rocky ridges, Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Erio^omim compositiim Dougl. Snow Mountain; Yolo Bolo. Eriogonum Lobbii T. & G. High rocky ridges near the monument, Snow Mountain. Flowers forming larger heads and of deeper rose-color than those seen in the Sierra Nevada. Eriogonum ovalifolium Nutt. Abundant and forming dense tufts often a foot in diameter, the snowy mass of small leaves surmounted by short peduncles, bearing heads of whitish flowers which become at length rose-colored. vSnow Mountain. Eriogomini spergulinum Gray. Snow Mountain. Common about the borders of meadows. Eriogonum hirtiflorum Gray. Common in Lake County. Dwarf at high elevations, but about Hough's Springs and on the lower slopes of Snow Mountain reaching so great a size that a single individual would fill several sheets of collecting paper. Quercus chrysolcpis Liebm. on Snow Mountain reaches an elevation of about 4000 feet, above that level dwarfing rapidly into its subalpine form, var. vaccmifolia. The ascent of the mountain is so abrupt that the phases of transition can be readily followed. 176 Random Bu^d- Notes. [zoe Taxus brevifolia Nutt. Deep canons of Elk Mountain and on Snow Mountain. Abies concolor Lindl. Snow Mountain, from 4500 to 6000 feet, also on Cobb Mountain, where it was collected by Mr. C. F. Leithold. Abies nobilis Lindl. The most abundant tree of Snow Moun- tain above the altitude of 6000 feet. Pinus Sabiniana Dougl. reaches about 3800 feet on Snow Mountain. Pituis ponderosa vsix. Jeffrey i Oxa.y is found on Snow Moun- tain from 5000 feet upward. Films Balfoiiriajta Jeffrey. Yolo Bolo. Films Lambertiana Dougl. was found on Snow Mountain at greater elevation than any other pine, but in the higher altitudes the trees were dwarfed and distorted. [ 'eratnim Californiaim Durand was abundant in the meadows of Snow Mountain. Smilax Calif ornica Gray. Yolo Bolo. RANDOM BIRD-NOTES FROM MERCED BIG TREES AND YOSEMITE VAEEEY. BY W. OTTO EME;RS0N. I found on arriving at the South Grove of Merced Big Trees some interesting birds peculiar to the higher altitude of the Sierra in summer. I spent June 17 and 18, 1893, i^ that section of the Merced Grove. I found it a slight hollow or flat of some four or five acres in extent where are eighteen or twenty trees of Sequoia gigantea scattered through the forest of sugar pines, yellow pines, cedars and firs. The work of the pileated woodpecker {Ceophlcetis pilcahis) can be seen here and there spotted over the thick bark of the Sequoia. Many of the holes were six to eight inches across and ranging all the way from ten to thirty feet from the ground. I saw only one of these large woodpeckers as it flew through the trees. VOL. IV.] Randdm Bird- Notes. lyy I saw three of the white-headed woodpecker {Xenopicus albolarvaius). In the dead top of a pine stump some fourteen feet from the ground was a nest of a pair of these birds. After rapping on the stump I could hear the young squeakers calling for their parents. I watched the old birds for an hour or more collecting insects from the bark of the different evergreens to feed the ever hungry young ones. They always began at the lower part of the tree and gradually worked upward, zig-zagging around the tree to the top, then flying downward to the base of another tree. It would take at least half an hour before seeming to have enough insects to carry to the young. I supposed the birds to be gathering ants and larvae of bark insects. It was the delight of one of this pair of woodpeckers to ^y to a certain fir tree and have a pair of Louisiana tanagers {Piranga ludoviciand) chase it around the tree. I have no doubt but that the tanagers had a nest in the tree. While camped in the grove I saw five of these tanagers. I noticed only two of the red-breasted sapsucker iSphyrapicus ruber). One I watched every morning from my tent fly to the top of a tall burnt tree and rap its roll-call as a kind of warning may be to the flying insects. It would then sail out like a flycatcher, catch an insect, and return to the burnt tree- top. Its movements were very graceful and regular. As it dipped or circled around for this or that insect the sunlight catching on the red breast lit it up like a patch of flame. The Californian woodpecker {Alelanerpes fonnicivorics bairdi) was not uncommon. Harris' woodpecker {^Dry abates villosus hatrissii) was the only other species of Picidae noted in the grove besides the red-shafted flicker {Colaptes cafer). The blue-fronted jay {Cyanocitta stelleri frontalis) was twice seen, but was very shy and quiet, no doubt nesting. The California purple finch {Carpodacus purpureiis californi- ciis) was observed several times, but had not paired off. Juncos {/icnco hyemalis thurberi) were in pairs, but not common. One thick-billed sparrow [Passerella iliaca megarhyncha) was noted, seeming to have only arrived, as I found them common later above the Yosemite Vallev. 178 Random Bird"- Notes. [zoe Two spurred towhees {Pipilo maculatus viegaloyiyx) were seen. That most beautiful swallow, the violet- green, {Tachycineta thalassina) was seen to pass one morning on its way to the oak flats. Audubon's warbler [Dendroica auduboni) was seen on one occasion passing hurriedly through the trees. A male black-throated gray warbler was seen feeding amongst low bushes early one morning. I saw four of the beautiful hermit warblers (^Dendroica occi- dentalis); all were feeding in low bushes along the mountain streams. The California creeper [Certhia familiaris occidentalis) was observed several times running up and down first one tree and then another. All were busy hunting food for young. The slender-billed nuthatch {Sltta carolinensis aculeata) was seen but once. I saw one Townsend's solitaire {Alyadesies townsendii) the day we arrived in camp at the grove. I collected a specimen at Hay wards some ten or twelve years ago, the only one I have heard of being taken so near the Coast. A ruby-crowned wren {Reguhcs calendula) was observed feed- ing in a fir tree. The notes of small thrushes {Tiirdus) were heard several times, but the birds being so shy, I could not get a glimpse of them. The following birds were observed from June 20th to 25th in the Yosemite Valley. It is a garden spot on a grand scale for bird life. I think that the valley is one of the best spots in California to spend a season, collecting. Here are found trees and shrubs of the white, black and chestnut oaks, yellow, silver and sugar pines, red cedar, Douglas fir, willows, cottonwood and alders, manzanita, chemise, chaparral, wax-berry, deer-brush, wild rose, California azalea, wild coffee, dog-wood, mountain mahogany, wild cherry, currant and gooseberry. Killdeer {ALgialitis vocifera) were seen along the Merced River banks. The day we entered the valley, June 19th, a bevy of downy VOL. IV.] Random Bird-Notes. 179 young of the plumed partridge [Oreortyx pidus phcmiferus) with the old ones ran across the road and scattered among the leaves. Every morning in my walks before sunrise I would see the part- ridges dusting themselves in the road. I noticed none of the California partridge while in the valley. A young lady of our party caught two downy young of the sooty grouse [Dendragapus obscurus fidiginosus) on the trail going to Nevada Falls June 21st. The old birds would not respond to the peeping of the young and venture from the bushes and the young were allowed to go. Mourning dove [Zenaidura ■rnacroicra) was seen but once. A Cooper's hawk {Accipifer cooperi) was seen sailing among the firs and pines on Glacier top, at an altitude of 3300 feet, A golden eagle {Aquila chrysdetos) appeared once high above the Yosemite Falls to let us know that Eagle Point above our camp was named for him. Belted kingfishers {Coyle alcyott) were observed along the river. Four species of woodpeckers were seen in the valley, Harris', white-headed, Californian and red-shafted flicker. The peculiar, lonely notes of a California poor-will [Phalce- noptilus 7iuttalli californicus) could be heard nights high up on the cliffs above the valley. The black swift {Cypscloides niger) is very common high up in all the cliffs, particularly the face of Glacier Point. I have sat on the rocks of the trail leading up to the point and had them sail close over my head and could see them below me moving back and forth about the face of the cliff. Associated with the black swifts were several of the white- throated (^A'ironautes vielanoleucus.') The only humming-bird observed in the valley was the calliope {Trochilus calliope). One came within eighteen inches of my feet to the flowers of a milk-weed. I often noticed them about the young fir tops where they may build their nests. I have a male specimen which was shot in my orchard at Hay- wards from a flowering peach tree, March, 1880. Ash-throated flycatchers {Myiarch:cs ci)ierasce7is) were several times seen in the oak trees near our camp and along the fences in the meadows. i8o Random Bird-Notes. [zoe Western flycatcher {Empidoriax difficilis) was observed but once along the bushy banks of the Merced River. I heard the notes of the olive-sided flycatcher [Contopus borealis) on several occasions in the high tree tops along the high trails of the valley. The western wood pewee [Contopus richardsonii) was not uncommon, usually in pairs. A nest was being built in an oak near my tent. Blue fronted jays were tolerably common in the deep forests and canons, preferring the cedars and firs. Clarke's nutcracker {Picicorvus columbianus) was seen on two occasions, once on Sentinel Dome, 8122 feet altitude. A single female blackbird (Agelaius) was twice seen flying across the meadow by the river, and a western meadow-lark {Stuniclla magna ncgleda) was noticed in the same locality. Bullock's orioles {Icterus bullocki) were seen in the oaks near camp. Brewer's blackbird {Scolccophagus cya7tocephalus) was nesting in trees near the lower hotel. In the forenoon of June 25th, while camping near the old saw mills not far from Mr. Hutchings' cabin, a pair of evening grosbeaks {Coccothraustes vespertinus montamis') came to our table, placed beside a white oak, to pick up crumbs for their young. They were not afraid of anyone in camp. The purple finches also came to camp every day for food. Western chipping sparrows {SpizcUa socialis arizoncE) were noted several times about camp. I think they had young in an old apple orchard near by. Juncos were met with only in the deep forests of pines, cedars, and firs, and were not paired as far as I could judge. A variety of song sparrow was not fully identified. Mr. Shelley Denton collected specimens there in 1881, which I am sure were Melospiza fasciata viontana. Lincoln's Sparrow {Melospiza lincolm') was seen in the meadow. Thick-billed sparrows were seen several times. I sat by the trail to Glacier Point where it passes through a stretch of manza- nita to hear the song of this species. It is a loud, clear, whistling VOL. IV.] Random Bh'd- Notes. i8i note, much like the notes of the purple finch. After singing several notes they would dive into the brush like the wren-tit. Spurred towhees were not uncommon all through the valley, and the green-tailed towhee {Pipilo chlorurus) were seen about bushes near camp. Mr. Denton collected a number of them in his visit here in 1881. The black-headed grosbeak {Habia melanocephalct) was very common all through the valley. They came into camp in pairs and helped themselves from the table, not seeming afraid of anyone; no doubt had young near by. The males were on good terms with each other, eating from the same piece. They repaid us by singing from the tree tops at first light of day and last at night. Lazuli bunting {Passerhia amoena) was not common in the valley and only seen about orchards. Louisiana tanagers were common all through the thickest forests, preferring the tall firs. I heard no notes from them and they did not appear to have paired ofi". The notes of the western purple martin {ProgJie sicbis hesperia) were heard in some old oaks near the Stoneman House, like the old farm-place of my eastern home. At two camping-places in the foothills I noticed young martins. Violet-green swallows were seen in company with the two species of swifts high up on the Glacier Point trail. They no doubt nest in the cliffs as very few trees were suitable on the wall ledges. The only vireo observed in the valley was the warbling ( Vireo gilvus) . Lutescent warblers [Helminthophila celata hdcsccns) were not common and only twice observed along the river banks in thick brush. Audubon's hermit and yellow warblers were seen but once during my short stay. A pair of Macgillivray's warblers {Gcothlypis macgillivrayi) were seen in thick azaleas near the river and acted as though they had a nest near the spot. American dipper {Cinches mcxicanus). The first bird to greet me on getting into the valley was this water spirit, at the foot of 1 82 Botanical N^omenclatiire. [zoe Cascade Falls where it comes leaping and rolling oflF the granite boulders to the river, the ideal home of the dipper. The California creeper was seen on two occasions on cedar trees. Slender-billed nuthatches were seen in white oaks once, but no individuals of Sitta canadensis. The mountain chickadee {Panis gambeli) was seen on one occasion while passing through a mass of firs at summit of Glacier Point. The surrounding conditions were such that I expected to find it a common bird. The whistling notes of a pallid wren-tit {ChavKEa fasciata henshaici) were heard in a manzanita thicket half way up to Glacier Point. A ruby-crowned wren was seen in a young fir tree near our camp at Bridal Veil Fall. Townsend's solitaire was twice seen and a specimen taken at Diamond Cascades below the Vernal Falls. The jewel of all the high Sierra singers is the western robin {Merula mig^-atoria propinqua). It perches at the top of a pine or fir and sings till the setting sun is down, breaking forth now and then with a few notes till night begins. At first break of morning light, about three o'clock, his song is in greatest per- fection; after greeting the day he is then quiet excepting a short low bar of love to his nesting mate. Full-grown young with spotted plumage were about our camp all the time. BOTANICAL NOMENCLATURE- BY KATHARINK BRANDEGEE. It must be confessed that the present state of nomenclature is hardly an encouragement to those attempting to reform it. Almost every author of a systematic treatise has a system of his own, differing more or less from that of his neighbor, and in too many cases his meaning can only be made out by the average botanist through the quoted " synonymy." This state of things not only furnishes the "biological" botanist with his keenest weapons against systematic work but lessens to a marked degree VOL. IV,] Botanical Nomenclature, 183 the interest felt in the science by the large body of botanists, who not being in command of extensive libraries find themselves unable to judge between the conflicting claims of the various new names, with which those familiar to them are to be sup- planted. The rigid law of priority, judging by what its attempted enforcement has produced, is not competent to give us a stable nomenclature. There are too many cases which under such a rule must always remain in doubt, and it is further complicated by questions of suflSciency of publication, and the right to amend names which open vistas of perpetual argument. It must be apparent too that the claim of strict justice which is supposed to underlie the law of priority is a delusion. It puts the work of the most ignorant and incompetent on a level with that of the greatest scientest, offering a direct premium for hasty and inconsiderate work, and yet no permanent advantage can accrue to the vain glory of anyone, for it is only a question of time and settled nomenclature when author-citation will be discontinued in systematic, as it now is in popular and semi- scientific work. It would seem that there should be some limit to the raking up of obscure and forgotten species and genera, especially as they were in the great majority of cases neglected for good reason, and have in many instances become recognizable only by the advance of knowledge or by a process of exclusion. A law of limitation has been found necessary in the property affairs of mankind, and such a law with a period of — say fifty years — might give us relief from that class of "scientists" whose researches into the mysteries of nature consist in trying to find ■ out what our predecessors knew, instead of doing their little best to add to the world's knowledge. A tendency to legislate for one's neighbors is usually found in indirect ratio to fitness for such an office. No code of laws yet exists which is able to provide for all occasions, and the more minutely rules are drawn, the greater is the list of exceptions. The citing of publications, for instance, may safely be left to the example of those who remember in their works, that the saving of labor to others is the object of citation, and the question of the 184 John Lor a Cui'tis. [zoe initial letters of species will settle itself in time into a matter of convenience, there being no real rule of grammar involved — the Romans as every one knows had only one kind of letters — all capitals. Rules relating to the formation of systematic names had per- haps better be only recommendatory. The aspect of the purist in the language of science is one of the most ridiculous things the world has encountered. The Latin of modern science would at its best be a foreign language to Cicero, and the attempt to exclude names not formed according to the best models is especially characteristic of those who, having rather late in life acquired a "little Latin and less Greek," are painfully anxious to advertise the fact. JOHN LORA CURTIS. John Lora Curtis, the young California araneologist, who died in Oakland on February 19, 1893, was a life-long invalid. He was confined to a wheel-chair for thirteen years, more than half of his short life. He was so weak that even a book was too large a bur- den for his hands. Yet he was a better student and lover of nature than many stronger men. His education was necessarily desul- tory. He began his study of spiders in his sixteenth year, and did his collecting of specimens mostly at second hand, through friends and correspondents. In this way he collected and pre- served more than two hundred species of spiders, almost alto- gether from California. He estimated that, at a reasonably low figure, fifty of these were new to science. Lack of funds kept his library small, and he had not been able to secure such works on American spiders as Keyserling's, therefore he was very diffident about offering to publish for new what might prove to be species alreadj^ described. Had his life been spared only a few years longer he surely would have added new forms to the list of described spiders of California. As it is, it remains the duty of some arachnologist to work over the specimens left by him with their accompanying notes. Just a few days before his death he had the pleasure of read- ing the proof of his first (and last) published article: A New VOL. IV.] JoJm Lora Curtis. 185 Jumping Spider, in Zoe, vol. iii, p. 332. He had previ- ously prepared an article on a species of Theridion, of about fifteen or twent}^ ordinary octavo pages, illustrated with over fifty figures, mostly colored, and finished with great care. This contains, beside the description of the little spider, its life history thro' two generations, each represented by many individuals, noting at least six fairly distinct varieties. The publication of this article has been delayed by the difficulty in reproducing the colored plates. Rev. Henry C. McCook, the distinguished araneologist of Philadelphia, in writing of Mr. Curtis says: "A little while before I had prepared material for a new species of spider which I had dedicated to him, attaching to it his name. The drawings of this are done, and the engraving of Pachygnatha Curtisi is already upon the plate of the lithographer." His interest in spiders was united to a lively interest in other branches of natural history and social progress. His aim was to prepare a descriptive list of the spiders of California. When he foresaw his early death he hoped some stronger hand would con- tinue and finish the work. J. D. ly. A New Station for Asplenium septentrionai.e. Mr. Brandegee sends specimens from San Pedro Martir, a high moun- tain nearly east of San Quintin, in Baja California. This is five or six hundred miles west of the nearest previously recorded station, which is, I think a mountain in New Mexico, called Ben Moore, where Dr. J. M. Bigelow detected it in 1851. Mr. Charles Wright collected it probabl}^ at the same place a little later. Next, Hall & Harbour found it in Colorado, and Mr. Bran- degee obtained it later in the Grand Canon of the Arkansas. In the Old World its range is from Great Britain to the Himala3'a Mountains. It is strange it has never been found in the eastern part of North America. D. C. Eaton. RECENT LITERATURE. A Jumping Moicse {Zapus insignis Miller), nezu to the United States. By Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., viii, April 22, 1893, 1-8. This species described by Mr. Miller in Am. Nat. xxv, August, 1891, 472, from New Brunswick, has since been collected in New Hampshire and New York. Description of a New White-footed Mouse from the Eastern United States. By Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., viii, June 20, 1893, 55'^9- Sitomys americanus canadensis. List of Mammals Collected by Mr. Charles P. Rowley, in the San fiian Region of Colorado, Nezu Mexico, and Utah, with Descriptions of Nezu Species. By J. A. AllEn. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., V, April 28, 1893, 69-84. Thirty -four species are enumerated with annotations and critical notes. The following are described as new: Zapus princeps from Florida, L,a Plata County, Colorado; Arvicola {Mynomes) aztecus from Aztec, New Mexico; Sitomys auripectus from Bluff City, Utah; Sitomys rowleyi from Nolan's Ranch, Utah; Reithrodontomys aztecus from La Plata, New Mexico. Introdtiction to a Monograph of the North American Bats. Notes 0)1 the Genera of Vespertilionidce. By Harrison Allen, M. D. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xvi, pages 1-31. Rediscovery of the Mexican Kangaroo Rat, Dipodomys phillipsi Gray. By C. Hart Merriam, M. D. With Field Notes by E. W. Nelson. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., viii, July 18, 1893, 83-96. A series of 67 specimens from the Valley of Mexico, after the species had been known but from a single specimen for fifty-two years. Systematic and Alphabetic Index to Nezu Species of North American Phanerogams and Ptej'idophytes, Published in i8g2. By Josephine A. Clark. This index is one of the most useful publications of the National Herbarium. It is, however, marred by a very serious fault. Instead of being an index of new species, it is in very large part an index of changes of nomenclature, and there are VOL. IV.] Recent Literature. 187 furnished no means of determining to which of these classes any- given name belongs. For instance, Miss Vail is credited with a list of species of Meibomia, only one of which was described by her, and none at the place cited; and McMillan is credited with six species of Pleurolobus. Only the comparatively small num- ber of botanists who concern themselves with changes in nomen- clature are likely to remember that these are but familiar species of Desmodium, many of them described by Linnaeus. Professor Greene is credited with fifteen new species of Blepharipappus, which are only renamed Layias, and twenty-four species of Lin- anthus, all but one of them long-described and well-known Gilias. In like case are all the new species of Platystemon, Bicuculla, Caprifolium, Jacksonia, Lesquerella, Nasturtium, Stellularia, Hesperalcea, Kuhnistera, Kunzia, Lutkea, Therofon, Stellaria, Arracacia, Myrrhis, Symphoricarpus, Caprifolium, Ereminula, Lappula, Koellia, Tullia, Salvia, Ramona, Mirabilis, Neckeria, Razoumofskya, Manihot, Scoria, Ostrya, Leptorchis, Corallorhiza, Gyrostachys, etc., etc. In a number of instances the same species — even those considered the same by their author — is listed twice, as in the case of Fritillaria coccinea & Fritillaria reciirva coccinea, Callichroa nutans & Blephatipapptcs nutans, Ptagiobothrys Californicus & P- campestris. These serious errors are so easily remediable by the use of different type or by double citation that we hope to see the next list free from them. Additions to the Plicenoganiic Flora of Mexico. By B. ly. Robinson and H. E. Seaton, being No. 3 of the New Series of Contributions from the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University. In it twenty-nine new species and several varieties are described. In the Torrey Club Bulletin for July, Dr. Britton has been doing useful work in looking up the authenticity of some of Rafinesque's genera recently attempted to be revived. Pseva, which Dr. Kuntze has taken as the older name of Chimaphila, in which action he was precipitately followed by Professor Greene, is shown to have no foundation. It rests upon Rafinesque's statement, published in the Journal de Physique, 1819, that ''Chimaphila Pursh is antedated by Pseva, Raf Med. i88 Recent Literature. [zoe Rep. 1809." Dr. Britton says: " I wish to record here that I have recently gone over these papers line by line, and can find no allusion to Pseva in any of them, nor have I met with the name in any of Rafinesque's writings except at the place where he claims it as noted above." The attempt to resurrect an earlier name for Polajiisia is disposed of as follows: "Jacksonia, Raf. Med. Rep. (II) v, 352 (1808). Professor Greene has argued in Pittonia ii, 174 and 274 that this name should replace Polanisia Raf. Journ. Phys. Ixxxix, 98 (18 19) but I cannot see that his position is tenable. Jackso7iia is published at the place above cited as follows: Jacksonia {ixiioXioXa)^ Cleome dodeca7idra 'L,. Now Cleome dadecandra, ly. Sp. Rl. 672 is a well-known Indian species. Rafinesque evidentlj^ followed Michaux in supposing that it was North American, and Cleome dodecandra Mich. Fl. Bor. Amer. ii, 32, 1803, is indubitably the same as Polanisia graveolens Raf. Amer. Journ. Sci. i, 379 (18 19) and not at all the plant of lyinnaeus. In matters of nomenclature we must be exact and so it seems to me that Jacksonia Raf. can only apply to the Asiatic, lyinnaean, Cleome dodecandra. I do not find any allusion to Jacksonia in subsequent writings of Rafinesque, and presume that he dis- covered his error." In the meantime, however. Professor Greene has made haste to transfer* the species of Polanisia to Jacksonia and under the head of " Corrections in Nomenclature " fto trans- fer the three dozen species of the Australian, IvCguminous g^nus Jackso7iia to another name. The Range of Amorpha fndicosa. By John M. HolzingeR of the U. S. National Herbarium. Under this heading Mr. Holzinger prints in Erythea for June some notes on specimens belonging to the U. S. National Herbarium which show that the range of the species is considerabl}^ farther extended than had been supposed. In the course of his examinations he found that the three sheets of this group belonging to Professor Greene's herbarium, two of them labeled A. Californica Nutt. and one A. hispidnla Greene, were in his opinion incorrectly named. Con- cerning them he wrote: " There seems to have existed a long * Pitt, ii, 174. t Erj-thea, 114. VOL. IV.] Recent Literature. 189 standing confusion oi Amorplia fruticosa with A. Calif ornica in the region of Arizona, New Mexico and Southern CaHfornia that must have led Professor Greene to describe Nuttall's true Amorpha Californica as a new species, A. hispidula." Professor Greene seems to have become somewhat enraged, and in an appended note bristling with remarks concerning Mr. Holzin- ger's "dogmatism," "bald opinions," "entirely gratuitous suppositions," etc., gives the luckless botanist who has presumed to differ from him, a sound verbal spanking. Nevertheless Mr. Holzinger is entirely correct as everyone at all conversant with the flora of California knows, and Mr. Greene as entirelj^ wrong. Indeed his descriptions oiA. Californica and A. hispidiila in Flora Franciscana convict him suflSciently. In the brief description there given he omits from the former, apparently intentionally, for as it appears in all descriptions he can hardly have been ignorant of it, Nuttall's significant phrase "petioles furnished with minute glandular scales." At the risk of being accused of " dogmatism " I venture to state that A. fruticosa enters Southern California where it has been collected not only by Dr. Palmer, but also by George W. Dunn who found it in the mountains near Julian something like forty miles north of the boundary. It grows also about the lower elevations of San Pedro Martir in Baja California, which is perhaps its southern limit. The range of ^. Californica as at present known is from the southern border of Mendocino County along the Coast Range in various localities to San Pedro Martir, where it has recently been found on the summit plateau. In the Sierra Nevada foothills it appears to have been collected only at the Alabaster Cave not far from Auburn. The only habitat known for A. hispidiila is the mind of Professor Greene. Fourth Annual Report of the Missotiri Botanical Gardeii con- tains, besides the usual Reports, etc., a list of plants collected by Albert S. Hitchcock in the Bahamas, Jamaica, and Grand Cay- man, 132 pages, and four plates of the new species, Pavonia Bahamensis Hitchcock, Anastraphia pauciflosculosa Wright, Etipho7'bia Blodgettii Engelm., and Eragrostis Bahamensis Hitch- cock. The remainder of the volume is occupied by " Further Studies of Yuccas and their Pollination" by William Trelease. 190 Recent Literature. [zoe Professor Trelease adopts, in accordance with Mr. Baker's views, the name, " Hesperoyucca " ioxYticca Whipplei, which he separates as a generic type. The article is accompanied by many excel- lent plates. North American Silenece and Polycarpece. By B. L. Robinson. Being the fifth of the new series of Contributions from the Gray Herbarium. This tentative revision is preliminary to treatment of the Caryophyllaceae in the Synoptical Flora and its object is stated to be "chiefly to secure aid through criticisms, and to call attention to such species, especially in the genera SUene and Lychnis as are still imperfectly known, so that if possible more complete material of them may be secured before final revision." The author evidently doubts the validity of certain accepted species of Silene and his remarks upon the distortion of the flowers of the type of Silene Lyalli by a well-known fungus are very suggestive. One new species of Lychnis, L. Taylorcs, and two of Silene, 5*. Watsoni (changed from Lychnis Californicd) and ►S. scaposa are proposed. S. simtdans is reduced to ^S. laciniata, S. inco?npta to ^. Bridgesii, S. plicata to S. Tliurberi, S. Shockleyi to 5*. mo7ita)ia, S. Maconnii & S. monantha to varieties of kS". Douglasii; S. purpurea is admitted " but not seen by the author." With the treatment of Loeflingia we do not agree and hope that fuller material will convince the author that there are not three American species. The appearance of a revision of the remain- ing genera is awaited with much interest, and from Dr. Robin- son's opportunities and well-known conscientiousness in research it cannot fail to be valuable. Contributions from the Herbarium of Columbia College, No. J5. An Emtme7'ation of the Plants collected by Dr. Thomas Morong in Paraguay, i888-i8go. By Thomas Morong and N. I,. Britton, with the assistance of Miss Anna Murray Vail. Reprinted from Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences vol. vii. The paper is of much consequence to the flora of South America. It has the interest which always attaches to botanical papers where the author has been at once collector and tvriter. Forest Influences — Bulletin No. 7 of the Forestry Division, U. VOL. IV.] Recent Literature. 191 S. Department of Agriculture. This is a series of papers by B. E. Fernow, M. W. Harrington, Cleveland Abbe, and G. E. Curtiss, on a subject of great economic importance. Grasses of the Pacific Slope, Part ii, being Bulletin No. 13 of the Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany. This part, issued after the death of Dr. Vasey, contains fifty plates with descriptions, titles, and index and completes the volume. It is a welcome addition to the literature of the Grasses. Erythea for July contains some new species of Californian Fungi by J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart; an account of A New Station for NotJiolcena tenera by S. B. Parish; Remarks on the Genoa Congress by Dr. Otto Kunze, and under the title " Novitates Occidentales " the usual new species, of the custo- mary value, by Professor Greene. A Dictionary of Botaiiical Terms: A. A. Crozier. Henry Holt & Co., New York 1892. The progress in the study of natural sciences during the later years has very considerably extended our points of view in many directions. In botany, for instance, investigations in morphology, anatomy and physiology have been carried out to such an extent as to make the introduction of new terms necessary, while many of the terms formerly used have been dropped. This introduction of new terms and change of older ones has caused considerable trouble to both authors and students. It is, therefore, very natural that a terminology thoroughly brought up to date would be welcomed all the world over, since a work of that kind would be both an assistance and guide to our reading and would enforce uniformity in using the terms as generally adopted. A work of that kind, it seems to us, should only be the product of careful literary research made by several specialists in their respective lines, in order to give a reliable result. We, therefore, felt very much surprised to see a book of this scope written by a single author. A mere look in the book soon convinced us that a very large number of terms had been compiled, and so far the book is of some use. But since this book will undoubtedly enter the libraries of our 192 Recent Literature . [zoe universities and colleges, we feel the more at liberty to discuss in how far it is to be recommended as a suitable dictionary for the study of botany. It appears, only too clearly upon careful examination, that the author of the present work has not possessed full knowledge of any of the many botanical lines which were supposed to be represented by modern or old terms in this book. The literary part of the work has not been done carefully, and the definitions of the various terms are very poor, and absolutely incorrect in many cases. What we hoped to find was not only an explanation of the words themselves, when taken from foreign languages, their derivation for instance, but also their true signification in botany, as they have been or are still applied by different authors. But in this respect the book does not give much information, indeed it seems as if the whole svibject has been treated more like a mere compilation without criticism rather than representing the result of literary research and original investigation. It is very unsafe to quote terms from a single article without trying to find out by original and confirmatory investigations what it really means. Instead of finding a uniformity in terms, as applied for instance to a series of homologous organs, we find often great confusion. In many cases the terms themselves are not correctly defined, besides a number of quite common ones are entirely overlooked. By considering the morphological terms it is striking to see, that the most essential points are often not given, and it seems necessary to give a few citations: "Cotyledon" is said to be "the first leaf or leaves of a plant; " we wonder if this also applies to Cryptogames ? ' ' Nut " is defined as being ' ' the fruit of certain trees and shrubs, consisting of a hard shell enclosing the seed." The principal characteristic, that a nut is indehiscent, is omitted. "Nutlet" is " a small nut, or nutlike seed or fruit as many achenia." We doubt whether it has ever been applied to seeds. " Paraphyses " are defined as "sterile filaments," while a filament is defined as " the stalk of an anther." " Utriculus " is referred to " utricle " as being "a fruit with VOL. IV.] Recent Literature. 193 inflated, membranous pericarp; " the very well-known utriculus of Carex is not mentioned and is not to be compared with such a kind of utricle. About "drupe" is only said that "it occurs in peach, almond, and cherry, being characterized by having a bony endocarp; " nothing is said about the fleshy exocarp. "Nectary" is, according to this dictionary, only "the part of a flower which secretes nectar." The common extra floral nectaries are silently passed by, and this is the more curious when we see under " gland," " also applied to certain wart-like swellings which are not secretory, [sic] as the abortive teeth at the base of the leaf of peach and cherry" ! These glands are certainly secretory, however. " Secretory " is not defined. ' ' Scape " is defined as " a peduncle rising from the ground, as in Sanguinaria, i. e,, a stalk from the root." The author has prob- ably never seen the large rootstock of this common plant. " Palet " of the grasses is defined as "the inner bract or chaff." This organ is, nevertheless, wanting in several genera; then the flowering glume would be the same as the palet, a terminology which is untenable. The singular position of this organ, the palet, with its back towards the mother-axis, seems entirely unknown to the author. If we turn to the anatomical and physiological terms, we find these still more defective, and it is often utterly impossible to draw any correct conclusion from the definitions of the various tissues, when compared with each other. " Cuticle " is said to be "the outer cell-wall of the epidermis;" "Leptome," which is credited to Potonie, is attributed to " vascular Cryptogames only," and "Hadrome," also credited to Potonie, and defined as " the phloem-like portion of fibro-vascular bundles in vascular Cryptogames." These two terms, leptome and hadrome, would then be identical, while in reality hadrome is used instead of the term xylem. Under " Phloem " we are told that " the inner bark is derived from the phloem and the wood from the xylem." Haberlandt was the first to introduce these terms, not Potonie. The author ought to have studied Haberlandt's Physiologische Pflanzen-anatomie — he would then have been spared much trouble, besides would have been able to define these terms correctly. 1 94 Recent Literature. [zoe In the definitions of Mestome, Stereome, Pericambium, and Endodermis, so plainly described by Schwendener, De Bary and other authors, it is surprising to find such confusion as occurs in this book. Mestome-sheath and Parenchyma- sheath are not defined at all, although the preface promises us very many terms from German botanists. Cells as ducts or reservoirs are represented only by " Laticiferous- vessels, i. e., anastomosing tubes." De Bary's comparative anatomy would have been a great help to the author, and would have shown him that far from all of these are anastomosing. Reservoir is not defined, not even the common tannin reservoirs. When these common terms are so badly treated, what can be expected in regard to the more complicated ones ? We merely need to look for the definition of " Chlamydo- spore " about which we learn that " they are formed asexually in Mucorini by free-cell formation." The words "transpiration" and " respiration " are so defined as to render it evident that the author is entirel}^ ignorant of even elementary physiology. In regard to recent cytological terms the book shows so many misinterpretations and omissions that it is diflBcult to see which authors, if any, have been consulted. And when finally we call attention to some of the most elementary terms as " aqueous " defined as '' nearly colorless, see hyaline," and " Eu " used as abbreviation and indicating, " when used after a species, that this is, certainly, a well-defined species, not a variety" ! (while as used by Gray it indicates that the species occurs in Europe also,) we have probably given sufficient data to enable the reader to estimate the value of this book as "a guide to teachers and students ' ' ! Considering this publication as it stands, it is hardly to be believed that the botanists, whose names appear in the preface, could really have given any critical thought either to the manu- script or to the proof of this book; if so explanations are in order. There is, on the other hand, a work to which the author does not refer, although many of the definitions show an unmistakable resemblance to the corresponding ones in it. The Century Dictionary seems to have been used very freely, and it is, there- [vol. i\'. Proceedings of Societies. 195 fore, very natural that mistakes and misinterpretations should occur frequently. The botanical part of the Century Dictionary is largely a compilation of words and definitions without due criticism. In reference to the revaews of this book which have appeared in the Botanical Gazette and in the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, one of two conclusions appears inevitable. Either the writers are themselves ignorant of modern botany, or they have followed the common and reprehensible practice of reviewing a book without having read it. The latter is the probable and more charitable conclusion. In contrast to these complimentary reviews of the book in question, we can only say it would have been much more beneficial to the study of botany in this countr}^ if the book had never been printed. Theo. Hoi,m. PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. California Academy of Sciences. May /, iSg^. Presi- dent Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from S. J. Holmes and W. L. Watts. The Librarian reported 236 additions to the library. Dr. George H. Horn, the well-known entomologist, was introduced by the President. Walter E. Bryant read a paper on the " Variations of the Bill of the California Jay." William L. Watts read a paper entitled " Notes on Quick- silver Deposits in California." Jiaie J, rSgj. President Harkness in the chair. Donations to the museum were reported from W. W. Price, Mrs. R. M. Austin, W. E- Watts, Gustav Eisen, Mrs. Geo. Buttner, Mrs. C. A. Boland, Charles Fuchs, Frank E. Harris, F. W. Gill. The Librarian reported 352 additions to the library. Dr. Gustav Eisen read a paper on •' Recent Investigations on the Pollination of the Fig." 196 Notes and News. [zoe Walter E- Bryant read a paper on "Some Cases of Albinoism in California Mammals," with exhibition of speci- mens. California Botanical Club. May S, iSgj. Miss East- wood in the chair. The following were elected to membership: Dr. C. F. Clark, Miss Anna T. O'Brien, Miss Alice Derrick, Dr. Mary G. Campbell, Miss Isabella D. Clark, Mrs. Jennie C. Kahler, Mrs. Ida M. Blochman, Miss G. M. Potter, Charles P. Grimwood, Mrs. C. E. Quigley. May 25, T8g^. President Dudley in the chair. Prof. W. R. Dudley spoke on his investigations of the polarity of the leaves of certain species of Wyethia and desired notes on the subject from observers. Jimc 5, iSgj. Dr. Gustav Eisen in the chair. Mrs. Clara Ferrer and Prof. F. H. Hillman were elected to member.ship. NOTES AND NEWS. The zoologically little known northern portion of the penin- sula of Baja California has been visited this year by two parties, both bringing back good collections of mammals, birds and reptiles. Messrs. Anthony and Thurber paid attention prin- cipally to birds and mammals, securing some new forms of the latter. Mr. Anthony's previous visit in 1889, supplementing the researches of Mr. Belding, leaves but little to be hoped for in the way of new forms of birds. The objective place of both ex- peditions was the high mountain San Pedro Martir. Messrs. Stowell and Eunt, of Eeland Stanford Jr. University, spent nearly two months in the same region this summer and obtained a good general collection, especially of the reptiles, and have made some valuable observations on the mammals and birds, especially on the status of Tamias obsairits. Both parties are to be congratulated on their successful work, and the results when published will add greatly to our knowledge of the peninsula VOL. IV.] Notes and News. 197 fauna, where it blends to some extent with that of Alta Cali- fornia. A new illustrated monthly journal, devoted to the nests and eggs of birds, is soon to appear under the editorship of Mr. H. R. Taylor, of Alameda, who is already known to oologists through these columns. Mr. Charles A. Keeler has returned from a voyage around Cape Horn to New York, much improved in health from a cruise of over four months. Mr. J. W. Blankinship has returned from a .six weeks' col- lecting trip in Northern California, with a large collection of plants, many of them rare in herbaria. Among them may be mentioned DelpJiinium idiginosiim. Astragalus Rattani, Howetlia timosa, Phacetia Rattani, Mimutiis midatus, Eriogonum tripodum Brodicca stdtaris, Broditza rosea, Fritiltaria plurijtora, Damason- iicm Catifornicitm. The Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, by far the most important west of the Mississippi, is rapidly increasing in size. During the present year it has already been aug- mented by about 20,000 sheets. Besides the continual additions made by its curators in California, it has lately received by the generous kindness of the Gray Herbarium, the private collection of Dr. George Thurber; from Professor C. S. Sargent, of the Arnold Arboretum, a complete and carefully classified set of the trees and shrubs of that fine botanic garden. From Miss Eastwood it has received the plants collected by her during the whole of the last summer in Colorado and Utah; from W. H. Shockley, all the duplicates of his herbarium; from T. S. Brandegee, all the dupli- cates of his collections in California and Baja California; and from corresponding botanists, smaller collections too numerous for mention. These, in addition to the usual purchases, make a very large total for the first half of the current year. The per- manent mounting of the plants on sheets of white paper is in steady progress. The mounting paper of the herbarium is of somewhat different dimensions from the ordinary standard in America, the sheets being 11x17 inches. 198 Notes and News. [zoe Professor Daniel C. Eaton, Yale University, New Haven, Conn., desires specimens of Sphagnum, or Bog Mosses, from Cali- fornia. They have been found in swamps near Mendocino City; at the head of Williams Lake, near Lassen Peak; in wet meadows, Mariposa Grove; in bogs near Kings River; Mt. Dana, Mt. Brewer, Upper Tuolumne Caflon, Yosemite Valley in the spray of Vernal Falls. The following instructions for collecting' and preserving should be noted. They may be expected anywhere in cold bogs: " All the plants for one series of sixty specimens should be gathered at one time and place, to avoid the chance of mixing two different forms under one number. The plants of dense habit of growth should be separated into broad, thin specimens while fresh, cleaned of foreign matter, and preserved in botan- izing portfolios in the usual manner, taking care not to subject ihem to any severe compression . Just enough pressure to keep them flat is enough. Floating plants, such as the plumose forms of .5. cus- pidatum, are best prepared by spreading the specimens on letter- paper, as is usual in preserving the more delicate seaweeds. If the collector has no means of pressing the specimens, they may be gathered in bulk, and, when air-dried, .sent in packages to Professor Eaton, who can have them softened and spread out for drying at some convenient time. Care should be taken to note the place and time of each collecting, and the approximate height of the station above sea-level." Professor C. H. Gilbert and Professor O P. Jenkins, of the Stanford University, have joined Dr. Barton W. Evermann, of the U. S. Fish Commission, in an expedition to examine the headwaters of the Columbia in regard to the fish fauna, the obstructions to the ascent of salmon, and the location of a salmon hatchery. Professor W. E. Ritter, of the State University, has spent a part of his vacation in making, with the assistance of several of his students, a biological reconnoisance of Santa Catalina Island. Professor C. H. Tyler-Townsend, of the Agricultural Col- lege, Las Cruces, New Mexico, has taken the position of Curator of the Scientific In.stitute at Kingston, Jamaica. PLATE X/.Vl. CyScSALPINIA REPErJS. 'L.ATc: X;<.VII GILIA SUPERBA. A BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL Vol. IV. OCTOBER, 1893. No. 3. SOUTHERN EXTENSION OF CALIFORNIA FLORA. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. The flora of the Peninsula of Baja California has usually been considered to be nearly the same as that of Southern Alta California, and Mr. Hemsley for that reason has given it no place in his Botany of the Biologia Centrali-Americana. A region extending through nine degrees of latitude, having California for its northern boundary and its southern portion lying within the tropics, with its northern vegetable life controlled by the alterna- tion of winter and summer and its southern dependent on tropical rains, cannot possess a similar flora throughout its entire length. There is a point situated between these extremes of latitude and differences of climate where there is a change in the flora, a change from that of the south to one that is in great part Californian. The middle latitudes of the Peninsula do not seem to have any well defined seasons of vegetable life, and the time of flowering may follow winter rains of the northern climate if they should extend southward, or the summer showers from the tropics when they reach northward. Even as far south as Mag- dalena Bay this shifting of growing season is apparent, and mj own visits there have shown me that in two successive years all the annuals and most of the perennials burst into life with the new year in consequence of the December rains, but during a following year, in January, hardly a flower could be seen, most of the bushes were leafless and the only signs of vegetable life to be found were remnants from the profusion that existed in October after a series of heavy tropical rains. The point at which the most decided change in the flora is seen occurs at about latitude twenty-eight degrees, in the vicinity of El Campo Aleman, and Calmalli, on the divide between the drainage sloping 200 Southern Extension of California Flora. [^oe southward into the San Ignacio I,agoon and that running north- west into the Pacific. It has been shown in Zoe* that the flora of the Cape Region shows a greater aflSnitj^ to that of Sonora than to that of Alta California and a preponderance of Mexican forms prevails as far north as Calmalli, where the vegetation, on account of the disappearance of southern plants and the accession of numerous northern ones, assumes a decidedly Californian aspect. Of course there is not as great a change as would be caused by the inter- vention of a high mountain range or a bod}' of water, but at the lower and middle elevations the traveler from the south soon perceives a difference in the surrounding vegetation after crossing the low divide before reaching Calmalli. East and west of this dividing region, higher and as yet unexplored mountains extend southward and doubtless carry along their summits many Californian plants to a lower degree of latitude, and the impossibility of drawing a line between the northern and southern floras is further shown by the fact of maritime species of the Pacific Coast extending their limits southward a greater distance than would be sus- pected, especially upon the islands, in the same manner as the more southern maritime flora is continued northward to those islands oflf the coast of Alta California. There is another localit}^ equally important concerning the southern extension of Californian flora and especially interesting in that it must certainly be the most southern habitat of many plants. This interesting region is the high mountain known as San Pedro Martir, situated about one hundred and twenty-five miles southeast from San Diego, and much nearer to the Gulf of California than the Pacific Ocean. It is an extensive plateau rather than a mountain, having an elevation of seven or eight thousand feet and traversed by numerous rock}- ridges reaching two or three thousand feet higher. It is the highest part of the elevated region extending southward from Campo and the Cuya- maca Mountains, which here culminates and falls away at the south to so low an elevation, that in crossing the Peninsula from *Zoe iii, 223. VOL. i\'.] Southern Extension of California Flora. 201 El Rosario to Calamujuet, no considerable range impedes the traveler. The climate of San Pedro Martir is cold in winter; ice is formed on standing water even during the month of May, and like most elevated regions the rainfall is greater than on the neighboring lower lands. The ridges traversing the plateau have a barren, desolate appearance, and the large rounded rocks with which they are covered form a striking feature of the landscape. Between these ridges little brooks arise and find their way at first through extensive green meadows, then run rapidl}^ down the very steep mountain sides toward the Pacific Ocean. Trees of good size are found almost over the whole plateau and in some places are very abundant. Pimis Jeffrcyi is the most common, but on the ridges a few sugar pines {P. Lambertia^ia) and along the streams some cedars [Libocedr-iis) keep them company. In a few locali- ties some " quaking asp," " cypress " and silver fir can be found but they are not common, and at the lower elevations one of the pinon pines, P. Parryana, is almost the only tree. Oaks that never become large enough to be called trees are plentiful and form part of the underbrush that in manj^ places, especially on ridges, is so thick as to be almost impenetrable; this chaparral is made up mainly of Manzanita and Ceanothus. Other bushes are scattered about and often in some localities they are abundant; the most noteworthy of these being: Garrya Veatchii at lower and Garrya Wrightii at higher elevations, Rhavinus Catifornica in almost every place and a willow common along the streams. Our present knowledge of the vegetation of Northern Lower California has been mainl}' derived from several collections by Mr. C. R. Orcutt, who has traveled from its northern boundary as far south as El Rosario and San Fernando; and from the explorations of Dr. Edward Palmer about San Quentin and Lagoon Head. Mr. Orcutt has published a catalogue containing names of plants growing in Lower California, but no definite localities are given. The results of Dr. Edward Palmer's collect- ing have been published by the Department of Agriculture, and the California Academy of Sciences has printed in its Proceed- ings an account of the plants found on the trip between Magdalena 202 Southern Extension of California Flora. [zoE Bay and San Quintin. All plants mentioned in these publi- cations as having been collected about San Quintin and farther south have been omitted from the following list. The writer made an excursion in May during the present year to San Pedro Martir, starting from San Diego, and the appended list contains names of plants collected at their most southern known habitat, and on this account is not a complete one of the flora of San Pedro Martir as it might seem from the frequency with which the name of this mountain appears: Ranuncttlus aquatilis ly. Common in and about the ponds of San Pedro Martir. Ranunculus hydroch a routes Gray. Very abundant in the ponds of San Pedro Martir. Aquilegia truncata F. & M. Common on San Pedro Martir. Ronineya Coulteti Harv. This is often seen along the valleys between Tia Juana and Colnett, and it is abundant on the hills about San Pedro Martir. Dendroniecon riri.iuni Benth. Along the edge of the plateau of San Pedro Martir. Ptxpaver Calif jrnicuin Gray. On burned ground twenty miles south of Tia Juana. Arabis Holbvellii Hornem. San Pedro Martir. Vesicaria Fendteri Gray. San Pedro Martir. Barbai'ea vulgaris R. Br. Common at the locality known as I,a Grulla, where it was probably introduced. Cardamine pauciseda Benth. Carton Salado. Viola peduncutata T. & G. Colnett. Arenaria alsinoides Willd. San Pedro Martir, perhaps its northern limit. Calyptridiuni nwnandru/u N nit. Abundant from near Colnett to San Pedro Martir. Montia fontana I,. Very small plants growing amongst other vegetation in damp soil on San Pedro Martir. Sidalcea malvceflora Gray. Growing in the wet meadows of San Pedro Martir. VOL. IV.] Southern Extension of California Flora. 203 Fremnntia Californica Torr. A single specimen was found in the Salado Canon near Colnett. Lhuim perenne L- Common on San Pedro Martir. Geranium c.Tspitosiun James. San Pedro Martir. Rhus ovata Watson. Common on San Pedro Martir. Rhus intcgrifolia Nutt. This is usually a much branched shrub, but in some localities it becomes a tree having a diameter of more than a foot. It is known when large by the name mahogany. Rhamnus Californica Ksch. A very common bush on San Pedro Martir. Ceanothus cordulatus Kellogg. A bush forming thickets six feet high. Flowers white and sometimes decidedly light purple in color. Highest elevations of San Pedro Martir. Ceanothus Gregg ii Gray. Flowers white. San Pedro Martir. Ceanothus Palmeri Trelease. Twigs green, leaves more or less dentate, flowers blue. The . most beautiful species of Ceanothus on San Pedro Martir. Ceajiothus hirsutus Nutt. Slopes of San Pedro Martir. LupiNUS PALLiDUS. Annual, a few inches in height, branch- ing from the base, often spreading and forming tufts nearly a foot in diameter, densely strigose-pubescent and with some spreading hairs, leaflets five or six, spatulate, rounded at apex, 10-15 mm. long, usually much shorter than the petiole; stipules adnata for half their length: racemes short-peduncled, terminating the branches, capitate in flower, elongating but dense in fruit; bracts much shorter than the calyx: upper lip of calyx, 3 mm. long, deeply cleft into two divergent lobes; lower lip a third longer, oblong, very shortly three-toothed at apex; bracteoles none: corolla white without markings, about twice the length of the calyx; entirely glabrous; standard shorteV than the wings and shortly cleft keel: ovary four-ovulate; pod pubescent, three or four seeded; seeds white marbled with black. Sands in the dry bed of the creek near the Mission of San Vincente in northern Baja California, May, 1893. Lupimis trioicatiis Nutt. Slopes of San Pedro Martir. 204 Southern Extension of Califomiia Flo^'a. [zoE Hosackia grandiflora Benth. var. anthylloides Gray. Saa Pedro Martir. Hosackia deciimbens Benth. var. Nevadeiisis Watson. San Pedro Martir. Hosackia crassifolia Benth. San Pedro Martir. Psoralea orbicularis Lindl. Along strearas among the foot- hills of San Pedro Martir. Amorpha Califoriiica Nutt. San Pedro Martir. Ainorpha fruticosa L- Guadaloupe Creek. Astragolics circicDidafus Greene. Common on San Pedro Martir. The growing plants are prostrate and the fruit lies upon the sand in which it usually grows. The green pods are fleshy after the fashion of A. Caryocarpus and the surrounding margin which is said to be " quite peculiar " and suggested the name of the species, appears only after drying. Prunus emarginata Walpers. San Pedro Martir. Rubies ursinus C. & S. Growing about the foothills of San Pedro Martir. Fragaria Calif ornica C. & S. San Pedro Martir. Horkelia Californica Ch. & Schl. represented in northern central California by broader leaved forms which have received various names, as Potentilla Kelloggii Greene, P. elata Greene and P. frondosa Greene (which appears to be quite the same as Horkelia grandis H. & A. Bot. Beech. 339.) appears to diminish the size of its leaflets as it recedes from the seabord or goes southward. The southern and montane forms, P. Parryi Greene, P. pttberula Greene, P. Clevclandi Greene and P. Lindleyi Greene (the latter substituted for Horkelia cuneata Ch. & Schl. on account of an earlier homonym, though there is an available synomym, Horkelia Doiiglasiana Nutt. Bot. Beech. 33S.) reach on San Pedro Martir a leaf form almost as narrow as in typical Ivesia. There appears to be no character in the greater part of these proposed species to warrant their retention even as varieties. P. nudtijuga L,ehm. is described without mention of the stamens, and including it in the synonymy of Horkelia Californica necessarily infers that the artist who made the drawing was mis- VOL. iv.J Southern Extension of California Flora. 205- taken not only in their number but in the character of the filaments. Potentilla Wheeleri Watson. Growing on cliffs at dry, high elevations of San Pedro Martir. The plants are much larger than the original specimens and are very fragrant and somewhat glandular. Potentilla glandidosa L,indl. San Pedro Martir. Rosa Calif ornica C. & S. San Pedro Martir. Rosa ininiitifolia Engelm. Abundant near the coast from north of Ensenada to below El Rosario. It extends into the interior a dozen or more miles from the Pacific slope. In some localities most of the bushes produce white flowers. Amelaiichier ahiifolia Nutt. San Pedro Martir. Heteromeles arbiitifolia Roem. Growing along streams about the foothills of San Pedro Martir. This bush does not seem to have been found between here and the mountains of the Cap^ Region. Heuchera rubescens Torr. San Pedro Martir. Philadelphus serpy llifolius Gray. Common amongst rocks San Pedro Martir. Ribes sang nine um Pursh. San Pedro Martir. CEnothera biennis L. San Pedro Martir. Megarrhiza Californica Torr. This is common at lower elevations and has been found far south of San Ouentin. Speci- mens of variations in the shape and outline of the leaf were col- lected from one locality — they show all degrees of lobing between entire and divided nearly to the centre. This leaf variation is common in western species of Echinocystis and characters based on forms of the leaf evidently have no value. D alls ca g lorn erata B. & H. San Pedro Martir. Cerens phoenicens Engelm. grows on San Pedro Martir and has been found as far south as Comondu. Cereus gumniosus Engelm. reaches to north of Ensenada, but the plants are dwarfed. Selinum capilellatuni B. & H. Common on San Pedro Martir. 2o6 SoiitJiern Extension of California Flora. [zoe Velcca argnfa (T. & G.) San Pedro Martir. Hydrocotylc raminailoidcs \^. San Pedro Martir. Garrya Wrightii Torr. San Pedro Martir. Also found in the Cape Region Mountains. Garrya Veatchii Kell. San Pedro Martir; the type was from Cerros Island. Symphoricarpos mollis Nutt. San Pedro Martir. Sambvciis glaiica^wXX. Not common on San Pedro Martir. Lonicera hispiditla Dougl. var. Common on San Pedro Martir. Brickellia Californica Gray. San Pedro Martir. Aplopappiis liiicarifolius DC. Foothills of San Pedro Martir. Chrysopsis sp. San Pedro Martir. Erigcron concinnus T. & G. San Pedro Martir. Erigcron flagellarls Gray. San Pedro Martir, a low form with rough pubescence. Antenaria dioica Gaertn. San Pedro Marlir. Franseria die nopod it folia Benth. From Magdalena Bay to north of Ensenada. Franseria bipinnatifida Nutt. Sea beach at Colnett. Franseria camphorata Greene. Mesas about Vallederos. Helianthus Californicus DC. Ver^^ abundant on San Pedro Martir and San Telmo Creek. Leptosyne maritima Gray. Nearly to Cape Colnett. Madia vaIvIDA. Perennial, suffrutescent, branching, two or three feet high, rather sparsely covered and the leaves margined with stipitate glands, the peduncular end of the branches long- hairy, leafy nearlj' to the top; leaves alternate, somewhat rigid linear-lanceolate, 2-4 cm. long, 4 mm. wide: heads 2 cm. long, rather narrow, outer bracts rather few (8-10) long, and narrow; completely enwrapping the akene, the lanceolate tips spreading, inner bracts about as many united into a cup: rays 15-18 cm. long, broadly linear, bright j^ellow; akenes of the ray without pappus, glabrous, strongly compressed, striate, slightly falcate- VOL. IV,] Southern Extension of California Flora. 207 oblique; disk akenes numerous apparently fertile, striate, nearly- glabrous with a pappus of 15-20 stout paleaceous awns 10 mm. long, plumose to the base, equaling the disk flowers and about a third longer than the akenes. San Antonio, Lower California, on the road between Tia Juana and Ensenada, June 4, 1893. The plant looks much like some of the more glabrous forms of Aplopappus linearifolins. Hemizo7iia Parryi Greene. This plant was collected near Caiion Salado with stems of the preceding year remaining attached to the root, showing that it may become perennial. Hulsea CalifoDiica T. & G. Very common on San Pedro Martir. It is much less floccose-woolly than the form from Alta California. Chceaactis Parisliii Gray. Common on San Pedro Martir. Artemisia tridentata Nutt. San Pedro Martir and San Telmo Creek. Scnccio LeininoJii Gray. Vallederos Creek. Scnecio Califoniicus DC. Colnett. Cniais Dntmuiondii var. acaulcsccns Gra3^ Common about the wet meadows of San Pedro Martir. Cuicns CalifoDiicus Gray. San Pedro Martir. Hieracium Braiidegei Greene. San Pedro Martir. Agrees with the typical specimen excepting that the pappus is longer. Taraxacum sp. San Pedro Martir; perhaps introduced. Arctostaphylos Pringlei Parrj'. San Pedro Martir. Blooming later and more viscous, with redder bracts and flowers than the other species. Arctostaphylos glaiica I,indl. San Pedro Martir. Very abun- dant. Sarcodes sangiunea Torr. Not uncommon on San Pedro Martir. Frasera albomarginata Watson. San Pedro Martir. Fi'asera Parryi Torr. San Pedro Martir. Gitia bclla Gray. San Pedro Martir. Gilia inconspiciia Dougl. San Pedro Martir. 2o8 SoutJiern Extension of California Flora. [zoE Gilia floccosa Gray. Slopes of San Pedro Martir. Gilia atradyloides Steud. San Telmo. Phacelia circmata Jacq. San Pedro Martir. Nama Parryi Gray. San Pedro Martir. Eriodidyon aiigiistifolium Nutt. San Pedro Martir. Eriodidyo)i sessilifoliuiii Greene, is common in many places in the northern peninsula. Mr. Greene was mistaken in crediting it to Alta California, for Mr. J. M. Hutchings, the earliest recorded collector, states that the label quoted * by Mr. Greene is an error and that the specimen was collected between Ensenada and Tia Juana. Convolvulus occidentalis Choisy. Slopes of 'San Pedro Martir. Solanum Xanti Gray. San Pedro Martir. Aphyllon fasdculatum Torr. San Pedro Martir. Pentstemon ceidranthifolius Benth. San Pedro Martir. Antirrhinum Nuttallianum Benth. San Pedro Martir. Cordylanthus Kingii Watson. San Pedro Martir. Mimulus Paluicri Gray. Very abundant on San Pedro Martir. Mimulus Frevwnti Gray. Hills at foot of San Pedro Martir Mimulus brcvipes Benth. Near Vallederos. Mimulus cardinalis Dougl. San Pedro Martir. Limosella aquatica L. San Pedro Martir. Monardella linoidcs Gray. San Pedro Martir. Acanthomintha ilidfolia Gray. Hills about San Telmo. Audiberiia incana Benth. var. padiystadiya QxslJ. San Pedro Martir. Stadiys ajugoides Benth. San Pedro Martir. Drunella vulgaris L,. San Pedro Martir. This appears again in the Cape Region Mountains. Monarda macrantlia var. tcnuiflora Gray. San Pedro Martir. Rumex salicifolius Weinm. San Pedro Martir. * Bull. Cal. Acad, i, 201. VOL. IV.] Southern Extension of California Flora. 209 Polygoninn amphibiuni ly. San Pedro Martir. Eriogoniim Wrtghtii Torr. San Pedro Martir. Plaiamts racemosa Nutt. Slopes of San Pedro Martir. Phoj'adendron juniperiniDn var. Libocedri Engelm. Growing on Libocednis deciirrens. Phoradendron Dolleanuin Eichl. Growing on Cupressiis Guadaliipensis. ArceutJiobium occidentale Kngelm. On P. poiidcrosa. Euphorbia Palmeri Engelm, San Pedro Martir. The speci- mens show the gland erose rather than crenate. It is common and usually yellow with a conspicuous ^cidium. Popidus iremuloides Michx. San Pedro Martir. Found grow- ing in several places. Oiiercus agrifolia Nee. Base of San Pedro Martir, Santa Cruz Creek. Very large trees. QuercHs JVislizem A. DC. San Pedro Martir, in the form of large bushes. Querciis chrysolepis L,iebm. Common on San Pedro Martir. Oiierciis grisea Liebm. Very abundant on the higher eleva- tions of San Pedro Martir. QuercHS dicmosa Nutt. Hills near San Telmo. Sisyrinchiunt bellum Wats. San Pedro Martir. Smilacina stellata Desf. San Pedro Martir. Ju7icus triformis var. uniflonts Engelm. San Pedro Martir. Sometimes so abundant as to redden moist ground. The speci- mens are all dimerous and even smaller than those noted by Dr. Engelmann. Epicavipes rigens Benth. San Pedro Martir. Elymus Sitanioii Schult. San Pedro Martir. Juniperus Californica Carr. This large bush or small tree is common on the hills about the base of San Pedro Martir and has been collected much farther south. Ciipressus Giiadalupensis Watson. San Pedro Martir. Seen in but one locality. 2IO SmitJiern Exievsion of California Flora. [ZOE Abies concolor Lindl. San Pedro Martir. Very few trees seen, Pimis Lamberliana Dougl. San Pedro Martir. Not abun- dant. Phiiis Parryana Kngelm. Common at the lower elevations of San Pedro Martir. Piniis pondcrosa Dougl. var. Jcff'O'^ Engelm. San Pedro Martir. The most abundant tree of the plateau. Libocedrus dccui-rcns Torr. San Pedro Martir. Not common. Polypodiiiin vulgarc L. San Pedro Martir. Pellcsa Ornithopus Hook. San Pedro Martir. AspleJiiiim septentrionalc Hoffm. San Pedro Martir. Woodsia Orcgana Eaton. San Pedro Martir. IVooduardia radicans Smith. San Pedro Martir. ,/ PERITYI.E ROTUNDIFOLIA (Benth.) Ajuaiirici rohindifolia Benth. Bot. Sulph. 31; Ferity le Fitchii Torr. Pac. R. Rep. iv, 100; Lapliaviia peninsularis Greene Bull. Cal. Acad, i, 8. Through the courtesy of Mr. W. Botting Hemsley of the Kew Herbarium, who has very kindly furnished us a few akenes of the type, the longdoubtful genus Amauria disappears at last from our flora. Exploration of the Peninsula of Baja California has in recent years been prosecuted to so considerable an extent, that the existence at a place so well known as San Quintin of a generic type not found by subsequent botanical visitors had become improbable, and attention was called to its possible identity with some known plant. It has not, so far, been found north of San Quintin. The shape of the akenes, rendering it a somewhat aberrant ■Perityle, is responsible for the circumstance of its havfng been named in three different genera. The specific name rotundifolia is much the earliest, indeed Perityle has over Amauria pre- cedence rather than priority. Like mo.st of the other species the flowers of P. rotiindifolia seem to be largely unfertilized, the akenes of the greater number being white and inane. "^ T. S. B. FI.ORA OF BOULDIN ISLAND. BY KATHARINE BRANDEGEE. In the centre of the great valley of California, where all its waters meet at what was once the deepest part of the immense lake contained by the encircling rim of mountains, there is a large area embracing many hundreds of square miles which is but little above the level of the sea. This meeting of the waters is a labyrinth of tortuous channels embracing green islands of all sizes, from the islet of a few rods, not yet firmly anchored and rising and falling with the tide, to such bodies of land as Grand and Sherman Islands many miles in length and breadth. Through the winding channels the river steamers and fishing sloops pick their way with ease, though the traveler, seeing them for the first time, becomes completely bewildered. The islands are all of the same formation, a pure and exceedingly fine vegetable mold arising from the decay of countless generations of " Tule " and without trace of sand or gravel. They are all either entirely or in great part below the level of the water, and in order to be habitable must have strong levees watched and maintained with sedulous care. The unleveed islands often have cattle pastured upon them, even in cases where the sod is so thin that the animals spend a considerable part of their time scrambling out of the ooze, into which the breaking of the crust has let them fall. The vegetation, however, though of a lush and vivid green, is coarse, and cattle do not at first thrive very well upon it. Of those enclosed by levees and in cultivation, Bouldin Island is a good example and is of more interest to botanists than any of the others, for upon it, in the autumn of 1872, Mr. C D. Gibbes collected the plants described by Dr. Kellogg in the Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences under the names of Hibis- cus Calif ornicus, Erigeron discoidea, Solidago elo7igata var. micro- cephala, Helianthus giganteits var. insidus and Hedeonia purpurea. The island has an area of about a dozen square miles and is owned by four men, who lease the lands on shares to Italians, Portuguese and Chinese. It is surrounded by the Mokelumne River and its sloughs. The levee is built of clay dredged from 212 Flora of Boitldin Island. [zoe the bottom of the river, and is added to year by year, as it is con- stantly sinking. Both sides of the levee are fringed with a dense growth of willows, alder, and the ever present "Tule." The land slopes to the centre and is irrigated by means of guarded openings in the levee, care being taken not to admit an undue quantity of water. The island is dry on the surface for the most part, although the water is but a short distance beneath, and the winds often raise the light loam from the roads in swirling clouds of dust. The ground shakes very perceptibly from the passing of wagons, and in many places even from a footstep, a peculiar- ity which is somewhat unpleasant until custom has rendered it familiar. The natural flora of the islands embraces but few species as would naturally be expected from the sameness of environment. It consists besides the prevailing " tules " — Scirpus lacustris and ^. Tatora — in great part of Psoralen macrostachya, Epilobiuvi holosericeum, Solidago occidentalis and ^S. elongata, Baccharis Doiiglasiii Helianthiis Calif ornicus , Artemisia vulgaris, Apocyiiuvi cannabinum. Convolvulus Sepium, Stacliys albens, Polygomivi Hartwrightii, Urtica holosericea, Alnus viridis, Salix longifolia & S. sessilifolia, Typha latifolia, Cyperus erythrorhizos, Phragniites communis, etc. The leveed islands abound in weeds as may be seen from the list appended. Their luxuriance in most cases far exceeds anything seen on the mainland, and the species are usually well diffused.' The vegetation is late, the time of fullest flowering being in August and September. The entire absence of many of the large genera and even families of Californian plants of the not distant mainland is very noticeable. Ranunculus aquatilis is the only plant belonging to that family to be expected, and even that has not been collected on Bouldin Island. There are no Caryophyllaceae except a stray Silene Gallica or Stellaria mediae no violets, no Saxifragaceae, no Hydrophyllaceae, no Polemoniaceae except an occasional recently immigrated Gilia sqiiarrosa, not a single Hemizonia or Eriogonum, and no plant belonging to the Orchidacese, Iridacese, or Liliacese, unless Lilium pardali7im}i should be found to occur in some places. The list below is the result of a visit to Bouldin Island, Sep- VOL. IV.] Flo7'a of Bouldin Island. 21 v) tember 6 and 7, 1892, and of a single day early in July of the present year. An inspection of other islands would undoubtedly add other introduced plants not yet known to our flora. It is not intended to be complete even for the flowering plants and ferns, but is approximately so. Those which are credited to our flora for the first time are marked =--. There remain as yet unidentified several which are plainly not native. Brasema peltata Pursh. The Slough in the centre of the island. Nuphar polysepalum Engelm. The same localitJ^ Sisymbrium officinale Scop. Nastartiiun ciirvisiliqiia Nutt. Capsclla Bursa- Pastoris L. Sileiie Gallica L. Stellaria media L. Portulaca oleracea L. '^Hypericitin nuttilum L. Hibiscus lasiocarpus Cav., H. Californicus Kell. About the banks of levees and sloughs. There seems to be no reason to consider it indigenous. Malva parviflora L- Trifolium repens L. Very common. T. pratense is one of the staple crops. Melilotus parviflora Desf. Medicago saliva ly. Hosackia subpinnala T. & G. Psoralca )iiacrosiaehya DC. Lalhyrus venosus var. Californicus Wats. Rosa Californica Ch. & Schl. Rubiis ursinus Ch. & Schl. Potentilla rivalis Nutt. Ly thrum albicaulis Bert., L. Sanfordi Greene. Jussicea 7'epens L,. 2 1 4 Flora of Bo2tldiii Island. [zoe Epilobinm holosericeum Barb. Epilobinm Franciscamim Barb. Epilobinm paniculatiim Nutt. CEnothera biennis ly. Hydrocotyle protifera Kell. Very abundant and fruiting in great profusion. Apiiim graveolens ly. Not common as it is about the borders of the Suisun Marsh. Qiyianthe sarnientosa Nutt. Ciaita Bolanderi Wats. Often ten feet high or more. Cephalafithus occidentalis L,. Galiimi trifidiiin L. Solidago elongata Nutt. Six to nine feet high with a pyram- idal panicle one to two feet long and half as broad. Solidago occidentalis Nutt. Of great size and luxuriance — perhaps the most abundant composite of the island. Aster Douglasii lyindl. Conyza Coidte r i GrSiy, Erigeron discoidea Kell. Frequent but not abundant. B a cellar is Doiiglasii DC Pluchea camphorata DC. Gnap/ialiuni paliistre Nutt. Ambrosia psilostachya DC. Xanthium strnmariuni L. Abundant, probably brought in by sheep which are ferried from the mainland to the stubble fields in September. Xa?ithium spinosicm L,. I,ess abundant than the last. Hclianthns Calif oniicns DC. H. giganteus var. insnhis Kell. Ten to fifteen feet high. Bidens clirysanthemoides Michx. Common about the ditches. ^Bidens frondosa L,. Very abundant about the roadsides. Matricaria discoidea DC. Artemisia vulgaris L- VOL. IV.] Flora of Bouldin Island. 215 Senecio vulgaris L. ^Cniciis lanccolatus Hoffca. Abundant and the only thistle observed on the island. Centaurea Melitensis I,. Laduca scariola L. Becoming common about the landings and roadsides. Ajiagallis atvensis L. Apocynum cajinabimnn L. Asclepias Mexicana Cav. Infrequent. Heliotropiiun Ciirassavicum ly. Convolvulics arvensis L. Abundant. Convolvulus Sepiiim L,. Common about the levees and banks of sloughs and about the marshy borders of the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers. The early flowers appear to hardly ever set their seeds. Cuscuta arvensis Beyr. Abundant. Solanu7n nigrujn ly. Scrophularia Californica Cham. Miniuliis I lit ens L. Veronica Americana Schwein. Utricularia vulgaris ly. Central Slough near the schoolhouse in company with Brasenia peltata, etc. ^^Mentha pulegioides'L,. Occasional, occurring also near the county road at Paradise Cut about four miles from Lathrop. Hedeonia purpurea Kell. changed by Dr. Gray in Bot. Cal. to Micromeria purptirea, proves to be Me7itha Canadensis L,. Dr. Kellogg's type is at Harvard. It is one of the rank abundant plants of the island. Lycopus sinuatus EH. In several forms. Lycopus lucidus var. Americanus Gray. Nepeta Glechonia Benth. Scutellaria galericulata L. "^ Sciitellaria lateriflora L. Stachys ajugoides Benth . 2 1 6 Flora of Boiildin Island. [zoe Marrtibiuni vulgare L,. Stachys albens Gray. Abundant and often very tall. Lippia lanceolata Michx. Verbena hastata I,. Very abundant and tall — five to eight feet high. Plant ago major L,. Planiago lanceolata ly. Runiex viaritimus ly. Rumex conglomeratns Murray. Rum ex cri spits L. Riunex obtusifolius L. Polygonum amphibium I^. Polygonum Hartwrightii Gray. Extremely abundant and of rank growth. Polygonum punclatuni Ell. Polyg07ium lapathifolium L. Verj^ abundant. Polygonum aviculare L,. Common. Polygonum Convolvulus L/. Amarajitus albus L. Amarantus retrofiexus ly. ^Aynaj'antus chlorostachys Willd. Amarantus. Not yet determined. Chenopodium ambrosioides L. Chenopodium album L- Urtica holosericea Nutt. Alnus incana Willd. var. virescens Wats. About the levees and along the overflowed margins of the streams as far down as Antioch. Sallx loHgifolia Muhi. Salix sessilifoUa Niitt. var. Hindsiana Anders. The two common willows of the islands. In September, on Bouldin Island, they, as well as all the other trees, are half covered and disfigured by the great webs of a tent caterpillar Hyphantria iextor. VOL. IV.] Flora of Bonldin I stand. 217 Popubis Fre^nonti Watson. Not common. Asparagus officinalis ly. A considerable part of the acreage of Bouldin Island is devoted to the cultivation of this plant. It is becoming abundantly naturalized, as might be expected from the profusion of seed. Typha la ti folia L. Lemna trisulca L,. Lemna minor L,. * Speirodela polyrrhiza ( L,) . Alistna Plantago ly. Sagittaria sagithefolia L. var. , ^. Sinensis Sims. The Chinese plant this for its edible tubers, and it has escaped and is thor- oughly at home in nearly all the marshy lands of the Sacramento and San Joaquin. It ripens a very large number of seeds, which are widely disseminated by the waters. /uncus effustis L. Juncus xiphoides Me5'-er. ■ Cyperus erythrorhizos Muhl. Scirpus lacustris I,. Scirpus Tatora Kunth. Scirpus Olneyi Gray. E,leocharis palustris R. Br. Carex. Not determined. Panicum Crn.<-gaUi'L(. The most common grass. Setaria glauca Beau v. Phleum pratense L. Phalaris Canariensis ly, Polypogon Monspeliensis Desf. Agrostis alba L- Agrostis scabra Willd. Agrostis verticillata Vill. Holcus lanatus L,. Phragmites com >n ion's Trin. 2i8 The species of AmblycJiila. [zoE Lohtim perenne L,. Horde inn viurinum L,. Equisetiuii arvensc I,. Abundant on the clay of the levee. Woodwardia i-adicans Smith. Aspleniiim Filix-foemina Bernh. Aspidiiun rigidnm var. arguhim Eaton. Ferns were observed only about the levee. Mosses, Liverworts and Lichens are conspicuous only by their absence, but fungi — parasitic on living plants — abound. THE SPECIES OF AMBLYCHILA. [with Plates xxviii, xxix.] BY J. J. RIVERS. Are there three species of Amblychila, or two, or only one? Having before me the three forms that have received names, and having also Say's and Reiche's descriptions and also Thom- son's " Monographie des Cicindelides " together with my descrip- tion oi Am. Baroni, lam well prepared as far as material is con- cerned to give a resume of the luckless paths into which Amblychila cylindriformis Say, A. Picolominii Reiche, and A, Baroni Rivers have been made to travel. In 1823 Say published his description oi A. cylindriformis; in 1839 another form which belonged to the Dupont collection was described and figured under the name of A. Picolominii Reiche. This insect was said to have been found near the bay and port of San Francisco, California, in latitude forty-eight degrees north. The locality is considered altogether an erroneous citation, as San Francisco, Cala. is in thirty-seven degrees, forty-seven. ThediflS- culty in the way of coming to an agreement in the identification of these insects is the fact that both our most learned coleopterists have pronounced Dupont's examples to be A. cylindriformis of Say, while Reiche and Chaudoir consider them or some of them as a distinct species. There appears much confusion concerning the identity of A, Picolominii. Thomson's monograph gives a copy of the VOL. IV.] The Species of Ainblychila. 219 description and a figure from Dupont and Reiche, but calls it A. cylhidriformis of Say, though neither the description nor the figure agrees with it. I fear that the author of the " Mono- graphic des Cicindelides " must have been influenced by reading the opinions of our two great coleopterists and copied the description and the figure of Dupont and Reiche without review, lyook at the figure on plate 3, fig. 3 in Thomson's Mono- graph and guess what induced the author to call it A. cylindriformis Say. The two species are abundantly distinct and I feel certain that such eminent men as Le Conte and Horn have not been shown the insect that furnished the figure illus- trated in Thomson's Monograph. Dr. Horn recently wrote me that the French coleopterists considered my A. Baroyii as a small example of A. Picolominii. I had already begun to be of that opinion, and after further consideration I must own that the French opinion is the correct one. I hold that there are two species, viz.: Amblychila cylindriformis Say* and Ainblychila Picolominii Dupont Collection, PL 19 fig. i a6 and Reiche f and that Amblychila Baioni Rivers is the male of .•^. Picolominii. It appears to be an impossibilit}' for anyone to write a correct history oi Amblychila and formulate a reliable description, or at least one that will meet with the approval of the coleopterolog- ical fraternit}^ The description by Sa}' is rather terse, there being an omission of the very coarse and distinct punctuation of the apex of the elytrse. Reiche seems to have done some bad work also, for his Picolominii is said to have these coarse puncturings on the apex of elytra, showing that he must have had both species under examination, for the examples from Arizona are impunctate at the apex of the elytra. Reiche says : " de gros points irregulierement places a la base et a Vextremite des HytresP The third form, which I recently received from Peach Springs, Northwestern Arizona, and which I take to be Reiche's Picolomiiiii and the species named Baroyii from Southern Arizona, both have elytral apices free from points or punctures. So that Dr. Horn and others must have some other reasons for * Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. Vol. x Proceed, p. iv. t Aiinales S c. Eat. de France p. 557, 1839. 2 20 The Species of Amblychila. [zoe considering the Dupont specimens as those of the Texan form of cylindriformis. But what are we to do with the great bulk of the description by Reiche, which does not fit cylindriformis Say; and what with the figure in Thomson, which is a good portrait of my recent addition from Arizona ? In the description of A. Baroni a glaring mistake was made in sex, calling the example a female when it should have been recorded as a male, as a subsequent examination proved it to be. Say's description may be taken as fairly good. His appli- cation of the name is also good, as it would be applicable. The form is subcylindric or subquadrate, but neither of these terms would be appropriate to either of the other species or forms, because they are wider than deep, and altogether flatter insects. Description: P'orm gracefully elongate-oval. Above wholly shining black with high polish. Beneath also shining black. Head subquadrate; clypeus with the usual marginal punctures; behind the clypeal suture are two punctures widely separated; behind the second or frontal suture are two punctures as in A. Baroni but there are about ten or twelve other punctures difiering both in number and position from those seen in Baro?ii. Thorax strongly convex; longer than wide as observed from above; broad across the front and produced in the middle; much narrowed behind; from the front angles runs a well defined raised continuous marginal line which extends along the lateral and basal margins; an uneven longitudinal central impressed line begins infirml}^ on the basal margin and ceases about where the arcuate impressed line crosses the fore part of the disc. Elytra twice as long as wide; much flattened on the central area; two-thirds from sutural line arises a well-defined carina, it is high and sharp, beginning at the base and ending abruptly one-fourth from the apex. A raised line just as bold as the carina runs nearly parallel to it, but beginning a little short of the base and ending firmly and nearer the apex than does the carina, this line is punctured at wide intervals and becomes slightly serrate at the base. Another raised line, which might be termed the acute margin, begins on the basal angle but does not reach so near to the apex as the other line or the carina; this line is strongly mucronate and at the basal angle it becomes VOL. IV.] The Species of Amblychila. 221 strongly serrate. The central area forming the disc inside the carinse has at the base on each side of the suture four broken rows of muricate punctures, which are reduced to two rows at the middle, then reduced to one row and entirely obsolete before reaching the apex. In the space between the carina and the first raised line are alternate rows of muricate punctures, beginning at the base with two and increasing to four rows apically, but all becoming obsolete on the apex. Between the first and second line, the space is occupied by two or three rows of muricate punctures; between the second line and the real margin are from two to four rows of the same kind of punctures as before mentioned, but on the epipleural portion near the apex are some minute punctures without points, spines, or mucrons or bristles, but all the other punctures carry a bristle or stiff hair. The reasons for considering this species Picolominii Reiche are numerous. It agrees in the main with the descriptions by Reiche and Thomson and also with the latter's figure though by some oversight he calls it cylindriformis Say, while it is a good portrait of the insect described above. Reiche says: "The only specimen I ever saw was a female." Now what has become of that insect or where is the specimen that furnished Thomson with his figure? The reasons for considering Baroni as the male of Picolominii are: It is of the same color, has the same kind of puncturing, and is wanting only in carina and complete raised lines; these, however, can be traced by close analysis. At the base of the elytra in Baroni the beginnings of raised lines are visible and the method of their formation is plainly discernible. The spines on the front margin of the punctures being depressed and fused into a continuous line by contact with their nearest neighbors, the keel formation begins. This is easily traced in Baroni but it being the male form there is not the same necessit)' for keels and carinae as there is in the female, of which sex Picolomi)ui seems to be. Cyli7id/i/ormis Say has little relation as a species to Baroni or Picolominii; the coloring and the style of ornamentation differ. In the former species the elytra are usually brownish, but in the latter black is the color. In the former two kinds of punctural markings are always present while in the latter there is but one uniform style. 2 22 TJie species of Amblyclnla. [zoe Cylindriformis Say (not of Thomson) is closely punctured all over the elytra with large and small punctures on a rugulose ground. Picolominii and JBaroni have but few punctures, far apart on a smooth ground and flat surface. The number of punctures in each species should be noticed: in cylindriformis there are about 230 — 240 on the central or sutural line and near the suture there are about 40. In Picolominii the whole number in the same area does not number over 40, while near the suture there are but three or four. On the deflexed portion of the elytra and covering the apex, large punctures occup)- all avail- able space. On the same part in the other species the apices are smooth. Cylindriformis. Picolojiiinii. Length, 30 m.m.; color, browu- Length, 25 m.m.; color, deep ish; surface of elytra rugulose and black; surface of elytra smooth and irregularly punctate; apex of elj'tra regularly punctate; apex of elytra very coarsely punctured. with punctures scarcely visible. Locality Peach Springs, Truxton Valley, N. W. Arizona. Altitude, 5000 feet. Peach Springs is about sixty miles from the nearest boundary line of Nevada, and about eighty miles from the Californian state line. The regions traversed by the Colorado of the west and its western tributaries .seem to be th,e habitat of Picolominii. The original statement that it was found near the Port and Bay of San Francisco, in New California, is presumably a mistake. The confusion may have arisen from copying from the ship's log, which gave the final clearing from the western coast as the port above cited. But I think that Picolomini went up the Bay or Gulf of California, and then followed the course of the Colorado and Gila Rivers. What suggests such a course is the fact that Baro7ii was found on the Gila and the Picolominii on the Colorado, and possibly Picolomini took his example a ? in the San Fran- cisco Mountains. The original description of ^. Picolominii is appended. Ambi^ychila Picoi^ominii Dupout Collection. (Voyez PI. 19, fig. I a 6.) Longueur 28 millim. largeur, 9 millim. Ater, nitidtii; capite hevigato; thorace subqnadrato, hcvigato subcanalicidalo; elylris obsolete punctulatis, lineis tribus elevatis; interstitiis, piincte profunde itnpressis. VOL, IV.] General Bird Notes. 223 FcEMiNA. Corps entierement d'un uoir brillant, poli. Te/t", lisse; deux enfoncements larges peu marques, entre les yeux; deux points enfonces au-dessus de chaque orbite. EpiUome, lisse; uu gros point enfonce de chaque cote. Labre, lisse; de gros points enfonces le long de sa marge; ces points, comme ceux des orbites et de I'epistome, ser^'ant d'insertious a des poils raides. Anteitnes avec quelques poils rares; leur quatre premiers articles d' uu brun noirrtre; les autres obscurs, pubescents. Palpes, d'un brun noirrtre, avec I'extremite de chaque article un peu clair. Corselet aussi long que large, avec quelques rides transverses tres fines; deux impressions anterieures, arquees, paralleles, obsoletes, et une autre droite, encore moins marquee le long du bord posterieur. E/ytres, presque le double plus large que la base du corselet, ovales, allongees, converts de tres petits points enfonces presque effaces; carene effacee a son extremite, n'atteignant que les elnij sixiemes de la longitetir de l' eiytre; une ligue elevee, aigue, aux deux tiers du disque de I'elj'tre, vers la carene; une autre au tiers de I'epipleure, toutes deux plus courtes que la carene; une premiere serie lougitudinale de gros points enfonces sur la disque, allant jusqu' a I'extremite de I'elytre; une seconde semblable dans I'intervalle de la premiere ligne elevee et de la carene, et ime troisieme dans I'iutervalle de la carene et de la seconde ligne elevee: celle-ci, comme la carene, crenelee par des points enfonces tres serres; de gros points irreg- ulierement places a la base et a I'extremite des elytres, et les epipleures couvertes de points semblables plus rapproches; la plupart de ces points, precedes d'un petit point eleve, servant d' insertion a un poil raide. En dessous les segments de I'abdomen lisses, avec quelques gros points enfonces de chaque cote. Pattes couvertes de poils noiratres. L,e seul individu que j'aie vu de cette espece est une femelle: M. Dupont I'a dedie a M. Picolomini, qui I'a trouve au port ou baie de Saint Fran- cisco, dans la Nouvelle-Californie [sic] sous le 48* degre environ de latitude septentrionale. — Annales de la Sec. Entom. de France, Tome 8, iSjg p. ^(^0-361. GENERAL BIRD NOTES. EDITED BY WALTER E. BRYANT. lyECONTE's Thrasher {Harporhynchus kcojitei) West of the Sierra Nevada. On March 10 of this year I was at Onyx, just above the junction of the north and south forks of the Kern River, in a valley characterized by desert vegetation — cholla, sage and Spanish 2 24 Gejieral Bird Notes. [zoe dagger. While collecting through this growth, I heard the very well-known notes of L,econte's thrasher and found the author; but as is generally the case with this species, a bird seen is by no means in the cabinet. After chasing him for several minutes I got a long-range snap-shot, but lost him. L,ater I heard one or more others, but they could not be secured. A. W. Anthony. [In North American Fauna No. 7, Part 11, Lecoute's thrasher is recorded from the San Joaquin Valley, near Bueua Vista Lake, upon the observa- tions of Mr. Nelson. The maps which are published show that the dis- tribution of the creosote bush {Larrea trideulata) and the northern distribution of Leconte's thrasher are almost ex ctly co-extensive. — W. E. B.] Vaux's Swift at Redwood City. On June 25, 1893, Mr. C. L,ittlejohn of Redwood City col- lected a pair of these birds which had been seen about the town on several occasions, probably the same individuals, as none have been seen since that date. The first appearance of the species was in the fall of the previous year, when two or three were seen. In reply to a letter of mine, Mr. lyittlejohn writes: " I too thought the swifts had been living in a chimney, and as I had never seen a chimney swift I thought these might be a pair of them that had found their way out to California. When they were taken they had a strong smokj' smell, which they still retain in a less degree. I think the odor was too strong to come from any charred tree, as you suggested, and it reminded me strongly of the smell of an Aleut's hut in Alaska. The female was probably not nesting at the time." Vaux's swift is an irregular summer resident of Sebastopol according to Mr. F. H. Holmes, W. E- Bryant. Note on the Nesting of Samuel's Song Sparrow. At Redwood City as at Haywards, Samuel's song sparrow is confined during the breeding season to the salt marsh, where it begins nesting early in March and has its young reared before the high tides in the latter part of May or first of June would interfere. This season I found them with young in the latter part of June in the woods and at the base of the mountains VOL. IV.] General Bird Notes. 225 about five miles from the marsh, which led me tc believe that there, in limited numbers at least, they reared a second brood which they ordinarily could not do on the marsh for the reason mentioned above. C. Littlejohn. Mongolian Pheasants of Oregon. The birds {Pasiajiits torquatiisf) were introduced into the country by Hon. O. N. Denny, U. S. Consul-General at Shanghai, China, in 1882. There were something less than sixty birds, and they were turned out on an island in the Willamette River, but have since been scattered around in different localities. Mr. Denny also introduced the Golden Pheasant {Chrysolop/uis pidus) which I think have died out. An act to protect them was passed on October 24, 1882, and has since been renewed and is still in force, although almost a dead letter now. The pheasants thrive best in the southern counties. They are not more destructive to crops than any other game birds. Bernard J. Bretherton. A. Migration of Bonaparte's Gull. On May 11, 1889, I observed several flocks of Bonaparte's gull (^Larus Philadelphia) flying down this (Pajaro) valley, west- ward toward the ocean, and they flew every night till the first of June. They commenced flying about seven o'clock, if foggy, or half-past seven if clear, and would fly till dark. The flocks had from five to fifty or more birds in each. Some nights flock after flock would go by and then again four or five flocks would be all I could count in an evening. The first flocks seemed to be old birds with black heads, and a few days later all the birds shot were in young or winter plumage. The stomach of one of the birds which I shot contained a piece of gravel and what looked like parts of black insects. Later I examined another which was full of whitish worms about three-fourths of an inch long and as large as a number fourteen wire. I do not know why the birds should come down this valley or where they came from, but suppose they were migrating and had come from the San Joaquin River. J. R. Chalker. 2 26 General Bird Notes. [zoE Wilson's Phalarope Breeding in California. Yesterday [June i6, 1889] I was at the south end of Lake Tahoe and waded the swamp. I found a phalarope' s nest but the eggs were hatching. An egg which was pipped looked almost exactl}' like a spotted sandpiper's ^%% — I could not have told the difiference. The young, which were two in number, were quite dark buff with a black stripe from the top of the head to the tail, a small black stripe where the tail should be, three black dots on each side of the body and a black dot on each wing and side of head. The legs must have been two inches long and the feet nearly an inch, the latter as near as I can remember were of a lead color; the bill was about half an inch long. The old. ones came quite close to me, flying about and uttering that peculiar quack of theirs. Walter D. Bliss. The Bohemian Waxwing in California. The only record of the occurrence of the Bohemian waxwing {Ampelis garruhis) in this State, I believe, is that of a straggler taken by Dr. Cooper at Fort Mohave on January 10, about twenty-three years ago. The bird is probably only a winter visitant and the lack of winter observations in the high Sierra accounts for it not being better known. The Academy of Sciences has six specimens which were sent in the flesh from Susanville by Mr. T. B. Sanders. Two were collected on February 2, 1892, and the other four on Febru- ary 17. • W. E. Bryant. A MESQUITE TINEID WHICH CONSTRUCTS A BAG- EIKE CASE FROM THE LEAVES. BY C. H. TYLER TOWNSEND. On May 15, 1891, I found two case-worms on mesquite {Prosopis Jiiliflora), on the mesa to the east of Las Cruces, New Mexico. The larger case measured over 20 mm. in length. On May 31, 1891, the mesquite bushes on the mesa, for a mile to the east of town, were well stocked with the cases of this larva^ the majority of the bushes having numbers on them. On May 13, 1892, they were again observed to be very plentiful on the mesquite in the same locality. A moderately small and rather VOL. iv.J General Bird Notes, 227 slender black and yellow hornet was found on this date pulling one of the larvae out of its case. The cases of this species are constructed of little leaflets of the mesquite, fastened together longitudinally with silk into an irregular, more or less tubular bag-like case, so as to protect the larva inside. The leaflets which compose the case are always more or less eaten along the midrib, but not entirely through. The cases bear considerable resemblance to those of Psyche confederata. Hanging perpendicularly from the leaves while the larvae are feeding, they give the mesquite bushes the appearance of being hung with miniature bag- worms. Some of the larvae in their cases were sent to Dr. Packard. They reached him as pupae. From one of these an imago appeared, which Dr. Packard wrote me was •' an unknown tineid." I am unable therefore to suggest the genus to which it belongs. Description of larva. Length, 9 to 12 mm.; width anteriorly, nearly lYi to 1^4 mm. White; head black, somewhat polished, with a slight reddish area on each side dorsad of eyes; protho- racic segment with dorsum brownish black, except a median longitudinal whitish dividing line. Consisting of thirteen seg- ments; appearing from above as though possessing two extra ones, since the two terminal segments each bear a transverse suture or wrinkle on dorsum. Head and prothorax about equal in width; third segment distinctly wider, segments 4 to 6 nearly same width as 3, 7 and 8 very gradually narrowing, 9 to 11 about or hardly as wide as 8, 12 and 13 gradually narrowing from II, 13th segment a little more than one-third width of 3d. Head usually not retracted, a little wider than long; prothoracic and third segments a little shorter than head, 4 about as long as head, 5 slightly longer, 6 and 9 to 1 1 a little longer than 5; 7, 8, 12 and 13 about as long as 5. Head and prothorax chitinous, rest fleshy. Head subhemispherical, con- vex dorsally, with a few fine hairs on anterior border, and several on dorsum; all the other segments with a number of hairs (about ten) arising from minute papillae, four usually being dorsal, the others lateral and ventral. Eyes con- sisting of six small but prominent bead-like glassy 2 28 Birds of San Pedro Mar fir. [zoE white simple eyes, each with a minute pupil-like black dot; four arranged in nearly a semi-circle, with the exterior or convex side dorsad; the other two situated ventrad of the front one in the semi-circle, one anterior to the other. Labrum rather deeply notched anteriorly, light fulvous; adjoin- ing border of clypeus narrowly concolorous. Antennae sunken in a small excavation anterior to eyes, apparently two-jointed, joints about equal in length, second hardly narrower and terminated with a style-like hair. Mandibles rather stout, sub- quadrate in outline, flattened, faintly four-notched, therefore faintly serrate with four or five teeth. Maxillae and labium whitish; maxillary palpi apparently two-jointed, basal joint stouter, terminal joint more elongate and slender. Three pairs of four-jointed true legs on the thoracic segments, terminated by a brownish chitinous claw. Five pairs of prolegs, on joints 7 to 10, and 13, the anal pair stouter, fleshier, and somewhat longer. Described from two alcoholic specimens, perhaps not fully grown, taken from cases May 13 and 15. Color of head and body noted in life. The length of the segments is drawn from the better preserved specimen. The proportions are slightly diff"erent in the other. BIRDS OF SAN PEDRO MARTIR, LOWER CALIFORNIA. BY A. W. ANTHONY. Mr. W. E- Bryant's excellent Catalogue of the Birds of Eower California has left but little to record from the northern part of that peninsula, but the notes furnished by the present writer were necessarily very fragmentary owing to the collections as well as many notes being inaccessible at the time. It is to correct this deficiency and at the same time record the obser- vations of a trip through that region the past season that the present paper is offered. The expedition crossed the national boundary at Tia Juana, fifteen miles from San Diego, on April 17, 1893, and proceeded by easy stages to the western base of San Pedro Martir by way of Ensenada and Colnett. The first benches of the mountain were not reached until May 5. VOL. IV.] Birds of San Pedro Martir. 229 Several days were spent at various camps between this point (7000 feet) and the gulf slope which was not reached until May 23. The return march was taken up May 27 and San Diego reached June 7, During our southward march the migration was at its height and at the time that we left the higher parts of the mountain new arrivals were seen almost daily; it is not improbable that among these late arrivals some Sonoran species might have been found had our time permitted a more thorough investigation. It is probable, however, that most of the species inhabiting the pine belt were noted. The region embraced in the name of San Pedro Martir consists of a high plateau of about sixty-five or seventy miles in length by twenty in width, lyiog about twenty miles from the gulf, and with its greatest extent parallel with that coast. Most of the plateau would be embraced within the limits of 30° and 31° north latitude. The northern end rises to a height, in one or two peaks, of 12,500 feet, estimated, and from that point the ridges and peaks drop away by degrees until at the southern end they merge into the low, barren hills, common to the peninsula at this point. The east and northern slopes, however, are very steep and rocky, with only two or three almost impassable trails, while the eastern side presents along its entire length in many places a sheer precipice for thousands of feet. A series of large open meadows is found at an elevation of 8000 to 8500 feet, surrounded by rough, rocky ridges and heavy pine timber. These ridges are characteristic of the entire region which is composed of soft, friable syenite, the softer parts of which in crumbling away have left huge masses of gigantic boulders forming ridges, in many cases impassable, A growth of yellow pine, Pinus Jeffreyi, covers the ridges and slopes as low as 7000 feet altitude, where it gives place to a belt of scattered piiions, P. Parryana, reaching to 6000 feet or less, a growth of Manzanita and Ceanothus covers all of the slopes and ridges where it is too rocky for the pines to obtain a foot-hold, and in many places a small shrub oak was abundant. The streams, which were abundant, were all fringed with willow and a few Aspans were seen in some localities. Arising as this region 230 Birds of San Pedro Martir. [zoE does from a sea of barren dry hills and reaching an elevation higher than any point south of Mt. Whitney, California, it is not strange that its fauna should be unusually interesting although its relationship is with that of the northern mountains. The birds observed in the pine belt were limited as to species, but abundant individually. A few species were limited to cer- tain localities and were not plenty, but as a rule all were gen- erally distributed. The list has been somewhat extended to embrace a few species not belonging to the mountain region, but unless otherwise stated, all species were found on or about the mountain. The following species are for the first time recorded from the peninsula: Carpodacus cassini. Pciic■ +^ Spars short and thick, six lines long or less, souiewhaf hooked at the end, not longer than the small sepals, nectary large, fioiuers smalt, not eveii an inch wide and often very small, nodding or ascending , yelloWy but often tinged zoith red or blue. A. flavescens, Watson King's Rep. 5, 10. Sepals lanceolate to oval, six to eight lines long; petal-limb somewhat dilated, about equaling the spur and nearly as long as the stamens, four lines wide, anthers elliptical-oblong, when the flowers are very small all the parts are small in proportion, except the stamens, which remain the same. All but the leaves often pubescent. Six thousand to nine thousand feet altitude along streams in very wet, exposed, and boggy places, rarely at high elevations, most abundant at low elevations, caiions of the Wasatch from 258 Contributions to Western Botany. [zoe central Utah northward to British America. It also occurs in the Uinta Mountains, but does not seem to exist in Nevada or westward. June to August. At high elevations it hybridizes wath A. cc^nilca, the flowers being intermediate in size wdth shorter ,^and stouter spurs than ccerulea, whitish or tinged with blue. -I — f— Stems ve?y short or none; floicers blue, small, one-half incJi wide or less, spurs somewhat hooked, two lines or less long-, shorter than the limb of the petal. t^ A. brevistyla, Hooker. Flora Bor. Am. i, 24. Stems six inches high or less, densely tufted, not surpassing the leaves, stem leaves petioled and scarcely differing from the others, pedicels two to three inches long, very slender; sepals oval and very obtuse and green to lanceolate, acute, and colored, four lines long, three lines wide; limb of petal oblong, yellow, a little shorter than the sepals and a little longer than the stamens; carpels about an inch long, and styles in fruit two lines long, anthers narro-wly oval and very small. High Alpine regions in meadows, Colorado and northward to the Arctic regions. Not seen in Utah or westward. -&' A.Jonesii, Parry Am. Nat. 8, 211. Named for Captain Jones. Monocephalous, peduncle two to three inches long; leaves all crowded and common petiole absent or nearly so; leaflets small, obovate, entire, nine; spur almost obsolete. Probabh- a form of the above. Summit of Phlox Mountain, Wyoming. 7^ vr Limb of petal not dilated above, visually with a very short, triangular tip or narrozver, styles four lines long, flowers red, rarely yellow, at least the tip of the limb of the petal yellow orivhite, acute to nearly trtcncate, sepals acute, stamens zisiially much surpassing the petals, sp2irs rather stout, generally somexvhat hooked, nectary large, flozvers nodding, one to one and one-half inches ivide, tall plants. >j RubesceJites. A. Canadensis I,. Spurs one-half to twice longer than sepals, three-fourths to one inch long; sepals ovate one-half inch long; petal limb oblong to nearly square, four lines long, two to three vv VOL. IV.] Conti'ibiUions to Western Botany. 259 lines wide, nearly truncate; anthers elliptical, one-half line long. Upper leaves scarcely bract-like. Open woods in the Eastern States. Seems to occur from Arizona to British America, in the Rocky Mountains rarely, at 8000 feet altitude or higher, but all these forms may be the next if it is distinct which is doubtful. Also in the San Francisco Mountains, Arizona Jones. May hybridize with ccsrutea. A. formosa. Fischer, DC Prod., i, 50. Stout spurs about equaling the ovate sepals, five lines long, reflexed or widely spreading; petal limb three lines long, as long as broad, narrower at apex; stamens an inch long; anthers narrowly oval. Probably a form of the above, though the spurs are shorter and the upper leaves are more bract-like. Along streams near the bases of the mountains, in canons, 6000 to 8000 feet altitude. Said to exist in Colorado, frequent in western Utah, Nevada, and northward to British America, also Oregon, not found in California. A. formosa, var. trimcata (Fischer & Meyer), A. trimcaia^ F. & M. Ind. Sem. Petr. Supp. 8. Differing from the above only in the limb of the petal being reduced to a rudiment. Intermediate forms seem to occur. Along mountain streams at middle elevations in California and northward. May hybridize with A. cceridea. ^ ^ ^ Spurless; leaves triternate, floicers white or pink. Peduncles very long. § Pseiidaqidlegia. Aqicilegia ecalcarata, Eastwood, Zoe ii, 220, two feet high, very slender, stems inclined to be glaucous and whole plant minutely and sparsely glandular pubescent; leaflets distant and few, on capillary stalks, sharply cuneate at base, thin, an inch long, veiny; peduncles four to six inches long, very slender, erect; bracts lanceolate-ovate, three lines long, entire; flowers three-quarters of an inch wide, parts delicate, thin; sepals closely and parallel veined, lanceolate, acute, spreading; petals the same as sepals but more delicate, and barely saccate at base; stamens just equaling the petals; anther very small, narrowly oval; styles barely pubescent at base, longer than usual; ovaries minutely glandular pubescent when young, when mature almost 2 6o Contributions to Western Botany. [zoe glabrous; pods one-half inch long, delicate. The peduncles are almost glabrous, and the stem leaves have the petiole reduced in my specimen to a sheath. Damp alkaline soil under shaded clifis in S. W. Colorado Jiine to July. Found first by Mr. Alfred Wetherill then by Miss Eastwood. NOTES ON TOWNSENDIA. This genus has always been a trying one to me because the descriptions have not fitted the plants as they grow. It now becomes evident that the trouble has arisen from the undue emphasis which Dr. Gray gave to the pappus, this being of almost no value. The glochidiate hairs seem to hold but there is one species in which there seems to be a transition in that respect. Although several species are said to be annual I have never j-et seen a specimen that I would swear was an annual; most of these seem to germinate in the fall and put out a few leaves, w^hile those said to be winter annuals are doubtless biennials; most of those said to be biennials are at least three years old, while few of them endure over four years, except perhaps T. Fendleri. All are early bloomers, for the altitude in which they grow, except T. Fendleri and even that may begin to bloom early but continues till frost. ' Taking the order of Graj', T. eximia and T.grandt/toj-a, Nutt. have glabrous rays. An interesting form from Labron, Colo., August 30, 1873, by Greene, has heads smaller than those of T. eximia and is diffusely and intricately branched, rigid, only minutely pubescent, with the scales and habit of T. eximia and the pappus of T. grandiflora. This is in the Herbarium of the California Academy. It may be a hj'brid. T. Parryi, Eaton. There are some points omitted from the. description of the type by Gray. The leaves are acute, one-half to one and one-half inches long of which the blade is one-half and the petiole is slender; heads ebracteate; peduncle thickened above; scales ovate to lanceolate, soft and thin, scarious except midrib, acute, closely imbricated with no evident ranks but the outer successively shorter, not acuminate; heads six lines high; rays one inch long. This has widely'lacerate scales, and is evi- dently a short lived perennial. From the type in the Herbarium VOL. IV.] Contributions to Western Botany. 261 of the California Academy. This simulates T. grandiflora \^xy closely but a specimen collected by Tweedy in May at a place in Gallatin County, Montana, tends to connect it with T. florifer . The heads are larger, and stems two to three inches high, spreading, lax; leaves spatulate, obtuse, and like those of T. scapigera. It is separable from T. florifer only by the perennial root, and the scales. The pappus of disk and ray are equal, and the ray is glabrous. 1^ Towiisendia florifer, scapigera, and Watso/ii are manifestly' much confused. The first was originally described as a perennial and is certainly a biennial at least, the second was described as perennial and is manifestlj^ such but blooms the second 3'ear, the third is not a good species unless it covers many things referred to the first and the second by Graj^ while its real character, a winter annual .seems to have been overlooked by Gray or confused with the others. Toivnsoidia florifer (Hook.) Graj', as I understand it, is con- fined to Oregon, Washington and northwestern Nevada. It is a little ashy, but the leaves are usuallj' nearly glabrous, and thick as though succulent; involucral scales about one-half as many as in T. Parryi, and definitely separable from that species only by the scales, which are green and ashy and much less imbricated; stems spreading, two to four inches long; leaves spatulate to linear-spatulate, shortly apiculate, the blade as long as petiole; heads one-half inch high and three-fourths inch wide; pappus equal in all the specimens I have seen. This is drawn from specimens in the California Academy from Washington, Brande- gee, Hoivell; Virginia City, Nevada, Brandegee. Another form from Walla Walla by Mr. Brandegee has linear-spatulate leaves, acute, one to two inches long, and solitary heads on stout, leafy peduncles, which are ascending, and four to five inches long, rarely branched in the middle; whole plant ashy strigose to the scales; heads one-half inch high and very many. All the above forms are biennials. The raj^s are rough with yellow sessile glands on the outside. The plants seem to be confined to the valleys at low elevations, but maj' ascend the lower slopes of the mountains. 262 Contrilnitious to Western Botany. [zoE Townsendia scapigera, Eaton, so far as I know it, is rare. If all the plants which have been referred to it belong with it, the range is at least from southern Utah and northward to Idaho and westward to California, in the mountains at low elevations; i. 4 feet in circumferance at 3^ feet from the ground; height about 60 feet. Another similarly situated is 13 feet 3 inches in circumference; broken off about 25 feet from the ground. Jug Jans rupestris Kngelm. in Torr., Sitgs. Rep. 171 t. 15; Sargent, loth Census ix, 131. /. Californica Wats., Bot. Calif, ii, 93; Greene, Fl. Fr. 74. Arborescent shrub 15 feet high, growing in clumps, or rarely a tree 30 feet high, the trunk a foot in diameter. In canons on the southern slope of the San Bernardino Range up to 3000 feet altitude, and occasionally along washes at some distance from the foot of the mountains. Myrica Californica, Cham. Arborescent, in clumps, 12 feet high. Collected only in Rustic Canon near Santa Monica, where, according to Dr. Hasse, it is scarce, and grows in shady, springy places. Oiierciis lobata Nee. Fort Tejon, a few miles over the L,os Angeles boundary, in Kern County, is situated in a grove of magnificent oaks of this species, some of them 7 and 8 feet in diameter. Within our limits it has been reported from La lyiebre Rancho in Antelope Valley.* A single tree has been observed by Dr. Hasse at Santa Monica. It may be expected in the intervening mountains. Onercus Douglasii H & A. This species barely reaches lyOS Angeles County on the desert side of the L,iebre Mountains {Covillc). Quercus Engelmaruii Greene, W. Am. Oak. 33, t. 17. 0. oblongifolia Ungelm., Bot. Calif, ii. 96. Rather spreading tree, 40 feet high, the trunk 3 feet in diameter. Coast mountains of San Diego County, 15-20 miles from the sea, where it covers the hills in open groves; Pala; Fallbrook; etc. Rare on the interior slope of the same mountains; Marietta. Reported in the Bot- *Merriam, N. A. Fauna vii, 333, Sargent's reference to the "San Bernardino Mountains" (loth Census ix, 138), probably applies to the same region, as no other station is known. 346 Trees of Soiithent California. fzoE any of California at San Gabriel, but net met with there by recent collectors. Qucrcus Macdonaldi, var. clcgantula Greene, 1. c. 26, 86, t. 29. The type of this oak was a tree 20 feet bigh, with a trunk a foot in diameter, discovered by Prof. Greene in 1885, i'^ Temecula Canon near Fallbrook. As a shrub from 4 to 12 feet high, and exhibiting great variation in shape and size of leaf and fruit, it is not uncommon from Fallbrook to McGee's store, near Teme- cula. Apparently it is confined to the region jointly occupied by 0. Engclmanni and Q. diunosa, between which species it is probably a cross, as was suggested by its proposer. Quercus chrysolcpis Liebm. Spreading but compact tree 40 feet high, the trunk 2 feet in diameter, or sometimes reduced to a shrub. Wood hard and brittle. Canons of the San Bernardino Range, fiom 1000-5000 feet altitude on the southern slope, and from 5000-6000 feet on the northern. Qiurais Wislizeni A. DC, var. frtitesccns Engelm. Small tree, 20 feet high. Dry hills on the desert slope of the Sierra IJebre Mountains, between Elizabeth Lake and Tejon Pass. Quercus agrifolia Nee. Occasionally a large, spreading tree, 70 feet high, the trunk 4 feet in diameter, (Edgar Caiion, San Gorgonio Pass, altitude 2800 feet;) oftener of smaller size, 30 feet high and the trunk 18 inches in diameter. Widely dis- tributed, but usually not very abundant, especially throughout the coast mountains, Fallbrook; Temecula; Marietta. Santa Monica Range, Hasse. Also about Pasadena, where it covers the hills with open groves. QuircHs Kelloggii Newberry. Q. Califoniica Cooper, Smith. Rep. 1S58, 261; Sudworth, Gard. & For. v, 98; Coville, 1. c. 196. Tree of spreading, open habit, 70 feet high, the trunk 4 feet in diameter, or at high altitudes reduced to a shrub. Fls. May-June. Common throughout the coniferous belt of the San Bernardino Range and the San Jacinto Mountains, at from 4000 to 8000 feet altitude. Caslanopsis ch7-ysophylla, A. DC Low shrub, i to 4 feet high, covering the slopes of the higher mountains, at from 7000 to 9000 feet altitude, with a dense and impenetrable chaparral. VOL. IV.] Trees of Southern California. 347 Fls. June. Bear Valley; San Jacinto Mountains; San Antonio Mountain. Alnvs rhombifolia Nutt. Parry, Bull. Cal. Acad, ii, 351. A. oblongifolia Torr. Slender tree, 50 feet high, the trunk 2 feet in diameter. Fls. January. Abundant along streams from 3000 feet altitude on the southern slope of the San Bernardino Range to the Coast. San Jacinto Mountains; Cuj'amaca Mountains. Santa Monica, Hasse. Salix nigra L. Fort Mojave, the station noted for this willow in the Botany of California, is in Arizona, but it may be expected on the Californian side of the Colorado. Mr. Bebb informs me that there is in his herbarium a specimen of the subvar. venulosa Anders., a pubescent foim of the var. longipes, Anders., collected by Dr. J. T. Rothrock at Elizabeth Lake, No. 187, Survey of the looth Meridian. I have be§n able to find no other evidence of the existence of this tree within our limits. Salix Icevigata Bebb. " Black Willow." The largest of the Southern California willows, 25 feet high, the trunk 18 inches in diameter, or infrequently shrubby. Fls. April. By streams or in meadows; common from 2000 feet altitiide on the southern slope of the San Bernardino Range to the Coast, and on Santa Catalina Island. Salix lasiandra Benth., var. lancifolia Bebb. Rarely a small tree, 20 feet high, the trunk 10 inches in diameter; usually- reduced to a shrub. Fls. May. Situation and continental range of the last species. Salix lofigifolia M.nh\. Reduced to a shrub. Sandy banks of streams, away from the water. Borders of the Colorado Desert, at Agua Caliente (Palm Springs), also at Lytle Creek near San Bernardino. This wide-spread species probably has a more extended range in this region than here indicated, but material and records are wanting for its definition. It is with difiiculty distinguished from some forms of S. sessilifolia Nult., a very common and very variable willow of the region. Salix flavescens Nutt. Reduced to an arborescent shrub, 12 feet high. Fls. June. Stream banks in the San Bernardino Mountains at from 7000 to 8000 feet altitude. 348 Trees of Southern California. [zoe Salix lasiolepis Benth. "White Willow." Arborescent, or sometimes a small tree, 20 feet high, the trunk 10 inches in diameter. Fls. December and January, many of the leaves persisting later. Common by streams and in meadows, from 3000 feet altitude on the southern slope of the San Bernardino Mountains to the Coast. Populus trichocarpaT. &, G. "Black Cottonwood." Small tree, 40 feet high, the trunk 18 inches in diameter. Fls. March. Along mountain streams from 3000 feet altitude on the southern slope of the San Bernardino Range to the Coast; also on Santa Catalina Island. Populus Fremonti var. Wislizeni Wats. Spreading tree 80 feet high, the trunk 4 feet in diameter; or in the desert region often reduced to a straggling, misshapen tree 25 feet high, with trunk not exceeding 18 inches in diameter. Fls. February, March. Three trees on sandy loam at San Bernardino measure respec- tively 12 feet 4 inches, 11 feet 10 inches, and 8 feet 5 inches in circumference, each being about 70 feet in height. Prevalent throughout the entire region, mostly in the neighborhood of water. It ascends the southern slope of the San Bernardino Range to 2000 feet altitude, and the northern slope to 3500 feet. In the San Bernardino and San Jacinto Valleys there were formerly extensive groves of large trees now nearly destroyed. There is also a narrow fringe of large trees along the Mojave River from opposite Hesperia to Camp Cady. Elsewhere in the desert region the tree is sparsely present along water courses in the cafions, or, where the water is permanent, fringing its borders, as at Morongo Creek. The species is reported in the loth Census Report (ix, 175) as collected at " Colton, Parry'' but I have been unable to detect it, and the late Dr. Parry was not aware of its existence at that station.* Yticca baccata Torr. Occasionally 15 feet high, with trunk less than a foot in diameter, or acaulescent, branches short, stiff * Populus monilifera Ait. Trees referred to this species by Prof. Sargent, are in cultivation at Colton as street shade trees. Their origin is uncertain, and the species has never been found in a wild state in this region. VOL. IV.] Trees of Southern California. 349 and irregular. Fls. March. Attaining its greatest development in the desert region, throughout which it is scattered, either solitary, or rarely in small groups, on dry hillsides or in washes, up to 4000 feet altitude. In similar places, but less frequent and smaller, from 1500 feet altitude along the southern base of the San Bernardino Range to the coast. In the Death Valley Report, page 202, Mr. Coville restricts the name Y. baccata to the acau- lescent forms, separating those with trunks as Y. macrocarpa Coville, non Engelm. on the ground of their arborescence, smaller flowers and yellowish-green leaves. Yucca brevi folia Engelm., Bot. King Exp. 496; Trelease, 4th Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 193. Y. arborescens Trelease 3d Rep. 163; Merriam, N. A. Fauna vii, 353; Coville, Death Vail. Rep. 201. Uncouth tree, angularly branched, 30 feet high, trunk 18 inches in diameter. Fls. April; Fr. August. On dry benches and hills along the northern base of the San Bernardino Range, from Cushenberry Springs to Gorman's Ranch, at the upper end of Antelope Valley, occupying a belt between 2500 and 4000 feet alti- tude and forming an open forest, interrupted in places, and vary- ing in width, the greatest said to be opposite the Cajon Pass, 12 miles (Merriam), where a few trees are also found a short distance south of the summit. At Cactus Station, at the head of Cushen- berry Caflon, there is a considerable grove at 5000 feet altitude at the Upper edge of the pifion belt. An interrupted belt is also found between Daggett and Pilot Knob (Merriam). Washi7igio7iia filifera Wendl. W. robusta Wendl. Handsome tree 60 feet high, the trunk 3 feet in diameter. A cultivated tree at lyos Angeles, 42 years old, measures 60 feet in height and 10 feet 7 inches in circumference. One at San Bernardino in adobe soil, 22 years old, is 32 feet high and 9 feet 2 inches in circumference. Flowers on the desert in June, and fruit ripens in September; cultivated trees at San Bernardino flower in August, fruit ripening in February. This palm grows, often in extensive groves, in wet and usually alkaline soil at the bases of the mountains along the eastern borders of the depression in the Colorado desert once occupied by an inland sea; a few scattered trees mark the channel by which it was connected with the Gulf of California {Orcutt.) The groves extend for several miles up 350 Trees of Southern California. [zoe some of the canons of these mountains; smaller groves are found in the canons of the San Jacinto Mountain, near Agua Caliente (Palm Springs), and a few trees in the Whitewater Cafion on the eastern side of the San Bernardino Mountain mark the western limit of the species. Washingtonia robtista is an obscure species, described from young cultivated plants, and has never been identified with any uncultivated trees. Its identity with W. filifera can hardly be doubted. See Watson, Proc. Am. Acad, xxv, 136; Parish, Gard. & For. iii, 51, 542; Orcutt, W. Am. Sci. i, 63, 76. Phius Laf>ibertia?m Dougl. Tree of large size, 200 feet high, trunk 8 feet in diameter. Scattered throughout the higher moun- tains at from 5000 to 7000 feet altitude, usually in the richer and moister sort of flats and canons. San Bernardino and San Jacinto Mountains. Finns albicazdis Engelm., Trans. St. L^ lines long, not spreading much; corolla purple or lighter, purple spotted at the throat, tube Vi a line wide at base and a line wide at apex, i to 2 lines longer than the calyx and teeth, lobes oval, entire, 2 lines long; flower 5 lines wide; stamens very unequally inserted, small, oblong, yellow; capsule i}^ lines long, exactly oval, obtuse, apiculate with the sharp vestige of the long (4 lines) style, the point of insertion of the capsule is very weak, and the capsule readil}' breaks away and falls off leaving an empty calyx; lobes of the style about y'l a line long; placental axis is triquetrous, with one large oblong seed attached by its inner face in each cell above the middle of the concave placental wall. This unique Phlox in its foliage resembles Galium Mathewsii or stellahim. The glandular pubescence at once separates it from any other of its class. Sometimes the stems are absent and the single flowers arise from a rosette of very short (i to i^^ a line) leaves, on pedicels x lines long and with a calyx only 2 to 3 lines long; corolla not reduced. This form I call var. minor. East face of Mt. Helena, Montana, May, 1S91. Rev. F. D. Kelsey. Astragalus Eastwood.^: Jones. A. Preussii x&r. siilcaius Jones "Zoe" iv, 37; as A. Sulcatus is preoccupied. Astragalus Haydenianus Gray. This rather pretty and very odoriferous plant is of late receiving fully as many synonyms- as A. lentiginosus. In fact, every time it has been collected but twice it has received a new name. As I have shown in "Zoe " ii, 241, there is nothing to separate it from A. bisulcatus except its more slender habit and white flowers. For convenience I there separated two western forms of it as var. viajor {irom. Johnson, S. Utah) and var. N evade )i si s {irova. Palisade, Nevada). Lately Mr. Greene visits my type locality and probably the very field VOL. IV.] Dates of Botanical Works. 369 where I gathered the latter variety and describes it as ^. deniis- sus, then Mr. Sheldon, by the aid of the Index Kewensis, gives Mr. Greene's species a new name, A. Jepsoni, and my first van another, A. scobinatulus- An examination of Mr. Greene's description shows that his specimens, though from the type locality of the var. Nevadeyisis, are pubescent and have unequal calyx teeth. As it is the fashion now to name everything in sight, I would suggest that the var. Ncvadensis is fully as dis- tinct as any of the other forms, and as the name is preoccupied (Index Kewensis) it is waiting for a brand new name and will be the property of the first man who gets into print. Sometime botanists, when they get into the field, will learn that pubescence and comparative length of calyx teeth are slim foundations on which to hang species, in Astragalus. [^ Astragalus ArTEmisiarum. Astragalus Bectc^vitlni var. purpurcus Jones " Zoe " iii, 288. Recent studies in the field make it reasonably certain that this is distinct from A. Bcckivithii. The chief distinguishing characters are the purple flowers, rather cartilaginous pods with the interior filled with a watery juice and stipe with a fully formed joint near the middle. A. Beckiiithii has ochroleucous flowers a dry and rather thin pod without watery juice and a joint in the stipe which is often reduced to a dark spot in the stipe which does or does not break at that point and generally irregularly. THE DATES OF BOTANY BEECHEY, FLORA BOREALI- AMERICANA, AND TORREY & GRAY'S FLORA. " Flora Boreali-Americana W. Hooker. This work came out in parts, but as was usual at that time no official statement was published as to the dates of publication. Consequent upon this, doubts as to the actual publication of many species therein contained have been rife. The following details may help to settle those questions: Vol. i Part i, consisting of six sheets, pp. 1-48, came out in 1829 (cf. Linnsea, v, 1830, Litt. 102); and Seringe, Bull. Bot.,\ (mars, 1830), 49. Parts 2 et 3, p. 49-144 in 1830 (cf. Linusea, vi (1831), Litt. 154). Parts 4 to 6, end of vol. i in 1834 (cf. Ann. sc. nal. Ser. ir, tome iii (1835), ioq, " Livr. 3-7." \'ol. ii, Part 7 in 1834. See last note. February 21, 18^4. '> Jo Dates of Botanical Works. [zoe The followiug dates are taken from the copy in the Library- of the British Museum, as those when the respective parts were received by the Principal Librarian and denoted by stamping: Part 8, pp. 49-96 in July, 1838. Part 9, pp. 97-144 (same date). Part ID, pp. 145-192, Jan. i, 1839. Part II, pp. 193-241, Nov. 15, 1839. Part 12, pp. 241 to end, July 8, 1840." — B. Daydon, Jackson, in Bnll. Herb. Boissier, i, 29S (1890- "The copy of Torrey & Gray [Flora of North America] in the library of the British Museum. Bloomsbury, is in its original buff paper wrappers, and from this I can submit the following statement as accurate, so far as the dates are correctly set out on these wrappers: — Vol. i., Part i, pp. 1-184, July, 1838. Part 2, pp. 185-360, October, 1838. Part 3, pp. 361-544, June, 1840. Part 4, pp. 545-698, Index (711), Title, etc., pp. xiv.. Errata, June, 1840. Vol. ii. , Part i, pp. 1-184, May, 1841. The wrapper has no printing on it, but I have taken the date from Silliinan^s Journal, xli. (1841), p. 275. Part 2, pp. 185-392, April, 1842. Part 3, pp. 393-504, February, 1843. No more issued. The case of Hooker & Aruott [Botany Beechey] is not so easy, for I have not succeeded in finding any copy with the original wrappers, and the following dates can only be taken as probable. If any reader of t\i& Journal of Botany has access to such a copy, and would communicate to me the actual printed dates, I should be extremely obliged. There is no difficulty in ascertaining the date of the first part, as several announcements concur; thus in Lmnoea the issue is given as containing pp. 1-48, with ten plates, and came out in 1830. As I have failed to find more than occasional allusions during the progress of the work, I have pieced together all such indications, and assuming that each part was of the same dimensions as the first, I have referred to Pfeiffer's Nomenclator for the dates of all new genera as below, as the dates therein given must have been gath- ered from some copy : Part I, pp. 1-48, in 1830 (as above). Part 2, pp. 49-96, in 1832 {Pterochilus). Part 3, pp. 97-144, in 1832 {Adenostoma). Part 4, pp. 145-192, in 1833 {Layia; see also Torr. & Gray, ii., 392, in confirmation). Part 5, pp. 193-240, in 1836 {Anisopapptts'). Part 6, pp. 241-288 (no indication of date, owing to the absence of any new genus). VOL. I V.J Dates of Botanical Works. 371 Part 7, pp. 289-336 in 1840 {Hetei-ocentiott, etc., and several cited by Endlicher in that year"). Part 8, pp. 337-384, in 1840 {Ataiia, etc.) Part 9, pp. 385-432, in 1841? [Grayia, etc., cited by Endlicher in 1842). Part 10, pp. 433-(4S6), in 1841 {Sinclairia). The latter half of the work is especially open to doubt, iox Silliman'' s Jour- nal, xxxix. (1840), pp. 172-3, states that parts 9, 11, and 12 came out in 1839 or 1840, the twelfth being the conclusion; and, if correct, this shows that the latter parts were not of the same dimensions as the first part. It is in this direction that I seek for further information from any Botanist or Librarian who can enlighten me." — B. Daydon Jackson, in Journal of Botany, Oct., 1S93. The following extracts from Silliman's Journal show the approximate dates of the concluding parts of Botany Beechey and the Flora Boreali-Americana. It must be remembered, however, that communication at that time was not so frequent and so rapid between Europe and America as at present, and that we have no means of knowing how long the papers were in the hands of the editors. Hooker and Arnott , the Botany of Capt. Beechey'' s I'oya'^e, etc.. Part ix., 1840. (London). — This work has extended to four hundred and thirty-two quarto pages, and another fasciculus will perhaps complete the work, but of this we are uncertain. The number of plates already cited is ninety-nine, of which eighty-nine are published. * * * — Sillinian^s Journal, xxxix. No. I, 172-3, April-Juue, 1840. Hooker and Arnott's Botany of Capt. Beechey^ s J'oyage; part 10, 184 1 (tab. 90-99). — The tenth and last fasciculus of this work concludes the account of a collection on the Pacific coast of Mexico, and is terminated by a complete index. The ten plates it comprises are nearly all devoted to Californian plants described in prior fasciculi; among which Pterostegia, a curious Poly- gonaceous genus, Anemopsis CaUfornica of Nuttall, and Lophochhcna of Nees, a singular grass, are the most remarkable. — Silliman^s Journal, xli. 374, July-Sept., 1 84 1. Hooker, Flora Boreali-Ainericani, or the Botany of the N^orihern parts of British America, etc., part xi., iSjg. {London). — The eleventh part of this work has just reached us; and as the twelfth and concluding portion may soon be expected, we hope to give in the following number of this Journal a more particular notice of Sir William Hooker's most important and extensive labors in North American botany. For the present we may merely state that the eleventh fasciculus comprises the Orchideous, and the Irideous and Cyperaceous plants, and a portion of the grasses. * * * — Silliman's Journal, xxxix, No. I, 172, April-June, 1840. Hooker's Flora Boreali-A inericana, or the Botany of the Northern parts of British America, 2 vols. 4to. 182-940. — The twelfth part, which contains the 3/2 The Last Lt'tter of Dr Gray. [zoe remainder of the grasses, the ferus, and the small orders allied to the latter, brings this important work to a conclusion -within the limits prescribed. * * * This fasciculus contains twenty plates (making the whole number 238). * * * — Sil inidii's JoKniai, xl, 173, Oct. -Dec, 1S40. THE LAST LETTER OF DR. GRAY. ■Sunday Evening, November 27, 1887. Dear Dr. Britton — I wish to call your attention either in a personal way or in the "Bulletin," if preferred, to a name coined by you on the 223d page of this year's " Bulletin." " Conioselinum bipinnatum (Walter, F'l. Car. under Apium), Britton. Selinum Canadense, Miclix , 1830." I want to liberate my mind b}- insisting that the process adopted violates the rules of nomenclature by giving a superfluous name to a plant, and also that in all reasonable probability your name is an incorrect one. Take the second point first: On glancing at the "Flora of North. America," of Torrey and Gray r, 619, where the name Conioselinum Canadense legitimately came in, you will notice that the name Apium bipinnatum, Walt, is not cited as a synonym; also that the synonymous name of Cnidium Canadense, Spreng. , is cited with " excl. Syn." This Apium bipinnatum, Walt., you might gather was one referred to. Sufficient reason for the exclusion by Dr. Torrey might have been that Michaux's plant was a cold northern one, which nobody would expect in or near Walter's ground — the low and low-middle part of Carolinia. Besides, the preface of that Flora states that Walter's herbarium had meanwhile been inspected by Dr. Torrey' s colleague, who may now add that the Apium bipinnatum is not there. So that the name you adopt rests wholly upon a mere guess of Sprengels, copied by De CandoUe, dropped on good grounds by Torrey, but inadvertently reproduced in Watson's "Index," copying^ De Candolle. I suppose you would not contend that a wholly unauthenticated and dubious (I might sa}-, doubtless mistaken) name, under a wrong genus, should supersede by its specific half a well-authenticated and legitimate name. And I am sure that you will not take it amiss when I say that very long experience has made it clear to me that this business of determining rightful names is not so simple and mechanical as to j-ounger botanists it seems to- be, but is very full of pitfalls. I trust it is no personal feeling which suggests the advice that it is better to leave such rectifications for mono- graphs and comprehensive works, or at least to make quite sure of the ground. W^e look to you and to such as yourself, placed at well-furnished botanical centres, to do your share of conscientious work, and to support right doctrines. So I may proceed to say that, upon the recognized princi- ples since the adoption of the Candollian code, your name of Coniof^elinum bipinnatum, even if founded in fact, would be inadmissible and superfluous. February 21, 1894. VOL. IV.] The Last Letter of Dr. Gray. 373 By a corollary of the rule that priority of publication fixes the name, taken along with the fact a plant-name is of two parts, generic and specific, it follows that in any case Conioseliuum Canadense is the prior name for those who hold to the genus Conioseliuum. I have laid down what I take to be the correct view as to this, in my "Structural Botany," paragraph 794, where it is si:pported by the high authority of Bentham. I believe it is more and more acceded to by the most competent judges. There are those who make transpositions of divorced halves of plants' names, and who also make the law of priority mechanically override other equally valid laws without regard to sense. To such the old law maxim of the elder De Candolle was applied — sumDuini jus, sitmma injuria. If you like to adopt their ideas, you have at hand a still older, the very oldest, name, namely Conioselinum Chiuense, for I can certify that the plant we are concerned with is Athamantha Chinensis of Linnaeus. Very truly yours, Asa Grav. The following comments from the Journal of Botany (London), may be of interest. [" In this Journal for 1892, pp. 254, 318, reference was made to a letter — the last written by Asa Gray — which, owing to circumstances not very clearly related, had never been published. The volume of the LeUers of Asa Gray, just issued by Messrs. Macmillan, contains the document in full, and we here reproduce it. "The circumstances connected with its writing and subsequent non- publication require to be stated: That Asa Gray was willing it should be published, the letter itself makes clear; that he considered it important is plain from the passage in the Letters which introduces it: 'On Sunday [Nov. 27] his pulse and temperature had improved so much that he was allowed to get up and go down-stairs at noon, the doctor congratulating him on the success of the treatment. There seemed a weakness of the right hand, which, however, passed away, and he wrote that evening the letter to Dr. Britton, which follows, and when remonstrated with for making the exertion said ' it was important, and must be written.' He died on the 2d of the following February.' " Mankind has always attached a special interest to the last utterances of great men, and it might have been supposed that Dr. Britton would have hastened to avail himself of the permission expressly given by the writer to publish in his Bulletin the last contribution ever made by Asa Gray to the literature which he had enriched for so many years. So far, however, was this from being the case that it was not until Gray's fellow-worker himself lay on his death-bed that any knowledge of its existence was made public. Sereno Watson, in his last illness, dictated for the Botanical Gazette some remarks 'On Nomenclature,' which appeared in that journal for June, 1892, and which contain the following passage: ' I must express surprise that Dr. Britton has not considered it his duty to publish the last written words- of Dr. Gray which were addressed to him upon this subject, and which. 374 Systematic Botany. [zoE expressed his positive opinions upon Ibis point.' We called attention to this in our Journal (1892, 254) in these words: ' When, in the exercise of our editorial discretion, we withheld from publication a subsequently printed note by Dr. Britton on this subject, he did not scruple to say [and to publish] that this was because we were "apparently afraid of the argu- ment therein contained." We shall await with interest Dr. Britton's state- ment of the reasons which have induced him to suppress the last utterances of America's greatest systematist. ' '"Dr. Britton's explanation appears in the Botanical GazcUe for August, 1892, p. 254. He speaks of the letter as 'personal,' and, having admitted the accuracy of Dr. Gray's correction as to nomenclature, proceeds: 'The letter did not come to me as editor of the Btdletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, for I was not then editing that journal. I did not realize that it was intended for publication, and do not think that it was.' Moreover, having sent the letter to Cambridge, in accordance with a request, and having accepted a copy in exchange, he 'certainly never had any right to publish it after it had passed from [his] possession.' "Commenting on the above, we said {Joiirn. Bot., 1892, 318): 'These reasons may or may not be considered satisfactory, but we think that all botanists will regret that Dr. Graj-'s last utterances on a subject in which he is known to have taken a special interest were not made public' These utterances are now before botanists, who must form their own conclusions as to the motives which have hitherto prevented their publication. — Ed. Journ. Bot] " SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. BY MARCUS E. JONES. To my mind the proper definition of the Systematic Botany, of the day and for the most part, is The Study of dried Plants in a few isolated localities remote from the Home of the Plants. This kind of scientific work is systematic and botanical, but it is not within gunshot of Systematic Botany. To claim that it is the real thing requires as much assumption as when the zoolo- gists arrogate to themselves the term biology or natural history. For a long time it has been the custom of western botanists to provide themselves with the necessary literature and then study their home plants, naming such plants as accord with the ■descriptions given, the rest they send with such notes as they consider valuable to certain persons in the East who have been regarded as authorities. The authorities compare them with the types of species or with their notions of the types, and if February 21, 1804. VOL. IV.] Systematic Botany. 375 the plants do not vary too much from the species are considered the same and so named; if they deviate too much, then they are erected into new species, usually on the strength of a single specimen. The authorities put down what they consider specific characters and omit all mention of what does not strike their fancy as specific. Believing that brevity is the soul of this branch of Systematic Botany they write a few words, only a line or two if possible, and call it a concise description. The notes of the field botanist they usually have dismissed (till very recently) with a remark like this: " Flowers said to be white, but they appear to be yellow." If the field botanist has beeu so bold as to write out a full description of the real characters, the closet botanist will cut out all except those which strike his fancy and are found in the specimen before him, and will add such as he thinks have been overlooked by the field botanist. At last when the description is published the weary field botanist goes out into the home of the plants, where perhaps there are acres of them, and he finds that his description does not describe and is only an aggre- gation of meaningless words. If he becomes disgusted and writes back as I did once, complaining, he may get the reply which I received from one of the three great botanists who have recently passed away, saying: "I suppose that by this time you have learned that it is impossible to grow plants to fit the descriptions." It struck me that it was about time to grow the descriptions to fit the plants. Of late this kind of thing has become a nuisance, and field botanists have taken to describing their own species. For a time certain drastic measures were employed to prevent it, but these having failed, the botanists are now appealed to not to publish till they have seen the allied types in the East, a thing which every western botanist agrees to most emphatically if by any means he can see the types, which is not often, for with his field knowledge he could tell quickly what are valid, distinguish- ing characters in his proposed new species, while from the descriptions of old types alone no man could do more than guess what the real characters are in hundreds of species. The occasional republication of an old species by a western man is pointed to as " an exasperating blunder," as " madden- ing," but, dear me, that does not begin to express our feelings 376 Systematic Botany. [zoe when we see a new monograph from men who would not know their own new species if they saw them alive, and we find them bristling with botanical sports as new species, j-pcrts which field study would have avoided. A certain genus recenth^ mono- graphed I tried to use and found that I had to open a seed vessel on every plant that grew in a certain patch and all n.anifestly from the same seed; out of the patch I had to make about three species. Some years ago I had the same laughable experience in patches of Baeria in California, also in patches of Layia; and two years ago I had the same experience with Townsendia, out of which I had to make two species from the same seed, and had a quantity of nondescript material left still waiting to be chris- tened. There are dozens of genera that are as badly tangled as these. I think this confusion has arisen primarily from the absence of field study on the part of the author of the species, and secondarily from carelessness in describing species, coupled with a false theory that paucity of words is conciseness. The most concise botanist of the last generation was the one who used the most words in describing his species, and the most verbose were the ones who seemed to delight in what they called " short and concise" descriptions, which have proved to be only epitaphs of unknown species buried in their herbaria, and which we western men now and then duplicate from no fault of ours. In the first place, few of us can aflford to go East to find out what these species are like, and in the second place, we are not responsible for the sins of our botanical fathers and grandfathers who have caused this state of things. That we have kept up with the literature of the day and have used every means in our power to avoid mistakes goes without saying, and some of us have even gone East to study types, but it is a hardship that should not be required of us. Let the closet botanist first describe his own species so that they can be recognized by the descriptions alone before he attempts to make new ones for the field botanist, else he will cause to become a conviction what is now arising as a suspicion that imperfect descriptions are not due wholly to igno- rance. If it is not possible to get accurate descriptions of western species made by closet botanists, then eastern botan- VOL. IV.] Systematic Botany 3/ I ists who make new western species should be required to deposit types in some central place in the West where they can l)e examined. There are four well marked fields in Systematic Botany in this country at present. The first is closet monographing which is all the rage, and which so far has had one fundamental defect, the lack of accurate descriptions of the actual types of the species enumerated. In place of this we are given what the author considers to be the real species as it exists in nature which may vary much from the actual type as it is found in the type speci- Tnens. This is well enough as far as it goes, and would be all sufficient if the flora were fully known, but it is not known in the West, and as a rule the monographer himself would hardly recognize his own species if he were to see them in the :field, for as a rule field study is a minus quantity with him. A person might as well try to become an expert in geology without ever going out of doors as to become an authority on species by studying dried weeds. The second field is real field work occupied in the West by an increasing number of good botanists. The third field is tinkering with nomenclature, in which there are many of every shade of opinion, but all bent on getting some castiron rule in the name of botanical justice which will be just to all and injurious to none, but which when adopted will be unjust to nearly everybody, will elevate to notoriety by-gone "botanists whose descriptions were for the most part a botanical farce, and will attach the names of some present botanists to hosts of species which they never saw, and to hosts of others that were created before they were born, and nearly all of which species were recognized and placed in their proper places in the vegetable kingdom by others alone. The fourth field is the accurate description of known species; this is practically unoccu- pied. If a score of our keenest eastern botanists would partition out among themselves the species of plants whose types are in this country and accurately and minutely describe them just as they are, arranging the species in such a way as not to duplicate parts common to several (by the use of keys), they would earn the everlasting gratitude of all botanists, cover themselves with honor, and give to our branch of science a standing for thorough- 378 Systematic Botany. [zoE ness which it now sadly lacks, and an impetus which would result in the speedy settlement of the classification of our flora. The most crying need of to-day is a rule that no species shall be considered as published if it has a string of words attached to it which do not describe the species so that it can be recognized without the use of the type specimen. It is true that this would invalidate the names of almost half of our flora if it were made an ex post facto rule, but we need not do that; we can forgive the good old men who have passed away, but we should expec^ better things of the living. Among the faults in describing species there is no one more common than sawing the air with descriptions. Take Astragalus for example, allied species, one is described as "matted, pod inflated, flowers white, calyx long, stipules connate, leaflets 10-15 pairs." Another is described as "stems many; pod hoary, 2-celled, pointed; flowers large, keel blunt; calyx hyaline with teeth as long as tube; stipules lanceolate and acute; leaflets glabrous, obovate, acute." The person who makes such a description which would apply equally to either species thinks he has described his plant, when in fact it is only an aggregation of words with no meaning. If a person does the best he knows how he is then liable to miss some things of importance, but when he starts out to give a " short and concise " description and throws in a pinch of words and calls it a description, he feels aggrieved if he is called to account, and tries to insinuate that his critic has some personal motive for his " unjust attack! " When all the species are known it is perfectly right to omit all things of no importance, but when they are not all known and their importance misunderstood there is no botanist either with inherited or acquired acumen who can tell what are essential and what non- essential char- acters, and it is pure pedantry to assume it. Another innovation in nomenclature which I think should not be overlooked is the crediting of species to men who were not their authors. I do not know who first promulgated it, but it is in the line so much cultivated of late, of ignoring and under- estimating the work of field botanists. One would think the way things are going that the only persons who have any rights are the people who sit in their warm and cozy herbaria and manu- VOL. IV.] Notes from the Gray Herbarium. 379 facture species which other men have sent them at great expense of health, time and money. The hardships of field collectors are very great and so far as I know not a single man has made anything more out of it than a poor living to say nothing of profit, and when such a man names a species after having studied it in the field and then sends it on to some authority in the East with its name, and in order not to have a rupture with that authority lets him publish it for him, it is an outrage to rob the field botanist because he did not actually pay for the printing or write the words attached to it. If we are to go behind the printing as some would have us do and attach not the name of the real author of the species but the one who ostensibly published it, then another question would arise as to whether the words credited to the man who published the species were actually written by him or some clerk in his office, in that case the clerk should have the honor of the name. But what will be the result of such an innovation ? Douglas' species will all be taken from him, Nuttall's are in the same condition, though they are put in quotation marks he never published them, but Torrey and Gray did. It seems to me that these notions of nomenclature are becoming more and more technical and equally unjust and will not be accepted by the majority of botanists who want to see due credit given to those who have earned it by their labor. We are losing the meat of nomenclature in the rubbish of formalism. No ex parte rules adopted by a few botanists will ever secure uniformity in American botany, nor will any rules stand long which ignore the rights of collectors. NOTES FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM. BY M. I^. FERNALD. f Habenaria luc.^CAPensis, n. sp. A foot and a half high, leafy; principal root tuber-like, an inch long, with numerous accessory fibres from the summit: leaves thin, broadly elliptical, obtusish, four inches long, half as broad, rather abruptly nar- rowed to a sheathing base; the lowest smaller, orbicular; the upper reduced to lanceolate acuminate bracts, an inch in length: raceme February 26, 1894. 380 Notes from the Gray Herbarium. [zoe six inches long, 8-10 flowered: upper sepal ovate-orbicular, cucul- late, about three lines in length; the lateral ones ovate-elliptic, obtusish, four lines long: petals deeply two-parted, upper seg- ment linear, falcate, obtuse, dilated at the base, ascending, nearly equalling the sepals,* lower segment filiform, about an inch in length; labellum three-parted to the base; the outer seg- ments about fifteen lines long; the middle one linear, obtuse, a third to a half as long; spur clavate, free, 14-17 lines in length: ovary angled and obsoletely winged, about equaling the bracts; the two appendages of the stigma deeply bifid; the segments linear, spreading laterally, and curved ascending, retuse. Collected on mountains of the Cape Region of I^ower California, by T. S. Brandegee, September 16, 1893. A stout species resembling in habit H. Michauxii Nutt., of the Southern States, but differing in its broader leaves, longer segments of petal and lip, and shorter more clavate spur. Ali *See The Gains Phyllospadix, by William Russel Dudley, in the Wilder Quarter-Century Book, Sept. 1S93, pp. 403-420, two plates. VOL. IV.] PJiyllospadix. 38 o zoma, and concealing the ascending flowering branches. Leaf- sheaths long, open as in Graraineae, but each nodal leaf-sheath completely investing the rhizoma and the distal terminal and lateral buds. All nodal sheaths on rhizoma and flowering branches rent by the expanding buds, leaving only the thicker portion to support the lamina. Laminae, linear, emarginate at the apex, smooth, 3-nerved, furnished when very young with " fin-cells," along the margin. Ligule short of two auriculate appendages. Flowering stems ascending as lateral branches from the rhizoma, slender, naked below. They are from one-third to two-thirds of a meter to the summit of the upper spathes, and are continued to the height of a meter or more by means of the leaves and leaf-like tips of the spathes. Flowers without perianth, dioecious, arranged in a double row, on a spadix which is sessile within the spathe, but short peduncled below. Pistillate spadices in the axils of the stem-leaves and five or six centimeters in length. Staminate plants infrequent, their spadices shorter. Spadix linear, flattened, somewhat channeled, provided along each margin with a row of oblong, obtuse, incurved, obliquely ascend- ing, chartaceous appendages (retinacula), one for each ovary or pair of anther-cells, the whole closely invested when young by the membranous spathe. The acute apex of the spadix usually projects slightly beyond the spathe proper. Ovary cordate-sagittate afiixed near the base to the spadix and terminated above by a very short style, and two thin, acumi- nate, irregularl3'-lobed stigmas which are soon deciduous. The ovaries of each row ascend, point obliquely inwards, and alter- nate with a pair of rudimentary anther-cells, appearing when young like the monoecious spadix of Zostera. At anthesis the stigmas only project from the spathe. The spadix and ripened pistils free at maturity from the spathe, but its retinacula never spreading or reflexed. Ovule single, pendulous and orthotropous. Each anther, a pair of oblong linear very distinct lobes point- ing obliquely upward and inward along the face of staminate spadix, the apices of each row closely adjusted to those of the opposite -row. Anthers maturing in acropetal order, the male retinacula at the same time successively and permanently recurv- 384 Phyllospadix. [zoe ing, leaving the anthers exposed, and-finally shedding the entire spathe. Anther-lobes dehiscent longitudinally, the septum between the two loculi persistent and membranous. Pollens filamentous, one-half to one millimeter long, floating on the sur- face of the sea, when first escaping. Fruits compressed, beaked above, sagittate lobed below, seed coats loose and membranous. Embryo compressed consisting largely of an orbicular hypocotyl, 2-lobed posteriorly. Cotyledon thin, oblong descending between the. hypocotyl lobes. Sclerencbyma tissue abundantly developed in the flowering stems and the leaves, wanting in the rhizoma. The genus differs from Zostera in habitat, number, size, posi- tion, and character of roots and lateral branches, in the rhizoma, the presence of sclerenchyma in the upright stems and leaves, in the dioecious spadices, in the rudimentary anthers on the pistil- late spadix, in well-developed retinacula, form of ovary and hypocotyl, mode of dehiscence of anther, and the presence of a permanent membrane between the loculi of the anther-cells. P. serriilatics Rupr., with " leaves toothed," from Alaska, may be at present dismissed as too little known, the description being based, it is said, on leaf- fragments only. Our California species approach too closely to one another; P. Scouleri being variable, while P. Torreyi is pretty constant in its characters; but from our present knowledge it would appear proper to retain them as species. The following species are the only ones detected on the coast of California, and the only ones certainly known to exist: ^ P. Scouleri, Hook., Flora Bor. Amer. ii, p. 171 (1838). Flowering stems not common, peduncles short, i to 6 cm. long. Pistillate spadix one; rarely two are present, one at each node. Ripened pistils larger than in the following species. I^eaves flat and much thinner and lighter green, but with more sclerenchyma than in /*. Torreyi; variable in width, i^ to 2 mm. in mature plants, 3 or even 5 mm. on young sterile specimens; sterile plants abundant, growing on the rocks in the heaviest surf and on the most exposed ocean shores. Specimens examined from Tillamook Head, Or. (Henderson), from the mouth of the Rus- VOL. IV. j Loiuer California Grasses, 385 sian River, Santa Cruz, Pacific Grove, and San Luis Obispo Bay, Cal. (Dudley). Reported from Vancouver (Macoun), Columbia River (Scouler), Santa Barbara (Mrs. Bingham). 1^ P. ToRREYi Wats., Proc. Araer. Acad, xiv, p. 303 (1879). Flowering stems abundant, elongated, usually 20-30 cm. to the lowest of the two to four fertile nodes. Pistillate spadices two to five at each node, a cluster terminating the stem, each 5 or 6 cm. in length. Staminate spadices shorter and shorter stalked, three to five at each node. Ripened ovaries 5 or 6 mm. long, and nearly as broad. I,eaves numerous and .5 to 2 meters long, i to 2 mm. wide, coriaceous, and oval in transection, dark olive- green. Sclerenchyma less abundant than in P. Scoideri. Abun- dant on the ocean shores mixed with P. Scoule^-i, but inclining more to tide-pools and protected coves among the rocks, often seeming to grow in tussocks or turfs in the sand, but really aris- ing from sand-covered stones. Specimens examined from, the Russian River, Cal. (Dudley), Farallones Ids., and Santa Bar- bara (Cal. Acad. Coll.), San Diego (Cleveland), Eusenada, Lower California (Brandegee), and many from Santa Cruz, Pacific Grove, and San Luis Obispo Bay, Cal. I have no doubt it extends to Vancouver and beyond, also much further south than it has 5^et been reported. LOWER CALIFORNIA GRASSES. AN ENUMERATION OF THE GRASSES COLLECTED BY MR. T. S. BRANDEGEE IN LOWER CALIFORNIA IN 1 893. BY F. LAMSON-SCRIBNER. I have not had time nor the facilities, even if I had desired, to fall into line with the nomenclaturists of the day in this enumeration, but I have studied the plants of the collection care- fully, and so far as I have ventured to name them I believe they will be understood. I have been unable to consult the collec- tions of Bourgeau, Botteri, Liebmann, and some others, and it is very likely that I have erred in some of my determinations. I have, however, done the best that the facilities at my command would permit. February 26, 1894. 386 Lower California Grasses. ■ [zoe r. Tripsacum lanceolatum Rupr. in Benth. PI. Hartw. 247; Fouru. Mex. PI. Enum. Gram. 68. — El Taste, September 13 (4). 2. Hackelochloa granularis (E.) ok. CeJicIn-us Gran- tilaris E-; I\Ianisuyis graiiularis Sw. — El Taste, September 11 (20). Saucito, October 15 (68). 3. Andropogon saccharoides Sw. Sessile or fertile spikelets 2^ lines long, awns 10-12 lines. I have exactly the same form from San Diego, collected b}^ C. R. Orcutt. — El Taste, September 9 (47). . 4. Andropogon contortus E. Heteropogo7i contortus R. & S. El Taste, September 13 (2); Pescadero, September 23 (i). 5. Andropogon imberbis Hack, in Flora 1885, 119. A form with the pedicellate spikelet awned. — Saucito, October 15 (65)- 6. Andropogon hirtiflorus HBK. var. feensis Hack. A. fccnsis Fourn. — El Taste, September 13 (31). 7. ^gopogon geminiflorus HBK. var. unisetus Fourn. AL. u)iiseius R. & S. — Ea Chuparosa, October 17 (60). 7a. . Var. breviglumis, n. var. Spikelets two in each cluster, one hermaphrodite, the second reduced to a pair of aristiform empty glumes and a linear, triaristate floral glume. The empty glumes of the perfect floret very short and narrow so that the glumes appear to be awn-like from the base, subequal and about the length of the triaristate flowering glume. This is unlike any other form which I have, the nearest approach to it being No. 247 E- Palmer (1S86). The details of the spike- lets in this genus vary so much that I hesitate to give this plant specific rank. — Saucito, October 14 (69). 8. Nazia occidentalis (Nees). Tragus oaidenialis Nees. Lappago alieiia Griseb. — El Taste, September 11 (36). 9. PaspaIvUM Karwinskyi Fouru. ? Allied to P. panicu- latum E. Nodes, sheaths, and leaves smooth, racemes lo-ib, i^ inches long, approximate; spikelets % lin. long quadri- seriate, obtuse, smooth. — San Jose del Cabo, September 2 (15). 10. Eriochloa punctata Hamilton. Nclopus punclafus Nees. — El Taste, September 15 (41). VOL. IV.] Lowe}' California Gj^asses. 387 11. Panicum sanguinale L. — El Taste, September 9 (49); L,a Honda, October 22. Empty glumes densely pilose at the apex and along the margins {F. Jijnbriatuin Kth.), (53). — San Jose del Cabo, September 2 (29). 12. Panicum . K\\\QdtoP.Jilifonnel^. Spikes 2-5, approximate, 2-3 inches long, outer glumes ciliate and fimbriate along the margins — El Taste, September 11 (42, 43). 13. Panicum paspaloides Pers. — El Taste, September 9 (13)- •^ 14. Panicum veeutinosum Nees. Agrost. Bras. 121, {P. Petiverii {i. Trin. Icon. t. 180). Spikelets 1^2-2 lines long, obovate, abruptly acuminate pointed, dark purple and pubescent towards the apex; fourth glume minutely mucronate pointed and transversely rugose; leaves narrowed at the base, not cor- date.— Saltillo, September 17 (17). V 15- Panicum petiverii Trin.?=No. 159 and No. 208 E. Palmer 1887 {P. dissitifloniiu Vasey, ined.). Spikelets i>^ lines long. Outer glumes shortly and sparsely pubescent, the first 3-nerved'and y'l as long as the spikelet, the second and third glumes 5-nerved and together with the fourth abruptly short- pointed. The fourth glume punctate striate on the back (not transversely rugose). Leaves cordate clasping at the base where they are sparingly ciliate on the margins. Racemes distant, 2 inches long, remotely flowered, spikelets solitary or in pairs on short, pilose pedicels. — Pescadero, September 23 (27). i6. Panicum avenaceum HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. i. 99. — El Taste, September 12 (21). 17. Panicum decolorans HBK.? Spikelets turgid, iJ^-2 lines long. First glume hardly Yt, as long as the spikelet, obtuse 5-nerved, the second and third glumes longer than the fourth, broadly lanceolate, subacuminate, 7-9 nerved, the third with a palea, fourth glume obtuse. Habit of P. decolorans as described by Kuuth. — Saucito, October 14 (70). 18. Panicum compactum Sw., Griseb. Flor. Br. W. Ind. 552. — Saltillo, September 16 (22). / 19. Panicum latifolium L. Sp. PL ed. i., P divaricahun \^ 388 Lower Calif alalia Grasses. ' [zoe HBK. and Am. auct.=No. 362 E. Palmer 1886.— El Taste, September 11 (23). San Felipe, September 9 (28). 20. Paxicum brevifolium L- — El Taste, September 10 (24). 21. Panicum colonum L. — San Jose del Cabo, September i (40). 22. Panicum colonum — depauperate ? Culms very slender 3-4 inches high; leaves narrow-linear; racemes reduced to i-5 spikelets. — EI Taste, September 11 (52). 23. Oplismenus Burmanni (Retz) Beauv. O Hiunbold- tiamis Nees, not Presl.=No. 463 E. Palmer 1886. — Miraflores, October 13 (75). 24. Setaria glauca Beauv. — Saltillo, September 17 (32). 25. Setaria viridis Beauv. ? San Jose del Cabo, Septem- ber 2 (46). 26. Setaria . Panicle branched interrupted below, caudate; bristles much exceeding the spikelets which are about I line long. First glume very small obtuse, 3-nerved; second glume 5-nerved, a little shorter than the flowering glume; third 7-nerved as long as the acute and transversely rugose flowering glume.=^No. 191 E. Palmer 18S7, also No. 957 E. Palmer 1878. — San Felipe, September 9 (45). To be compared with S. iniisetas Fourn. 27. Setaria setosa Beauv.? Spikelets i)/( lines long, first glume acute, 3-nerved, )^ as long as the spikelet, second glume ^:- shorter than the fourth 7-nerved; flowering glume transversely rugose and mucronate pointed. — Pescadero, Septem- ber 20 (48). 28. Cenchrus echinatus L. — Mazatlan, Mexico, October 8 (79)- ^ 29. Cenchrus Palmeri Yasey! Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Ser. 2, vol. ii. p. 211; grasses of the Pac. Slope t. 3.=No. 689 E. Palmer 1887, collected at Los Angeles Bay, Southern Calif. This is possibly Cenchrus paucijiorus Benth. Bot. Sulph. 56. Bentham's plant which was from, the Bay of Magdalena is thus characterized: " Culmis suberecto, foliis glabris vix scabrius- culis, involucris alternis, distantibus, pilosiusculis sub io-fidi>;, spiculis subternas superantibus." — La Mesa, October 24 (12). VOL. IV.] Lower California Grasses. 389 ^ 30. Aristida bromoides HBK. Kmpty glumes unequal, the first 2-3 lines long, acute, the second 3>^-4 lines, acute or obtuse, both i -nerved. Floret about the length of the second glume. Awns subequal, 2^-5 lines long, lateral awns slightly divergent. Callus densely barbate. Culms slender, branched, 6-12 inches high, with a narrow strict panicle 2-5 inches long. — Saucito, October 15 (66). X 31. Aristida Schiedeana Trin. First empty glume lan- ceolate, acute, 3^-4^ lines long, strongly aculeolate scabrous on the keel for the entire length ; second glume a little longer than the first, i -nerved, obtuse or shortly bifid at apex, the smooth midnerve projecting as a short mucro between the lobes; flowering glume with a slender and acute barbate callus nearly ^ line long, the glume 6-7 lines long, with an awn 2 lines long, the lateral awns minute. Panicle 6-10 inches long, branches 2-4 inches, solitary or in pairs, rather rigid, widely spreading, with appressed spikelets above the middle, naked below. Culms 1-2 feet high, rather slender. — Saucito, October 15 (64). 32. Aristida Cai^ifornica Thurber. — San Jose del Cabo., September 12 (38). 32a. Aristida scabra Kunth, Sttepiachne scabra HBK. Ortachne scabra Fourn. — El Taste, September 11 (26). \^ 33. Oryzopsis fimbriata Hemsl. Stipa fimbriata HBK. Empty glumes about 2^ lines long, equaling or slightly exceed- ing the obovate obtuse and pilose flowering glume, shortly mucro- nate pointed. Awn of the flowering glume about 7^2 lines long, once or twice geniculate, strongly twisted below, scabrous. Callus very short, acute, barbate. First glume 5-nerved, the second 3-nerved. Radical leaves involute filiform, about a foot long, shorter than the culm. — La Chuparosa, October ry (72). / 34. MUHLENBERGIA LAXIFLORA Scribn.=No. I412 C. G. Pringle (1887). Empty glumes about 34 line long, subequal, obtuse; flowering glume 2 lines long narrow-lanceolate, 3-nerved, 2-toothed at the obtuse apex awned; awn 1-2 lines long. Callus barbate. Culms 2-3 feet high, simple, panicle narrow, elongated, dark purple. Perennial from a stout root-stock. — Ea Chuparosa, October 17 (74). 390 Lowei' California Gt'asses. [zoe 35. MuHLENBERGiA DisTiCHOPHYLLA Kth. — El Taste, Sep- tember 13 (33, 34). 36. MuHLENBERGiACiLiATA Kth.=No. 1435 Pringle ( 1887) La Chuparosa, October 21 (59). 37. MuHLENBERGiA . Near M. stipoidcs. Annual culms csespitose, branched, slender, with usually 7 nodes; leaves £at, spreading, 2-3 inches long, Y-z line wide, sheaths shorter than the internodes. Panicle 4-5 inches long strict, base enclosed within the uppermost sheath. Spikelets 2 lines long with a slender awn 6-8 lines long; empty glumes short (about ^ line) subequal obtuse; flowering glume scabrous on the back, pilose on the margins below, apex minutely 2-toothed, awn from between the teeth; callus short, minutely barbate. — La Chuparosa, October 17 (71). 38. MuHLENBERGiA . Culms taller and more branched than in the last (No. 71) and awns longer, 8-18 lines, otherwise the same. — Saucito, October 15 (62). 39. lyYCURUS PHALAROIDES HBK. — Sierra de la Laguna, October 19 (77, 81). 40. Pereilema crinitum Presl. — La Chuparosa, October 18(63). 41. Sporobolus minutiflorus Link.? Scribner in Proc. Acad Nat. Sci. Phila. (1891) p. 299.— No. 3130 Pringle (1890) — La Chuparosa, October 17 (8oj. 42. Sporobolus racemosus Vasey.= No. 4B, E. Palmer 1885 (in herb, mihi) and 1425 Pringle 18S7. — La Chuparosa October 21 (58). Mixed with this are specimens of Sporobolus annuus Vasey and Miihlenbergia ciliata. 43. Sporobolus DoMiNGENS.'is Kth.=No. 165 E. Palmer 1887. — San Jose del Cabo, September 2 (7). 44. Sporobolus ViRGiNicus Kth. =No. 338 E. Palmer 1887. — Guaymas, Mexico (7). 45. Sporobolus expansus Scribn. Culm stout 4-6 feet high; sheaths smooth, striate; ligule a short and densely ciliate line; lamina narrow, elongated filiform, smooth on the back, pilose above near the base and serrulate-scabrous along the margins; •^ \/ VOL. IV.] Lozver California Grasses. 39 r panicle 1-2 feet long caudate, branches slender, erect, spreading, the lower 6 inches long, rather densely flowered; spikelets sub- racemose along the branches, nearly i line long; empty glumes unequal, the first about ^ the length of the second which nearly equals the flowering glume; flowering glume smooth barely acute, awnless, callus naked. This grass is closely allied to Sporobolus Wrightii Scribn. (in Torr. Bull, ix, 103) but is apparently even more robust, panicle more elongated, branches and pedicels more slender and scabrous and spikelets smaller. It is possibly Epicampes expansa Fourn. but it certainly is as good a Sporobolus as .S". Wrightii. Fournier enumerates twelve Mexican species of Epicampes but his descriptions are so short or incomplete that it is very diSicult to make positive determinations. — -Pescadero, September 23 (16). 46. Deschampsia Pringlei Scribn. Proc. Acad. Phila. (1891) p. 30o=No. 1429 Pringle 18S7. — La Chuparosa, (55). 47. MiCROCHLOA SETACEA R. Br. — Kl Taste, September II (5). 48. Chloris elegans HBK. — San Jose del Cabo, Sep- tember 2 (6). 49. IvEPToCHLOA MUCRONATA, Kunth. — San Jose del Cabo^ September 2 (18). 50. lyEPTOCHLOA viRGATA Beauv. var. mutica Fourn. PI. Mex. Enum. Gram. 146. DiplacJine verticillata Nees & Mey. Diplachne imbricata, Thurb.=No. 47, E. Palmer (1887) and No. 331 (1886).— San Jose Del Cabo, September 2 (8). 51. BouTELOUA ARiSTiDOiDES, Thurb. Diuebra arisiidoides HBK. — Pescadero, September 23 (51). 52. BouTELOUA CURTIPENDULA Gra}^ Cliloris ciirtipendiila Michx. Bouteloua racemosa Lag. — El Taste September 11 (3). 53. Bouteloua Americana Scribn. Proc. JVcad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1891) 306. Bouteloua bromoides Lag. Bouteloua Huni- boldtiana Griseb. — La Honda October 21 (59). The details of the spikelets in this specimen agree with the figure of Dinebra bromoides HBK. Nov. Gen. t. 51. — El Taste, September 11 (25). In this the characters of the spikelets are those of Dinebra ng2 Lower California Grasses. [zoe o V repens HBK. as figured in Nov. Gen. PI. t. 52. These species {Dinebra bromoides, D. repens and Boutelo2ia Humboldtiana) were united under Bouteloua bromoides Lag. by S. Watson in Proc. Amer. Acad. 1883, p. 177. Artstida Americana Sw., Obs. 41, t. ii, f. 2 (1791), cited by Kunth, is an older synonym, the specific name of which is taken up. 54. Bouteloua hirsuta Lag. — El Taste, September 12 (19)- 55. Bouteloua pol ystachya Torr. — San Jose del Cabo, September 2 (39). 56. Pappophorum mucronulatum Nees. ?=No. 350 E. Palmer (1887). This may be only a form of P. alopecuroidewn Vahl., but it differs from my West Indian specimens so ticketed, and it does agree very well with Doell's figure and description of P. mucronulatuvi. It is not P. apertum Munro, Scribn. in Bull. Torr. Club, ix (1882) p. 52. The following are some of the char- acters of the spikelets: Spikelets including the awns 11-12 mm. long, with usually two perfect flowers and two to three empty glumes above. Lower empty glumes ovate lanceolate, bristle-awned between the two unequal teeth at the apex, the second about 5 mm. long, a little exceeding the first. Flowering glumes broad and rounded on the back, about 3 mm. long to base of awns, densely pilose on the short and obtuse callus and on the midnerve below the middle and on the sides half way up, pubescent on the inner face above, 7-nerved. Awns 12-15, the longer ones 8-9 mm. diverging, violet-colored, strongly sca- brous. The upper empty glumes with a villous tuft on the back below the middle, sides and callus naked. — Guaymas Mexico, November 7 (76). 57. MoNANTHOCHLOE LiTTORALis Engelm. — Pescadero, Sep- tember 23. (Mixed with No. 35). 58. Eragrostis plumosa Link. Poa tenella. Kunth. Revis. Gram. ii. 467, t. 147, not Linn. Efagrostis ciliaris var. patens Chapm. — San Jose del Cabo, September 2 (9). 59. Eragrostis major 'KosX. — El Taste, September 11 (37)- 60. Eragrostis lugens Nees. — La Chuparosa, October 17 (78). 6r. Eragrostis Neo-Mexicana Vasey. I have this from VOL, IV.] Loiver California Grasses. 393 New Mexico, collected bj' G. R. Vasey 188 1. — El Taste, Sep- tember 9 (14)- 62. Eragrostis . El Taste, September 9 (50). 63. Eragrostis limbata Fourn.? =234 E. Palmer 1886. — Saucito, October 15 (67). 64. Eragrostis nigricans Steud. {Poa nigricans HBK.). This is apparently a small form of this species. — Sierra de la Ivaguna, October 19 (82). 65. D1STICH1.IS SPicATA (L.). — Pescadero, September 23 (35)- 66. Festuca tenella Willd. ? This appears to me to be only a very delicate form of Festuca tenella Willd. Very likely it is the Festuca mnratis Kth. var. pu77iila Fourn. Mex. PI. Enum., Gram. 123, without description, reference being made to No. 554 Liebmann, collected at Cerro Leon. — La Chuparosa, October 17 (61). 67. Bromus . Allied to B. Kalmii. The species of Bromus are exceeding variable, and their determination difl&cult. I have nothing which matches this, but doubtless it has been published. The slender culms are about 2 feet high, and minutely pubescent; sheaths downwardly pubescent; panicle small, the axis and branches pubescent. Empty glumes unequal, the first lanceolate, acute, i -nerved, the second oblong, obtuse, and 3-nerved; flowering glume finely pubescent all over, obtusely bifid and short awned between the teeth. — La Chuparosa, Octo- ber 17 (73). 68. Brachypodium Mexicanum Link. — La Chuparosa, October 16 (54). 69. JouvEA straminea Foum.? Scribner in Bull. Torn Bot. Club, xvii, p. 226; Rachidospemium Mexicanuvi Vasey, Bot. Gaz. XV, no. — San Jose del Cabo, October 27 (10). SYSTEMATIC BOTANY OF NORTH AMERICA. UNDER THE EDITORSHIP OF N. L. Britton, John M. Coulter, F. V. Coville, Columbia College, Lake Forest University, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, New York City. Lake Forest, 111. Washington, D. C. Edward L. Greene, Byron D. Halsted, Arthur Hollick, University of California, Rutger's College, Columbia College, Berkeley, Calif. New Brunswick, N. J. New York City. Lucien M. Underwood, De Pauw Universitj', Greencastle, Ind. Columbia College, New York, November — , 1893. My Dear Sir: — It is proposed to publish a comprehensive, descriptive Flora of the United States and British America in the general sequence of the larger groups adopted in "Die Naturliche Pflanzenfamilien " of Eugler and Prantl, thus including all the known plants of this area. In order to accomplish this, the widest co-operation of American Botanists is desired, and I am authorized by the Board of Editors to invite your interest and assistance. The work will be issued in parts averaging about 100 pages each in royal octavo or small quarto size. About 5 of these parts will constitute a volume, and it is estimated that about 75 parts, making 15 volumes, will be required. No illustration is contemplated, but copious references to published plates and figures will be made a feattire. In addition to the technical characteri- zations, chapters dealing with the economic, palaeontologic and horticul- tural aspects of each order will be appended. Especial attention will be given to the verification of original descriptions, to the examination of type specimens, to the citation of type localities, and to geographical distribution. No attempt will be made to treat the groups consecutively, but the sequence of orders being tentatively established in advance, and the num- ber of genera and species being approximately known, it is possible to print parts of all the volumes, or of as many of them as is desired at about the same time. It is hoped that five or six parts can be issued annually, beginning in 1896. Several parts are already in preparation. The following botanists have consented to co-operate with the editors in preparing monographs of various groups, or in superintending their preparation: Prof. Thos. C. Porter, Lafayette College, Easton, Penn.; Prof. Chas. E. Bessey, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb.; Prof. Chas. R. Barnes, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.; Prof. Wm. Trelease, Missouri Botanic Garden, St. Louis, Mo.; Prof Conway Mac Millan. University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn; Prof. J. A. Arthur, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind.; Dr. Thomas Morong, Columbia College, New York City; February 26, 1S94. VOL. IV.] A Nezv Species of Bitlimulus. 395 Prof. L. H. BaHey, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; Prof. Lester F. Ward, U. S. National Musenm, Washington, D. C; Mr. O. F. Cook, Hunt- ington, New York; Dr. William Wheelock, Columbia College, New York City. Each monographer will be responsible for his own matter, thfi) only restrictions placed on contributors being that they conform to a general style and to principles of nomenclature and citation, and that descriptions be extended only to an average limit of a certain number of words, this number to be hereafter determined. The treatment of these matters will be indicated by sample sheets, which will be submitted at an early date. It is expected that an approximately uniform consideration of species can be secured. The editors believe that b}' prosecuting the work in the manner above indicated, it will be possible to produce a complete Systematic Botany of the country within fifteen years. They fully realize the impracticability of such a task being accomplished by a few students only, and earnestly desire the aid and support of all American Botanists. They request your co-operation, and ask that j'ou serd a reply to this letter to the under- signed, and will welcome any suggestions that you maybe pleased to make. For the Board of Editors, N. L. Britton, Chairman. The above circular was sent to a number of Botanists besides those mentioned in the text. While a "Flora of the United States and British Columbia" is highly desirable, a glance at the names of the proposed monographers gives evidence that if ever accomplished it will be a remarkably uneven work. The qualification for participants seems to be not capacity and attain- ments, but solely agreement with the peculiar nomenclatural predilections of the editors. As they, or some of them, are, however, already at loggerheads over details, the date of the completion of the work is likely to be still farther in the future than the estimated "fifteen j'ears." K. B. A NEW SPECIES OF BULIMUEUS. BY HENRY HEMPHILL. EuLiMELLA occiDENTALis. Shell small, turriculated, white, shining, transparent, consisting of about nine rather flattish convex whorls, with a single fine, revolving, threadlike lirse March 12, 1894. 3g6 Chariessa Lemberti. [zoe above the periphery, and with very fine microscopic revolving striae beneath, observable only with a good glass and light; suture deep; aperture subquadrate; lip simple, acute; columella straight. L,ength — 4 mill. Breadth — i mill. Habitat, San Diego, California. Station, mudflats between tides. I collected about twenty specimens of this interesting little shell some j'ears ago, which seems undescribed, and I take this occasion to add it to our West Coast shells. CHARIESSA I.EMBERTI. BY J. J. RIVERS. Chariessa Eemberti nov. sp. Form robust, prothorax widest across the middle; head and prothorax finely punctate; Elytra twice as long as wide, but widening from base to near the apex; finely punctured in a faintly longitudinal pattern and cov- ered with very short black hair. Color: Head, basal joints of antennae, prothorax, legs, all but the tarsi, and the whole of the underparts red of a subdued crimson. Size: Variable in both sexes from 8-12 mm. Has a superficial resemblance to C. elegans Horn, but is dis- tinguished by having its thorax flatter and wider, by the legs being red instead of black (except the tarsi), by the basal joint of antennae being red, and hy its prothorax not bearing a polished surface, as in C. elegans Horn, and the insect is altogether a wider species. Habitat: Yosemite. Collected by Mr. J. B. Eembert, who kindly presented it to me. March 12, 1894. TWO UNDESCRIBED PLANTS FROM THE COAST RANGE. ^. BY T. S. BRANDKGEE. 1^ EASTWOODIA nov. gen. (pi. xxx.*) Heads homogamous, discoid, many-flowered, all the flowers fertile. Involucre short- campanulate, bracts narrow, few-seriate. Receptacle hemisphaeri- cal, papillate by the elevated points of attachment of the flowers and their embracing pale«. Corolla j^ellow, tubular-funnelform, shortly five-cleft. Stamens exserted, obtuse or emarginate at base. Style-branches flattened, stigmatic lines marginal, not extending to the tip. Akenes turbinate, obscurely angled, crowned by 5-8 palese. Named in honor of Miss Alice Eastwood, curator of the her- ^ barium of the California Academy of Sciences, f E. ELEGANS. Sufi'rutescent, nearly glabrous perennial Yz-i m. high, branching; stems striate, bark whitish, shreddy in age: leaves alternate, sessile, fascicled in the lower axils, linear-oblan- ceolate, acuminate, i -nerved, minutely and very sparsely sca- brous, somewhat succulent, 2-4 cm. long, 2-4 mm, wide: heads 1)^-2 cm. broad, i-^^ high, solitary or loosely C3'mose at the upper part of slender bracts, leafy shoots of the year, 2-2)^ dm. long: involucre appressed; bracts corneous, whitish, 3-4-seriate, oblong-lanceolate, mucronate, the inner broader and with a scarious erose margin; bracts of the receptacle complicate, ob- long, corneous, with scarious erose tip, caducous, densely glandular below the tip within as are also those of the involucre: corolla glabrous, 6 mm. long, somewhat leathery: stamens and style well exserted; style branches broad, rounded at summit, not appendaged, glabrous within nearly to the tip, hirsute on the upper half without, stigmatic lines narrow; akenes short-turbinate somewhat 3-4-angled, densely upwardly pubescent, about 2 mm. long, not contracted at the summit; pappus of 5-8 unequal, white, linear-lanceolate erose-margined, corneous, persistent paleae, much longer than the akenes. Collected by Mr. I,. Jared on the Cariso Plains; by Miss Eastwood, near Alcalde; by Mr, W. L. * Explanation of Plate. E. flowering |branch; C. flower showing exserted stamens and style; D. bract of i-eceptacle; B. stamens; style tips greatly magnified. March 12, 18^4. 398 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoe Watts on the hills west of Bakersfield, and by the writer near the same time and in the same general region, April-June, 1893. The aflEinities of this plant are with Asteroidese, of which it has the style-tips and involucre with much the general habit of the desert species of Aplopappus, but it differs from any of the genera in its complicate-chaffy receptacle, and its pappus. The western rim of the San Joaquin Valle}' yet little explored may be expected to still yield many novelties. Lepidium Jaredi. Annual, branching, 1-2 dm. high, some- what glaucous, upper part of stem and inflorescence pubescent, with spreading hairs: leaves lanceolate, entire, or toothed: flow- ering branches becoming elongated, often half the length of the plant: pedicels terete, slender, spreading, in fruit, i cm. long, and somewhat recurved; flowers bright yellow: sepals 2 mm. long: petals a third longer, v.'ith oval or obovate blade and nar- row claw: stamens 6, nearly equal: fruit ovate, glabrous, reticu- late, 3-4 mm. wide and hardly as long, acute or barely emarginate, at summit, not winged; style J2 mm. long; coty- ledons incumbent. Collected by Mr. L- Jared near Goodwin, San Luis Obispo County, April-May, 1893; ^^^ near Riverdale, Fresno County, about the same lime by Mr. Alvah Eaton. ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF THE CAPE REGION OF BAJA CALIFORNIA. II. BY T. S. BRANDEGEE. The following collection was made during the months of September and October in the western part of the mountains of the Cape Region. The particular localities explored were either previously unexplored or had been visited at a different time of the year. The rainy season of the region is in the months of July, August, and September, but little rain fell about San Jose del Cabo, and constquently there were comparatively small collections made in its vicinity; and the same conditions prevailed over the region March 12, 1S94. VOL. IV.] Flora of the Cape Region. 399 between the high mountains and the Gulf of California, but west of the mountains the ground was well soaked by frequent showers, and vegetation was luxuriant. The numbers of the list are continuous with those of previous ones. All above 739 are additions to the known plants of the Cape Region. The smaller numbers belong to plants which occur in the previous lists, of which better specimens or fuller material require notice, or lead to rectifications of diagnosis. The grasses of the collection have been studied by Prof. F. Lamson-Scribner, and are not incorporated here, and there yet remain a considerable number of species, requiring careful study, which for lack of time could not be made ready for this paper. . ^ 2. Thalictrum vesiculosum Lee. var. pkninsulare. Plants about i m. high, glabrous throughout, excepting a minute glandular pubescence on the margins of the sheaths, some- what glaucous; stems striate : leaves tripinnate, distant; leaflets slender-petiolulate, thin, sometimes 3 cm., but ordinarily less than 2 cm. long, green above, glaucous below, spatulate, ovate or obovate, 3-6-, commonl}^, 3-lobed at apex, the lobes entire: panicle loose and spreading somewhat leafy; pedicels elongated, filiform: flowers usuallj^ hermaphrodite: sepals 4, 2 mm. long, oblong-elliptic or oval, purplish, with conspicuous parallel veins: filaments filiform, flexuous, more or less dilated towards the top, in full development exceeding the linear 4-5 mm. long, mucro- nate anthers, ovaries about 5, stipitate; style filiform 6-8 mm. long, strongly papillose on the back, tapering to the extremity, stig- matic nearly the whole length, the thin margin rolled in: heads nodding in fruit, akenes 5-6 mm. long, usually concave on the inner angle, stipitate, tipped by more or less of the base of the style, the flattened sides and back strongly veined and nodulose. — Common at middle elevations in the mountains of the Cape Region. This plant is geographically so far removed from the South American type that comparison of specimens may show them to be specifically distinct. y 3. Ranunculus abortivus L. var. australis. Lower leaves reniform, 3-5 cm. broad, 2-3 cm. long, petals 5-6 mm. long. Perennial, flowering in August. Abundant in wet places 400 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoe on the high summits of Sierra de la Laguna and San Francis- qiiito. 740. Ranunculus hydrocharoides Gray. Common in wet places and standing water, at I^a Chuparosa and Sierra de la lyaguna, the immersed plants not in flower in October, those growing in wet banks just coming into bloom. 10. Lepidium intermedium Gray. Mature specimens now collected show that the cotyledons are incumbent, and this name should take the place of Z.. Virginicum. Some of the specimens have rather conspicuous petals like the New Mexico and Texas plants. 741. Cleome melanocarpa Watson. The specimens differ from Dr. Palmer's Chihuahua plant in having slightly narrower pods. The petals are white, but the plant does not belong to the § Physostemoii. It is common in September on the Pacific slope of the mountains. 742. Ionidium parietari.^folium DC. (?) The same plant as Dr. Palmer's No. 93, 1885, from Chihuahua, Proc. Am. Acad, xxi, 415. — Common in the elevated region west of Sierra San Lazaro. 743. Alsodeia parvifolia Wats (?) — Mountains east of Pescadero, September 16, 1893. 744. Polygala glochidiata HBK. Canon Hondo. Seen in but one locality. 36. Par(3Nychia monandra Brandg. This grows abun- dantly about the Sierra de la Laguna. It seems to be the same as P. Mexicana Hemsley, excepting that the flower has one stamen instead of five, and probably it should be considered a variety of that species. 43. Talinum patens Willd. The mark of interrogation should be omitted after this species. It is very common from near the seashore to middle elevations of the mountains. 745. Malvastrum scabrum Gray. One plant only was found in Caiion San Bernardo. 746. KosTELETZKYA CORDATA Presl. Agrees well with the description in Reliq. Haenk. The flowers are pale lilac in ly VOL. IV.] Flora of the Cape Region. 401 color, with yellow centres; the petals reflexed. — Abundant at Santa Anita. 747. Anoda Arizonica Gray. Sierra Sau lyazaro and at Canon Hondo. Plants much larger than those described hy Dr. Gray. Collected first by L,emmon in Arizona. 748. OxALis LATiFOLiA HBK. Common on the west side of the mountains. 749. Ilex sp. 750. Ilex sp. ^^ 751. CoLUBRiNA ARBOREA. High-brauching small tree 6-10 m. high, 10-15 cm. thick, sparingly pubescent on the young parts, becoming glabrous: branches slender, green: leaves alternate 3-nerved, thin, ovate-acuminate, 6-15 cm. long, the nerves ending in a series of arches, running close to and parallel with the margin of the leaf, each arch ending in an impressed gland on the lower surface of the remote rounded teeth; petioles 2-2^ cm. long; stipules slender caducous: flowers greenish in axillary cymes shorter than the petioles: calyx and pedicels sparingly pubescent: petals almost without claws rolled round the filament which exceeds them: ovary not free from the disk: fruit not seen. Mountains of the Cape Region, September- October, 1893. This may possibly be a form of '' Rhamnus glomeiatus" Benth. PI. Hartw. 9, which is evidently a Colubrina with hardly more than a generic description. •752. ViCiA ExiGUA Nutt. Sierra de la Laguna. 162. Phaseolus acutifolius Gray, var. tenuifolius Gray. P. monta7ius Brandg. 753. Rhynchosia phaseoloides DC Sierra de la Laguna. 754. Cassla. biflora L- — Rather common on the western side. 755. Carica caudata. Stems herbaceous, ^-i m. long from a tuberous root: leaves thin, triangular to ovate in outline, 3-nerved, entire or 3-5-lobed acute or acuminate, truncate or cuneate at base, 3-12 cm. long on slender petioles often exceed- ing the blade: ^ flowers (only one cluster seen): peduncle 11 cm. 402 Flora of the Cape Region, [zoe long, about 5-fiowered; calyx i)^ mm. long, segments lanceolate, acute: tube of the corolla slender, 10 mm. long; lobes oblong obtuse half the length of the tube: stamens 10, the 5 larger 3 mm. long, 2-celled, nearly sessile, the alternates i -celled, 2 mm. long on filaments little shorter — the connective in both forms brush-hairy at tip: rudiment of ovary 3 mm. long: ? flowers not seen: fruit i-celled, oblong-oval beaked, 5-1 1 cm. long on slender peduncles half as long, and with five horns 3-5 cm. long project- ing backward from the base: seeds 6 mm. long covered by the milky white aril; testa rugose, crustaceous. — The first speci- men was collected by Dr. Gustav Eisen. It was afterward found abundantly, in fruit, about the western side of the mountains. 756. ^CHiNOCYSTis (Echinopepon) Coulteri (Gray). — Canon Hondo. 259. Garrya Wrightii Torr. This species is common in the mountains, and reaches a height of 3 m. or more. The leaves are not mucronulate on the margins as are most of the Arizona forms. Specimens from the Santa Rita Mountains have nearly smooth leaf margins, while those from Santa Pedro Martir are exceedingly rough. 757. Randia obcordata Wats. — Common at low eleva- tions. 758. Crusea parvifolia Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. 430. Agrees very closelj' with the description and figure, difi"ering only in unessential particulars. — Canon Hondo on the western side of the mountains. 274. Valeriana sorbifolia HBK. 759. Stevia micrantha Lag. In the mountains at various places, not common. 760. Eupatorium sagittatum Gray. Common in the vicinity of Pescadero, usually growing in brush fences. Well- known from Guaymas northward to Arizona. 293. Erigeron subdecurrens Schultz Bip. This is the Conyza Coulleri o( the previous list. 761. CoNYZA soPHi^PoiviA, HBK. — El Taste. 762. Baccharis sarothroides Gray. — Near Sierra San Lazaro. VOL. IV.] Flora of the Cape Region. 403 763. Gnaphalium purpureum Iv. — Sierra de la Laguna. 764. Gnaphalium gracile HBK. Growing on the sandy- dry beds of streams. 765. Franseria camphorata Greene. Abundant in the vicinity of Pescadero. It extends northward to the foothills of San Pedro Martir. FAXONIA gen. no\^ Heads heterogamous, radiate, flowers of the ray $ , of the disk $ . Involucre of few, narrow bracts, sub 2-seriate and slightly unequal, some of the outer embracing the ray-flowers. Receptacle convex, palese, membranaceous linear. Ligule of the ray-flowers rudimentary. Style glabrous, acuminate. Akenes somewhat curved, without pappus, apparently fertile. Flowers of the disk yellow, with deeply and somewhat irregularly cleft limb. Stamens distinct or two occasionally joined. Anthers short. Style branches linear, stigmatic on the inner surface nearly to the somewhat dilated truncate tip. Akenes with a pappus of irregular slender awns. Named in honor of Mr. C. E. Faxon, whose exquisite draw- ings for the Sylva of North America have placed him in the front rank of botanical artists. 766. F. PUSILI.A.* Plant (only one seen) 8 cm. high, branch- ing from near the base, villous all over with many -jointed hairs tipped with capitate glands: leaves opposite, lanceolate, unequal- sided, 1-2 cm. long, dentate, the teeth small, obtuse, and remote, the veins marked by oil glands; petiole very slender equaling, or in the upper many times exceeding the blade, dilated and some- what clasping at base: inflorescence axillary; heads ovate 3-4 mm. high, 10-15 flowered: bracts of the involucre 6-8, nearly equal, lanceolate, with somewhat foliaceous tips, 2-4 of them curved, complicate and embracing the ray-akenes: receptacle not villous, bracts narrowly linear more or less united: ray-flowers with pubescent tube and nearly obsolete ligule; style branches long-acuminate; akenes apparently fertile, glabrous, curved, striate, compressed, i^ mm. long: disk flowers 2 mm. long, * Plate XXXI. r, whole plant enlarged; 2, head; 3, ray-flower with embracing bract; 4, same with flower drawn out; 5, bract of the receptacle; 6, disk-flower; 7, same opened; 8, stamen. 404 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoE tube densely glandular-villoiis, lobes linear, rather longer than the tube, pubescent, marked by oil-tubes, somewhat irregularly cleft and thickened at tip; anthers very short, oval, somewhat unequal at base, usually distinct, but sometimes 2 joined, less than Yi mm. long, including the equally long appendage; style- branches enlarged truncate and villous at tip. 767. Dysodia anthemidifolia Benth. The segments of the leaves are very broad and obtuse giving to the plant a very different appearance from the Magdalena Bay specimens. — Along the Coast below Pescadero. Pegtis Berlandieri DC. — El Taste near Sierra San La- zaro. It is the same as Dr. Palmer's No. 61 (1885) from South- western Chihuahua, excepting that the leaves are much broader. 349. HiERACiUM ARGUTUM Nutt. (?) A high mountain plant which may possibly prove distinct. 768. ErEChtpiites runcinata DC. — In damp fields at Santa Anita where it was probably introduced. 769. BuMELiA angustifolia Nutt. — Small bushy trees growing in the vicinity of Pescadero. No mature fruit was found but the flowers, leaves, and habit are of this species. 770. DiosPYROsTEXANAScheele. "Guayparin." Probably a form of this species, but as no flowers could be found the determi- nation is uncertain. It is a small tree and not uncommon along the base of the mountains. The leaves are two or three inches long and vary on different trees from glabrous to tomentose; the fruit about an inch in diameter is black when ripe and very pleasant to the taste. 771. FoRESTiERA MACROCARPA. A shrub or small tree, 2-6 m. high, glabrous: leaves entire, of thin texture, elliptical or oblong-ovate, cuneate at base, acutish or obtuse, 2-3 cm. long, on peduncles 4-5 mm. long: drupes solitary or few in clus- ters, oblong, 12-15 ii^m. long, dark blue; pedicels about as long as petioles; putamen curved, striate. This species is related to F. pubescens and to?nentosa but differs irom both by having thinner, glabrous leaves and larger fruit. The putamen is striate like that of F. pubescens and the leaves as entire as those of F. tomoiiosa. — Found in fruit only. VOL. IV.] Flora of the Cape Region. 405 growing along a rocky stream near Sierra San I^azaro in the month of September. 772. Saracha JaIvTomata Schlecht. ( ? ) From its char- acters nearest to this species. — Near San Felipe, where it was probably introduced. 773. Stemodia PUSiiyLA Benth. Plants less hairy, corolla larger and longer as compared with the calyx, than in Mazatlan specimens. — Caiion de San Bernardo. 774. Verbena prostrata R. Br. Spikes less dense and plants less hirsute than specimens from California. Seen only in San Bernardo Caiion, where it may have been introduced. 775. Verbena polystachya HBK. Sierra San Francis- quito, where it was doubtless introduced. 776. Duranta Peumieri Jacq. — Both flowers examined had five stamens: one all perfect and the other with the fifth somewhat imperfect. Common at middle elevations on the west side of the mountains, sometimes forming impenetrable thickets. 462. CiTHAREXYLUM Berlandieri Rob. Very nearly the same as Pringle's specimens from San Louis Potosi. — Found only about the cultivated fields of Miraflores where it is not uncommon. 777. Hyptis SuaveoeEns Poit. — Growing very abundantly about the ranch at La Mesa, where it was probably introduced. 778. CelTis pallida Torr. — Common about Pescadero and the western coast. 779. Celtis reticulata Torr. — Small trees growing about Sierra San Lazaro. 517. Euphorbia heterophylla L- A form of this vari- able species having the base of the floral leaves red is not uncom- mon in the mountains. 542. Euphorbia incerta Brandegee. This species was collected on the sea shore at Mazatlan and as it is apparently a maritime species of considerable range should have been found by other collectors. 780. Bernardia (?) FAscicuLATA Wats. Proc Am. Acad, xviii, 153, 1883. It belongs however to the Phyllantheae. 4o6 Flora of the Cape Region. [zoE 781. Croton MagdaleN/E Millspaugh. — San Jose del Cabo and in the mountains. Some forms are much less pubescent or hirsute than the type from Magdalena Island. 549. Croton fragilis HBK. Var. — This is very near the variety sericeiis of Dr. Palmer's Chihuahua collection. The specimens from diflferent parts of the Cape Region vary from one another very much in their pubescence, those from Sierra San lyazaro being much larger and more glabrous than those from the vicinity of San Jose del Cabo. 551. Bernadia Mexicana Miill. Arg. var. B. viridis Millsp. This is also the B. Brandegei Proc. Cal. Acad. ser. 2, vol. iii, 172, which is an inadvertence, no species having been described under that name. It is a rather common bush of the Cape Region at middle elevations. 536. Adelia virgata. a dioecious shrub 2-3 m. high with whitish stems and long almost simple branches studded with stout more or less woolly spurs on which are borne the crowded leaves and flowers: leaves oblanceolate to oblong or obcordate, 1)^-3 cm. long, sparingly appressed pubescent, soon glabrate, cuneate at base to a short petiole: flowers 4-6 at the summit of the spurs; pedicels 5-10 mm. long, jointed about the middle: calyx valvate, 5-parted, the segments acute, 2-3 mm. long densely villous without and within: stamens about 15 concreted at base with the rudimentary ovary. Ovary of ? flower sessile on the disk, 2-3- ordinarily 2-celled, hirsute; st5des united at base, fimbriate-lacerate, stigmatiferous over the whole inner surface: fruit glabrate commonly 2-coccous, about 2 cm. high by 3 cm. in breadth, marked by a cruciform sulcus; seeds orbicular the size of a pea with coriaceous brown, somewhat mottled testa; endosperm thick; cotyledons reniform. — Widely spread over the southern part of the peninsula; now first collected in flower. 782. Salix taxifolia HBK. — Growing along streams of the western side, but not abundant. Determined by M. S. Bebb. 783. Arethusa rosea Benth. — Common on the high jnountains. VOL. IV.] Flora of the Cape Region. 407 571. MiCROSTYLis OPHioGivOSSOiDES Nutt. — High mount- ains of the Cape Region. 573. Habenaria crassicornis lyindl. ex. char — High mountains of Cape Region, October, 1893. 574. Habenaria Thurberi Gray. — High mountains, October 17, 1893. 784. Habenaria diffusa R. & G. — El Taste, September 14, 1^93. 785. Habenaria clypeata Lindl. — El Taste, September 14, 1893. 786. Habenaria Luc.ECAPensis Fernald.* — Saltillo, Sep- tember 16, 1893. 787. TiLLANDSiA recurvata L. — Growing on bushes and trees, especially on arborescent Cereus, in a gap in the mountains southeast of Todos Santos. 578. SiSYRiNCHiUM ScHAFFNERi Wats. — The Specimens vary considerably in height and breadth of leaves. Some of them agree perfectly with No. 1376 Pringle, from Chihuahua, as nearly as can be made out from comparison with an immature specimen. — Common on the summits of the mountains growing under oaks and pines. 588. Tradescantia crassifolia Cav. — This seems dis- tinct from Pringle's No. 1681, but it agrees with the descriptions and Cavanilles' figure quite as well. The plants are smoother and smaller than the Mexican forms and nearest the variety glabrata. 590. Tinantia fugax Schiedw. T. modesta Brandg. Proc Calif. Acad. ser. 2, iii, 175. A rather common species, found along the base of the mountains in a branching almost glabrous form, at higher elevations in a more simple and pubescent form, the sepals long-glaudular hairy. 788. Cyperus DIANDRU.S Torr. — La Mesa; San Jacinto. 789. Ophioglossum CROTALOPHOROiDES Walter, t O.bulbo- suni Michx. — El Taste. * See pape 379 preceding. The Orchidacere of this list were deter- mined by M. L,. Fernald of the Gray Herbarium. t Filices determined bv Prof I). C. Eaton. 4oS ■ Reviews. [zoe 793. Ophioglossum nudicaule L — El Taste. 791. Gymnogramme pedata Kaulfuss. — Near Mt. San I^azaro. 792. PELI..EA vSkinneri Hooker— Near Mt. San Lazaro. 793. AsplEnium pitmilum Swartz. — Near Mt. vSan Lazaro. 794. WoODWARDiA RADiCANS Smith. — I^a Chuparosa. 795. Marsieta minuta Fonrnier. — San Jose del Cabo. Iden- tified by L. F. Underwood. REVIEWS. Letters of Asa Gray — Edited by — Jane Loring Gray— in two volumes — 1893 — Houghton, Mifflin & Co. " It has been my aim, in collecting and arranging the ' Letters' from Dr. Gray's large correspondence, to show as far as possible in his own words, his life and his occupation. The greater part of the immense mass of letters he wrote were necessarily purely scientific, uninterest- ing except to the per.son addressed; so that manj'' of those published are merelj^ fragments, and very few are given com- pletely. I have made no attempt to estimate his scientific or critical labors, for they are sufficiently before the world in various printed works; but something of the personality of the man and his many interests may be learned from these familiar letters and from even the slight notes." From this prefatory note by Mrs. Gray the scope of these letters is at once apparent. They make the reader acquainted with the man, and sufficiently so with the student of plants to make them indispensable to every American botanist. The botanical letters of Gray are still to be hoped for in the future. Nearly every contemporary botanist in America can furnish treasured and most interesting letters from him but it may be that they were intentionally withheld for the present, on account of his well-known habit of expressing his views forcibly and unreservedly concerning all botanical subjects discussed. We reprint, by kind permission of Mrs. Gray, on page 372 pre- ceding, the last letter written by Dr. Graj'. VOL. IV.] Reviezus. 409 Die Parasiiischen Exoasceen. A Jlfojwgraph. By R. SadK- BSCK. Hamburg, 1893. In the above monograph is presented a very complete and accurate account of the peculiar group of Fungi, the Exoasceae. The meaibers of this family are fungi of extremel}' simple structure, and some of them are parasites that cause serious trouble by their ravages. Probably the most familiar species is Exoascus deformans (Berk.) Fuckel, the cause of the well-known disease of peach trees popularly called " leaf- curl." When the trees are severely attacked they sometimes are almost completely stripped of their leaves, resulting in a serious check to the tree's growth. The first section of Professor Sadebeck's monograph deals with a comparative study of the development and biolog)^ of the parasitic Exoascese. Although many experiments were made with various species, none of the attempts to grow the spores upon artificial culture media were entirely successful, and in no ■cases was he able to produce spore-bearing plants in this way. In some instances, however, he was able to follow the penetra- tion of the host by the germ-hypha of the parasite, and to trace its development within the host. The species especially studied were Exoascus Tosquinctii (West) Sadeb., E. epiphyllus Sadeb., Taphrina Sadebeckii Johans., as well as several other species of Taphrina. In the species of Exoascus the mycelium is peren- nial, and this insures the perpetuation of the fungus, even if for any reason the spores should fail to germinate. The asci open by a cleft at the apex, and the spores are violently ejected by the strong contraction of the side walls of the ascus which are in a state of tension before it opens. Some- times instead of the ordinary spores, 3'east-like conidia are produced within the ascus, and in case the conditions are un- favorable for the formation of either spores or conidia, e. g. in very rainy weather, the asci form directly yeast-like conidia by budding. Sadebeck separates the parasitic Exoascese into the genera Exoascus Fuckel, TapJirina Fries, and Magniisiella Sadeb. The first genus is characterized by the perennial mycelium and the fact that the whole mycelium, or at least that part under the cuticle of the infected leaf, breaks up into cells that develop directly into asci. Twenty-one species are given. 4IO Reviews. [zoe Taphrina has no parennial mycelium, and therefore is entirely- dependent upon spores for its propagation. The mycelium shows a differentiation into a sterile and fertile portion, the former alone giving rise to the asci. Fourteen species are in- cluded in the genus, Magjiusiella is a new genus that differs from both of the others in its more deep-seated mycelium and the formation of asci between the epidermal cells, and not below the cuticle. Five species are enumerated. Two non-parasitic genera, Endomyces Tulasne, and Ascocor- ticium Brefeld, are also included in the Exoasceae. The remainder of the paper is mainly taken up with a critical discussion of the parasitic genera, with descriptions of all the described species, including their geographical distri- bution. The paper is well illustrated by three excellent double litho- graphic plates. Douglas H. Campbell. Maize: A Botanical and Economic Sitidy. (Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the University of Pennsyl. vania, Vol. i. No. 2.) By John W. Harshberger. This is a paper of much interest, on the structure origin, and economic importance of Indian corn. Minnesota Botanical St7(dies; Bull. 9. pt. i.: I, Prefatory Note; II, The occurrence of sphagnum atolls in Central Minnesota, Conway MacMillan; III, Some extensions of plant ranges E. P. Sheldon; IV, On the nomenclature of some species of Astragalus, E. P. Sheldon; V, List of fresh water Algae collected in Minnesota during 1893. Josephine E. Tilden; VI, On the poisonous influence of Cypripedinin spectabile and Cypripe- ditun p7ibescens, D. T. MacDougal- — Prof. MacMillan' s paper is an attempt to account for the formation of Sphagnum atolls in lakes, with some account of the plants found on them. In No. 3 Mr. Sheldon gives a list of a number of plants either reported for the first time or rare in Minnesota, describing two new species, Polygonum rigidnlum and Aster longtihts; Claytonia latifolia an older varietal name is substituted for C Caj-oliniana; VOL. IV.] Reviews. 411 Potentilla supina var. Nicolletii is raised, and Viola canina var. longipes restored, to specific rank. In No. 4, the author shows that the Kew Index is not an unmixed blessing, by changing the names of a couple of dozen Astragali. Of these changes twenty-two are marked n. n., and two n. sp. ; A. scobinahilus Sheldon taking the place of A. Haydenianus var. major which was changed because of Astragalus glabriusculus var. major, and Astragalus elatiocarpus Sheld. being substituted for Astragalus lotiflorus forma br achy pus. A. ceramiciis Sheld. is substituted for A. pictus; A. ceramicus var. Jonesii Sheld. for A. pidus var. angustatus: A. ceramicus var. imperfectus Sheld. for A. pictus var. Jilifolizis; A. accumbens Sheld. for A. procumbetis Wats.; A. oblatus Sheld. for A. nudus Wats.; A. vexilliflexus Sheld. for A. paucijlorus Hook.; A. gilvifloriis Sheld. for A. triphyllus Pursh.; A. gambelliamis Sheld. for Astragalus nigrescens Nutt. (crediting Prof. Greene by the way for "pointing out the difference between this species and A. didymocarpus"); A. apilosus Sheld. for A. glaber Michx.; A. spatulatus Sheld. for A. ccsspitosus Gray; A. syrticolus Sheld. for A. ThompsoiicB Wats, (changed on account of A. Thomsonianus Benth.); A. Jepsoni Sheld. for A. demissus Greene; A. suturalis Sheld. for A. eriocarpus Wats.; A. intousus Sheld. for A. villosus Michx.; A. umbraticus Sheld. for A. sylvaticus Wats.; A. famelicus Sheld. for A. fallax Wats.; A. asyvimetricus Sheld. for A. le?icophyllus T. & G.; A. Watsoni Sheld, for A. Henderso7ii Wats.; A. prcelongtis Sheld. for A. procerus Gray; A. strigosus (Kellogg) Sheld. [A. hypoglottis L- var. strigosa Kelt.) for A. tener Gray, and in consequence of this change, A. griseopubescens Sheld. for A. strigosus Coult. & Fish.; A. coccineus (Parry) Brandegee, a synonym of A. grandijlorus Wats, is kept up on account of A. grandijlorus Pall, a synonym of Oxytropis grandi- flora. Nearly all these names are changed on account of the " once a synonym always a synonym " rule, which is made to apply to synonyms of other genera and to varieties, not only as against younger species, but as against varieties of other species. Left to legitimate revisions it is not probable that a half dozen of these names would ever have to be changed, and in view of the vagueness of varieties in botany, and the fact that varietal names 412 Reviews. [zoe are seldom catalogued a perfectly appalling vista of changes and uncertainty is opened to the view. It is matter of minor importance, but still to be regretted that Mr. Sheldon should have been so singularly unfortunate in the selection of some of his names. The fifth paper is a list without notes, excepting of station, of fresh water Algae. The sixth discusses the alleged poisonous properties of certain Cypripediums, the author concluding from his own experience that C. spedabilc is in his case at least, a strong local irritant. Botany of the Death Valley Expedition By F. V. CoviLi.E (Contr. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. W). This is one of the most impor- tant, as well as the most voluminous contributions to the botany of the Southwest. The chapters on "Characteristics and Adaptations of the Desert Flora " are most interesting, so also are those on distribution in which however must be taken into account the necessarily far from exact information acquired by a single expedition, which will be sufficient reason for differences of opinion not only as to many of the details of distribution, but as to the value of some of the zonal plants selected. The sixt)-- six pages devoted to a list of the species by numbers and to a bibliography might have been omitted as the information con- tained was nearly all embodied in the main list occupying the previous pages. The whole number of species and varieties enumerated including algae and fungi is 1261 a considerable pro- portion of them belonging to the " Greeneian " category, and as the author remarks " It should be understood that the desert region of California of which Death Valley forms a part, does not contain all these twelve hundred species. More than one-half of them were collected either in the Sierra Nevada and its southern continuations, or in the Tulare Plains, areas with vegetation almost wholly different from that of the desert region." The paper would indeed have been of quite as much value if the long catalogue of familiar plants found along the route especially in the valley of the San Joaquin had formed no part. It adds very little more to our knowledge than would a similar list of the plants collected in an expedition from Boston to New York. VOL. IV.] Reviews. 413 With the nomenclature of the author, as is perhaps well- known we do not agree, and especially we object to the setting aside of specific for older varietal names, as these last are seldom catalogued in works of reference the element of confusion intro- duced will be of very remote settlement. We may safely rely upon Mr. Coville's future knowledge of Western plants, to convince him of the inherent weakness of the generic propositions of " Oreobroma," " Uropappus," " Ptiloca- lais," "Linanthus," " Allocarya," "Sonnea," "Oreocarya," " Eremocarya," " Piptocalyx," etc. The metric system is adopted throughout the work as is now the custom in most scientific papers. — brought face to face with the kilometre we are however reminded with more than usual force of the great fault of the system — the inexcusably long terms. The author says: " To those not familiar with this system, the following table * >i= * will be useful." We com- mend this table to the printers and proofreaders of the Depart- ment especially in connection with En'geron calvus described both in Proc. of Biol. Soc. and in this work as " i cm. high * * * blades [of the leaf] 1-1.5 cm. long, tapering into a petiole of twice that length * * =i= heads 7 to 8 mm. high." "' Potentilla purpurascens pinetoruvi * * stems about 3 cm. high, radical leaves 7 to 14 cm. long." or Phacelia hispida brachy- antha * * * i to 3 cm. high * =♦= =(< calyx 5 mm. long * ~'^ * in fruit reaching 10 mm. long." The whole number of species and varieties described as new is 42. The author has described them with conscientious care and tolerable fullness. The greater number are valid as far as we can be certain from the text and the plates in which 21 of the species are figured. Very few of the types have been seen by us, but Mr. Coville promi.ses a very welcome set to the Herbarium of the California Academy of Sciences, where it will be accessible to all botanists of the West. Aqnilegia pubescens seems too closely related to A. chrys- a fit ha. Agreeing with Trelease Mr. Coville considers T. platycar- picjn as not more than a variety of Fendleri, he quotes in the synonymy Pitt, i, 166, but appears not to have noticed Mr, 414 Reviews. ['^OE Greene's remarks in Pitt, ii, 24 where he renames it T. hes- periuni under which name it occurs in his local floras. Brasejiia p2irpiii'ea Michx. under Hydropcltis, 1803, is taken up in the place of Brasenia peltata Pursh, 1814: Brasenia was characterized by Schreber in Gen. PI. ed. viii, 1789, and to the single species the name Schrebei'i was applied by Gmelin in Systema Naturae, ed. iii, 853, 1791. Argemone platyceras collected on the desert is of course the form of that species collected by the writer at one of the railway stations between Amboy and the Needles, and described by Mr. Greene as A. coi'ymbosa. Cleoviella brevipes grows abundantly'about Newberry Station, where it was collected in 1884- homeris arborea globosa Cov. is in the herbarium of the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences in every gradation between it and the typical form. Specimens collected by the writer between Caliente and Keene Station with very large globose pods have no groove in the seed. Specimens with long narrow pods from Calamajuet, Ivower California have a deep groove. The same form from San Diego has no groove. All the forms grow together on the slopes of Tehachapi. MalvcEopsis is accepted by the author as the older name of Malvastrum. Mr. E- G. Baker, however, in the course of his enumeration of the Malvaceae, says that the type of Malvaeopsis was a Sphaeralcea, wrongly identified by Otto Kuntze as a spe- cies of Malvastrum. Fremontia is changed to ^"^ Fremontodendron'' on account of the previous Fremontia a synonym of Sarcobatus. Purshia glandiilosa is kept up under Kunzia. In the opinion of the writer it is a not very distinct variety. Mentzelia reflexa Coville w^as collected by the writer in the vicinity of Bagdad, on the Mojave Desert, in 1S84. Aplopapptis interior Q.o\n\\^ is evidently the form of .4. lineari- folizis which prevails at a distance from the Coast. A good .series of the forms approaching it would probably have modified the author's views. Aster mohavensis Coville, " It cannot, however, retain its original specific name, since Michaux described an Aster torti- folius which is now referred to Sericocarpus tortifoliics.'' VOL. J v.] Reviews. 415 Lessingia '''tennis'" Cov. L. ramulosa var. tenuis Gray, of Bot. Cal. I. 307, and Syn, Fl. ii, i, 162 "as to the pi. of Rothrock in Wheeler Rep. vi, 364- There is however an older var. tenuis, described in Proc. Am. Acad, vii, 351, belonging to L. leptoclada which in Syn. Fl. Supp. 447 is reduced with L. nemaclada Greene to L. leptoclada var. micro cephala Gray. The printer has further complicated the matter by misprinting Mr. Coville's specific name, and altogether botanists adopting the Sheldonian method will have a good subject. The specific name of Pluchea borealis is changed to sericea "(Nutt.) under Poly pappus.'" The species was first published in Emory's Rep. 1848, p. 147 as " Tessaria borealis DC. An aromatic shrub about three feet high growing in all the deserted beds of the Gila, and in the Valley of the Del Norte usually with the Fremontia both of which are abundant in those regions." If this had been a plant of Rafinesque's it would have probably been considered quite well authenticated. It is certainly quite as recognizable, being placed in its proper genus, and with a definite locality, as Nuttall's later genus, sandwiched in between Micropus and Psathyrotes, and entirely without generic descrip- tion, though named as a new genus, described from a single *' imperfect specimen, apparently male," and with the station " Rocky Mountains of Upper California." Helianthus invemistus Greene, was collected by Mr. Brande- gee at Sequoia Mills 1892, and its peculiarities noted in Zoe, July 1893. P- 153- Layia is maintained instead of the recently resurrected Blepli- aripappus under which Prof. Greene has renamed the species. Chanactis attenuata can not be kept distinct from C carphoc- Ihiia, every gradation is found between them. Lepidospartuni striatum Cov. is L. latisquamum Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxv. 133. — both described from the same plants col- lected by Shockley. Adelia is taken up as an older name for Forestiera. Menodora spiiiescens is in Shockley 's collections from Cande- laria. Such species as Navarretia setiloba are evidence that the National Herbarium is in need of such a set of the variations 4 1 6 Reviews. [zoe belonging to that section, as is possessed by the California Academy of Sciences. Phlox a^istromontana Coville — " The No. 1839 Parish." which he includes in the type bears on the label " Phlox speciosa Pursh, var. congesta Gray (var. nov.), June, 1886. In his remarks on Macrocalyx viicrajithiis, Mr. Coville has evidently overlooked the notice in "Plants from Baja Califor- nia," Proc. Cal. Acad. ser. 2, ii, 186. Conantlius aretioides is reduced to Nama as Marilminidiunt aretioides. If in obedience to Kuntze, Nama is applied to a different genus, one would think that Conanthus being reduced, it and not Marilaunidium should be the accepted name for Nama. Mohavea brevi flora can hardly be specifically distinct. Speci- mens oi M. viscida with leaves as broad and nearl}'^ as short were .sent by the writer to Gray in 1884. — They were collected at Amboy Station on the Mojave Desert. Mr. Brandegee collected the form described by Mr. Coville, at Keeler, in April, 1891 — some of the corollas were conspicuously dotted while in others growing beside them the purple dots were nearly or quite wanting- Sarcobatus Baileyi Coville, is founded on dwarfed and perhaps diseased specimens, for the large fruiting bracts contain not even the rudiment of an ovary. Our specimens of ^S". vermiadaris do not sustain the remarks of the author, for the female flowers are as Bentham & Hooker say, axillary and solitary on leafy shoots of all lengths from 5 mm. to i dm. long — of course the longer the fruiting branch is the more flowers will be found upon it. There is certainly no such thing in any of our specimens as a "floral axis" of the female flowers, the fruiting branches are normally terminated bj^ the male spike but it is often wanting, and the bushes seem even to be occasionally dioecious. If this stunted pubescent form deserved specific rank it would have Sarcobatus Maximiliani Nees, figured in Bot. Zeitung, vol. ii, 753, t. vii. The new genus Phyllogonum can hardly be considered sufficiently distant from Nuttall's Stenogonum, in which though the single species is now referred to Eriogontmi, the involucre is a very variable quantity, Nuttall said it had none. The embryo of Phjdlogonum is described as "nearly straight, radicle lying along one angle of the seed; cotyledons orbicular, lying at the VOL. IV.] Reviews. 417 base of the seed, bent at an angle of about 45° from the radicle." The artist has not been very successful in depicting a triangular ovary and akene. Bloomeria aurea Kell, has its name changed to B. crocea on account of the Allium croceu77i Torr. Boh. Mex. Bound 218 (1859). But Bloomeria azirea was published in " The Hesperian " with a colored plate, December, 1859, and the month of the Boundary publication ought to be convincingly set forth before a name already well established in floriculture is disturbed. Ephedra viridis named from imperfect material, occurs scat- tered through the range of E. Nevadensis, of which it is probably only a form. It is very bad practice, especially on the western side of the continent, to give currency to species no better char- acterized than this and Potentilla ejemica. K. B. The Gemis Phyllospadix, by William Russel Dudley. Reprinted from the Wilder Quarter-Century Book. An interest- ing account of the genesis and structure of Phyllospadix. The author is evidently of opinion that the differences between the two forms are so slight as hardly to warrant their continued sepa- ration. The author has had better facilities than any previous student of the genus and the two excellent plates give one for the first time an adequate idea of the structural details of the plant. Manual of the Bay Region Botany, A Systematic Arrange- ment of the Higher Plants Growing Spontaneously in the Counties of Marin, Sonoma, Napa, Sola7io, Contra Costa, Alameda, Sayita Clara, San Mateo, and Sa7i Erancisco. By Edward Lee GrEENE- The title should have been A Phanerogamic Flora of counties in the State of California, omitting Typhacece, Lemnacecs, Naiadaceie, Alismacece , funcacece Cyperacece Graminece, ConifercB and numeroiis species in the other orders; zvith thirty " new species " none of zvhich are netu, and nearly all vaguely character- ized both as to character and station; and zvith every cha?ige of name zvhich the author s present knozvledge admits. The work is a second and much restricted edition of the unfinished "Flora Franciscana," which under its misleading name included the 4i8 Reviews. [zoe plants from Mt. Shasta to Tehachapi and the whole breadth of the State. The useful part of "Flora Franciscana " — the dates, citations and synonymy have been carefully omitted. The orders as presented by Mr. Greene furnish us some unfamiliar names such as Amarantoidese, Tithymaloideae, Sarmentosse. From Rosacese he separates Pomacese and Drupacese; Cichoriacese from Compositae considering it much nearer Lobeliaceae; and Cuscuteae from Convolvulacese. In the matter of genera he has cut himself loose from all trammels crediting Dioscorides with 38 genera, Theophrastus with 14, Pliny with 32, Vergil, Varro, Dillenius and Micheli, each with 4, Brunfels with 12, Vaillant with 7, Dodoens with 8, Columna with 6, Ivobel with 5, Galen, Tragus, Nicander, Gesner and Dalechamps each with 3, and i or 2 each to Catullus, Valerius Cordus, Cortusi, Ruppius, Chabrseus, Muti.s, Ruellius, Clusius, Camerarius, Matthiolus, Csesalpinus, Tabernaemontanus, etc., etc. The kaleidoscopic changes of generic names must keep his unfortu- nate pupils on the rack. Clematis again takes the place from which he ousted it in Fl. Fr. for Cleviatitis. The yellow-flowered watercress is to be called Rorippa; while the white-flowered species are retained under the old name. Fi'a7ica takes the place of Frankenid; Vibo is substituted for Emex; Hippo castanum for Aisculus; Siliquastrum for Cercis; Oxys for Oxalis; Butneria for Calycanthus; Pseudacacia for Robinia; Medica for Medicago; Opulaster for N'eillia; Therofo?i for Boykhiia; Li7nnope2ice for Hipptwis; Sphondyliiim for Heracleiun; Distegia for Loiiicera involucrata; Ecliptica for Eclipta; Gnaphalodes for Microp2is; Heleniastrum for Heleniiim; Ce7itrophylhim for CarthatJtus; Trioda7tis for Speciila7'ia; Brosscsa for GaidtJieria; Meadia for Dodecatheo7i; Atsi7ia7ithe77iU77i for Trie/jtalis; Pervinca for Vi7ica; Pla7itagi7iella for Li77iosella; Bella7'dia for Bartsia; Gale for Myrica; Li}7iodo7'um for Epipactis; OrchiastruTU for Spirajithes; Bermudia7ia for Sisyri7ichiu77i ; Vagnera for Sr7iilaci7ia; U7iifoliu77i for Maia7ithe77iu77i; Disporimi for Prosartes; etc., etc. Prof. Greene apparently in the full belief that only his book will be used hereafter, sedulously refrains from mentioning the well-known equivalents of his adopted genera and we give them for the benefit of any student who may chance to lack a large VOL. IV.] Reviews. 419 library, and be puzzled by the names of that obscure treatise commonly called " The Botany of California." The species are of course split to the utmost, the most trivial attribute furnishing sufficient cause for resurrecting an old synonym or making a new species. The descriptions, when not compiled, with the more important characters omitted, are descrip- tions of specimens instead of species; in a very large number of cases so defined — or undefined — that no distinction is shown — the organs mentioned in one diagnosis being omitted from others; often absurd misstatements are made, for example, the "rich brownish red" Ahiphar polysepalum; the "capsular, circum- scissile " fruit of Garrya; or Cainpaymla exigua, found " only the very summits of the highest mountains, Diablo, Tamalpais, and Hamilton " when in fact it is most abundant at moderate or low elevations, such as the upper end of Mill Valley, perhaps 500 feet; Bolinas Ridge, 1600; and St. Helena just above the toll house — which is only 2300 feet above sea level. The principle upon which genera are united or divided is past finding out. Bigelovia for instance of which only two species occur in his limits, has them divided between Ericameria and Iso- coma; Lonicera separates into Caprifolium and Distegia; Hemizonia into Calycadenia, Blepharizonia and " Centromadia " a new genus for the />««^^«i' group; etc. ; while he coolly unites Spirostachys a genus with flowers borne in the axils of persistent scales, and albuminous seeds with a dorsal nearly straight embryo, into Salicornia a genus bearing its flowers in excavations of the joints, seeds without albumen and with conduplicate embryo; and Eremocarpus with imbricate sepals and i-locular ovary into Croton which has usually valvate sepals and 3-locular ovary, passing over Crotonopsis with nearly the characters of Eremo- carpus. Attention has been called in a previous paper* to Prof. Greene's scanty knowledge of the flora of even his immediate vicinity. In the preface to his book he asks those who may make use of it to furnish a record of additions within its limits. We subjoin a few, which readily occur to us: — Brasenia peltata, Bouldin Island; Wislizeriia refrada, Lathrop to Stockton; Polygonum Parryi, * Zoe IV. 68. 420 Reviews. [zoe Howell Mountain; Eriogoniun fasciailahim, San Francisco; Chori- zanthe polygonoides, Tamalpais and Oakland Hills; Choi-izanthe itniaristata near Livermore; LastarricBa Chilensis, common between Antioch and Mt. Diablo; Claytonia diffusa. Mill Valley, Tamalpais; Elatine Calif ornica, Suisun and Antioch; Cmilanthus crassicatilis^ near Altamcnt; Freviontia Californica near Wright's in the Santa Cruz Mountains; Cea7^oth^lS7'igidus,TQ.vci2^^^■a\?>•, Rubiis leucoder77iis, Sonoma County; Glinus Gzw/^^^zV^'^zV, San Joaquin Bridge; Cypselea hu7fiifusa, same locality; Callih'iche sepulta, San Francisco; CE7iothej'a Ca/ifor7iica, near Antioch; CE7iothe7-a gaiwaefloi-a, near Ivivermore; Ci7'cc7.a Pacifica, specimens in Herb. Cal. Acad, marked " Tamalpais " Kellogg; C7'a7itzia li7ieata, Antioch and Martinez; Ledu77i glai7d7ilos7i77i. Point Reyes; Pleuricospora fitnb7'iolata,w&zx Healdsburg; Hydrophylhmi occide7itale, slopes of Mt. Diablo above Clayton; Mi77t2ihcs Co7igdo)ii, near Lagunitas in Marin County; Mi77iidus Rattani, summit of Tamalpais; Li7ia7'ia viilgaris near Valley Ford in Marin County; Ut7'icularia vulgaris, near Olema, Bouldin Island, and about the railway trestles of the San Joa- quin; Boschniakia strobilacea, Tamalpais and Mt. St. Helena; Lycopus si7i7iatus, Sc7dellaria gale7-iadata and .S". late7iflora, Bouldin Island; Aite77iopsis Califor7iica, Alameda marshes, Collins- ville, etc.; Odo7itosto7}m77i Hartwegi, near Napa. There is let us hope no botanist prepared to follow Prof. Greene in his wild hunt through the lexicons, for names, many of which if they could possibly be identified with certainty, would still be only manuscript names. Any date earlier than that of lyinnseus involves a prodigious waste of time and long uncertainty, and with the evidence of his writings before us we submit that Prof. Greene's time could be much more usefully spent in taking an elementary course in botany at Harvard or Stanford. A year or two before his death Dr. Gray dubbed the author "The new Rafinesque." In this he was unjust to Rafinesque who was at once a great egotist, a little mad, and somewhat of a genius. Prof Greene lacks the genius. K. B. NOTES AND NEWS. Prof. C. Sargent of Harvard, accompanied by Mr. W. M. Canby, are on this Coast, looking at trees for the benefit of the " Silva of North America." They have visited San Diego, San Francisco, Berkele3% Palo Alto, Monterey, etc., and go from here to Santa Barbara, San Bernardino, etc., returning to the East by way of Arizona, where they will make investigations. JACKSONIA, R. Br. "I am sorry to find that I was in error in supposing (p. 348) that no new name had been sub- stituted for Jacksonia R. Br. Prof. E. L,. Greene has replaced it by Piptoyncris , a name under which Turczaninow described a single species referred by Bentham to Jacksonia: and proceeds to enumerate thirty-five species under this title. With the aid of the printer he contrives to invent two fresh names: P. ' dilalata ' for J. dilatata Benth.; and P. ' purpuascens ' for J. purpurascens Muell. It is to be regretted that some more useful or at least less mischievous outlet cannot be found for the superabundant energy of which Prof. Greene seems to be possessed." — ^James Britten m Jour. Bot. xxxi, 274, (December, 1893). Mr. and Mrs. T. S. Brandegee have taken up permanent residence in San Diego, Calif.: partly for the more agreeable climate and partly to be nearer the chosen field of Mr, Brande- gee's botanical labors. They take with them their excellent botanical library, and private herbarium. Prof. Douglas H. Campbell goes to Europe at the end of the term to spend 'six months in botanical researches. With this number completing the fourth volume, the publica- tion of Zoe will cease for the present. For a journal of its age and character it has received good support, and closes with a steadily increasing subscription. It has been, however, too serious a drain upon the time of the editor, and interferes materi- ally with work of more present importance. I N O EX. Simple lists or mention, not indexed. Abies concolor 176, 352 nobilis. 176 Abronia nana 166 villosa 68 turbinata 10 Acanthomintha lanceolata 151 Actiuella gmndiflora 8 Richardsonii 8 Adelia virgata 406 ^Ijchmophorus occidentalis. 54 ^gopogon geminiflorus brevi- glumis 386 ^sculus Californica 340 Agast-ris 77 Allium acuminatum var. cuspida- tum 380 crocenm 417 dichlamydeiim XOO Nevadense 127 Alnus in can a var. virescens 216 Alsinella ciliata 8^, 290 Alsodeia parvifolia 400 Amarantus chlorostacliys 216 Amarautus carneus 98 Aniaitria rotiindifolia 2IO Ambh'chila Baroni ., 218 cylindriformis 218 Picolominii 218 Amelanchier alnifolia 117 glabra 80 pallida 80 Amniodramus rostratus 240 Amorpha Californica 188, 204 fruticosa 204 hispidiila 87, 188 Amsonia tomentosa 164 Anas boschas 55, 230 cyauoptera 230 strepera 55 Anemopsis Californica 420 Angelica Wheeleri S Anoda Arizonica 401 Antirrhinam Kello^^gu 96 Aplielocoma Californica 57 obscura 239 Aphyllon comosum 156 P.'VGE Aplodontia major 328 Aplopappus apargioides x 73 Greenei 175 interior 414 spinulosus 8, 118 Aquilegia brevistyla 258 caerulea 148, 256 Canadensis 258 chrysantha 257 ecalcarata 3, 259 flavescens 257 formosa 259 Jonesii 258 longissima 257 pubescens 414 truncata 149, 259 Arabis canescens 5 Holbollii 5 Arctomys flaviventer 326 Arctostaphylos insiilaris 94 media 94 Nevadensis 1 74 paiiila 94 Pringlei 207 Arenaria alsinoides 202 Fendleri 6 verna, var. hirta 171 Argemone corymhosa 83, 414 hispida 4 Mexicana 4 platyceras 4, 414 Arethusa rosea 406 Argilophilus marmoratus ornatus 253 papilifer 255 Aristida bromoides 389 Schiedeana 389 Arvicola 323 Asclepias involucrata var. tomen- tosa 120 Ascocorticium 410 Asparagus officinalis 217 Asplenium septentrionale. . . . 185, 210 Aster tortifolius 119 Astragalus adsurgens 32 albens 29 aneiitophiliis 23 424 Index. [ZOE Astragalus anisus i6, artemisiarum asclepiadoides Bigelovii CalifoinicHS calycosus candicaiis candidissimus cicadae i6, circumdatus 32, colliinis var. Californicus Coltoni convallariHs cyrtoides demissus 301, desperatus 16, Eastwoodae elegantulus fastidiosus GibbsH Gilensis Ha\ denianus Hookerianus HosackiiT humistratus inflexus insularis inversus fepsoni iatus Laynecc lentigiiiosus .... J47. var. Fremontii leucolobus malacus Mi;^itcl<:nsis 23, mollissimus Mogollonictis obscurus pacbypus palans pephragmenus pictus var. angustus . . Pondii Preussii var. Iatus var. sulcatus. . proriferus Purshii tinctus . .. . longilobus recui'vus Rusbyi scaposus scobinatulus var. var. 34 i 3691 17 26 25 26 26 22 35 204 25 276 37 301 31 369 37 368 301 25 30 27 368 274 27 27 269 28 276 369 272 29 271 272 270 29 21 26 26 32 25 37 267 37 28 36 36 37 27^ 268 269 269 32 29 26 369 strcptopiti 29 Utahensis 270 Wetherillii 17, 34 Astragalus Spaldingi 151 Atriplex corrugata 10 dilatata 98 nodosa 98 Ayenia pusilla 162 Berberis Fremonti 113 piimila 82 Bernardia Brajidegei 406 fasciculata 405 Mexicana 406 viridis 406 Bidens chrj^santhemoides 214 frondosa 214 Biohttia riparia 75, 290 Blipharipappiis 77 Bloonieria montana loi crocea 417 Boerhaavia viscosa 165 Bonnemaisonia hamifera 361 Bosclmiakia strobilacea 156, 420 Bouteloua Americana 391 Braiita nigricans 55 Brasenia/f//rt'/« 213, 414 purpurea 414 Scbreberi 419 Brcvoortia z'emtsta lOI Brickellia Greenei 173 Brodiaea insularis loi Bromus Kalmii 393 Bryanthus Breweri 164 ! Bulimulus 395 i Bumelia angustifolia 404 Buteo borealis calurus 233 elegans lineatus 234 Caesalpinia repens 116 Calaniintha mimuloides 2S7 Calandrinia Breweri 68 Calliandra eriophylla 163 Callipepla Californica 55 vallicola 232 Callithamnion rupicolum 360 Callitriche sepulta 420 Calochortus amcemis 102 excazatiis 103 invenustus 103 Nuttallii 12 Plutnmerse 103 Calyptridium nudum 85 Campanula exigua 154, 419 Cardamine cardinphylla 84 cuneata 84 Carica caudata 401 Carlomohria 311 VOL. IV Index, 425 PAGE Carpeuteria Califoruica 151 Carpodacus Cassini 230, 239 CastiHeia hololcuca 77 Caulanthus crassicaulis 420 var. glaber. 266 Ceanothus arboreus 80 loiinivens 86 cordulatus 172, 203 crassifoliiis 132, 134 itnpressus 286 Palmeri 203 rigidus 420 rugosHs 86 vestHus 86 Celtis pallida 405 reticulata 4' >5 Cenchrus Palmeri 388 Centromadia 419 Ceplialanthera Oregana 159 Cerasiis Californka 88 Cerastium grmide -eyi 52 Meadia 50, 136 patiiliiin 94 paucifloriim 50, 94 Dowuingia concolor 93 426 Index. fzoE PAGE Dowuingia humilis 93 insignis 93 montana 93 ornatissima 93 tricolor 93 Dryobates scalaris lucasanus. .... 236 villosus liyloscopus. .. 236 Duranta Plumieri 405 Dysodia antheniidifolia 404 Eastwoodia elegans 397 Echmocystis Coulteri 402 Emmenanthe foliosa 278 Endomj'ces 410 Ephedra Nevadensis 159 viridis 417 Ereraocarpus setigerus 419 Eremocrinum albomarginatum . . . 53 Erigeron calvus 413 discoidea 211 flagellaris 206 Utahensis 119 Eriodictyon sessilifolium 208 Eriogouuni ai;iii>niiii 98 bicolor 281 brevicaule 10 corynibosuni 12 Davidsonii 9a t'legans 98 fasciculatum 420 glandulosum 10 grandc- 98 inflatiim 126 Kennedy! 166 Lfobbii ... 175 microthecum ir, 166 »iol/e 98 ovalifolium 175 robiistum 98 nibe^cens 98 rubiflorum 281 salsuginosum 1 1 spergulinum 175 taxi folium 98 villiflorum \ ar. candi- dum 282 Erodium Califomicum 86 Erysimum asperum 5 Erythea edulis 131, 138 Eschscholtzia atnbigens 83 Aiistiuic 83 Californica 146 elegans 83 glauca 83 glyptOipertiia 83 Lemmoni 83 leptatidra 83 PAGE Eschscholtzia maritinia 83 Mexicana 83 modesta 83 Parishii 83 pcninsularis 83 ramosa 83 , 133 rhombijolia 83 temiisecta 83 Euarestia latipennis 13 Eucharidium Saxeanum 89 Eulimella occidentalis 395 Euuanus angustatns i Euonymus occidentalis 68 Fupatorium sagittatum 402 Euphorbia bencdicta 99 incerta 405 heterophylla 405 Neo-AJcxica)ia 80 Palmeri 2C9 Parishii 99 ri/^ulosa 80 tomentulosa 99 vclittina 99 Exoascus 409 Faxonia pusilla 403 Festuca niuralis var. pumila 393 Floerkea proserpinacoides 151 Forestiera macrocarpa 404 F'ragaria indica 286 Frasera paniculata 1 20 speciosa 124 var. scabra 277 Fraxinus anomala 9 Fremoutia Californica. 420 Fritillaria atropurpurea 12 pluriflora 1 59 ■ Galium buxifolium 90 Jlaccidiim 90 Aligiielensc , 90 multiflorum 173 Rothrockii 163 Garrya Veatchii 153 Wright ii 402 Gentiana super ba 94 Gilia aggregata 1 74 congesta 121 dichotoma 146 Harknessii 174 lutescens 155 pnrviila . . 94 pentstemonoides 279 pungens 1 74 Schottii 155 superba 122, 296 tricolor 146 triodon 121 VOL. IV.] Index. 427 PAGE Glinus Cambessidesii 68, 153, 420 Godetia t)iicropetala 90 piilcheirima 90 purpurea 90 Grayia Brandegei 126 Grindelia Hemit-rsoni 92 lanata 92 patens 92 Guayparin ^04 Habcnaria clypeata 407 crassicornis 407 diffusa 407 Lucaecapensis . . , 379 Thurberi 407 Ha] esia 311 Harporhynchus lecontei 223 Hazardia detonsa 92 serrata 92 cana 92 Hedeoma purpurea 211, 215, 289 Helianthella Ncvadensis 92 Helianthus giganteus var. insultis. 211 iuvenustus 153, 415 Hemizonia Parryi 207 Herniaria cinerea 84, 289 glabra 84 Hesperanthes albomarginata 53 Hesperochirou ciliatin 95 Heuchera maxitna 88 Hexachaeta amabilis 13, 15 Hibiscus Californiciis 211 lasiocarpus 215 Hieracium Brandegei 207 HofFuianseggia stricta 163 Hookera hpiandra loi OrciiUii loi rosea 10 [ Horkelia Californica 204 Hosackia argyrea 87 Giiadaliipensis 87 macrantha 87 mollis 87 nivea ... 87 occulta 87 procitjitbens Sy stipularis 172 Veatchii 87 Horsfordia Newberryi 162 Howellia aquatilis 154, 197 Huiosa 93, 154 Hulsea Californica 207 heterochronia 154 Hydrophyllum occidentale 420 Hypericum mutiluni 213 Hyptis polystachya. 405 suaveolens 405 I PAGE ' Ilex 401 Isomeris arborea globosa 414 Isopyrum occidentale i ;8 Ivesia Gordoni. 172 Jacksouia 313, 421 I Jamesia American a 151 Junco byemalis thurberi 24 1 i Townsendi 241 [ Juncus triformis var. uuiflorus . . . 209 iincialis 103 Jouvea straminea 393 Kosteletzkya cordata 400 Krynitzkia leucophsea 165 Knnzia glaudulosa 414 I Lactuca scariola 154, 215 I Lagoinys schistoceps 325 Lagophylla filipes I54 Lamium amplexicaule. 157 Lophainia pciiinsulai is 93, 2 1 o Larus Philadelphia 225 Lastai riaea Chilensis 420 Lathyrits ductus t9 ; Ledum glandulosum 420 1 Lemna triaulca 217 I.eonurus cardiaca 158 Lepiuium bipinnatifidum 300 intermedium 400 Jaredi 398 montanum var. alys- soides 266 Utahense 26b Lepidospartum latisquamum 415 striatum 415 Leptosiphou acicularis 95 rosaceus 95 Leptosyne gigantea 286 Lessingia 415 Leucarctia Rickseckeri 247 Limnodrilus silvani 21 Linaria vulgaris 420 Lobelia h'otlirockii 93 Lotus hirtellus 88 huniilis 88 leucophaus 87 macraiithus 30 1 stipularis 68 sulphureus 301 tomentcllus 88 toDieiitosus 88, 301 Luina Piperi 93 Lumbricus apii 249 Lupiuus adsurgeus 86 capitatus 86 carnosulus 86 cervinus 69, 151 Franciscaims 86 428 Index. [ZOE PAGE I/upinus gracilis 151 hirsutissimus 15 1 malacophyllus 87 niveus 135 pachvlobus 86 pallidus 203 Poudii 86 sylvestvis 86 truncatus 151 iiinbcllatits 86 Ivyciuin Hassei 96 L,ycopodiopsis 303 Lycopus lucidus 215 sinuatus •215, 420 I/yonothamiius asplenifolms 80 Lythruni adsur^ens 89, 290 Sa)ifordi 89, 290 Macrocalyx micranthus 416 Madia hispida 92 radiata 154 valida 206 Magnusiella 409 Maize 410 Malacothrix altissima 93 insNt'aris 93 squalida 93 Malvteopsis 414 Malvastrum scabrum 400 Mar.silia tninuta 40S Martyiiia althetefolia i6s Meconopsis heterophylla 145 Melanerpes formicivorus bairdi.. 56 Melissa officinalis 157 Melospiza fasciata Heermanni. . . . 242 Menodora spinescens 415 Mentha Pulegium 215, 289 Meutzelia albicaulis 7 multiflora 7 nuda 7 reflexa 414 Micromeria purpurea 215, 289 Microstylis ophioglossoides 407 Mitnulus aniensis 97 Congdoni 156, 420 flagelliformis 126 geniculatus 97 glareosHs 97 nasiitits 97 primuloides 174 Rattani 420 rubellus 174 Mohavea breviflora. 416 Mohria 311 Moh^odeudron 311 Mollugo verticillata 152 Monardella discolor 97 PAGE Muhlenbergia laxiflora 389 stipoides 390 Muilla coronaria 100 transmontaua 100 Myosurus minimus 148 Myrica Californica 345 Nama Parryi 155 Nasturtium diciyotiini ^3 occidentalc 83 Navarretia/(7/^7a'a 94 Jianiata 94 leptantha 94 microcarpa 94 nigellicforniis 94 prolifera 94 sctiloha 418 subuligera 94 Neillia altemans 43 capita/a 41, 88 Dialvacea 41 monogyna 41 opulifolia 39 Torreyi 38 Nemalion lubricum 359 Neotoma cinei ea 324 Nepeta Glechoma 158, 215 Nitella clavata van inflata 160 Nuphar polysepalum 419 Nyctinomus Mohavensis 362 Ocnerodrilus beddardi 21 occidentalis 21 sonorae 22 Odontostomum Hartwegi. . . . 159, 420 LEnothera nrguta 89 Californica 420 crassniscula 89 depressa 89 gauraeflora 420 Hilgardi 89 hirtella 89 Pi'psoni 89 Oidema perspicillata 55 Oiketicus Townseudi 357 Oreortyx pictus confinis 232 Orthocarpus gracilis 156 Oryzopsis fimbriata . . 389 Otocoris alpestris 238 Oxalis corniculata 7 Pachygnatlia Curtisi 1 85 Pachystima Myrsinites 7 Papaver Lcmnioni 83 Panicum decolorans i^l filiforme 387 fimbriatum 387 Petiverii 387 velutiuosum 387 VOL. IV.] Index. 429 PAGE Papaver Lenimoni 83 Pappophormn mucronulatum .... 392 Parabuteo 233 Parishella Californica 154 Paronychia monaudra 400 pusilla 84, 268 Pasianus torquatus 225 Paspaluni Karwinskyi 386 Passerella 230 Pectis Berlandieri 404 Pentachaeta Lyoui . 153 Pentstemon arcnai-ius 96 confusus 2S0 deustus vai . pedicel- latus 28 1 Davidsonii 96 leucanthiis 96 Moffattii 9, 280 SonoDiciiUs 96 Utahensis 124 Perityle Fitchii 210 incana 136 rotundifolia 210 Peucaea riificeps 230, 242 Phacelia Arthuri 95 cephalotes 123 demissa 296 grisea 155 hiterosperma 165 Ivemmoui 165 leucaiitha 95 loassefolia 155 nudicaulis 123, 296 pinetorum 279 ritgitlosa 95 scabrella 95 splendens 9 suaveolens 95 Phalacroseris Bolanderi 154 Phalaropus lobatus 55 Pheretima Californica 289 Phlox albomarginata 367 austromoutana 416 Pholisma depresmni 94 Phyllogoniint 416 Phyllospadix. 381, 417 Phytolacca decandra 158 Picivorus columbianiis 57 Pickeringia 73 Picris Sprengeriana 154 Pinus albicaulis 350 attciitiata 301, 351 Balfouriaua 176 Coulteri 351 insignis var. binata 138 Lambertiana 2or PAGE Piniis Murray ana 351 Parryana 201 , 350 ponderosa var. Jeffrey!. 176, 201 Torreyaua 350 Platystemon Californicus 146 crinitus 83 Platy stigma denticiilatum 83 Pleuricospora fimbriolata. . . . 154, 419 Pluchea borealis 415 Poliomiutha iucana. 125 Polygala cornuta. 171 glochidiata 400 Polygonum Parryi 419 Populus tremuloides 209 Poteutilla eremica 417 Kiugii var. incerta .... 277 Wheeleri 205 Pienanthcs stricta 93 Prunus Andersoni 151 detnissa 45 emarginata 204 fasciculata 286 Virginiaua .... 45 Pseudographus Californianus 233 Pseudotsuga macrocarpa 352 Psoralea Californica 172 Ptelea cremdata 86 Pterostegia/; niicosa 98 galioides 9S Ptiloria canescens 93 pleurocarpa 93 Punctaria Winstoni 358 Purshia tridentata 172 Quercus dumcsa var. polycarpa . . . 100 Engelmanni 99 Gilbeiii 100 grisea 209 AIcDonaldi 99 var. clegantiila ... 99 Morchiis 2 parviila 1 00 tamentella 1 38 turhiiiala 100 vaccinifoUa 100, 175 Raillardella Muirii 173 Randia obcordata 402 Ranunculus abortivus var. austra- lis 399 alismsefolius 2 alismellits 82 Biolettii 81, 290 Bolanderi 81 ellipiicits 82 Eschscholtzii i5i glaberrimus 3 hydrocharoides 400 430 Jjzdex. [ZOE PAGE Ranunculus Ltidovicianus 82 Mncauleyi 2 maxim us 82 rugulosus 82 subsagiUatiis 82 Titrneri 82 Retinodendron Rigolloti 305 Khamnus glonicratus 401 msularis 80 rubra 80 Rhododendron Sonomense 94 Ribes amictiiiii 89 aureum 68 Lobbii 152, 172 Marshall a 88 Afogollotiicum 8S quercetoruvi 88 velutinutn 89 yictoris 89 Romneya Coulteri 167, 202 Rosa gratissivia 88 minutifolia 205 Sonotncnsis 88 Roubieva multifida 68 Rubus leucodermis 419 Russellia retrorsa Sagina apetala 84 Sagittaria Sanfordi 103 Sinensis 217 Salix nigra 347 Salvia taxifolia 406 ^thiopsis 158 Bernardina 97 Sambucus ca 'Hear pa (,0 viaritivia 90 Mexicana 344 Sanicula niaritima 68 Saracha Jaltomata 403 Sarcodes saiiguiuea 207 Sarcol.atus Baileyi 416 maximiliaui 416 vermiculatus 416 Saxifraga malvacea 88 umhcllata 3O1 Schizonotus purpurascens 1 74 Sciurus 321, 327 JSciuropterus 322 Scutellaria galericulata 215, 420 lateriflora 215, 420 Sedum obtusatum 172 Selinum eryngiifoiiuiii 90 Senecio Blochmana: 93 scandens 286 Sequoia gigantea 141 sempervirens 352 Setaria setosa 388 PAGE Setaria unisetus 388 Sidalcea campestris !S5 Candida 6 malachroides 150 malvceflora 6, 86 secundiflora 85 tenella 85 Silene Menziesii j 7 1 niultinervia 68 purpuraia 84 repens 84 siniitlaiis 84 Sisyrincliium Schaff"neri 407 >itomys 323 Sium heterophyllum 90 Smilacina stellata 12 Solidago elongata var. microccp/iala 2 1 r Sparganium Calif ornicum 80 Speirodela polyrrhiza 217 Spermophilus beldingi 320 chr3'sodeirus 320 grammurus beecli- eyi 321 Sphaeralcea fulva i Munroana 114 rivularis 6 Sphacele /;w^^'tf«j' 97 Spirostacliys 419 Sporobolus expansus 390 Spraguea umbellata 171 StacliN s acuminata 97 I Staphylea Bolanderi 151 ! Steniodia pusilla 405 \ Stiiiogo?i!im , 416 Stephanomeria coronaria 93 I tomentosa 93 Streptanthus Parryi 84 albidus 84 barbiger 84 BioUttii 84 longirostris 114 Mildreda 84 niger 84 peramoemis 84 pule hell us 84 secundus 84 Sutroa alpestris 21 rostrata 21 Swertia perennis 155 Syrmatimn dendroideum 87 nivetim 87 patens . . 87 Tacliycineta thalassina 243 Talinum patens 400 Tamias amcenus 319 frater 319 VOL. IV Index. PAGE macrorhabdotes 318 minimus pictus 319 quairimaculatus 317 seuex 318 Taphriua 409 Tellima nudicajdis 88 Telmatodrilus vejdovskyi 21 Termopsis angusticollis 139 occidentis 140 Thalictrum casiuDi 81, 413 Fendleri 414 hesperium 414 platycarpiim 81, 413 vesiculosurm var. pen- insulare 399 Thelypodium elegans 265 Thomomys monticola 325 Thysauocarpus ramosics 84 Tillandsia recurvata 407 Tinantia fugax 407 modesta 407 Tissa Clevelaiidi 84 leucantha 84 pallida 84 Talinum 84 tenuis 84 valida 84 Townsendia eximia 260 Fendleri 265 florifer 260 glabella 265 grandiflora 260 incana 264 var. ambigua.. 264 montana 262 Parryi 260 Rothrockii 264 scapigera 262 sericea 262 , 264 strigosa 265 Watsoni 263 Wilcoxiana 264 Tradescantia crassifolia 407 tiiberosa 103 PAGB Tricardia Watsoni 1 65 Trichocorouis riparia 75 Wriglitii 75 Trichostema lanatum 157 T-ricophilus Nenise _. 308 Trifolium gracileutum var. incon- spicuum 380 triflorum 68 Jriteleia Candida loi lilacina loi litgens loi Troglodytes aedon aztecus 230 T}'plia bracteata 80 Unifoliiim liliacenm 102 Utricularia vulgaris 215, 420 Valeriana rhonihifolia 92 scorpioides 92 Vancouveria chrysantha 82 Verbascum Blattaria 155 Verbena hastata 216 prostrata 405 Vesicaria Fendleri 202 montana 171 Viguiera Parisliii 92 Viola blanda 162, 171 Doiiglasii 85 Philippiana 85 Philippii 85 pinetornnt 85 Sheltoni 140, 171 Washingtonia filifera 349 robusta 348 Whitneya dealbata 154 Wislizenia refracta 419 Woodsia Oregana 1 67 Yucca baccata 348 brevifolia 349 Zauschneria Californica 49 ca)ia 89 lad folia 49, 89 tomentella 49, 89 villosa 49, 89 Zenaidura macroura 56 Zygadenus ponifolius 102 PLATE XXX. EASTWOODIA ELEGANS PLATE XXXI. FAXON lA PUSILLA fJt'V"" V^V' (HMfjisf; nil f»f?s-.,-H' 'J^ff" i.. *J rjf* 1 ! 1 ■j : fffl f ■ i I p';;^